■J: xo^ 
 
 :i 
 
 ^^^^^ .^ 
 
 .0 N 
 
 ■<■ V, 
 
 ^:.^^ 
 
 
 ^. 
 
 
 
 
 
 <^^^ 
 
 i 
 
 
 %<?:^- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .^^ 
 
 s^% 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 * " '^ 
 
 
 
 
 c5 ^.^ ^^ ^ ^^ 
 
 
 
 '^/, * M ^ ,^\V 
 
 ^(r> 
 
 % 
 X^^ 
 
% 
 
 N O 
 
 
 
 V ^ 
 
 Y * 
 
 cP-^ ' * 
 
 
 .0^ s 
 
 .^•'^^' 
 
 
 .^'^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 2 "/ 
 
 ■<p- ,<»'<■ 
 
 
 .^^-^ ^S., 
 
 '-^ ■^.■'>?%'^' ^ 
 
 
 
 » 1 A '^ 
 
 
 
 9 1 ^ * ^<\^ 
 
 A^^^ 
 
 
 -* ^0 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 ■^' 
 
 
 
 ^. .-^' 
 
 > 'X <> 
 
 \. 
 
 o 0^ 
 
 ^^P ,^^^ 
 .S^-^. 
 
 
 ^.^^' 
 
 v^ 
 
 
 
 \V ./» 
 
 A^ ^ kt> [^ -i o > 
 
 
 V'^ 
 
 
 % 
 
 / % ^>^-^ . 
 
 ^0 o^ 
 
 
 #• 
 
 
 
 '<^%- 
 
 
 <^ 
 
 
 A <D ^ -» X 
 
 ^-.^' 
 
 #' "-■ 
 
 ^^/^^^^ 
 
 
 ■A' ./*. 
 
 A'^ 
 
 .•^.=5?^^*,'' ''-■ 
 
 9 I 
 
 A ri 
 
 
 ''-^:<. v^ ^' "' ^ A'' 
 
THE 
 
 Industrial Interests 
 
 OF NEWARK, N, J., 
 
 CONTAINING AN 
 
 HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE CITY, 
 
 — ALSO — 
 
 L COMPLETE SUMMARY OF THE ORIGIN, GROWTH AND PRESENT 
 CONDITION OF NEWARK'S INDUSTRIES. 
 
 — INCLUDING — 
 
 THE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 
 
 OP ALL THE 
 
 MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS. 
 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 YAN ARSDALB & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS 
 
 I 8 74. 
 

 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1874, 
 
 BY VAN ARSDALE & COMPANY, 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress at "Washington. 
 
 NEWARK DAILY ADVERTISER PRINT. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 In the preparation of the following pages the design has been to give a 
 succinct account of the history and characteristics of each industry, together 
 with careful statistical summaries of each branch of manufactures. No attempt 
 has been made to give the amount of capital invested, it being a matter of 
 little importance to the world at large,, who have only to deal with results, and 
 not the means of reaching them. The statistical information given has been 
 acquired through personal interviews with each manufacturer, and in nearly 
 every instance the figures have been verified by reference to the books of the 
 firm ; their accuracy, therefore, is beyond question. 
 
 It needs no specious argument to sl\ow that the following work is an innova- 
 tion in the industrial literature of the country. No similar attempt has 
 previously been made in the interest of any manufacturing city. That the 
 effect of such a work is in general beneficial to the interests of a city, and 
 hence, of great value to each individual manufacturer is obvious. That his 
 material welfare and that of the city in which his wares are produced are 
 identical is manifestly plam. Next to spreading accurate information concern- 
 ing the various products of his factory, a manufacturer should avail himself of 
 every opportunity to contribute to the popularity of his city abroad as one of 
 the world's greatest workshops. 
 
 Should this volume add to the renown which Newark has already achieved 
 as a centre of industry and mechanical skill, the purpose of the pubhshers will 
 have been accomplished. 
 
 The labor requisite for compiling and preparing for publication the succeed- 
 ing pages can scarcely be overestimated. The great magnitude of the task 
 has, however, beeu materially lessened through the valuable suggestions 
 received from Col. Robert S. Swords, the obHging Secretary of the Newark 
 Board of Trade, and the courtesy of Mr. Wilham B. Layton of the Newark 
 Library. Our thanks are also due for the cordial support and encouragement 
 of the enterprising press of Newark. 
 
vl^^^]!Mfflm^^ 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Preface, . . . : 3 
 
 Historical Sketch of Newark, 5-18 
 
 Celluloid, 20-24 
 
 Leather and its Manufactures, 24-56 
 
 Iron and its Manufactures, 57-118 
 
 Manufactures in Metals other than Iron, .... 119-161 
 
 Manufactures in Iron and Wood, 162-171 
 
 Manufactures in Wood, .... ... 172-187 
 
 Miscellaneous Manufactures, 188-251 
 
 The Newark Industrial Institute, 252 
 
 Conclusion, 25S 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 ^%^ 
 
 PA6E, 
 
 Edward Simon & Brothers' Trunk Manufactory, .... 44 
 
 The Hyatt Lathe for Turning Spheres, 69 
 
 The Sargeant M'f'g Co.'s Saddlery Hardware Manufactory, . 76 
 
 The Cottrell Stone Machinery Company's Diamond Band Saw, . 79 
 
 (/. 8. Osborne & Co."s Tool Manufactory, 110 
 
 Portrait of Newark's Great Inventor, Seth Boyden, . . . 128 
 
 El). Balbach & Sons' Smelting and Refining Works, . . . 137 
 
 Carter, Howkins & Dodd's Jewelry Manufactory, . . . 146- 
 
 Hewes X- Phillips' Machine Works, 159 
 
 Douglas. Sons & Co.'s Firniture Manufactory and Warerooms, . 167 
 
 Military Park, Newark, N. J., 176 
 
 Lister Brothers' Passaic Carbon and Agricultural Chemical Works, 179 
 
 Atha & Hughe's Enameled Oil-Cloth Manufactory, . . . 18& 
 
 Newark Industrial Institute Exhibition Buildings, . . . 195 
 
 Hawkins & Dodge Machine A¥orks, • 204 
 
 The Backus Water Motor, 219 
 
 Edison's P.atent Gold and Stock Reporting Telegraph Instrument, 236 
 
I 
 
 NEWARK, N. J 
 
 The first commercial and manufacturing town of New Jersey is the City of 
 Newark in the northeastern part of the State on the west bank of the Passaic 
 river three miles from its entrance into Newark Bay. Newark is situated nine 
 miles west of New York, fifty-nine from Trenton, the State capital, seventy- 
 eight from Philadelphia, two-hundred and sixteen from Washington and about 
 forty-five miles from the northern boundary of the State, in latitude 40° 44' 
 North, longitude 74° 10' West. 
 
 The site of the city is one of the most attractive and delightful localities in 
 New Jersey. Eastward toward New York are broad and level meadows, not 
 unlike a western prairie, traversed by the Passaic and Hackensack 
 rivers, while beyond, rising abruptly in the distance, are the historic 
 Bergen Heights. The land on which the city proper is built lies many 
 feet above the Passaic river, and in the western portion is sufficiently undula- 
 ting to suggest the picturesque. At this point the Passaic, coming down from 
 the north, makes a wide sweep westward, and thus Newark is built, as it were, 
 on the outer rim of a semi-circle within which, across the river, is East 
 Newark an offspring of the older town. Westward from the city, into and 
 beyond Essex county, of which Newark is the capital, the land rises rapidly 
 until a culmination is reached in the far-famed Orange Mountains which 
 traverse the central part of the state. The intervening country is scarcely 
 equaled for fertility of soil, beautiful scenery and healthful climate. It is 
 thickly dotted with attractive villages, surrounded by highly cultivated and 
 fruitful farms. Years of continuous cultivation have made this portion of New 
 Jersey little less than a blooming garden. 
 
 Newark in the main is regularly laid out, and has wide and well-paved 
 streets adorned with grand old elms, which are forcibly suggestive of 
 the typical New England town. Unlike a western city which has grown 
 up within a few years, hence presenting a uniform appearance, Newark 
 on account of its great age has many architectural anomalies. Here is 
 a building of another century, and there an elaborately ornamented structure 
 illustrating the ornate architecture of to-day. Broad-street, the main business 
 thoroughfare, extending north and south through the central part of the city, 
 has many fine business blocks. The south part of this street, lined with mag- 
 
6 HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 nificent elms, is one of the most beautiful avenues in the country. Midway at 
 the intersection of Broad and Market streets is the centre of the city's trade 
 and commerce. The bank buildings are especially attractive. In addition, 
 the buildings erected by several of Newark's prosperous insurance companies 
 are worthy of notice. Newark in many respects even now is unsurpassed 
 as a beautiful city. The structures built in an early day are fast disappearing 
 and in their places are building stores and blocks for ofiBces which, are 
 the outgrowth of that taste and cultured refinement which spring from 
 accumulations of wealth. When these changes shall have been comple- 
 ted, the City of Newark will have no superior in the country for 
 finished and elaborate architecture. Outside of the central streets, and even 
 there they are not absent, the observer is struck with the frequency of manu- 
 facturing establishments. These are the absorbing feature of Newark, whose 
 chief glory and source of prosperity are her manufactures. The buildings are 
 mostly neat brick structures erected in a substantial manner, thus securing 
 permanence with economy. 
 
 Newark has now reached a population of about 130,000, and as its 
 rapid growth will soon give it a metropolitan character the number and extent 
 of the public parks possess an absorbing interest. It is gratifying to find 
 that the city is not without these breathing places. Military Park on the east 
 side of Broad-street near its centre, and Lincoln Park towards the south at 
 the mtersection of Broad-street and Clinton Avenue are delightful retreats 
 from the heat of summer, the former being deeply shaded with the 
 majestic elms of which Newark may well be proud. Although these parks 
 are perfect in their way they are insufficient for the wants of Newark. 
 A movement is on foot, however, to provide ample grounds for public 
 recreation before the population of the city has become so dense, and land 
 so valuable as to form an insuperable obstacle in the way of the desired result. 
 It is hoped that any adequate plan which the enterprising citizens of Newark 
 may have in view, will meet with the fullest success. 
 
 Newark has a present area of about eighteen square miles. The city's circum- 
 ference is about sixteen miles ; its length from north to south five and a half, 
 and its breadth from east to west five miles. The suburbs are very extensive 
 and attractive. On the west they extend to Orange, and within a mile of 
 Elizabeth on the south. The suburban vQlages are in fact so numerous, and 
 the country between so slight in importance that it has been proposed to unite 
 them aU, including the countres of Hudson and Essex and the cities of Eliza- 
 beth and Paterson, under one corporation the whole to be known as the City 
 of Newark. 
 
 The character ot a city is very often judged by its hotels. To 
 estimate Newark thus would result in gross injustice. Owing to unfavora- 
 ble circumstances it has nothing to boast of in this direction. The principal 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 7 
 
 causes of this serious defect are perhaps, first, its proximity to New York, and 
 second, a love for domestic life and home comforts which looks with distrust on 
 the privations incident to hotels; the former explains the absence of 
 strangers who prefer the more stirring scenes of the neighboring metropolis, 
 while the latter completely negatives what is known as a hotel population. 
 The two principal hotels at present in operation are the Continental and the 
 Park House. 
 
 Newark like Brooklyn is a city of churches, and its people are a 
 church going community. Some of the causes which gave rise to this healthy 
 moral and reUgious sentiment may be mentioned hereafter. The church edi- 
 fices are as a rule commodious, and attractive in appearance They are usually 
 built of brown sand stone and in point of architecture are in keeping with 
 good taste, fortunately lacking that "loud" tone which so disgraces many 
 metropolitan churches, the result of superfluous and vulgar wealth which for 
 want of culture lacks a better expression. The city has a commodious theatre 
 in the Newark Opera House at the corner of Market and Halsey streets. The 
 variety of entertainments given is of the first order, but the fullest success is 
 in a measure prevented by the nearness of New York where are to be seen 
 the best efiects of the histrionic art. By the aid of street cars the means of 
 local travel are ample. The various lines traverse nearly all parts of the city, 
 and through them are secured intimate relations with the suburbs. 
 
 Amid the natural surroundings and ''advanced" ideas of to-day there is 
 danger of forgettmg the lessons of the past in the hurry and excitement 
 incident to the mad rush after wealth and fame. Instead of studying the 
 records of yesterday that a solution of the problems of to-day may be reached 
 in the hght of experience, many of our pseudo pohticians and philosophers 
 with an egotism knovrn only to modern democracy, rely solely on their inner 
 consciousness for a complete and satisfactory answer to the most intricate 
 questions, when the result as influencing legislation affects the condition of 
 milhons of people for good or evil. These modem savans, judged by their pub- 
 lished thought and actions, affect to believe that the fact of a social theory or 
 governmental policy having been tried in the past under as favorable condi- 
 tions as are now afforded, does not militate against its success in the nineteenth 
 century, their chief reason being that this is " a glorious country." The logic of 
 events has no terrors for them. In their abhorrence for statistics and histori- 
 cal data these philosophic pohticians manifest a remarkable inability for collat- 
 ing and understanding the most simple facts. He who scorns the value of 
 yesterday will contribute little of permanence to the history of to-day. Intel- 
 lectual bubbles are as evanescent as their gaseous counterparts. Some one has 
 said that a ^ung man's chances for success in the great world of thought and 
 morals may be accurately foretold by the estimation and reverence in which he 
 holds the great record of human achievements, aa shown on the pages of his- 
 
8 HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 tory. Youth is sophoraoric, and when surrounded by naught which bears the 
 impress of age the tendency is to throw aside facts and premises in the forma- 
 tion of conclusions, reaching them by an intuitive process known only to its 
 deluded possessor. That a great city should be built up and reach the full 
 tide of architectural splendor in two years, is marvelous. It is a material ac- 
 chievement of which any country may well be proud. But that such surround- 
 ings are conductive to intellectual and moral greatness is not susceptible of 
 proof. The young man then whose aspirations are intellectual and moral is 
 fortunate, if born and reared in a city rich in historical associations. He lives 
 in an atmosphere congenial to the highest intellectual results. He is sur- 
 rounded by a reverence for the heroes who have preceded him and an ad- 
 miration for their valorous deeds. He unconsciously absorbs this feeling of 
 reverence, and it becomes to him a perennial fountain of inspiration. Men talk 
 and write of the dead past. The past is not dead but liveth, and will continue 
 to live so long as the mistakes and misdeeds of yesterday are a lesson and 
 warning to the men of to-day. In the light of these truths a brief glance at 
 the history of Newark becomes doubly interesting. 
 
 Hudson discovered the river which bears his name in 1609. The settlement 
 of New Amsterdam, afterwards New York, by the Dutch, immediately follow- 
 ed, and the province of New Netherlands extending from Albany south to 
 Cape May, including what is now known as New Jersey, took shape and di- 
 rection under the control of Holland, then a great maritime power. During 
 the succeeding half century, the village of New Amsterdam and the colonies 
 along the Hudson river flourished apace. Down to the beginning of the 
 seventeenth century the efforts which had been made to colonize New Jersey 
 had resulted in nothing of significance. Save a few Dutch and Swedish set- 
 tlements on the Delaware river, and a trading station at Bergen, mentioned in 
 1618, New Jersey was yet a wilderness, inhabited only by the Indians, who 
 had roamed over its beautiful hills and fertile valleys from time immemorial. 
 The eastern shore, whose picturesque beauty had attracted Hudson, was hard- 
 ly known, except in his reports, while to the west, along the upper Delaware, 
 the white man had scarcely penetrated. It is related, however, that some of 
 Hudson's hardy crew, in their varied explorations, crept through the Kill-von- 
 Kull at the north of what is now Staten Island, and entering Newark Bay, 
 passed northward into the Passaic river. The beast and savage only were 
 there to welcome them. On their return, they reported '' very good rid- 
 ing for ships, and a narrow river to the westward, between the land ; the land 
 was pleasant with grass and flowers and goodly trees, as ever they had seen, 
 and very sweet odours came from them." The irrepressible Dutch traders, in 
 their intercourse with the natives, were no doubt fully cognizant of the bound- 
 less possibilities of the country between New York Bay and the Delaware 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 9 
 
 whose fairest spot was destined to form tlie site of the city whose wondrous 
 growtli and industrial development this volume records. 
 
 As already indicated, the Dutch settlements on Manhattan Island and 
 the Hudson, were in the main prosperous. By right of discovery the 
 priority of title to all the lands in North America on the Atlantic 
 coast had been claimed by England. The Dutch were therefore regard- 
 ed as pretenders, or rather, lawless adventurers. During the interval 
 between 1620, when the Pilgrims landed in New England, and 1660, 
 the settlements in Massachusetts and Connecticut had so grown and prospered 
 that encroachments were making towards the west on the Dutch viUages which 
 had been springing up along the Hudson. Ti.e Commonwealth in England under 
 Cromwell had just been succeeded by the accession of Charles II, to the throne. 
 At this time England was envious of the commercial glory and prosperity of 
 Holland. The new king therefore, desirous of promoting England's renown, and 
 thereby adding to his own, declared war upon Holland and all her reputed 
 possessions. New Amsterdam and the province of New Netherlands were the 
 first to succumb. In 1664 the Dutch and Swedes on the Delaware capitulated, 
 and England was again in complete control of the Atlantic coast. The title of 
 England to these immense possessions was formally acknowledged by Holland, 
 by the peace of Breda, in 1667. Two months previous to the forcible seizure 
 of New A.msterdam, in 1664, King Charles granted to his brother James, the 
 Duke of York, all the lands between the Connecticut river and Delaware Bay. 
 In honor of this great landowner, the name of New Amsterdam was changed 
 to New York. In 1664 the Duke of York assigned to Lord John Berkley and 
 Sir G-eorge Carteret, all lands between the Hudson and Delaware rivers. 
 To this tract the title of New Gcesarea or New Jersey was given. In this act, 
 if to fix the boundaries and grant the soil could constitute a State, the Duke of 
 York gave political existence to a commonwealth. Philip, a brother of Sir 
 George Carteret, was the first governor of the new province. He landed at a 
 a point now called Elizabethport, in 1665, the place being named in honor of 
 his brother's wife. Of course the first move of the proprietors was to effect a 
 colonization of this new territory. As previously indicated, the Dutch had made 
 no settlements west of Hackensack, Newark Bay and the sound between 
 Staten Island \nd the main. 
 
 The early history of the State has thus been briefly sketched that a ray of 
 light may be thrown on the subsequent settlement of Newark. The induce- 
 ments held out by the proprietors for immigration to New Jersey, form in the 
 light of the immediately preceding events an historic anomaly. The siezure 
 of New Netherlands by England was prompted by a spirit of aggressiveness 
 antagonistic to^ the genius of liberty. The seizure was an act of foreign con- 
 quest regardless of the resulting pain and misery inflicted on humanity. Yet 
 2 
 
1 HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 strange as it may appear, the first act of the new governor was to prepare a 
 form of government liberal in the extreme. The unequalled success and glorious 
 triumphs of the New England Puritans in subduing the wilderness that their 
 peculiar ideas and forms of religion and government might have a home for- 
 ever secure from the interference of priest or king, had commanded and re- 
 ceived the world's homage. The spirit of liberty was in the air. And the 
 G-overnor of New Jersey, while in reality the tool and emissary of despotic 
 royalty, proceeded with commendable foresight to make the most of the situa- 
 tion. The Ne-w England settlers not content with cultivating their sterile soil, 
 had become restless and desirous of removing to new fields of enterprise, 
 where agricultural labor and industrial skill might secure a more adequate re- 
 ward. In the colony of New Haven especially this feeling was intense, chiefly 
 on account of enforced annexation to that of Connecticut, Taking advantage 
 of this favorable condition of things, the Lords Proprietors of New Jersey pre- 
 pared a bill of "concessions and agreements" to all settlers and ''adven- 
 turers " as might choose to unite their fortunes with New Jersey. Grants of 
 land were offered on the most favorable terms, and local self-government with 
 the utmost freedom of conscience were guaranteed to all. These "conces- 
 sions " were pubhshed in the New Haven colony. Thus, in the language of 
 Bancroft, did avarice render homage to liberty. The people of the New Haven 
 colony had already been looking toward the fertile soil of New Jersey with 
 ardent hopes, having made overtures to the Dutch at New Amsterdam previ- 
 ous tu its surrender; hence the propositions of Governor Carteret were favor- 
 ably received. A delegation, under the leadership of Captain John Treat, was 
 sent from Milford to enquire concerning the new territory and its promised 
 advantages. On reaching Ehzabeth these earnest men in quest of a promised 
 laud went south, the design being to select a site for the new town near what 
 is now Burlington. A more intimate knowledge of the country changed 
 their plans, and on returning they proceeded Northward. Here they were to 
 find the realization of the cherished hopes. Sailing into the quiet waters of 
 Newark Bay they soon reached a spot exactly suited to their desires : a fertile 
 soil, beautiful woodlands and a navigable stream, while away to the eastward 
 was a wide and sheltered bay destined at a future day to shelter the world's 
 commerce. It was decided, therefore, to choose this for the place of settle- 
 ment. A large tract was selected " beyond the marshes to the north of 
 Blizabethtown." The purchase was liberal, the land being secured, after 
 a free occupation of five years for a quit of a half-penny per acre. In May, 
 1666, the first band from Milford reached the site of the future City of 
 Newark. And thus through a chain of fortuitous circumstances was the set- 
 tlement of Newark brought about. They numbered about thirty families, 
 John Treat being the Captain of this valiant band. Hardly had they secured 
 a landing when a serious obstacle intervened. The Indians interfered, with 
 
 I 
 
OF NEWARK, Hi. J. H 
 
 the complaint that the land had never been purchased from them. It was ex- 
 pected that Carteret would have provided for this emergenc3% and the disap- 
 pointment came near resulting in an abandonment of the enterprize. However, 
 a conference on the Hackensack was held with the natives which resulted 
 satisfactory to all. A fair bargain was concluded and provision made for a 
 bill of sale. Following this amicable adjustment of difficulties the settlers ex- 
 perienced no further trouble with the natives. Thus was secured a double 
 title to the land and the future good will of the Indians. The transaction was 
 not concluded until the following year. It bears date July 11th, 1667, and 
 the land transferred corresponds very nearly with the present county of Essex. 
 It IS interesting to note in these days of paper currency and rapid interchange 
 of values, that the consideratioii of the land consisted of " fifty double-hands of 
 powder, one hundred bars of lead, twenty axes, twenty coats, ten guns, twenty 
 pistols, ten kettles, ten swords, four blankets, four barrels of beer, two pair of 
 breeches, fifty knives, twenty hoes, eight hundred and fifty fathoms of wam- 
 pum, two ankers of liquor, or something equivalent, and three troopers' coats." 
 this poHcy of fair dealing with the first owners of the soil is suggestive in 
 many ways. It stands out in sharp contrast with the pohcy pursued by con- 
 temporary colonies. Chiefly through this act of justice the City of Newark 
 ever after enjoyed immunity from savage inroads and scalping excursions. 
 A few years later a second purchase was made by which the limits of Newark 
 were extended westward to the top of Orange Hill, the equivalent being 
 ■* two guns, three coats, and tiiirteen cans of rum." Closely following or ac- 
 companying the first settlers came a delegation from Guilford and Brandford, 
 neighboring towns of the New Haven colony, to examine the ground and, if 
 agreeable, provide for a union of interests in the new home. The first entry in 
 the records of Newark as published by the Historical Society of New Jersey 
 bears date May 21, 1666, and contains an account of the conference with the 
 men from G-uilford and Brandford. It was agreed that their fortunes should 
 be united " according to fundamentals mutually agreed upon " During the 
 following year the proposed union was eff"ected, the second delegation being 
 equal in numbers to the band from Milford. It appears that the men of Guil- 
 ford and Brandford were more potent than their predecessors in moulding the 
 forms and modes of government for the new town. Previous to their de- 
 parture from New England they held a meeting and prepared the "funda- 
 mental agreements " expressive of their political and religious views. They 
 were devoted Puritans and imbued with all the peculiar notions which 
 that name implies. The agreements provided, first, that the purity of re- 
 ligion as professed by the Congregational Church should be maintained ; that 
 none should , be admitted free burgesses of the town or chosen to the 
 magistracy, or have a vote in the establishment of laws, or be eligible to 
 
12 HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 any chief military tiust except those who were members of some or other 
 of the Congregational Churches ; such ordinary civil rights as were left be- 
 ing extended to all other settlers. These resolutions were unanimously sub- 
 scribed to at a public meeting on the Passaic, June 24th, 1667. The whole 
 number of signatures was sixty-three. Thus were the chief features of the 
 New England codes transferred to the statute book of New Jersey. Such 
 restrictions are regarded now, in the words of Buckle, as relics of a by-gone 
 age. It should not be forgotten, however, that those were troublous times, 
 a period of great intellectual and religious excitement Men were gov- 
 erned by dogmas, and reason was decried. In spite of boasted liberty, an 
 ecclesiastical terrorism was maintained. The world was regarded as "a 
 city of destruction, possessed with a very ill-conditioned and idle sort of 
 people." Measures which at this distance seem the veriest intolerance, 
 were adopted by the sterling men of those days in self defense. Their 
 rehgion with all its persecutions and terrorisms had a basis of right living. 
 Religious hypocrisy was not then so common as now. Individual worth 
 and purity are the basis for all reform. And to this end Puritanism was a 
 grand step onward toward a higher civilization and nobler life. Puritanism 
 bridled the passions, commanded the virtue of self-denial, and rescued the 
 name of man from dishonor. Bancroft says, " the maturity of a nation is but 
 the continuation of its youth." and as this principle applies quite as well to the 
 growth of a city, one can scarcely overestimate the never-ending beneficial 
 influence of those city fathers in shaping the character of Newark. A 
 local writer says, "if we, their descendants, have among us anything of 
 purity and truth, or respect for law and justice, it is probable that to their 
 influence and example we owe their existence." 
 
 Settlers from Brandford came rather as a Church than as individuals, 
 under the leadership of tneir pastor, the Rev. Abram Pierson. For a time the 
 embryo city was called Milford, or, simply, " our Town on the Pesayak." The 
 place as finally named received its title in honor of Mr. Pierson, who had 
 come hither from an English town bearing the same name. The first church 
 built was in 1669. It was a primitive structure 26 feet wide and 36 feet long. 
 It is worthy of special mention as being the initial point for a church which 
 has preserved its historical continuity from that time till now. Its organiza- 
 tion was at first Congregational, but since 1719 it has been known as The 
 First Presbyterian Church of Newark. It has had a long line of celebrated 
 names among its ministers, one of whom was the Rev. Aaron Burr, illustrous 
 father of a degenerate son. The elder Burr was for a time President of Prince- 
 ton College. The history of this Church is replete with historic associations, 
 but want of space forbids a more extended notice. The first school was in 
 1676. A saw mill was first mentioned in 1695. In the early days of Newark 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 13 
 
 barter was almost the sole means for effecting exchanges. The money of Hol- 
 land and England was in circulation, but Utile of it reached a settlement so re- 
 mote. It is interesting to note the social friction consequent upon the gradual 
 but continuous accessions to population. Under these influences the bonds of 
 church discipline were visibly weakened. To remedy this state of things re- 
 sort was had to the statute book, a forlorn hope, as a means of effecting moral 
 reforms. The " indiscriminate receiving and entertaining of strangers" v^'^as 
 frowned upon. In fact, serious obstacles were thrown in the way of immigra- 
 tion. It was thought that by seclusion only, could their peculiar religious 
 forms and customs be preserved intact. They seemed not to know that a re- 
 ligion which cannot withstand the surging tide of humanity is not worth pre- 
 serving. Gradually but surely the Newarkers learned to gladly welcome to 
 their city, people from every clime^and of discordant opinions. Information 
 was being diffused among the masses, and science was advancing with rapid 
 strides. Men learned that the key-note of advancing civilization was the utmost 
 toleration in matters of opinion. The true reformer was in the fullest sense a 
 Catholic. 
 
 * * * " Through the ages one increasing purpose runs, 
 
 And the thoughts of men are widened with the process of the suns." 
 
 Down to the Revolution Newark grew and prospered. It was usually free 
 from the troubles which agitated other New Jersey colonies on account of 
 disagreements with the proprietary powers. Another war having occurred 
 with Holland, New York surrendered on July 30, 16'74, and the subjugation of 
 New Jersey immediately foUowed. Allegiance was demanded of Newark, and 
 as seventy-three took the oath, it appears the submission was general. How- 
 ever, by the treaty of Westminister, of February 9, 1674, England regained 
 control of New Jersey and Philip Carteret returned as Governor. Newark is 
 reported, in 1681, as the most compact town in the province, with a population 
 of 500 ; having 10,000 acres of town lands and 40,000 acres of plantations. 
 In 1713 Queen Anne granted a charter of incorporation, thus making the 
 township of Newark a body politic. It remained in force until 1798. As a 
 result of the continued prosperity several rehgious denominations antagonistic 
 to the old church were established. Episcopal services were held in 1729. 
 Trinity Church was completed about 1738 and other churches were called into 
 existence as a result of the growing liberality of the town. The first Baptist 
 Church was founded in 1801. The first Methodist Episcopal in 1806, and the 
 first Roman Catholic dates from 1824. Newark now began to reap some of 
 the benefits accruing from its fortunate situation. New York was fast becom- 
 ing a great mart of trade. The proximity of Newark gave it great advan- 
 tages. During the Revolution Newark was a great suff"erer, owing to its 
 location on the main hne of communication between the north and south. After 
 
14 HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 the battle of Long Island, in 1776, Washington and his army of 3,000 men 
 were quartered for a week on the city. The town was frequently occupied 
 by each of the opposing forces. It was obliged to furnish subsistence and 
 submit to the inroads of foraging parties. With the close of the war Newark 
 entered on a new and more prosperous era. A decade added to its population 
 a larger increase, than a century had done before. The means of com- 
 munication with New York had been improved in 1765, and in 1795 bridges 
 were built over the Passaic and Hackensack. In 1798 the township of 
 Newark received a new charter. The town entered on the present century in 
 prosperity and peace. In 1806 Newark was described as a flourishing, well- 
 built village. The war of 1812 did not seriously effect it, and from that time 
 till now the story of its progress is mainly one of continued good fortune. It is 
 difficult to get accurate statistics of the city's condition in the early part of the 
 century. The population in 1810 is reported as G,000, in an early directory of 
 the city. A. census was taken in 1826 when the population numbered 8,017. 
 Newark contained then 844 houses, 207 mechanic's shops, three lumber yards, 
 and four quarries. The product of the latter consisted of brown free stone — 
 a valuable building material — the quarrying of which has since become an im- 
 portant industry. 
 
 In 1830 Newark contained a population of 11,000. From this date its rate 
 of progress became more rapid, which, however, was only an incident in the 
 general increased prosperity of the whole country, consequent in a great measure 
 on the introduction of the steam engme, the locomotive, and general labor- 
 saving machinery. In 1836 the place was incorporated as the "Mayor and 
 Common Council of the City of Newark." William Halsey was the first 
 Mayor. May 17th, 1866, the Bi-Centennial of the settlement of Newark was 
 observed with appropriate ceremonies by the New Jersey Historical Society. 
 It was a memorable occasion and a day of general rejoicing. The allotted space 
 will not permit our giving a continuous narrative of the city's history during 
 the last forty years. It is only necessar}'- to say that its steady growth in 
 population, and rapid increase in wealth and influence, have met with no seri- 
 ous interruption. Newark occupied a prominent place in the history of the late 
 war. In men and means her citizens were lavish in the extreme. The city's 
 industries were brought into renewed activity in the production of supplies for 
 the army. At the present time, Newark ranks as the thirteenth city of the 
 Union in population, and the third in manufactures. The following tabular 
 statement of the growth in population is very suggestive : 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 15 
 
 Year. Est. Pop. Year. Eat. Pop. 
 
 1800 4,500 1850 38,882 
 
 1810 6,000 1851 40,000 
 
 1826 8,017 1852 44,000 
 
 1830 10,995 1854 52,000 
 
 1833 15,000 1855 53,500 
 
 1835 18,201 1856 57,000 
 
 1836 20,376 1857 64,000 
 
 1840 17,202 1859 66,000 
 
 1841 18,720 1860 71,941 
 
 1842 18,800 1861 73,000 
 
 1843 20,200 1862 70,000 
 
 1844 23,187 1863 68,000 
 
 1845 25,433 1864 70,000 
 
 1846 26,000 1865 87,000 
 
 1847 28,000 1866 94,000 
 
 1848 30,000 1870 105,541 
 
 1849 32,000 
 
 The population for 1874 is accurately estimated at 130,000. The foreign 
 element numbers 35,884. In 1890, at the present rate of increase, Newark 
 will have a population of 200,000, and in 1900, quite 250,000. Having thus 
 briefly followed the growth of Newark, we come now to speak of its present 
 condition, which merits a brief summary. 
 
 Much may be truthfully written of the advantages possessed by an industrial 
 town as compared with those of a commercial or agricultural community. The 
 last mentioned was tirst in the order of civilization. Man's first possessions 
 were the direct products of the soil. That people living continuously in one 
 place might possess the various articles resulting from differences in climate 
 and peculiarities of soil an interchange of productions became necessary, and 
 thus arose commerce. At this stage of the \vorld's progress, owing to the ac- 
 cumulations of nature's products, men first had leisure ; with leisure came the 
 cultivation of the intellect, when men began to analyze and compare the various 
 commodities, in order to learn what changes in character and form, and combi- 
 nations of different articles, were possible, to the end that means might be 
 attained for gratifying the added desires and wants of man ; thus mechanical 
 skill was quickened into life and activity, and thence arose industry. Agricul- 
 ture, Commerce and Industry thus are typical of three grades of civilization, 
 the last mentioned being latest in order of appearance, but first in culture and 
 refinement. It ia then but the fulfillment of nature's edict that the industrial 
 community is pecuhar to modern civihzation. With the diffusion of knowledge 
 and the advancement of science, came the development of manufactures. No 
 
16 HISTORICAL SKETCH. 
 
 country more forcibly illustrates the truth of our first statement than the United 
 States. Here are the finest types of the manufacturing village or city. 
 Nowhere are there industrial communities possessing so high an intellectual 
 and moral tone. They are the natural outgrowth of our democratic institutions, 
 and are the strongest testimonial to the inestimable benefits conferred upon 
 humanity by our repubhcan form of government. No American city more 
 clearly shows this to be true than the subject of this sketch. Prom the early 
 settlement its growth lay in the direction of manufactures. It appears that 
 the early settlers were in the main artizans. Thus early in the history of 
 Newark was the foundation laid for a healthful growth in the direction' of a 
 high social order. The development has kept pace with the city's advancing 
 prosperity. At its inception the social status and intelligence of Newark was 
 above the agricultural community, and it has been in the main free from the 
 feverish, demorahzing influences of the speculation incident to a commercial 
 city. Newark to-day is among the foremost cities of the Union in intelligence, 
 culture and refinement. Its people are provident and thrifty, as the deposits 
 in the savings banks clearly show. The public schools of Newark are of a 
 high order. There are belonging to this city twenty-two public school houses, 
 whose estimated value, including sites and furniture, is $720,000. There are 
 three industrial and five evening schools. One of the most prosperous institu • 
 tions of the city is the Newark Library Association^ which was incorporated 
 in 1847 and opened in 1848. The Library building occupies a central position 
 on Market-street, west of Broad. It is a handsome and convenient edifice, 
 having ample accommodations for a library and reading room, with a commo- 
 dious hall, suitable for lectures and amusements. The present librarian is Mr. 
 Wm. E. Layton. The value of the real estate and building belonging to the Asso- 
 ciation is estimated at $100,000. There are 20,000 carefully selected volumes 
 now on the shelves. The library is well supplied with works of reference, and 
 has the usual supply of books for popular reading. The facts show that a 
 great demand for the books exists, the reading public of Newark being very 
 large. 
 
 The New Jersey Historical Society, a State Institution has its home in New- 
 ark, and occupies elegant rooms at the corner of Broad and Bank streets. It 
 was founded in 1845, its object being " to discover, procure and purchase what- 
 ever relates to any department of the history of New Jersey, natural, civil, 
 Uterary, or ecclesiastical, and generally of other portions of the United States." 
 The beneficial influence of the society has been sensibly felt througout the 
 State ; it has printed and circulated a number of valuable volumes, and acquired 
 a collection of local and State history of about 5,000 volumes and 8,000 
 pamphlets. The president of the society is the Rev. Ravaud K. Rodgers of 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 17 
 
 Bound Brook, and the corresponding secretary is William A. Whitehead of 
 Newark. 
 
 Being so close to New York, the press of Newark is obliged to compete with 
 the great metropolitan dailies, nevertheless, the several daily and weekly jour- 
 nals are a credit to the energy and enterprise of Newark. Local matters are 
 fully reported and evidence is shown of mucli editorial ability, the literary 
 features of the papers being of a high order. 
 
 The proximity of Newark to New York, and the comparative cheapness of 
 rents and building sites, has made the city the home for many New York busi- 
 ness men. The means of communication with the metropolis are ample. More 
 than eighty trains leave Newark daily for New York by the various roads. 
 The nearness of New York again, afifects the trade and commerce of Newark. 
 Eapid transit makes Newark a suburb of the metropolis, and the large stocks 
 and magnificent stores of Broadway are irresistible. Thus the local trade of 
 Newark is much less than that of interior cities of the same size. Por the 
 same reason the wholesale trade is quite limited in extent. It is quite pro- 
 bable that this feature of the city will continue. New York will be the base 
 of operations, and there, in the main, are the warehouses and salesrooms for 
 Newark's products. 
 
 The direct sales and exports from Newark are less now than in 
 former years. The railroad connections of Newark with all parts of 
 the country are ainple. The shipping, however, is inconsiderable. Efforts are 
 being made for the improvement of navigation in the Passaic river that thereby 
 the city's direct trade with the world may be increased. The merchants and 
 manufacturers of Newark have shown their appreciation of combined efforts 
 in the organization of the Newark Board of Trade. The president of the Board 
 is Mr. Chas. B. Young ; Col. Robert S. Swords is its obliging secretary. Newark 
 is one of the best governed cities in the country. It has been almost entirely 
 free from political corruption which so disgraces other cities. Only the most 
 efficient and upright men are elected to offices of trust and honor. Hon. Nehe- 
 miah Perry, ex-member of Congress, is ihe present Mayor. As a result of this 
 excellent condition of municipal politics the fire and police departments of the 
 city are models of their kind. No fire department in the world is better or- 
 ganized or more efficiently managed than that of Newark. Many of the first 
 residents of the city are in its ranks. Its management is entirely freed from 
 pohtical infiuence, and those pohticians who hold that "to the victor belong the 
 spoils," cannot claim the fire department of Newark as a part of their booty. 
 Its present perfect working condition is mainly due to the great executive ability 
 and fidelity of Ellis R. Carhuflf; the chief engineer. Had Chicago possessed so 
 efficient an officer at the head of ils fire department, its last great fire would 
 have been suppressed in its incipient stages, and the city would not now have 
 3 
 
18 HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 to mourn the loss of millions of property as a just punishment for municipal 
 corruption. During 1873 the total losses by fire in Newark were only $114,805. 
 For years the city has been virtually free from destructive conflagrations. 
 N'ewark is emphatically a vjell-huilt city, and from its fine appearance, and the 
 extent and nature of public improvements it is evident that its citizens ard not 
 parsimonious in appropriating money. Notwithstanding, the rate of taxa- 
 tion does not exceed two per cent. For 1873 it was 1.98, but the average is 
 much lower. 
 
 The following table shows the valuation in the city for the last ten years : 
 Valuation. Increase. 
 
 1865 $35,646,000 
 
 1866 50,866,700 $15,220,700 
 
 1867 54,917,200 4,050,500 
 
 1868 62,794,957 7,877,757 
 
 1869 72,058,436 9,263,479 
 
 1870 77,015,279 4,956,843 
 
 1871 86,985,341 9,970,062 
 
 1872 97,330,341 10,345,000 
 
 1873 102,047,840 4,717,499 
 
 The financial institutions of Newark are among the safest in the country. 
 The failure of a Newark banking establishment has never been recorded. The 
 integrity of all officers has been above suspicion. The banks of the city are 
 among the heaviest in the country. There are twelve banks, with an aggre- 
 gate capital of $5,783,500. Newark has also five savings banks, whose total 
 assets are $21,572,029. Newark is also noted for its safe and prosperous in- 
 surance companies. There are three life iusurance companies, whose total 
 assets are $30,141,486. Sixteen fire msurance companies, whose combined 
 capital is $5,681,426. The total capital and assets of the financial institutions of 
 Newark are $63,179,042. Few cities of equal size can make as good a showing. 
 The general statements here made are an eloquent tribute to the sterling worth 
 and energy of Newark's merchants and manufacturers. Favorable circum- 
 stances are no doubt powerful allies in municipal progress, but unless utilized 
 by men of foresight and untiring industry, the results will be of little moment. 
 But with the two conditions combined, the possibilities are almost boundless. 
 It is beyond contradiction then, tliat the future growth of Newark will excel even 
 the most ardent hopes of her busy people. Her industrial destiny as the Bir- 
 mingham OF America is assured. 
 
MANUFACTURES 
 
 Statistics as to the g:rowth of Newark's Manufactures are not easily obtain- 
 able. Doubtless the first element in their growth was the character of the early 
 settlers. The most trustworthy sources of information show that they were 
 in the main mechanics and artizans. The records show that in 1676 efforts 
 were made to promote the introduction of manufactures. With this favorable 
 tendency the admirable situation made the industrial growth of Newark a cer- 
 tainty. Its close proximity to New York, the largest market in the TTnioa, 
 with shipping facilities to every quarter of the globe, with the great iron and 
 coal fields easy of access, low taxation and a thrifty people, Newark drew to 
 her mills and factories abundant capital and skilled workmen. The records of 
 the patent oflBce show that the citizens of Newark have contributed more useful 
 inventions to industrial progress than any other American city. During 1873 
 upwards of one hundred patents were issued to citizens of Newark. One 
 Newark inventor is worthy of personal mention. To Seth Boyden, an inventor 
 of the highest order, Newark, and, in fact, America, is greatly indebted. He 
 was born in Foxboro, Massachusetts, November 17th, 1788, and removed to 
 Newark in 1815. In early life he lived on a farm, but was at the age of fifteen 
 engaged in repairing watches. His first invention was a machine for making 
 wrought nails, in 1812, at the age of twenty-four. In 1813 he, invented 
 machines for cutting files, brads, and for cutting and heading tacks. In 1818 
 he produced the first side of patent leather ever made in this country. His 
 important contributions to American industry are too numerous to be enumera- 
 ted here. He was the pioneer in this country of brads for joiners, of patent 
 leather, of malleable iron, of daguerreotypes, and of locomotives and steam 
 machinery. Through his aid Prof. Morse was enabled to bring the electric tele- 
 graph to perfection. After a fife of great usefulness, Mr. Boyden died in 187 
 at the advanced age of 82 years. 
 
 The first census of American manufactures was taken in 1810, when the ag- 
 gregate value of Newark's yearly product was $1,210,471. In 1840. 2,403 
 persons were engaged in carrying on the manufactures of Newark ; those in 
 other lines of work numbered 532. From this statement it is seen that the 
 great prominence of the city's manufactures has been the growth of the last 
 fifty years. 
 
 As a means of bringing into greater prominence the varied manufactures of 
 the city, the Newark Industrial Exposition was organized in 1872, for the pur- 
 pose of holding an annual exhibition, made up exclusively of Newark's 
 productions. Thus far the enterprise has met with signal success, and its bene- 
 ficial results wiU no doubt annually increase 
 
CELLULOID 
 
 THE CELLULOID MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 45 & 47 Mechanic-st. 
 In many respects the most important industries are those which are the practical 
 results of discoveries whose effects are a material contribution to the industrial 
 progress of a nation, and a means of adding to man's comfort, and thereby sup- 
 plying the needs of an advancing civilization. No recent industry of this class 
 is deserving of more prominence than the manufacture of celluloid. This new 
 material is produced by a chemical process from cellulose, one of the substances 
 constituting tlie cellular tissue of plants, being the material which forms the 
 walls or sides of the vegetable cells. Cellulose, united with gum camphor, by 
 a peculiar process, forms the resultant, called celluloid, which is a solid, hard 
 and elastic, having a hardness ranging from horn to that ivory. It is made 
 from cotton, hemp or other fibrous material Its specific gravity is about L4. 
 
 Celluloid is the result of careful scientific investigations and experiments 
 made a few years since by Messrs. John W. & I. Smith Hyatt, formerly of 
 Albany, N. Y., but now residents of Newark. They are the inventors and 
 patentees. The main patent was granted July 12th, 1870, and several collateral 
 patents have since been issued. Being a new term the word " celluloid " is also 
 patented as a trade mark. 
 
 The following are the properties and some of the principal uses of celluloid : 
 It is quite transparent and without the admixture of coloring material it re- 
 sembles pale amber. But it may be made black or white, or given any hue or 
 tint however rich or delicate. It is elastic and as tough as whalebone. A thin 
 strip may be wound around the finger without breaking, and when released it 
 will quite resume its original shape. Elasticity is a prominent feature, and in 
 this particular it far surpasses ivory. A ball of celluloid having a diameter of 
 two inches, if placed upon an anvil, would withstand a great number of blows 
 from a heavy blacksmith's hammer before being fractured, and if anvil and 
 hammer are polished no indentation will be made upon the ball previous to its 
 breaking. These qualities make it exceedingly useful for purposes requiring 
 toughness and. elasticity combined with beauty. Celluloid is a non-conductor of 
 electricity, resembling in this respect hard rubber. On this account its insula- 
 ting properties are valuable. It is not, however, perceptibly electrical. This 
 characteristic, combined with its toughness, makes celluloid unequalled as a 
 material for the manufacture of combs. The teeth are not easily broken, and 
 the comb does not acquire electricity in using. Elegant brush backs have been 
 made from celluloid. It may be formed into tubes of any diameter and thickness . 
 It is not affected in the least by exposure to the atmosphere or to moisture, so 
 that articles made from celluloid and polished, do not lose their brilliancy or 
 beauty, like those made from many other materials. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 21 
 
 Doubtless the most remarkable property of celluloid is its change into a plas- 
 tic state by the application of heat. At a temperature of about 275° it can be 
 moulded with facility mto an endless variety of forms for ornanient or utility. 
 As a result of this industry, celluloid is in great demand for the manufacture 
 of dental plates. The material is made precisely the natural color of the palate 
 and gums, and its surface is perfectly clean. It is stronger than rubber, and 
 as it does not require to be vulcanized, it can be more easily manipulated. In 
 using, rubber for artificial teeth, salivation sometimes occurs. Celluloid is en- 
 tirely free from this danger. Many difficulties have been encountered in the 
 successful apphcation of celluloid to dental plat.es, but the inventors have been 
 untiring m their efforts, and during the last year have produced an article pos- 
 sessing all the desired requirements. Since then no failures have been reported 
 in the use of celluloid for dental purposes on account of defective material. 
 The opinions of the Dental Cosmos, the foremost dental journal of the country, 
 fully sustains the value of celluloid as a dental base, and many leading dentists 
 add their valuable testimony in its favor. Celluloid has been before the 
 public for dental plates for about three and a half years, and the demand is 
 now becoming general. It is undoubtedly destined to work a revolution in the 
 mechanical processes of dentistry. 
 
 The Cehuloid Manufacturing Company has been establisHed in Newark about 
 a year. They occupy a new five story factory in Mechanic- street. This com- 
 pany manufactures celluloid in bulk, and in this state it is sold to other manu- 
 facturers, who make from it various articles of ornament or use, under privileges 
 granted to them by the company. The machinery in the factory is entirely 
 new, none other being found in the market adapted to the various processes in 
 the manufacture of this novel material. The officers of the company are as 
 follows : Gen. Marshall Lefferts, President ; I. S. Hyatt, Vice-President and 
 Secretary ; M. C. Leflferts, Treasurer ; and J. W. Hyatt, Superintendent. Fifty 
 hands are now employed by the company, and the wages paid weekly are $400. 
 The present value of the annual product is over $100,000. As the demand is 
 practically unlimited, and is now rapidly increasing, these figures have no per- 
 manent value, the truth being that in another year the product of the Celluloid 
 Company will be double what it is to-day. As an important addition to the 
 manufactures of Newark, hardly too much can be said of the Celluloid Manu- 
 facturing Company. 
 
 Already factories are in operation and more are constantly appearing for 
 transforming celluloid into articles of use and beauty. The Celluloid Novelty 
 Company is a large concern recently started in Newark for the manufacture of 
 napkin-rings, ladies' necklaces, crosses, lockets, and other ornamental articles. 
 Another prominent concern, also of Newark, is the Celluloid Harness Trimming 
 Company, notice of which maybe found in another place. 
 
 Penfield & Co., of Philadelphia, are making celluloid truss pads, and truss 
 
22 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 springs coated with celluloid. The articles are of a flesh color, the coatings 
 superior to hard rubber, and so elastic that the spring may be bent until it 
 breaks before the covering wUl rupture. As it is not affected by extreme cold' 
 there is no danger of its cracking. The Celluloid Manufacturing Company 
 whose name heads this article, are now commencing the extensive manufacture 
 of combs, a branch of industry which they purpose making a specialty. The 
 Thayer Manufacturing Jewelry Company, of New York, are making most beau- 
 tiful articles of jewelry from celluloid which exactly resembles coral, amber, 
 jet, and other costly substances. 
 
 Celluloid is no doubt adapted to many uses other than those already dis- 
 covered; enough is now known, however, to fully establish its great import- 
 ance in the arts. "While celluloid is admirably adapted to take the place of hard 
 rubber in a great many uses, it is particularly valuable in nearly all cases as a 
 substitute for ivory, coral, amber, jet, and all like substances which cannot be 
 formed from rubber. The supply of ivory and the other articles mentioned is 
 annually decreasing, and at the present rapid rate will soon become inadequate. 
 The advent of celluloid, then, as another element in the world's industrial pro- 
 gress, is extremely opportune. In perfecting this useful article, the Messrs. 
 Hyatt are, beyond controversy, public benefactors. 
 
 CELLULOID HARNESS TRIMMING COMPANY, 47 Mechanic-street. The 
 success of this establishment clearly shows that through the invention of celluloid 
 a revolution has been brought about in the manufacture of harness trimmings. 
 Heretofore, the material for these various articles has generally been either 
 ivory or hard rubber. The former, however, is becoming scarce, and the latter 
 is in many ways defective as a material for harness trimmings. As a result 
 celluloid is rapidly monopolizing the field. It is now from 30 to 40 per cent, 
 cheaper than ivory, and far stronger. "While in its usual state it is wliite like 
 ivory, it maybe colored to suit the fancy. It is susceptible of a higher finish 
 than ivory. Celluloid does not oxydize in contact with metals ; hence, its great 
 superiority over hard rubber. 
 
 The Celluloid Harness Trimming Company is incorporated under the laws of 
 New Jersey, with a capital of $100,000. It began business March 1st, 1873. 
 Already its annual productions are valued at $75,000. The demand, however, 
 for these unrivalled goods, is increasing so fast that the yearly product of the 
 company will soon be doubled. They employ 30 hands, and the wages paid 
 weekly amount to $350. The officers of the compan}'- are Thos. Kays, President ; 
 Theo. Morford, Secretary ; S. C. Dunn, Treasurer ; and 0. "Wiener, Superm. 
 tendent. 
 
 The Company makes a specialty of martingale rings, colored to suit the pur- 
 chaser. All the varieties of harness trimmings are beautifully coated with cel- 
 luloid of any color. By a new and improved method the process of covering 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 23 
 
 the trimmings has been absolutely perfected. The Company is continually dis- 
 covering more skillful processes for utilizing the celluloid, inventing improved 
 machinery and increasing the facilities of production. Noticeable among the 
 company's manufuctures are, breeching rings, harness buckles, trace buckles, 
 terrets, .bolt hooks, pad hooks, roller buckles, hame rings, bridle buckles, and 
 fly terrets. The most beautiful rosettes are those made from celluloid. Their 
 superior merits having become known, the demand for celluloid trimmings is 
 now very greac. They are becoming popular over the whole country. The 
 Celluloid Harness Trimming Company are receiving orders from all parts of the 
 country, including Maine and Cahfornia. The Company sells only to jobbers. 
 
 The efficient superintendent, Mr. Wiener, is a member of the well-known firm 
 of "Wiener & Co., manufacturers of saddlery hardware. The thorough prac- 
 tical knowledge and executive ability of Mr. Wiener warrant the remark that 
 under his supervision the Celluloid Harness Trimming Company is certain of a 
 prosperous future. 
 
 CELLULOID NOVELTY COMPANY, 23 N. J. R. R. Avenue; New York 
 office, 385 Broadway. The above institution is another outgrowth of the introduc- 
 tion of celluloid. They manufacture jewelry, consisting of necklaces, chains, 
 crosses, charms, lockets, &c., in exact imitation of jet, coral, amber, torquoise, 
 and similar articles. Fancy goods in an endless variety, such as belt buckles, 
 napkin rings, paper weights, paper folders, &c., are also made by them. 
 
 The Novelty Company began business April 1st, 1874. They are not yet 
 fully organized, the intention being to have the Company incorporated. The 
 number of hands at present employed is 25, the force, however, will soon be 
 doubled. The weekly wages paid amount to $400. Having recently been 
 started the value of annual production cannot be ascertained, it will, however, 
 be very large Mr. W. H. Halsey is Superintendent of the company, and his 
 efficient management will greatly contribute to the fullest success of the 
 enterprise. 
 
 Although at the outset what were regarded as ample facilities for production 
 were secured, they have now been found inadequate to meet the rapidly 
 increasing orders. Preparations are now being made which will, when com- 
 pleted, provide for supplying the popular demand. The tools usedby the Com- 
 pany are a novelty in themselves, and were made specially for this branch of 
 manufacture after original designs. Prominent among the machinery may be 
 named the Hyatt lathe, for turning spheres or any desired shape at a single 
 cut. (An ilustration of the lathe and more extended notice will be found in this 
 work under classification of machinery.) The celluloid is received in bulk ready 
 for use. It is cut with steel cutters into any desired shape, and is then placed 
 in steel dies of exactly the same size and form. The material, after being thus 
 prepared, is subjected to hydraulic pressure, and the various articles, on being 
 
24 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 taken from the dies, have the appearance of being elaborately carved. From 
 the dies they are passed to the finishers, who carefully polish the various 
 articles of adornment on buflfwheels, the process being similar for the burnish, 
 ing of gold jewelry. Great care is needed in the subjecting of celluloid to 
 these processes. The jewelry and fancy goods produced by the Novelty Com- 
 pany, although rapidly made, are highly finished. An expert is needed to de- 
 tect the difference between jewelry wrought from celluloid and from the mate- 
 rial they represent. This fact is particularly noticeable in the celluloid articles 
 made in representation of coral. 
 
 Already the productions of the Celluloid Novelty Company find a market in 
 neafly all the large cities of the Union. They are sold exclusively to the trade. 
 
 LEATHER. 
 
 AND ITS MANUFACTURES 
 
 Leather, in the light of science, is the skin of animals so modified by chemi- 
 cal means as to become unalterable by the external agents which tend to de- 
 compose it in its natural state. The principal agency in producing this chemical 
 change is the application of tannic acid, which exists very largely in nutgalls, 
 and for tanning purposes is mainly taken from the inner bark of trees, the oak 
 and hemlock being the principal sources of supply. The former is considered 
 preferable in the tanning process. 
 
 The art of tanning is of great antiquity. The pictorial tablets inscribed on 
 the tombs of ancient Egypt represent the tanner, the currier and the shoe- 
 maker, engaged in the various stages of their arts, with the material and uten- 
 sils of their trades disposed about them. So numerous were the leather makers 
 that a particular locality in ancient Thebis was assigned them. Remnants of 
 Leather, found in Theban tombs, reveal the use of the acacia and other trees 
 m the tanning process. 
 
 Leather has been found in the sepulchres of ancient Mexico, indicating a 
 knowledge of leather working among a people coeval with those of the old 
 world, among whom the art was cradled. The Indians of America were 
 familiar with tanning in its primitive stages. Of course their products were in- 
 considerable, for, having no domestic habits, they could only dress the skins of 
 wild animals. An early historian mentions that the northern Indians converted 
 their skins " into very good leather, making the same plume and soft." Mocca* 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 25 
 
 sins and leggings were usually made from moose skins. In coloring and pic- 
 torial embellishment, the southern Indians appeared to excel. They had, how- 
 ever, no leather manufacture proper, being ignorant of tlie properties of certain 
 astringent barks and vegetable substances to condense the membranes of the 
 hide, and correct it septic tendency, upon which the whole process of tanning 
 depends. 
 
 Columbus is said to have brought the first cattle to America, in 1493. They 
 were brought to Florida in 1565, into Canada by the French in 1608, and the 
 following year they appeared in Virginia. In 1620 a special delegation of tan- 
 ners was sent to Virginia, when, in 1649, the first attempt was made to manufac- 
 ture leather by the settlers in Arherica. To promote the industry, tan houses were 
 erected at the public expense, and in 1662 the business had grown to impor" 
 tance. In 1681, laws were passed in Maryland to promote the manufacture of 
 leather. The first New England tannery was erected at Swampscot, in the 
 township of Lynn, in 1646. At this period in New England, the raising of 
 cattle increased so much as to overstock the market, and as a result hides be- 
 came cheap. Of course this so increased the supply of leather that it was 
 with great difficulty disposed of. As a final result a tremendous impulse was 
 given to the manufacture of shoes, especially in Lynn, whose inhabitants had 
 previously excelled in stock raising. On account of these controlling circum- 
 stances, it is not surprising that in twenty years from the settlement of New 
 England, shoes were an important article of export. In 1640, Connecticut 
 passed laws to promote the manufacture of leather. In the colony of New 
 Haven, the mdustry was promuient, and here the size stick was first used in 
 makmg shoes. It appears that tannmg was introduced in New Jersey about 
 the time of the settlement of Newark, by the people from Connecticut, who laid 
 the foundation of the City of Newark, introduced the process tanning and the 
 various manufactures of leather, which have continually grown and prospered 
 until now Newark is one of the most important leather manufacturing cities in 
 the Union. The industrial records show that the first shoemaker in Newark 
 was named Samuel Whitehead. The first tannery was established in 1698. 
 Before the close of the last century, the leather industry of Newark was of 
 naiional importance.. 
 
 The business has steadily grown, until now Newark is among the first cities 
 of the country in the magnitude of its leather manufactures. It is in fact, by 
 many regarded as the foremost city of the world in the production of leather. 
 When one remembers that leather and its manufactures is one of the prominent 
 industries of the world ; that it gives employment to as many, or more people 
 than any other branch of industry, it is plain that through leather business 
 alone Newark is brought into the front rank of industrial cities. 
 
 Nearly all kinds and grades of leather are produced in Newark, though 
 patent and enameled, harness, trunk and shoe leather are in the foreground. 
 4 
 
 % 
 
26 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 Morocco is also quite prominent. Newark uses oak bark principally in the 
 tanning process. It is easier procured and at the same time more efficacious. 
 
 As already mentioned, Seth Boyden was the pioneer in the manufacture of 
 patent and enameled leather in this country. His efforts were first successful 
 in 1818. He is justly regarded as the first man who successfully applied japan 
 in the production of patent leather. It was undoubtedly largely due to the 
 impetus given this branch of leather manufacture, that Newark virtually sup- 
 plies the whole United States with patent leather, there being only one manu- 
 factory outside of Newark. The article is used principally for harness and 
 carriage trimming. The demand for patent leather is constantly increasing, as 
 new industries requiring it are springing up. It is an important article of ex- 
 port from this country, which, however, is not used so much in Europe as here. 
 
 G-EORGE ALLAN, 9 J and 93 Colden-street. Mr. Allan began business in 
 1853. His goods are sold east and west, but principally to the home trade. He 
 manufactures saddle, harness, trunk and bag leather, and employs five hands, 
 with a weekly pay-roll of $100. Mr. Allan's productions for 1873 were valued 
 at $30,000. 
 
 COGAN & REILLY, Avenue C and Murray-street. This firm was estab- 
 lished in 1870, and now employs eighteen hands, the weekly pay-roll being $200. 
 The annual productions are valued at $40,000, and consist exclusively of patent 
 and enameled leatlier. The goods are sold in the home market and mainly to 
 jobbers, 
 
 J. F. COBURN, Magazine and Frankfort streets. This manufactory was es- 
 tablished in 1864. The working force at present employed numbers twelve 
 hands, and then- weekly wages are $150. The value of the annual production 
 is $50,000, and they consist of patent and enameled leather. Tlie goods are sold 
 to jobbers, and principally find a market m New York and Philadelphia. 
 
 J. H. & T. W. DAWSON & CO., Ferry and Madison streets. The above 
 firm was established a quarter of a century ago, and can be classed as among 
 the pioneer establishments of Newark in the manufacture of leather. At the 
 commencement of business the firm used about one hundred hides per week. 
 They now, however, manufacture double that number per day, employing at 
 the present time 150 hands, with a weekly pay-roll of $2,000, or an average of 
 $100,000 per year. The amount of annual productions could not be obtained, 
 the firm refusing the necessary information ; but from a careful estimate, based 
 upon the number of hides used and their market value, it cannot be less than 
 $375,000, and has been so figured in the summary of this branch of industry. 
 The reason of the firm for refusing the desired information could not have been 
 that their productions are of no small importance, as the Messrs. Dawson are 
 doing an extensive trade. The well-known superior quality of their goods is 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 27 
 
 conceded by all dealers in leather, and their productions are pold in all the 
 principal cities of the United States, and are largely exported to Europe. The 
 firm manufacture every variety of patent and enameled leather, calf skin, etc.. 
 including leather for the trade in all branches. A specialty is made of enameled 
 hides and wax splits. 
 
 WILLIAM DUNN, 256 Passaic-street. Among the older manufacturers in 
 leather may be named Mr. Dunn, who was established in 1 845. When quite a 
 young man he started the manufacture of patent and enameled leather with a 
 small capital. Through persistent energy, a strict attention to business and 
 honorable dealing, Mr. Dunn now ranks among the princijjal producers of 
 Newark. He at present employs 50 hands, whose weekly wages amount to 
 $700. The productions of this factory for 1873 were valued at $130,000. and 
 sold pnncipally to the trade through the east and west. 
 
 SAMUEL DUNN, 15 to 23 New York Avenue. This manufacturer was es- 
 tablished in 1 859. His productions consist of every variety of fancy skins, promi- 
 nent among which may be named calf and sheep, kid roans, skivers, &c. Mr. 
 Dunn employs constantly 25 hands, with a weekly pay-roll of $350. His 
 productions for 1873 amounted to $20,000. The goods are largely sold direct 
 to the consumers, 
 
 JOHN DWYER, 76 Market-street. The principal productions of this manu- 
 facturer embrace trunk splits, bridle, harness and bag leather. Mr. Dwyer 
 established his present business in 1865. since which time his sales have 
 steadily increased, last year amounting to $110,000. He employs 35 hands, 
 with a weekly pay-roll of $500. and sells almost exclusively to consumers, his 
 principal markets being Newark and New York. 
 
 EBENEZER FRANCIS & CO., Oliver-street. This firm manufactures 
 exclusively patent and enameled leather, and was established in 1842. 
 They employ at present 25 hands, but usually give employment to double that 
 number. Their productions are sold to both jobbers and consumers, and were 
 valued at $105,000 for 1873. The amount of weekly wages paid to hands is 
 $400. This firm is one of the oldest in Newark, in the manufacture of patent 
 and enameled leather. Indeed, perhaps no other firm in Newark can date their 
 establishment as far back as can Messrs. Francis & Company. Their goods are 
 favorably known to the trade throughout the United^ States. 
 
 T. P. HOWELL & CO., New, Wilsey and Nuttman streets. Prominent among 
 the manufacturers of patent and enameled leather is the above firm. They 
 began business about 1845. A history of the company would be almost a con- 
 tinuous narrative of the leather interest of Newark. The buildings now occu- 
 pied by this firm in carrying on the various tanning processes, which result in 
 the finest products of the art, cover nearly five acres of ground, and extend in 
 
28 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 one directions 2,200 feet. There are used each year 40,000 hides, 150,000 
 sheep skins, 10,000 deer skins and 10,000 calf skins. They manufacture all 
 kinds of patent and enameled leather, bridle leather, sheep skin skivers, roans, 
 harness leather, buck and cliaraois, wax, calf and oil tanned leather ; also, 
 fancy sheep skin mats. These various products find a market in all parts of 
 the country, and are largely exported to the West Indies, South America and 
 Europe. The hides used by Howell & Company are from their own slaughter- 
 ing, an unusual feature of the leather industry. They employ 450 hands, with 
 a weekly pay-roll of $3,000. Their annual productions are valued at $1,000,000. 
 The salesroom of the firm is at 77 Beekman-street, New York. 
 
 C. H. & J. D. HARRISON, New York Avenue, near Railroad Avenue. This 
 firm was established in 1849 in a modest way by Chas. H. Harrison, the first 
 year's production being $15,000. In 1851 Mr. John D. Harrison purchased 
 an interest m the business, and since that time the firm, C. H. & J. D. Harrison, 
 manufacturers of patent and euameled leather, has been closely identified with 
 the interest of Newark. At present they are among the solid institutions of 
 the city. 
 
 Their working force numbers 91 hands, and the amount of wages paid weekly 
 is $1,500. The value of productions for 1873 was $393,000. They used last 
 year 15,000 hides. The firm manufacture all kinds of patent and enameled 
 leather, but their specialty is carriage and harness makers' supplies. The trade 
 of this firm extends both to jobbers and consumers. 
 
 While caring for the firm's extended business Mr. J. D. Harrison has found 
 time for tilling with fidelity and honor several offices of public trust. At 
 present he is a prominent member of the City Council and a director of 
 Newark's Industrial Institute. 
 
 J. F. HESSKLBARTH, 36 Garden-street. This manufactory was estabhshed 
 1862, and its business is mainly confined to tanning. Six men are employed in 
 and their weekly wages amount to |70. The yearly product is valued at 
 $28,000. The goods are sold to jobbers and consumers, and mainly in the 
 home market. 
 
 M. HARTEL, 361 Halsey-street. This modest concern was estabhshed in 
 1849. The only products are carriage and bag leather, which are sold to New 
 York jobbers. Four hands are employed, the wages being $75. The annual 
 productions are valued at $30,000. 
 
 J. H. HALSEY & CO., 185 Washington-street. This firm manufactures 
 some kind of leather. They refuse, however, for reasons best known to 
 tiiemselres, to give any information in regard to the nature and extent of their 
 business. 
 
 HENRY LAN'G, 195 to 199 Piaue-street. This concern was estabhshed five 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 29 
 
 years ago. Forty hands are employed with a weekly pay roll of $600 ; the 
 annual productions being $110,000, consisting of trunk, bag, shoe, harness and 
 bridle leather ; a specialty is made of tancy colored leather for pocket-books 
 and ladies' traveling bags. Products are mainly sold in the home market. 
 
 LOEHNBERG & NEWMANN, 292 Norfolk-street This firm is engaged in 
 the manufacture of leather for trunks, inner-soles and shoe splits, which is mainly 
 sold to the consumer in the New York and Eastern markets. The firm em- 
 ploy ten haud§, paying them weekly $150. They were established in 1867 
 and the value of their first year's productions was about $5,000. The busi- 
 ness has, however, steadily increased until their products have now an annual 
 value of $20,000. 
 
 MANDEYILLE & PREST, 60 Market-street. The above firm, under its 
 present style, has only been established since 18*72, although both the partners 
 have been engaged in the manufacture of leather for many years. There are ten 
 hands employed whose wages amount to $125 per week The productions of 
 1873 were valued at $50,000. Among the various goods manufactured by 
 this firm may be named harness, bridle, shoe and bag leather, all of which are 
 sold direct to the consumer, no goods being sold to jobbers. 
 
 MEIS & CO., Seventeenth Avenue, and Lillie-street. This firm does 
 a general business of tanning and currying, and also manufactures bag, russet 
 and trunk leather. They were established in 1867. The present annual pro- 
 duction amounts to $60,000. Tne number of men employed is twenty, and 
 their weekly wages are $200. The productions of Meis & Co. are mainly sold 
 to consumers in the home market. 
 
 MoCLATCHBY, REILLY & SMITH, Corner Sussex Avenue, First and Second 
 streets. The above firm, although established in 1870, have already built up 
 a trade which extends to all the principal cities in the United States, and will 
 compare favorably with many manufacturers of longer standing. Their pro- 
 ductions for 1873 were valued at $200,000. This showing speaks well tor the 
 quality of their manufactures, which consists of Patent and Enameled leather. 
 The firm employs 50 hands, whose weekly wages amount to $700. 
 
 PALMER & SMITH, 67 Hamilton-street. This well-known manufactory was 
 estabhsli>ed by Mr. T. Gr. Palmer, in 1855. In 1861 Mr. Smith purchased an 
 interest in the firm, from which time down to the beginning of 1873, the busi- 
 ness was conducted at 70 Market-street. At the latter date they removed to 
 their new and commodious factory then completed. This building, which they 
 now occupy, is located at 67 Earailton-street. It 142 by 30 feet, five stories in 
 height, and furnished with all machinery necessary for their extended busi- 
 ness. It is heatefl by steam throughout, and is conveniently arranged, having 
 been built expressly tor the leather manufacture. Formerly their productions 
 
30 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 consisted chiefly of the varieties of leather used by trunk makers. Of late, 
 their business has been so extended as to include leather supplies for all manu- 
 facturers requiring the article named. The variety of their productions, there- 
 fore is very extended. One manufacturer requires a special brand of colored 
 leather for fancy cigar cases, another orders a hundred sides for ladies" belts, 
 while a pump maker wants only one for valves. Thus, this firm, unlike their 
 co-workers, supplies a demand as varied as there are different manufacturers 
 requiring leather in their operations. In addition, Messrs. Palmer & Smith have 
 won a reputation for their abilty to produce, m short notice, any special brand 
 of leather for use in the process of any new industry. Harness and saddle 
 makers, trunk and bag makers, and the manufacturers of shoes are their main 
 patrons. The brands of Harness and bridle leather made by Palmer & Smith 
 have no superior. During the last two years, the demand for fancy colored 
 leather has so increased that the market is with difficulty supplied, owing mainly 
 to an inadequate supply of perfect leather for finishing. To meet this want, 
 Palmer & Smith have all the selected leather from three tanneries, and employ 
 in the finishing process, about 25 hands. In addition to their factory already 
 mentioned, this firm carries on a special branch of manufacture in another 
 building. Here the waste and trimmings of the main factory are worked up 
 into soles for women's shoes, and leather backs of horse brushes, forming, of 
 itself, a fair trade. 
 
 Palmer & Smith employ 40 hands, and the weekly wages amount to $600. 
 Their .product of manufactured goods for 1873 was valued at $178,000. Their 
 trade extends from Alaine to Louisiana m the south, and California in the west 
 It is only necessary to add that Messrs. Palmer & Smith, as manufacturers of 
 enterprise and skill, have done much to extend and build up Newark's indus- 
 tries, of which their factory is an important feature. 
 
 JOHN H. PERRY, South Orange Avenue, Richmond and Norfolk streets. 
 Mr. Perry began business in 1862, and now employs 100 hands, with a weekly 
 pay roll of |800. The yearly product of the factory is valued at $180,000 Its 
 productions are patent and enameled leather, dull and polished grain, bag 
 leather and shoe splits. Mr. Perry's specialty is the well and favorably known 
 " Ox Brand" of patent and enameled leather. It is largely sold to the most 
 prominent jobbing houses in the country. The merits of the " Ox Brand" are 
 everywhere acknowledged, and great exertions are required to supply the de- 
 mand. This popular brand is sold in all parts of the country, and is largely ex- 
 ported to England and France. Mr. Perry deserves great credit for the skill 
 and energy he has displayed in thus perfecting the processes of leather manu- 
 facture. He has. no doubt, contributed greatly to the reputation of Newark as 
 a leather producing city 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 31 
 
 RBITN'OLDS & WOOD, 25 to 48 Spring-street. This is among the oldest 
 manufactories of patent and enameled leather in Newark. It was established in 
 1836 by Mr. Richmond Ward, who was a pioneer in the patent leather industry 
 of America. He was an associate and cotemporary of Seth Boyden. Under 
 the directions of Mr. Ward the business grew and prospered, the result being 
 that the firm of R. Ward & Company was known for years as a leading house 
 in producmg the best qualities of patent and enameled leather. Mr. Ward died 
 in 1872, and since then the firm name has been changed as above. 
 
 The buildings necessary for carrying on the present business of the firm are 
 very extensive, and are furnished with all modern improvements requisite for 
 the most skillful processes of manufacturing. At present 80 hands are em- 
 ployed, their weekly wages amountmg to $1,000. Oijly the largest and best 
 hides are used, and the facilities are provided in this immense establishment for 
 tanning and finishing 500 hides per week or 25,000 per year, thus giving an 
 annual production of $500,000. All kinds of patent and enameled leather are 
 manufactured, the principal grades of the former being winker, bridle and 
 skirting. Special attention is given to the production of a superior quality of 
 colored enameled leather. The most brilliant and beautiful colors are produced, 
 and from 25 to 30 difi'erent shades are kept in stock 
 
 Messrs. Reynolds & Wood employ no traveling salesmen and have no branch 
 house in New York. The high quality of their productions is so well known, 
 that these artificial methods of effecting sales are not needed. They manufac- 
 ture principally for jobbers, and their trade extends over the whole country. 
 They also export largely to South America and Europe. 
 
 STAR LEATHER WORKS, Montier & White, proprietors, 295 Ferry-street. 
 A notable feature of Newark's industries is their inter- dependence. They are 
 so diversified that what would otherwise be the refuse matter of one factory, 
 forms the raw material for another. The percentage of waste is thus reduced 
 to the minimum, thereby insuring a maximum of profit. Until recently the 
 splits, shavings and clippings of leather factories have been valueless. Now, 
 by means of a French chemical process, they are combined and transformed into 
 a substance similar to sole leather, for use in manufacturing the insoles and 
 heels of boots and shoes. The article is prepared in sheets, 10^ x 22 inches, 
 one-fourth inch thick. It is cheaper and quite as durable as leather in its 
 original form. 
 
 The above factory was established in 1871, and is the only one in this country 
 for utilizing the waste matter named. The present working force numbers 80 
 hands, and they are paid weekly $450. The annual productions of the factory 
 are valued at $70,000. The leather thus prepared is readily sold to the manu- 
 facturers of the Eastern and Middle States. 
 
 GEORGtB STENG-EL, 325 Academy- street. This manufactory was estab- 
 
32 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 lished bj Christian Stengel in 1 854, and has been succeeded in the busindfes by 
 his son, as indicated above. Fifty hands are employed, with a weekly pay-roll of 
 $800. Mr. Stengel manufactures exclusively patent and enameled leather, the 
 value of his yearly product being $160,000. A specialty is the " Horse Brand," 
 whose superiorit}^ is acknowledged by the trade. These goods are sold exclu- 
 sively to jobbers, and find a market principally in Philadelphia, Wilmington and 
 Cincinnati. 
 
 CHAS. SMYTH, 248 Central Avenue. This manufactory has been running 
 since 1860. Ten hands are employed, with a weekly pay roll of $150. The 
 value of the annual productions are $40,000. The principal brands of manufac- 
 ture are harness, bridle and skirting, shoe, bag and trunk leather. These 
 goods are sold m the home market and in New York, and exclusively to con- 
 sumers. 
 
 JAMES STANFORD, 361 Mulberry-street. This manufactory was estab- 
 lished in 1869, and now employs five hands, with a weekly pay roll of $100. The 
 annual productions are valued at $10,000, and consist of fancy stock for pocket- 
 books, bags, book-binders, etc., their market being principally in New York. 
 
 Mr. Stanford, in addition to his leather business, has a patent dye stuff" for 
 light woods and veneering. Any color is produced, and ashburr is dyed to 
 closely resemble imported amboyne. 
 
 M. STRAUS, 39 and 41 Vesey-street. The manufacturer of patent and 
 enameled leather was begun by Mr. Straus in 1865. He is at present employ- 
 ing 20 hands, with a weekly pay roll of $350. During the year 1873 the 
 number of hides used was 8,000, and the total value of products was $120,000. 
 which were mostly sold to home and near-by trade, including New York, Bos- 
 ton and Philadelphia. Bag, russet, trunk and belt leather are also extensively 
 manufactured — a specialty being belt leather. 
 
 SMITH & CARR BROTHERS, 101 and 103 Barclay-street. The business 
 of this firm is confined to tanning. They employ four hands, the wages paid 
 weekly amounting to $60. The annual product is valued at $40,000, and is all 
 sold to the home trade. 
 
 HUGH SMITH, Hoyt-street and Central A.venue. This manufactory was 
 established in 1862 and gives employment to 20 men, with a weekly pay roll of 
 $200. The productions consist principally of shoe and bag leather, the annual 
 value of which is $75,000 ; the products being mainly sold to consumers in the 
 New York and home markets. Mr. Smith is also extensively engaged in finish- 
 ing leather for the trade, which business added to his manufactures would make 
 the handsome showing of annual trade done to be near $150,000, 
 
 ABRAHAM TRIER & BROTHER, East Kinney and McWhorter-streets. 
 Tliis firm manufacture trunk and shoe leather in the rough, and commenced 
 
33 
 
 business in 1864. They now employ 10 hands, to whom are paid $150 
 weekly. The productions of the firm for 1873 were valued at $60,000. 
 
 H. L. WILDE, 60 Market-street. The amount of business done by Mr. 
 Wilde in 1873 is by no means a fair comparison, as he was compelled by illness 
 to suspend operations for several months. He was established in 1860 as a 
 member of the firm of Finley & Wilde, and at the death of Mr. Findley succeeded 
 the firm. Mr. Wilde at present employs seven hands, whose weekly wages 
 amount to $100. His production for 1873 was valued at 50,000, and consisted 
 of shoe, harness and trunk leather. His goods are now sold principally to 
 home and near-by trade. 
 
 BLANCHARD, BROTHER & LANE, 20 to 38 Bruen-street. For purely 
 personal reasons the members of this firm declined to furnish the desired infor- 
 mation concerning their methods of manufacture, and amount of productions. 
 On account of their well-known prominence in the leather industry of Newark, 
 careful inquiries have been made as to the nature and extent of their business, 
 and the following facts and figures may be regarded as accurate, having been 
 derived from trustworthy sources of information. 
 
 Mr. N. F. Blanchard, senior member of the above firm, is one of the oldest men 
 in the patent leather trade, having been identified with the business for 37 years, 
 filling the several positions of apprentice, journeyman, foreman, and partner. 
 After years of patient toil, he is now regarded as one of the most practical 
 leather manufacturers in the country. In 1861 Mr. Blanchard founded the 
 house which is now known under the above style. His efforts were immediately 
 successful and the business rapidly increased. A few years later Mr. F. S. 
 Blanchard and P. Van Zandt Lane became his associates in business, from 
 which time the firm, as then organized, has met with continuous prosperity. 
 Following the plan of the original founder, only the finest grades of patent 
 leather are made. The firm has gained an enviable reputation for careful selec- 
 tion of stock and the best processes of manufacture. They are a live firm. 
 Each member has his separate duties to perform. The Messrs. Blanchard are 
 thoroughly practical, and each piece of patent leather made passes through 
 their hands for inspection. 
 
 The products of the firm are exclusively confined to patent leather, a specialty 
 being the celebrated " Buffalo" brand. A greater variety is produced than by 
 any other firm. The various wants of the trade receive careful attention. 
 The several buildings necessary for carrying on their immense business 
 cover an area of one and a half blocks. While not behind in production, they 
 are the youngest house in this line. As an illustration of the great pro- 
 ducing facilities, $25,000 worth of bark is constantly kept in store. The 
 facts relating to ^he firm's business, including the number of hands employed, 
 etc., are included in the general summary. The value of annual production, 
 5 
 
34 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 however, as derived from the most trustworthy sources, cannot be less than 
 three-quarters of a miUion dollars, thus making Messrs. Blanchard Brother & 
 Lane, the largest manufacturers of patent leather in the world. 
 
 S. HALSEY & SON, Shipman and Market streets. This well-known house 
 has perhaps been as closely identified with the continuous growth and pros- 
 perity of the patent leather industry of Newark as any other firm. In fact many 
 of the incidents relating to it possess an historic interest. One in particular is 
 worthy of mention. It was in a room of the present factory that Mr. Setli 
 Boyden succeeded in making the first side of japanned, or patent leather ever 
 produced in America. Considering the present great importance of this indus- 
 try, the locality named possesses at least a part of the interest which might 
 cluster around the room wherein Watt invented the steam engine, or even the 
 building, if that were known, in which the original process of tanning was 
 discovered. 
 
 The above firm was estabhshed in the early part of the present century. In 
 1849, the style of Halsey and Tucker was adopted. The present firm name 
 dates from 1866, when Mr. G-eo. A. Halsey became a partner. The senior 
 member, Mr. Samuel Halsey, by his intimate knowledge of the best manufactur- 
 ing processes, careful business habits, and personal integrit}^, has greatly con- 
 tributed to the prosperity and fair fame of Newark. In his declining years he 
 has the satisfaction of looking back on a life of usefulness and honor. 
 
 The present working force of the factory numbers 100 men. The wages 
 paid amount each week to $1,800. The aggregate value of yearly production 
 is $450,000. The goods produced consist almost entirely of patent leather, for 
 carriage and shoe purposes, and their high quality is well known to the trade. 
 Sales are made in all parts of the country, and the export demand is very 
 extensive. 
 
 RUSSIA LEATHER MANUFACTORY. 
 
 AMERICAN RUSSIA LEATHER MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 
 Hoyt and Bleecker streets ; Salesrooms, 51 and 53 Maiden Lane, New York. 
 Gradually but surely American manufacturers, through their inventive genius, 
 energy and enterprise, are surmounting all obstacles, and more nearly supply- 
 ing the home market, thus shutting out the foreign producer. In many branches 
 of industry, the growth has been so rapid as to make this desired result com- 
 plete, and in some instances a foreign demand has been created in the opposite 
 direction. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 36 
 
 An industry heretofore monopolized b}^ foreign countries has been the pro- 
 duction of what is known as Bussia Leather. This article has mainly come 
 from the country whose name it bears. It is a variety of variously colored 
 fancy leather, whose distinguishing characteristics is a peculiar odor, imparted 
 to it from certain chemicals nsed in dying. The singular and not unpleasant, 
 smell thus received is said to give greater durability, and complete freedom 
 from the ravages of insects. Principally for these reasons it is in great demand 
 for book binding, the manufacture of pocket books, &c. The result has been 
 that the price of Russia leather has ruled high, and the articles made from it 
 have been very expensive. 
 
 As its name indicates, the object of the above company is the production of 
 Russia leather. It was established in July of the present year, and is there- 
 fore an innovation. American skill, however, is triumphant, and its success is 
 assured. The products of this factory, the only one of its kind in this country, 
 are in no way inferior to the foreign article ; not an imitation, but the genuine 
 " Russia." It is already beyond controversy that the productions of the above 
 named company are in successful competition with imported goods. Two causes 
 contribute to this result: (1) the admitted genuineness and high quality, and (2) 
 the reduced price as compared with the leather brought from Russia. 
 
 The American Russia Leather Manufacturing Company is incorporated under 
 the laws of New Jersey, with a capital of $10,000. Mr. F. A. Carpenter is 
 president of the company, and C. L. Parker, secretary. The present working 
 force numbers twelve men, and their weekly wages are $200. The value of 
 annual productions cannot now, of course, be accurately determined, but from 
 present indications will be very large. The facilities for manufacturing are now 
 being greatly increased. The goods are sold wholly to jobbers, and readily find 
 a market in all the principal cities of the Union. 
 
 MOROCCO MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Morocco leather is goat skin tanned, and then dyed on the side of the grain. 
 It was not made in this country until after the revolution. The first effort at 
 manufacture was made in Philadelphia, which city is now at the head of this 
 industry in the aggregate value of its annual product. Newark is next in im- 
 portance. 'The latter city, however, has the largest single manufactory. Morocco 
 is exported to. South America and the West Indies. The goat skins are im- 
 ported from India, and in general from barbarous countries. Morocco is 
 prmcipally used in the manufacture of ladies fine shoes. 
 
 ^ 
 
36 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 JAMES S. BA.RCLA.Y, 215 Plaue-street. This manufactory was established 
 in 1869, and at the present time employs 30 hands, whose weekly wages amount 
 to $450. The value of the productions for 1873 was $100,000, and consisted 
 of colored morocco for shoes, book binders, bags, furniture, etc. In addition to 
 Morocco, Mr. Barclay is also extensively engaged in the manufacture of calf- 
 kid and sheep skins. His goods are sold both to the jobber and consumer. 
 
 GEORGE DOUGHERTY, 265 Washington-street. Mr. Dougherty began 
 the manufacture of morocco in Newark in 1834. He was the pioneer of this 
 mdustry in the State of New Jersey. Several had previously attempted it, but 
 only failure was the result. From his successful efforts the Morocco industry of 
 Newark dates its growth. Several of the leading morocco manufacturers of 
 Newark served their apprenticeship with Mr. Dougherty. The morocco 
 manufacture as an important industry of Newark, is greatly indebted to his rare 
 skiU and energy. In his present factory he turns out 240 finished goat skins 
 per day. He employs 40 hands, paying them $600 weekly. The value of pro- 
 ductions for 1873 was $150,000. Had Mr. Dougherty not met with unforeseen 
 reverses, he would perhaps now be the leading morocco manufacturer of the 
 world. He is now 71 years of age, and his long life of great usefulness is 
 adorned with a sterhng integrity which knew no compromise with injustice and 
 wrong. 
 
 GORMAN, FORREST & CO., 425 Market- street. This firm are engaged in 
 the manufacture of morocco exclusively for ladies' shoes, which they seU exten- 
 sively to the New York and New England markets. A large portion of their 
 products are, however, consumed by home trade. The firm employs 34 hands, 
 whose weekly wages amount to $500. The value of the factory's productions 
 for 1873 was $150,000. 
 
 KELLY & HUGHES, 72 Market-street. This firm is well and favorably 
 known to the trade, having been in the business since 1859. In 1871 the firm of 
 Kelly, Hughes & Moran was organized, but by the recent decease of Mr. Moran 
 the firm has again been remodeled and assumes its present style. They employ 
 50 hands, with a weekly pay-roll of $700. For the year 1873 the market value 
 of their productions was $175,000. Their principal manufacture is morocco, 
 which is sold direct to the consumer. The firm make a specialty of Tampico 
 and Curacoa stock. 
 
 C. NUGENT & CO., 195 and 197 Halsey- street. This immense estabhsh- 
 ment was founded 1859. The members of the present firm are Messrs. C. and 
 J. Nugent. Their factory is in the rear of the office on Halsey-street, extending 
 from 1 to 17 on Camfield Court, a distance of 600 feet, including a new structure, 
 60 X 80 feet, and five stories high, now building. In the high quahty, and ag- 
 gregate value of annual productions, this is the largest morocco factory in the 
 world. Its present great prominence is the legitimate outgrowth of the Indus- 
 
I 
 
 OF NEWARK, N. J. 37 
 
 trial skill, persevering energy and careful business habits of the Messrs. Nugent. 
 To their marked ability and genuine enterprise the morocco industry of America 
 is greatly indebted. 
 
 . The products of this manufactory are the finest qualities of Morocco, calf and 
 French kid. There are used each week in the various tanning processes, 18,000 
 goat and 2,000 calf skins. The number of hands employed is 400, and their 
 weekly wages are $4,000. The value of annual productions reaches the enor- 
 mous sum of $1,500,000. These goods are sold in all parts of the country, from 
 Maine to California, and are largely exported to Europe. Owing to their great 
 capi1;^l, vast amount of productions and extensive trade connections, the firm 
 of C. Nugent & Co. occupy no second place in controlling the morocco market. 
 Their salesroom is at 69 Grold-street, New York. 
 
 JOHN YOUNG & SON, 66 Market- street. This firm was estabhshed in 
 1838 by John Young. In 1854, his son, Chas. E. Young, became a member, 
 when the present firm name was adopted. Since then and following the death 
 of the elder Mr. Y^oung, the business has been conducted under the same title. 
 Under the direction of Mr. Chas. E. Young it is now one of Newark's representative 
 morocco manufactories. The high quahty of its productions is everywhere ac- 
 knowledged. 
 
 The hands employed number 50, and their weekly wages are $800. The 
 value of the annual production reaches $200,000. The cheaper qualities or 
 imitations of Morocco, are not manufactured ; only goat skins are tanned and 
 finished. These goods are sold both to jobbers and consumers, and find a market 
 mainly in the eastern seaboard cities, though extensive sales are made in the 
 west. 
 
 Mr. Chas E. Young is President of the Newark Board of Trade, and in the 
 belief that the prosperity of Newark is the interest of every manufacturer, he has 
 long been prominently associated with all movements for properly placing before 
 the country the importance of Newark as a manufacturing city, and an inviting 
 field for the investment of capital. 
 
 SADDLERY AND HARNESS MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Early in the present century Newark became prominent in the manufacture 
 of saddlery and harness. And it has since been recognized as the first city in 
 the Union as regards the quality and aggregate value of productions in this im- 
 portant branch of industry. In its workshops are made every variety of saddles 
 and harness which modern taste requires, and these wares find a market in all 
 
38 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 parts of the civilized world. South American wants and requirements are sup- 
 pUed quite as readUy as those of more northern climes. 
 
 In this connection an important change is noted. Since the war the demand 
 for saddles has materially decreased. Previously the Southern States were very 
 liberal buyers, but the custom of horse-back riding, then so prevalent, seems 
 now to have become in equal measure obsolete, existing mainly as a relic of the 
 slavery era in Southern history. 
 
 E. F. BECK, 104 N. J. R. R. Avenue. Mr. Beck began the manufacture of 
 harness in 1864, and through careful business habits and an intimate knowledge 
 of trade requirements his business has constantl}^ grown and prospered. The 
 products of his factory consist of the finest grades of harness, including wink- 
 ers, fronts, pad-cloths, etc. These extra fine goods are sold exclusively to the 
 wholesale trade, and find a market in the Eastern and Western States, including 
 California. Forty hands are given employment, and wages to the amount of 
 $500 are paid weekly. The yearly productions are valued at $65,000. Mr. 
 Beck's assiduous attention to the wants of his customers is an important ele- 
 ment in building up his extended trade. 
 
 BUTLER & WARDS, 44 Mechanic-street. The productions of this firm are 
 known as patent leather work for harness, consisting of harness blinds, rosettes, 
 pad heusmgs, bridle fronts, hand parts, etc. This house is the only one in 
 Newark engaged in the same Hue of production. The new and ingenious de- 
 signs they are continually producing are sufficient evidence of the firm's energy 
 and enterprise. These unrivalled goods are sold in all parts of the United 
 States and Canada, extensive sales being made on the Pacific coast. The pres- 
 ent annual production amounts to $120,000, and is rapidly increasing. Sixty 
 hands are employed and the weekly pay is $700. The members of the firm are 
 Messrs. Francis C. Butler and Eugene and Elias S. Ward. 
 
 T. BENEDICT, 869 Broad-street. Mr. Benedict was establisned in 1836 and 
 may therefore properly be classed as among the oldest harness manufacturers in 
 the City of Newark. Until recently he was extensively engaged in the whole- 
 sale trade, but at present manufactures a fine quahty of harness exclusively for 
 custom trade. His productions are mostly sold in the home market and their 
 annual value is $25,000. He employs 15 hands, paying them $250 weekly. 
 Mr. Benedict makes a specialty of interfering boots for horses ; having given the 
 •subject careful consideration for many years. He now manufactures over 50 
 different kinds, all of his own invention. 
 
 S. A. CONDICT & CO., 261 and 263 Market-street; New York office, 521 
 Broadway. This well known house was established in 1832, under the firm 
 name of Jacobus & Condict. It is thus one of the oldest saddlery and harnoes 
 manufactories in Newark, The present style was adopted in November, 1873, 
 
I 
 
 OF NEWARK, N. J. 39 
 
 and the firm now consists of Messrs. S. H. and S. A. Condict and S. W. Patton 
 Mr. S. A. Condict has been identified with the business from its inception 
 
 The firm's productions comprise every variety of saddlery and harness 
 known to the trade, from a liighly-finished carriage harness or lady's riding 
 saddle to the coarse harness for plantation use, or the plainly-finished and more 
 durable saddle for the Soutli American market. It is hardly necessary to men- 
 tion the extra quahty of materials used in the various processes of manufacture 
 the long standing of the house and the acknowledged high reputation of the 
 goods IS sufficient evidence. Their continued uprightness and fair dealing have 
 added much to the renown of Newark as a great centre of industrial skill 
 The goods find a market throughout the country and are largely exported to all 
 parts of the civUized world. Sales are made exclusively to jobbers. The work- 
 ing force of the firm numbers 100 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to 
 $1,300. The aggregate value of yearly productions is about $300,000, and is 
 constantly increasing with the growing demand for the firm's superior goods. 
 
 E. A. GROSSMAN, JR., 23 Railroad Place, Wheaton Block. This housa 
 manufactures harness exclusively, and a specialty is made of the finer grades 
 comprising road, coach and track harness. The manufactory has been estab' 
 lished for many years, and has been conducted under the above stvle since 1868. 
 The working force numbers 15 men, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $200 
 The yearly product of harness is valued at $20,000. The goods are mainly sold 
 in the eastern markets. 
 
 ■ J. CLEMENTS & BROTHER, 294 Market-street. This firm makes a 
 specialty of fine riding bridles and martingales, in various styles and colors; also 
 varieties of fancy articles, such as cigar, match and spectacle cases. The' pro- 
 ducts are sold to the jobbing trade in all the principal cities. The operatives are 
 mostly women, and at present 8 are employed, the weekly wages being $40. 
 The value of yearly productions is $9,000. 
 
 N. J. DEMAREST & CO., 10, 12 and 14 Division Place, A marked pecu- 
 liarity of Newark's manufactures is their unsurpassed quality and finish. In 
 the various lines of production no "shoddy" goods are made. Unrivalled 
 excellence is the first cause of the success and prosperity attending the earnest 
 eff"orts of the leaders in the city's industries 
 
 No single firm, by its methods and processes of manufacture, more clearly 
 confirms these Statements than the one named above. This harness manufac- 
 tory was established in 182V, by Mr. Daniel Demarest, the father of the present 
 senior partner. Mr. N. J. Demarest assumed control of the business in 1865 
 from which time until 1871, successive changes in the firm occurred. At 
 the latter date .the present firm name was adopted. At present Mr. Demarest's 
 sole associate in business is Mr. L. J. Keefe. 
 
 Messrs. Demarest & Co. manufacture harness exclusively, and their work is 
 
40 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 mainly confined to the more costly varieties. The firm's productions are every- 
 where acknowledged as unexcelled in quality of material and skillful workman- 
 ship. Macliinery is used very little in manufacture, as the product of machine 
 sewing is necessarily inferior. So celebrated has the Demarest harness become, 
 that other manufacturers, unable to produce its equal, are obhged to order from 
 Demarest & Co., to supply the wants of their customers. The several brands 
 of harness are numbered from 1 to 70, thus facilitating the giving of orders, as 
 on this account an exact duplicate of any set of harness can be immediately 
 furnished. While excelling in quahty this firm is not behind in amount of pro- 
 ductions. They frequently make 200 sets of costly harness per week. During 
 the late Franco-Prussian war they tilled some immense contracts for the French 
 government, on one occasion making 4,000 sets of artillery harness in eleven 
 working days. At present the firm employs 100 men, and the weekly wages 
 are $2,000. The value of annual production reaches $175,000. The market 
 for these superb goods is not confined to the United States, but extends to 
 Europe, the Indies, Austraha and Japan, including the Sandwich Islands and 
 South America. 
 
 Owing to the increasing demand for their productions, Messrs. Demarest & 
 Co.. are now perfecting plans for a new and larger factory at 247 Market-street. 
 The building will be of brick, 27 x 80 feet in size and 4 stories high. It will 
 be constructed with special reference to convenient arrangement and greater 
 manufacturing facilities, workmg room being provided for 175 men. The total 
 cost, inclusive of ground will be about $40,000. 
 
 An important element in the growth of the firm's business has been the 
 sterling worth and integrity of the senior member, Mr. N". J. Demarest. 
 
 THEODORE DUFFORD, 260 Market-street. This manufactory was estab- 
 lished 20 years ago, by John J. Davey, and for several years was carried on 
 under the firm name of Denton & Davey. During which time the present pro- 
 prietor was employed as Manager, and upon Mr. Denton's retirmg from business 
 became a partner and has since become sole proprietor. Mr. Dufford manufac- 
 tures exclusively fine carriage harness for the custom trade, and numbers 
 among his customers the merchant prince of New York, Mr. A. T. Stewart, 
 who orders from this manufactory all the harness requisite for business pur- 
 poses and his private use. 
 
 Mr. Duflford employs 12 hands, paying them weekly $200. His annual pro- 
 ductions are valued at $25,000. The products of this manufactory are sold 
 mostly to home and near-by trade. 
 
 JOSEPH DAVEY, 256 Market-street. The first attempt in Newark to 
 manufacture harness exclusively was by Mr. Joseph Davey. He saw the neces- 
 sity of a more diversified industry. The enterprise was successful, and 
 resulted in the establishment of similar manufactories, several of which have 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 41 
 
 since grown to great prominence in the production of all varieties and grades of 
 harness. 
 
 The working force of Mr. Davey's factory numbers 40 hands, and the weekly 
 pay roll is $500. The yearly product is valued at $15,000. The goods are 
 sold mainly to the home trade, and comprise all kinds of harness, including 
 pads and gig saddles. 
 
 JOHN HOUCK, 33 Court-street. The productions of this manufacturer 
 consist of medium harness and gig saddles. He employs three hands, pajdng 
 them weekly $50. The value of the annual products is $5,000, which are 
 sold exclusively to jobbers in the New York market. 
 
 MANNING & LYON, 24 and 26 Mechanic- street. This manufactory was 
 originally established as the Eagle Winker Company, the above firm succeeding 
 them in February, 18 '74. It is the only factory in Newark making horse blinds 
 exclusively. Fine work is a specialty, and the Eagle Winker has an enviable 
 reputation for extra quality and finish. Nine hands are employed, and the 
 weekly pay roll amounts to $100 At present the annual productions amount 
 to $25,000. Mr. Robert Manning the head of the firm, has been identified 
 with the Eagle Winker Company from its inception, and the prominent posi- 
 tion the "Eagle Winker" now occupies in the harness market is to be attrib- 
 uted solely to his perseverance and the excellent quality of the goods. 
 
 TOMPKINS & MANDEYILLE, 323 Market-street. This well and favorably 
 known manufactory was originally established in 185*7 by Mr, Wm. Kinsey. 
 In 1864 Mr. W. L. Tompkins, who for many years had filled the responsible 
 position of superintendent for Mr. Kinsey, was admitted as a member of the 
 firm, and a few years later, upon Mr. Kinsey's retiring from business, Mr. 
 Tompkins became the head of the firm he had so long been identified with, 
 and which is now one of Newark's representative manufactories. 
 
 The firm as at present organized, dates from 18*71, and employs 100 hands, 
 whose weekly wages are $1,300. They manufacture every kind of harness, 
 all of which is made from the best quality of oak-tanned leather, carefully 
 selected for the purpose. The senior member of the firm, Mr. W. L. Tompkins, 
 from long experience is thoroughly practical, and personally directs the entire 
 business. The value of their yearly productions is $120,000, Their products 
 are sold principally to jobbers, and the trade of the firm extends over the 
 whole country, large amounts being sold in the Eastern seaboard cities. All 
 the goods manufactured by this firm are of superior quaUty, and above the 
 average, being of such a character as to command a speedy sale and give uni- 
 versal satisfaction. 
 
 ALFRED J'. MUNN, 314 Market-street. This house was first estabhshed 
 in 1822 under the firm name of 'Smith & Wright. After various successive 
 6 
 
42 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 changes Mr. Alfred F. Munn has now become the sole proprietor. Mr. Munn 
 manufactures all varieties of liarness, making a specialty of the finest grades. 
 Saddles also are produced, including saddlery goods in general. Seventy-five 
 hands are employed, and their weekly wages amount to $1,000. The annual 
 production reaches $200,000. These goods are mainly sold to the home 
 trade, though extensive sales are made in New York and Philadelphia. 
 
 PETERS & CALHOUN COMPANY, Nos. 906 and 908 Broad-street ; sales- 
 room, No. 33 Mercer, one door below Grand-street, New York . To trace 
 the growth of this manufactory would be to follow the rise and progress of 
 the saddlery and harness industry of Newark. It was established about 45 
 years ago under the firm name of Shugard & Macknett. Mr. G-eorge Peters, of 
 the present company, was in their employ, and became their successor in 
 the business, which was afterwards continued under the style of Peters & 
 Benner. The latter gentleman withdrew in 1863 and since then Mr. Peters 
 was sole proprietor until the present year, when a company was organized, as 
 indicated above. The Peters & Calhoun Company is to-day the largest sad- 
 dlery and harness manufactory in the country, if not in the world Two 
 hundred hands are employed, and their weekly pay roll is $2,000. The value 
 of the annual production is usually about $250,000, but this year will be 
 fully $300,000. The products comprise every known variety of saddlery and 
 harness. Over 250 dififerent styles of the former are made. Their trade ex- 
 tends over the whole country, but is principally in the East and South. To 
 supply the latter all kinds of plantation harness are made. This firm, more 
 than any other, monopolizes the Southern trade. Sales are made wholly to 
 jobbers. Mr. George Peters, as the head of this immense establishment is 
 widely and favorably known, and his name has become synonymous with the 
 highest results of manufacturing skill and enterprise. The five-story factor}^ of 
 the company fronts on Broad-street and is one of the most attractive buildings 
 in that busy thoroughfare. 
 
 GEORGE ROUBAUD, 202 Market- street. At this manufactory the pro- 
 ductions comprise all kinds of fine and medium harness, which is mostly sold 
 to the home trade. Mr. Roubaud employs five hands, paying them $70 weekly. 
 The value of annual products is $11, 000. This amount is exclusive of the 
 large sales of horse furnishing goods and equipments. 
 
 HARNESS MAKERS' CO-OPERATIVE UNION, 217 Halsey-street. This 
 manufactory was established in January of the present year, and is the first 
 attempt in Newark at co-operative industry in this branch of manufacture. 
 Harness of all kinds, gig saddles, pads, etc., are made ; the specialty, however, 
 is a medium grade of harness. The present working force numbers 10 men, to 
 whom are paid $125, weekly. Having been so recently established, the annual 
 production cannot be determined. 
 
OP NEWARK, N. J. i^ 
 
 ROBERT C. WINTERS. 20 Lawrence-street. Mr. Winters' business is 
 confined exclusively to the production of horse collars, and his manufactory is 
 the only one in Newark making this branch of industry a specialty. He makes 
 everything in the collar line, and his goods comprise all grades, from the finest 
 coach to the coarse but durable cart collar. Thirty hands are employed, and the 
 weekly pay roll amounts to $350. The yearly productions amount to $75,000, 
 and are sold to jobbers in all parts of the countrj'-, and sales are also made in Cuba, 
 Mexico and South America. 
 
 BOOT & SHOE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The use of boots and shoes as clothing for the feet is only one result of an 
 advanced civilization. Among the nations of antiquity sandals were first used 
 to protect the feet. These consisted of a sole, fastened by thongs, and pro- 
 tecting only the bottom of the feet. They were made from a variety of materi- 
 als, — wood, leather, felt, or cloth, — and were sometimes shod with iron. In 
 Egypt palm leaves and the fibrous stalks of the papyrus were also used. 
 Sandals varied in their form, some of them turning up in front so as to protect 
 the toes ; others covered the sides and backs of the feet, and the thongs with 
 which they were secured displayed great skill in their arrangement, the germ, 
 probably, of the modern defaces, which, in the form of buckles, bows, and 
 resettes, decorate the lady's shoe of the present day. 
 
 Among the Jews the wearing of sandals was general, and, as with most 
 nations of the East, they were worn only when walking on the rough and un- 
 even surface of the ground, being removed on entering the dwellings. Among 
 the Romans the art of sandal making was carried to a high degree of perfec- 
 tion, and in the luxurious days of the empire, the sandals worn by the women 
 were beautifully and expensively ornamented. 
 
 While the fashions of the present day are by many regarded as superfluous, 
 it is interesting to note, that during the middle ages, the fashions of shoes be- 
 came so extravagant and eccentric as to furnish a theme for adverse criticisms 
 from the pulpit, and sumptuary laws were passed in the vain hope of checking- 
 unnecessary display and wasteful expenditure. 
 
 Shoes were first in order of appearance, boots being the result of more 
 modern tastes and requirements. Until quite recently, shoes, both for men's 
 and women's wear, were made entirely by hand, and generally by individual 
 workmen, who worked independently of one another, instead of in " teams" as 
 at the present day. 
 
|iiiiii!f';|| 
 
OF NEWARK, N, i. 45 
 
 The first Invention of any importance in this branch of industry was the 
 pegging machine. The next great invention was the stitching machine, per- 
 fected in 1845. Prior to the latter invention, women's shoes were " bound,'' 
 as it was called, by hand. Its introduction revolutionized this department of 
 industry. Another mechanical triumph of great importance was the introduc- 
 tion of the McKay sewing machine, an invention for stitching the uppers and 
 bottoms together, thus, in a measuse, superseding the awl and waxed thread. 
 Other machinery nearly as useful has greatly improved the manufacture. 
 
 While the inventions named have contributed much to bring the boot and 
 shoe interest into greater prominence, the fact remains that in the finer grades 
 of production nothing has yet been found to fully supersede hand work. 
 
 Newark has long been known for its prominence in the manufacture of boots 
 and shoes. As in other branches of manufacture, the productions in boots and 
 shoes are of the very finest grades. In this direction Newark is the first manu- 
 facturing city of the Union. The boots and shoes produced m its workshops 
 are recognised as having no superior in excellence of material used, and skill 
 in workmanship. The industry is mamly confined to men's and youths' fine boots 
 and shoes, and their superb quality and finish are unequalled. 
 
 BANISTER & TICHENOR, 218 and 220 Market-street. The enviable rep- 
 utation which the boot and shoe manufacturers of Newark enjoy for the high 
 quality and finish of their productions, is no doubt due to the integrity of a 
 few men, as shown by their patience and fidelity in adhering to the better 
 methods and processes of manufacture. The course pursued was doubtless 
 regarded by many as impolitic, but the result is another proof that honesty, 
 in the long run, is the best policy. Prominent among those who have done 
 much to place the high reputation of Newark's productions on a permanent 
 basis, is the firm named above. It was estabhshed in 1845 by Mr. Isaac Ban- 
 ister. In 1851 the firm name was changed to Banister & Son by the admis- 
 sion of Mr. James A. Banister as a partner. In 1865 Mr. Lyman S. Tichenor 
 became a member, when the present style was adopted. 
 
 They manufacture, exclusively, men's and boys' fine boots and shoes. The 
 leather used in their hand-sewed goods is the best imported French calfskin, in- 
 cluding kid and morocco. Each size is made in regular gradations of seven 
 different widths, thus insuring a perfect fit. Messrs. Banister & Tichenor have 
 been very cautious in adopting manufacturing machinery. They, however, 
 make a superior grade of machine sewed goods. 
 
 They employ 200 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $2,800. The 
 annual production reaches $300,000. The sales extend to nearly all the met- 
 ropolitan cities of the Union, and is confined strictly to the trade. This firm 
 received the only medal of merit given for this class of goods at the Uni- 
 versal Exposition at Vienna during 18 "7 3. 
 
46 THE INDtJSTRTAL INTERESTS 
 
 L. BOYDEN" & CO., 206 and 208 Market-street. The reputation of Newark 
 as the most prominent point in the country for producing the finest grades 
 of boots and shoes for gentlemen's wear, as already indicated, is the result 
 of the integrity and earnest efforts of a few firms. The patience necessary 
 to bring about this desired end, thus creating a demand for the city's pro- 
 ducts in the leading markets of the country was not inconsiderable. One 
 of the most prominent firms in maintaining this high standard of quality and 
 finish is the one named above. The house of L. Boyden & Co. was estab- 
 Hshed in 1844 and is therefore one of the oldest boot and shoe manufac- 
 tories in the city. The superior style, quaUty and finish of their productions 
 are everywhere acknowledged. Only the best material is used and the 
 most skilful workmen are employed. The firm has introduced a new and 
 improved last, and the boots and shoes made on it are pronounced by dealers 
 and consumers as the most easy-fitting ever worn. In order to overcome 
 the trouble so long experienced, in making to measure, six different widths 
 are furnished to each size, thereby enabhng all who keep a full line of these 
 goods to satisfy all the requirements of the trade. Messrs. Boyden & Co. 
 give employment to 150 hands, and the weekly wages paid amount to $1,600. 
 The goods are sold entirely to the trade and mainly find a market in the 
 principal cities of the Union. 
 
 M. B. & I. CANFIELD. 301 Market-street. If high quality and superb finish 
 of production constitute a valid claim to preeminence, tliis firm is justly entitled 
 to such distinction. Estabhshed in 1836, under the style of I. & N. B. Canfield, 
 it is therefore, perhaps, the oldest house in Newark engaged in the manufacture 
 of men's and hoys^ fine hand-sewed boots and shoes. From that time 
 imtil now, the name of Canfield has been synonomous with the high- 
 est results of the art. Wherever placed on exhibition at industrial in- 
 stitutes, the productions of the firm have uniformly carried off the palm for the 
 highest quality and most skillful workmanship. 
 
 The materials used consist wholly of imported upper stock and Baltimore sole. 
 Machine sewing is entirely excluded, as quahty, rather than quantity of produc- 
 tion, is sought for. Only the better class of workmen are employed, and the 
 present working force numbers 90 hands, their weekly wages being $1,400. 
 The aggregate value of yearly productions is now about $160,000 ; it is, how- 
 ever, constantly increasing, owing to the growing demand for these goods. 
 American taste and culture continually demand more finished articles of dress 
 and adornment, and in their special field the Messrs. Canfield will continue to 
 supply these requirements. Their market extends to all parts of the country. 
 
 WILLIAM J. DUDLEY, 312 Market-street. Mr. Dudley began business in 
 1863. His productions consist of first-class hand-sewed men's, boys' and youths' 
 boots, shoes and gaiters, including the best products of the cable screw wire 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 47 
 
 process. The usual working force of the factory is about 80 hands, and the 
 weekly pay-roll amounts to $1,200. Goods of a superior finish are turned out 
 each year to the amount of $140,000. Mr. Dudley manufactures almost exclu- 
 sively for the southern trade, and the goods made are, of course, especially adapted 
 to the tastes and requirements of the southern people. Sales are made from 
 Baltimore to G-alveston. 
 
 The extended business is under the able direction of Mr. J. E. Saunier. 
 Owing to the growing demand for these goods, a change to larger and more 
 commodious quarters has become necessary, and a move to the upper stories of 
 a large building at the corner of Market and Lawrence streets will soon be 
 made. 
 
 CHARLES DUCKER, 881 Broad-street. The products of this factory are 
 fine and medium hand-sewed boots and shoes for men's wear. 16 hands are 
 employed, and their wages amount to $200 weekly. The value of annual pro- 
 duction is $18,000. Mr. Ducker sells his goods mainly to the home trade, though 
 he has buyers in California. 
 
 WILLIAM DORSCH, Court and Charlton streets. Mr. Dorsch began busi- 
 ness in 1862. Through energy and careful management it has grown and pros- 
 pered, until now, under his sole control, is one of the first boot and shoe manu- 
 factories in Newark. The productions are confined to the medium graties of 
 boots and shoes, comprising the various styles for men's, boys', youths', women's, 
 and misses' wear. Machine sewing is generally used in the processes of manu- 
 facture. These goods find a market in nearly aU the eastern cities, and are also 
 sold in the west at Chicago and Cincinnati. 
 
 The working force of the factory numbers 135 hands, and they are paid 
 weekly $1,450. The value of the yearly productions reaches $180,000. The 
 factory is a large and commodious five story brick structure, and is supplied 
 with all the latest improved machinery required for producing the grades named. 
 
 L. G-RAF & BROTHER, 44 to 54 Lincoln-street; Salesroom, 16 Warren- 
 street, New York. The boot and shoe manufactory carried on by this firm is 
 the largest in Newark and also in New Jersey. The business was begun by 
 Mr. Leopold G-raf in 1857. He was joined by his brother, Mr. Herman Graf, 
 in 1860, when the present firm style was adopted. The business has rapidly 
 grown and prospered, until now the firm of L. Graf & Brother are among the 
 largest boot and shoe manufacturers in the country. The factory, built of 
 brick, on Lincoln- street, between High and West, is one of the most extensive 
 and well-built manufacturing establishments in Newark. The main building 
 has a frontage on Lincoln-street of 150 feet, being four stories in height and 36 
 feet deep. A wing, three stories high, extends in the rear, and is 100 feet long 
 and 30 feet wide. The entire factory is fitted up with the most approved manu- 
 facturing machinery ; the engine is 25 horse power, and two boilers are pro- 
 
48 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 vided, one being used to heat the the buildings in winter. The Messrs. Graf, 
 in the face of existing difficulties, by their persistent energy and enterprise, 
 have built up an immense business ; their trade extends over the whole Union, 
 and they have salesmen constantly traveling in all parts of the country. Their 
 principal markets are in the South and West, though heavy sales are made to 
 the home trade. 
 
 The products of ihe factory consist of fine and medium grades of men's and 
 boys' machine and hand-sewed boots and shoes. They employ 400 of the most 
 skillful hands, and the weekly pay-roll amounts to $4,500. The yearly sales of 
 the various grades of goods amount to $600,000. Owing to the active demand 
 for their well-made goods, the annual product of the factory is constantly in- 
 creasing. 
 
 PATRICK HOGAN, 33T Plane-street. This manufactory was established 
 in 1867, and is the only one in Newark making a specialty of the cheaper 
 grades of machine-made women's, misses' and children's shoes. It is one of 
 the largest shoe factories in Newark. The business as conducted by Mr. Hogan 
 has been prosperous, and is now on tlie increase. The productions at the pres- 
 ent time average 5,500 pairs of shoes per week. As many as 7,000 pairs per 
 week have been made. The working force numbers 170 hands, and the weekly 
 wages are $1,300. The annual productions of the factory are valued at $300,000. 
 Mr. Hogan sells entirely to the trade, and his sales are mainly in Newark, New 
 York and Brooklyn. 
 
 CHARLES W. KING, 316 to 322 Market-street. This house was established 
 in 1865. It is now under the sole proprietorship of Mr. Chas. W. King. The 
 productions comprise all varieties of boots and shoes, consisting mainly of 
 medium grades. Both machine and hand-sewed work are turned out. The 
 hands employed number 125, and their weekly wages amount to $1,200. The 
 annual product is valued at $235,000. The goods are mainly sold to the near 
 by trade. 
 
 AUGUST LENZ, 365 Market-street, corner of Raikoad Avenue. This 
 factory was established in 1872 by an organized company. Now, however. Mr. 
 August Lenz is sole proprietor. The products of the factory consist of 
 medium grade machine-sewed boots and shoes for men's and boys' wear. The 
 working force numbers 30 hands, and they are paid each week $300. The value 
 of yearly production is $50,000. These goods are mainly sold in the eastern 
 markets, though sales are also made in Cincmnati and other western cities 
 Mr. Lenz is a young man, but through business tact and energy has built up a 
 business which is constantly increasing. 
 
 MILLER, McCULLOUGH & OBER, 268 and 270 Market- streets. The pro. 
 ducts of this manufactory consist of men's fine hand-sewed boots and shoes. 
 The finer qualities of material are used, and only the best processes of manufacture 
 
of NEWARK, N. J. 49 
 
 are employed. The efforts of this firm are constantly in the direction of better 
 grades and more highly finished products. 
 
 They employ only skillful workmen, and the present force numbers about 75 
 hands, whose weekly wages amount to $1,300. The annual productions are 
 valued at $150,000. These goods are mainly marketed in the eastern and 
 southern states. 
 
 MEYER & LOGAN, 62 Market-street. This factory was started seven 
 years ago. Messrs. Meyer & Logan are thorough going men and are gradually 
 building up an extended and profitable business. They now employ 12 hands, 
 paying them $120 each week. The yearly production amounts to $30,000. 
 The products consist mainly of medium grades, and comprise men's and boys' 
 machine and hand-sewed boots and shoes. Cable-wire work is also produced. 
 The goods are mainly sold to the home trade. 
 
 THE NEWARK BOOT AND SHOE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 
 200 and 202 Market-street. This manufactory is conducted by the above- 
 named incorporated company and was estabhsh in 1869. Mr. George Gabel is 
 President of the company and Frederick Erb, Secretary. The present work- 
 ing force numbers 36 hands, and the wages paid weekly amount to $450. 
 The annual production amounts to $60,000. The products of the factory are 
 the better qualities of men's machme sewed boots and shoes. The goods 
 are sold almost wholly to the trade. 
 
 SNOW, HOPPER & SANDERSON, 157 Market-street. This firm is the 
 only one in Newark exclusively engaged in the manufacture of ladies', misses' 
 and children's fine shoes. The business, though established but a few 
 years, is in a prosperous condition and constantly increasing. It seems 
 probable from the success of this house that the production of ladies' fine 
 shoes will become an important industry in Newark. Messrs. Snow, Hopper 
 & Sanderson employ 13 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $200. 
 The annual product is valued at $50,000. The goods are all machine sewed, 
 and are sold to the near-by trade. 
 
 TRUNK & BAG MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Perhaps no single industry better illustrates the increased wants of modern 
 society than the great and varied extent of the interest named above. As a 
 means of transporting personal effects and wearing apparel, trunks and bags 
 of some kind have doubtless existed for centuries. Like many other great 
 
 7 
 
50 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 industries, however, which, instead of having an important invention or dis- 
 covery as an initial point, have been a gradual growth, being the practical 
 results of various ideas and suggestions from as many sources, the manufac- 
 ture of trunks and bags has no written history. Its growth and present im- 
 portance are only incidents in the rise and progress of the useful arts. 
 
 In the earliest times those people who had migratory habits, as a rule traveled 
 in caravans, and personal luggage was, no doubt, mainly transported in bulk. 
 And, if one could know more of an ancient Egyptian caravan, it would be, 
 found that each individual had little to carry that was not possessed in common 
 by aU. It is probable that had the religious Crusaders of the Middle Ages 
 been obliged to transport " Saratoga" trunks, they would hever have reached 
 the Holy Land. 
 
 Doubtless the first and simplest contrivance as a starting point for the 
 modern and highly finished trunk, was the closely tied pack, slung over the 
 shoulder. Its use is most familiar in the vivid picture one has formed of the 
 aspiring youth who, with ardent hopes, left his emerald isle for a more favored 
 western clime. And who cannot recall the plaicly finished and common place 
 trunk of half a century ago. But times have changed since then. Now an 
 almost endless variety of trunks, bags and vaUses, has been created to fiU the 
 requirements of modern vrealth and refinement. Articles which once 
 were luxuries are now regarded as the common necessities of hfe. It would 
 be unnecessary here to mention in detail the different varieties and styles of 
 the products named. They are know to all. 
 
 The City of Newark to-day has the largest trunk and bag factories in the 
 world. The truth being that the greater part of all the trunks made in the 
 United States are produced here. The importance of this industry in Newark 
 will doubtless continue to increase. Other Eastern cities do comparatively 
 little in this direction, and western towns have as yet accomplished nothing of 
 importance in the way of trunk manufacturing. 
 
 The product of Newark's trunk factories amounts to 7,000 trunks per week, 
 or about 360,000 yearly. 
 
 The capital required in this industry is very large, and the trunk manufac- 
 turers of Newark are, as a rule, wealthy men who have gained their riches 
 through untiring energy and honorable industry. 
 
 EDGAR FARMER & CO., 27 and 29 Mulberry-street; salesroom, 18 
 Courtlandt-street, New Yoyk. This house is among the oldest in Newark in 
 the manufacture of trunks and bags. Its factory dates from 1840 when the 
 business was started under the style of Galpin & Farmer, which was changed, 
 however, in a few years, to the present firm name. All styles of trunks and 
 bags are manufactured, though the finer grades receive special attention. The 
 goods are largely sold to the trade. An important feature of the busines8,however, 
 is a retail department in New York. The firm has many original designs, and 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 51 
 
 manufacture an extra quality of sole leather trunks. The force employed at 
 the factory numbers 150 hands. The amount of weekly wages is $1,600 and 
 the aggregate value of yearly productions is $350,000. These goods are ex- 
 tensively sold over the West and South and are also exported to the West 
 Indies and South America. 
 
 F. G-RAS, 36 Pair-street. Mr. G-ras manufactures bags exclusively, and 
 been in the business since 1872. Twelve hands are employed, and they are 
 paid weekly $125. The goods turned out annually are valued at $20,000, and 
 are sold to jobbers. 
 
 WILLIAM 0. HEADLEY & SON, N. J. R. R. Avenue ; warerooms, 8 War- 
 ren-street, New York. This liouse was originally established in 1859, under 
 the firm name of Randolph & Headley, and is one of the oldest trunk manu- 
 factories in the country. In 1863 the present firm was organized as above, 
 the sou of the present senior partner being admitted, since which time the 
 business has steadily and rapidly increased and the establishment has taken 
 its position as one of Newark's principal manufactories. 
 
 H]very variety of trunks and bags is made, which are sold exclusively to 
 the trade in every portion of the United States and are also largely ex- 
 ported to South Aiiserica. The productions of this firm have a standard 
 reputation, great care being taken in the manufacturing department, which 
 is closely supervised by Mr. William 0. Headley, the senior partner. All the 
 lumber used for trunk frames in this factory is highly seasoned, thus obviat- 
 ing tne shrinkage and cracking so common, and particularly in the cheaper 
 grades of trunks. This firm employs 225 hands, and pay for labor $150,000 
 per year or $2,800 weekly, and the value of annual productions reaches the 
 enormous sum of half a million dollars. There are manufactured and sold 
 each year at this estabUshment 105,000 trunks, while the number of bags is 
 correspondingly large. It is estimated that no less than 125 tons of sheet iron 
 are consumed yearly. 
 
 J. LAGOWITZ & CO., First-street, Essex-street and Railroad Avenue; 
 salesroom, 390 Broadway, New York. During 1854 Mr. J. Lagowitz began 
 the manufacture of trunks in New York. Success attended his efforts, and in 
 1859 the business was removed to Newark in order to secure better and in- 
 creased manufacturing facilities. The above style was adopted in 1865 when 
 Messrs. L. Haas and J. Prankle became Mr. Lagowitz's associates in the busi- 
 ness. Having been in his employ almost from boyhood they are, therefore, 
 through long and valuable experience, thoroughly practical men, being familiar 
 with all details of the business. 
 
 The buildings at the above location now occupied by the firm are among the 
 largest trunk and bag factories in the world, two of them being, respectively, 
 40x150, and 40x200 feet in size, and five stories high, while the third is of sim- 
 
52 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 ilar proportions. They have a fine frontage on the Passaic River, thus securing 
 every convenience for receiving supplies of coal, lumber, etc., at docks con- 
 trolled and owned by the firm, and to facilitate still further the shipment and 
 receiving of goods, conveniently arranged railway tracks, extending from the 
 factories to the docks, are provided. 
 
 A distinguished characteristic of this firm is their great amount of labor- 
 saving machinery, and convenient interior arrangement of factories ; the result 
 being unsurpassed facilities for production. A great impetus to their trade 
 has resulted from several patents owned by the firm, among them being a 
 japanned iron frame, which is produced much cheaper than the ordinary brass, 
 plated, or covered frame, and at the same time has a very good appearance. 
 A.nother article is an elegant wooden handle, made from original designs, 
 which is just as good as those produced in the usual way. Thus the cost of 
 materials is cheapened, and the firm is enabled to manufacture bags at rates 
 which are at once advantageous to both buyer and consumer. Mr. Lagowitz 
 has also the exclusive right for the State of New Jersey of a patent re-sawing 
 machine, and he has triumphantly maintained his title several times, obtaining 
 in each case, heavy damages from the trespasser. In addition to steam ele- 
 vators, shutes connecting the difierent floors of the factory are provided, and 
 through these, goods can be immediately transferred from the topmost floors to 
 express wagons at the door. 
 
 A specialty of the firm is a great variety of the cheaper grades of enamel- 
 cloth bags and vahses, mainly for the western and southern trade. It 
 should not be supposed, however, that their attention is confined to cheap 
 goods, for, on the contrary, they turn out trunks, bags and valises of the 
 highest quality and finish, including fully 140 diflTerent styles of bags. The 
 weekly product numbers 1,200 dozen bags, and between four and five thousand 
 trunks. An idea of their extensive business may be drawn from the fact that 
 the working force of the factories numbers 400 hands. Three million feet of 
 lumber are used each j'^ear, and ten tons of sheet iron every fortnight. There 
 seems to be scarcely any limit to the firm's productions, as the demand of the 
 country for all grades of trunks and bags is constantly increasing. The 
 weekly pay roll amounts to $4,000, and the value of goods produced yearly is 
 half a million dollars. 
 
 Sales are made to jobbers at the New York office by sample, and the orders 
 being sent to the factory, goods are from there shipped directly to the buyers. 
 
 T. B. PEDDIE & CO., 132 Market-street; salesroom, 11 Chambers-street, 
 New York. The senior member of this firm, Mr. Thos. B. Peddie, has long 
 been a leader in Newark's industries, and began the manufacture of trunks in 
 1835. The business rapidly increased, and soon after Mr. John Morrison be- 
 came his associate, when the style of Peddie & Morrison was adopted. After 
 the death of Mr. Morrison, in 1861, the business was continued solely by Mr. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 53 
 
 Peddle until January of the present year, at which time the firm of T. B. 
 Peddie & Co, was organized by the admission of Messrs. G. B. Jenkinson and 
 R. Dod as partners. Thus the products of this firm have been before the trade 
 of the country for years, and to-day the name of Peddie is famihar to nearly 
 every trunk dealer from New York to San Francisco. 
 
 Messrs. Peddie & Co. manufacture everything in their Hne from the fine sole- 
 leather trunk or the elegant Russia-leather bag, to the cheapest variety of trunks 
 for packing purposes, The factory is very extensive, tlie two main buildings 
 being substantially built of brick, each four stories high and 400 feet long. The 
 interior arrangements are very complete and convenient, thus providmg- the best 
 manufacturing faciUties. There is used each year in the manufacture of trunk 
 frames upwards of 2,000,000 feet of lumber. Ten tons of sheet iron and more 
 than $15,000 worth of leather are required monthly. At present all the trunk 
 trimmings used are nickel plated. Messrs. Peddie & Co. employ no travelling 
 salesmen, an unusual thing with trunk manufacturers. Notwithstanding, sales 
 are made m all States of the Union, and in almost every city, and there is also 
 a large exporting demand, all of which speaks volumes for the high standing of 
 the firm's productions. At 77 Chambers-street, where their main salesroom is 
 located, the firm owns and entirely occupies a large iron building. Also, in 
 in connection with their factory they have another similar building, which is 
 used for storage, salesrooms and general offices. Sales are made both to the 
 retail and Jobbing trade. The statistics relating to this manufactory wiU be 
 found in the general summary. 
 
 HENRY W. POINIBR, 12 and 14 Beaver-street. This manufactory has 
 been in successful operation since 1871, and its productions comprise traveling 
 bags in all styles, shawl and sling straps, and the finest grades of sole-leather 
 trunks. Although a young house it has become firmly established, the standard 
 quality of its productions being well known to the trade of the country. These 
 results are due to the energy and enterprise ef the proprietor, Mr. Henry W. 
 Poinier, who is a young man of acknowledged reputation as a skillful manufac- 
 turer. Appreciating the wants of the trade, Mr. Poinier set out to produce only 
 the first quahty of goods, leaving the manufacture of cheaper grades to others. 
 This policy was based on a true theory, the principle of diversified industry. A 
 manufacturer who confines himself to productions of a high quahty can doubt- 
 less produce a better article than those who go over the whole field of produc- 
 tion. Mr. Poinier's efforts have been successful and he has few competitors in 
 supplying to the trade the best bags and sole-leather trunks. As evidence of 
 success he has had a constantly growing business, and in 1873, notwithstand- 
 ing the financial depression, the gross amount of sales was greater than for 
 1872. Only skillful workmen are employed, and the present force numbers 50 
 hands, and their weekly pay roll amounts to $500. The value of annual pro- 
 duction already reaches $150,000, and is rapidly increasing. 
 
54 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 "WM. ROEMER, Mulberry aud Canal streets ; salesroom, 1 Barclay- street, 
 New York. Mr. Roemer came to this country in 1863, and began in Newark, 
 with a small capita], the business of manufacturing trunks and bags in 1865, 
 and through industry and careful business habits he is now permanently 
 established. Since 1865 he has had associates inbusmess but is now sole pro- 
 prietor. His productions are mainly confined to the better grades of trunks 
 and bags, aud consists mostly of the latter, including, however, shawl straps 
 and ladies' belts. An important element of success has been his inventive skill 
 in perfecting new methods and styles of production. Many of the trunk and bag 
 trimmings are expressly made from Mr. Roemer's original designs. His latest 
 invention is an improved shawl strap, simple and perfect in construction, which 
 is in great demand. A specialty is the Patented hinged inlay traveling hag, also 
 one of his inventions. It consists in the combination of a hinged inlay with a 
 pressed or stamped hinged frame, between which the material forming the bag 
 is riveted, producing the strongest and at the same time neatest work. The 
 stitching of the bag, when sewed to the frame, soon gives out, and, hence, a 
 new covering is required, but this result is avoided by the use of the above 
 patent. The manufactory has Mr. Roemer's personal supervision. 
 
 The working force of the factory is 45 hands, and they are paid each week, 
 $600. The annual productions are valued at $150,000, and they are sold mainly 
 to dealers. 
 
 EDWARD SIMON & BROTHERS, Main and St. Francis-streets ; ware- 
 rooms, 64 Reade-street, New York. The productions of this firm comprise 
 every grade and variety of trunks, bags and valises, also shawl straps, 
 trimmings and bag ornaments. In addition, they do an extensive business in 
 buckles for ladies' belts, and all kinds of fancy brass goods, gold, silver and 
 nickel plated. The house was founded in 1863 by Mr. Edward Simon. The 
 beginning, as compared with the firm's present business was small, but by in- 
 tegrity and perseverance Mr. Simon surmounted all obstacles. In 1865 his 
 two brothers, Messrs. William and Samuel Simon, became members of the firm, 
 when its present style was adopted. During 1869 Mr. Morris Schwerin was 
 also admitted as a member of the firm, which to-day is composed of the 
 above-named gentlemen. 
 
 Their factory on Main-street, near East Ferry-street Station, on the Newark 
 and New York Railroad, is very extensive, and its facilities of production are 
 unsurpassed. It is four stories high and substantially built of brick ; has a 
 frontage of 100 feet on both Main and St. Francis-streets, with a depth of 200 
 feet from street to street. It covers 12,800 square feet, has 460 openings, and 
 will accommodate, when the increasing business requires, 800 workmen. 
 
 Regarding the methods of manufacture many interesting features might be 
 mentioned. Unlike most firms in their line Messrs. Simon & Brothers are de- 
 pendent on no outside factory, except for the raw material. Nearly every 
 
01? NEWARK, N. J. 55 
 
 thing is brought to the factory in the rough, and there transformed and finished 
 for various uses ; even all the necessary tools are made on the premises of the 
 firm. All the locks and bag trimmings used by the firm are of their own 
 manufacture. The amount of lumber used annually for the frame work of 
 trunks, is 1,500,000 feet, and it is prepared in the company's own saw and 
 planing mills. Fifty hides are used daily and the firm consumes each month a 
 ton and a half of sheet brass and four tons of sheet iron. The trunks made, 
 are of ail styles, from the immense sole-leather or zinc covered "Saratoga " to 
 the more modest little double-folding trunks, eo useful for short journeys. 
 The varieties of bags vary, from the rich purple morocco valise down to the 
 little wallets so much used by the ladies in shopping excursions. 
 
 The manufacturing department is under the immediate superintendence of 
 Mr! Morris Schwerin. The working force of the factory numbers 500 hands, and 
 wages are paid weekly to the amount of $4,000, or over $200,000 per year. 
 The yearly productions are valued at half a million dollars. 
 
 At present writing the factory is kept running night and day in order to fill 
 the orders received. The goods of the firm have an established reputation, 
 and are sold in all parts of this country and largely exported to Europe, 
 Cuba, Peru, ChiU and Africa. 
 
 LEATHER BELTING MANUFACTORY. 
 
 CHARLES W. WALKER, 288 Market-street. Mr. Walker manufactures 
 custom made oak-tanned leather beltmg. The stock used consists of the best 
 Pennsylvania leather. It is stretched on the most approved and powerful 
 machine m use. He caters to the wants of consumers exclusively. His goods 
 are sold over the whole country, and have a fair exporting demand. Mr. Wal 
 ker employs six hands, and pays weekly, wages to the amount of $125. The 
 annual production is valued at $25,000. 
 
56 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS. 
 
 MANUFACTURES IN LEATHER— SUMMARY. 
 
 Manufacturers in leather of every kind 81 
 
 Total number employees 6,415 
 
 " amount of wages paid weekly $73,310.00 
 
 " wages paid per year |3,812,120.00 
 
 " value of annual productions $14,977,000.00 
 
 Comprising: — 
 
 ♦Leather Manufactories , 
 
 Morocco 
 
 Saddlery & Harness ' 
 
 Trunk, Bag, &c. 
 
 Boot & Shoe 
 
 Russia Leather 
 
 Leather Beltmg 
 
 32 
 6 
 
 17 
 9 
 
 15 
 1 
 1 
 
 No. of 
 
 em- 
 ployees 
 
 1,627 
 
 604 
 
 822 
 
 1,792 
 
 1,552 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 "Weekly 
 
 $18,880 
 
 7,050 
 
 10,685 
 
 18,150 
 
 18,220 
 
 200 
 
 125 
 
 Annual 
 Production. 
 
 $5,494,000 
 2,275,000 
 1,500,000 
 3,185,000 
 2,498,000 
 
 25,000 
 
 * In the above summary, for reasons already stated, one leather manufactory 
 has been omitted. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 
 
 IRON 
 
 AND ITS MANUFACTURES 
 
 57 
 
 "While the use of iron is of very ancient origin, gold, silver, copper and 
 other metals preceded it. The reason for this may be found in the fact 
 that iron does not exist in a pure state, and is only found in chemical combina- 
 tions known as 07'es, and the ancients not being familiar with smelting pro- 
 cesses, were unable to utilize the metal named. 
 
 It is one of the most generally diffused products of nature. In one form or 
 another it is almost universally diffused through the organic and inorganic world. 
 Scarcely a stone or rock can be found without a trace of this metal, and nothing 
 visible around us is wholly free from it. It is found in one's blood, and intensi- 
 fies the brilliant colors of the rose, while spectral analysis has fixed it's presence 
 in the stars. 
 
 The history of its discovery and use is mainly lost in the remoteness of 
 antiquity, since from its affinity for oxygen, audits consequent tendency to rust 
 and thus lose its form, it can hardly be expected that any tangible evidence of 
 its use in ancient times should have been preserved to our day. It appears, 
 however, that the Assyrians were well acquainted with the manufacture of 
 iron, and they employed it, together with bronze, in useful and ornamental 
 works. They had also the art of coating iron with bronze, and objects thus 
 prepared have come down to us, the iron having been preserved in the metallic 
 state by its bronze covering. The East Indian natives still prepare iron ex- 
 cellently, though their methods and appliances are of the rudest and simplest 
 kind. As it is known that they had this ability before the time of Alexander 
 it is probable that the use of iron was known quite generally at a very early 
 stage of history. In Theban tombs, which date about 4,000 years ago, 
 pictorial inscriptions are found which represent persons using iron utensils. It 
 is mentioned by Homer, and from what he says the inference is drawn that it 
 was scarce and valuable then, and also that the Greeks were only acquainted 
 with malleable iron. 
 
 Aristotle spe ,ks of the iron mines of Chalbyia, and describes the methods of 
 working the ores. These mines were very famous, and from them was derived 
 the word chalyhs; given by the G-reeks to steel, and from it is formed the term 
 chalybeate for those waters containing iron in solution. 
 8 
 
58 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 There is little record of iron making in Europe during the first seven centu- 
 ries of the Christian era. The discovery in Sweden and Norway of slag heaps 
 six centuries old during the sixteenth century, showed that the mining of iron 
 was extensively practiced at an early age. Yet the processes were very rude 
 and it was a long time before improvements were introduced, and they have 
 only come with the gradual dissemination of intelligence. In fact, the extensive 
 use of iron in the arts and sciences is so marked an element of modern civiliza- 
 tion, that it was said by Locke, " Should the use of iron be forgotten, the 
 world would gradually but surely recede to a condition of comparative bar- 
 barism." 
 
 The first production of cast iron took place in the fifteenth century, and so 
 far as the records show, the first articles cast were guns, and stoves were thus 
 made in 1490. In England cannon were first cast about 1530. On the Conti- 
 nent the refuse heaps from the old Roman workings, on account of the improved 
 methods of blasting, were profitably reworked, and some of these supplies 
 are said to have furnished material for new furnaces during a period of two 
 hundred years. 
 
 In England the progress of iron manufacture was quite rapid. It was melted 
 with charcoal as a fuel until 1612, when bituminous coal was introduced for 
 this purpose. 1784 a patent was granted for " shingling, welding and manu- 
 facturing iron and steel into bars, plates, and rods, of purer quality and in 
 larger quanity than heretofore, by a more effectual application of fire and 
 machinery." It is unnecessary here to follow the various improvements in 
 smelting and refining ores, not to speak of the gradual transformations of iron 
 into various articles of utility. 
 
 The manufacture of iron in the United States began soon after the settlement 
 of the country, and at the time of the Revolution was carried on to a greater or 
 less extent in each of the thirteen colonies. In 1813 Frederick W. Geisenhamer 
 a minister of Schuylkill, Pa., having experimented with die use of the hot blast 
 with anthracite, obtained a patent for tlie process, and in 1835 produced the 
 first iron so made. In 1841 the process of consuming the gases generated in 
 process of smelting, was adapted to the use of anthracite, and has since come 
 to be used very generally in the United States, producing a saving of from two 
 to three dollars a ton in the use of fuel. Among the early settlers of this 
 country, and even during the last century, many domestic utensils of iron, 
 which are now met with in the humblest dwelling, were quite unknown, or else 
 highly prized for their rarity. A century ago teakettles were made of wrought 
 iron exclusively, and the rarity of cast iron vessels shows how limited was 
 their production, even in England, whence the supply was chiefly obtained. 
 The plentiful supply of these conveniences of the present time, is largely due 
 to the introductioa of anthracite in the place of charcoal for fuel in the furnaces. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 59 
 
 Iron, to increase its usefulness, is subjected to various chemical changes, the 
 result being known as wrought iron, cast iron, malleable iron, &c., and also the 
 valuable product known as steel. 
 
 Chemically considered, steel occupies an intermediate position between 
 wrouarht iron and cast iron. "Wrought iron is simply iron, while steel contains 
 an addition of from one to one and a half per cent, of carbon ; and cast iron 
 contains about four per cent, of carbon. It may therefore be made by a process 
 which shall give to wrought iron the required amount of carbon, or by another 
 which shall eliminate from cast iron the excess of that substance. Of the 
 reason why this apparently slight change should produce such marked altera- 
 tions in the properties of iron, nothing is known as yet. The fibrous constitu- 
 tion of wrought iron appears by this process to become granular in texture, 
 approximating cast iron in this respect, and while it loses in ductihty and mallea- 
 bihty, it becomes elastic and harder. 
 
 The early process of making steel is most probable about identical with that 
 still in use in India, and which has not varied since very ancient times. It is 
 supposed that the use of steel was known to the Egyptians. The steel manu- 
 factured in India has never been excelled, and it was from this that the celebra- 
 ted Damascus blades were made. The art of thus tempering blades has de- 
 chned, and though experiments have been made in Europe to imitate the 
 process, they were unsuccessful 
 
 The main use of steel is for the manufacture of cutting utensils of various 
 kinds. It may be defined as any kind of iron, which, when heated to redness 
 and suddenly cooled by being plunged into cold water, become harder. Every 
 kind of malleable or flexible iron which can be hardened by this process, is a 
 steel. 
 
 Numerous attempts have been made in modern times to discover some method 
 for shortening and cheapening the process of making steel. It was formerly 
 made, as already indicated, by carbonizing iron ; that is, by adding to iron the 
 carbon which it is converted into steel. But as steel holds an intermediate 
 position as regards the amount of carbon it contains between iron and cast iron, 
 it occurred to scientific men that steel could be produced by de-carbonizing cast 
 iron. This discovery was the result of chemical science, whereby the compo- 
 sition of steel could be accurately determined. There were several processes 
 prepared for reaching the desired end, but the only successful one has been the 
 Bessemer process ; and its process is to burn out the carbon by supplying the 
 iron while in a state of fusion with currents of air, thus supplying the oxygen 
 necessary for combustion. The full results of this invention are not yet fully 
 realized, but enough is known to justify the statement that by the Bessemer 
 process the production of steel has been so cheapened as to give a great impetus 
 to all those manufactures wherein steel is an important element. 
 
60 THE INDUSTRIAL INTER?:STS 
 
 The various manufactures in iron constitute a large part of Newark's indus- 
 tries. The city has a reputation which extends over the whole country, for 
 the production of malleable and grey iron castings and machinery of all varieties 
 The special features of this branch of industry will be found under the notices 
 of the several manufacturers. 
 
 STEEL MANUFACTORY. 
 
 BENJAMIN ATHA & COMPANY (NEWARK STEEL WORKS), foot of 
 River-street. The manufacture of steel in Newark was begun by the above 
 firm in 1864, under the style of Prentice, Atha & Co., and the business was 
 thus continued until 1871, when the present firm name was adopted. The 
 several members of the firm are Messrs. Benjamin Atha, John Jlhngworth 
 and Patrick Doyle. The two latter gentlemen are practical manufacturers, and 
 by their knowledge of the business and rare skill have greatly contributed to 
 the excellent reputation of Newark steel in the markets of the country. 
 
 About fourteen years ago very little steel was made in the United States, as 
 the foreign manufacturers fairly monopolized the market. A great change, 
 however, has been brought about since then. Through the energy and enterprise 
 of a few manufacturers fully four-fifths of the steel consumed in the country 
 to-day is the product of home industry, thus securing another triumph for 
 American enterprise and industrial skill. Prominent among those who have 
 contributed to this result is the above firm. No house has been quicker to 
 appreciate the wants of home manufacturers or more successful in produc- 
 ing the desired qualities of steel. 
 
 The works are among the largest in the country, and are situated on the 
 Passaic River, thus securing convenient transportation facilities. They have 
 three trains of rolls, respectively, sixteen, twelve and eight inches in size, and 
 there are four steam hammers in operation. The productions of the Newark 
 Steel Works are known as the best refined cast steel, a specialty being a fine 
 quality of file steel, and including the several grades of agricultural cast steel, 
 cast spring steel, railway cast steel, machinery cast steel, and the various qual- 
 ities requisite for implements of war, while among the miscellaneous brands 
 may be mentioned hammered cast steel, table cutlery, trap spring, skate, 
 wagon axle, sleigh shoe, and safe steel. American steel manufacturers, in 
 competition with the foreign producers, have met with the greatest difficulty 
 in making those particular qualities which result from the application of a 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 61 
 
 large amount of labor on a small amount of material, an illustration being the 
 production of the best axe cast steel. These difficulties will, however, soon 
 be entirely overcome, thus monopoUzing the home market. In this direction 
 Messrs. Atha & Co. are making special efforts, which will doubtless soon 
 meet with the fullest success. 
 
 The hands employed in the works number 90 men, and the weekly pay 
 roll amounts to $1,200. The yearly production of steel is valued at half a 
 million dollars, and is mainly sold to eastern manufacturers, and principally 
 in New England; now, however, the trade is extending westward^ and will 
 doubtless rapidly increase in that direction. 
 
 IRON & MACHINERY MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 OSCAR jLARNETT, 34 and 36 McWhorter-street. This hardware and 
 macliinery manufactory was established in 1845, and is now one of the promi- 
 nent iron works of Newark. Mr. Barnett is a leading manufacturer of mallea- 
 ble iron castings, and also makes a specialty of carriage castings, patent bedstead 
 fastenings, brass moulders' flasks, and Barnett's blind hinges, the last named 
 being made from original designs ; also, an extra quality of machinists' tools. 
 Productions are sold over the whole country, and also have an exporting 
 demand, shipments being made monthly to Australia. The foundry and machine 
 works give employment to 150 hands, and their wages each week amount to 
 $1,500. Tlie annual production of castings, hardware and machinery, amounts 
 to $150,000. 
 
 HE WES & PHILLIPS, Orange and Ogden streets. In 1845 Messrs. J. L. 
 Hewes and J. M. Phillips^ commencing business under the present style, began 
 in New York the manufacture of steam engines, boilers and machinery. They 
 removed to Newark, however, in the following year. Their works are perhaps 
 the oldest in Newark and even in New Jersey. The business has been con- 
 ducted under the same firm name for 29 years, and its growth has been identical 
 with the rise and progress of Newark as a manufacturing city. Within the 
 last year, however, their business relations have been severed by the death of 
 Mr, Hewes, and thus were friendly business relations of three decades brought 
 to a sad termination. Mr. Philhps now continues the business under the old 
 'name. Both members of the firm were apprentices with Newark's great in- 
 ventor, Seth Boyden. 
 
 The productions of the works named consist mainly of stationary, portable 
 
62 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 and marine steam engines and boilers, sugar estate machinery, mill gearing, 
 machinists' tools and general machinery ; brass castings are also produced. The 
 products of the firm are everywhere interwoven with the industrial develop- 
 ment of the country. 
 
 One hundred hands are at present employed, though the usual force is 300 
 men, and the maximum 400. The present weekly pay-roll is $1,400, though it 
 has been as high as $5,000, the decrease being caused by the general depression 
 in the iron trade. The annual production is valued at $300,000. Engines and 
 general machinery are sold in all parts of the country, and are shipped to Cuba, 
 England, China, South America, and in fact, the whole world. Messrs. Hewes 
 & Phillips are extensive manufacturers of mining machinery, and they largely 
 supply the minning regions of the Pacific slope, Mexico and Venezuela. The 
 works cover an area of more than two and a half acres of ground. The main 
 building is 116 x 60 feet in size and three stories high. A part of the works 
 extend along the Passaic river, and a dock 190 feet long is owned by the firm, 
 and it is provided with a forty ton crane for lifting machinery into boats. At 
 this dock, vessels are loaded for the West Indies. Thirty tons of mining machin- 
 ery were recently shipped to Colorado on one railway train. 
 
 This immense establishment is peculiarly one of Newark's representative in- 
 stitutions. The capital at first required was mainly honesty, untiring energy 
 and a thorough acquaintance with every detail of the business. Its growth 
 and prosperity has been co-equal with the development of Newark into her 
 present wide proportions, and as the varied wants of the country increase, the 
 iron works of Messrs. Hewes & Phillips will not be backward in supplying the 
 demand. 
 
 DICKINSON & ROWDEN, 63 Hamilton-street. This firm manufactures 
 bank note engravers' machinery, etc., and was originally established in 1852 by 
 Mr. Charles W. Dickinson, and is to-day without a rival in their special field of 
 industry. The present firm name dates from 1862, when Mr. George Rowden 
 became a partner in the business. Their productions consist of geometrical 
 lathes, engravers' lathes, ruling machines, transfer presses, numbering heads 
 for numbering bank notes and railroad tickets, rotary feed presses, and watch 
 chain link machines, the last being the first one of Mr. Dickinsons many patents. 
 They also make jewelers', chemists' and lapidists' tools, and fine machinery in 
 general. The goods find a market mainly in the eastern States, but are sold all 
 over the country, iu eluding Mexico. The first geometrical lathe was patented 
 by a man named Spencer, and afterwards other lathes were made. The history 
 of Mr. Dickinsou's unrivalled success in this direction is briefly as follows : 
 In 1862, when engaged in the manufacture of jewelers' tools, he received an 
 order from Cliicago parties for a geometrical lathe. Without previous experi- 
 ment he at once began the work and the eflForts, aided by his inventive genius, 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 63 
 
 were crowned with success, the result being the most perfect lathe of the kind 
 ever produced. The original parties not fulfilling their contract, the lathe was 
 patented and sold to the United States Bank Note Company for $2,000, and on 
 their failure it was sold at Sheriff's sale for $4,500. The geometrical lathe thus 
 brought to pei-fection, is used in the United States Treasury Department, and 
 by all the principal bank note companies. Six hands are employed by the firm, 
 and their wages amount to $125 per week, the annual productions being valued 
 at $10,000. 
 
 HAYDEN & OSBORN, 28 Orange-street. This machinery manufactory 
 was established in 1868 by Messrs. G-eorge Hayden and J. B. Osborne. Their 
 productions comprise general and special machinery of all varieties, including 
 pattern and model making and experimental machinery. A specialty is made 
 of WoodruflF's patent balance draft regulator for steam boilers, and an extensive 
 business is carried on in its manufacture. This regulator is a combination of 
 the very best known principles of steam engineering, being the result of long 
 experience in this special field of mechanism. While being strong and dur- 
 able it is simple in construction and can easily be applied to any boiler. For 
 these reasons it is meetmg with universal favor. Messrs. Hayden & Osborn, 
 manufacture anything in the way of light machinerj^. They employ 20 hands, 
 the weekly pay roll being $350. The value of annual productions is $35,000, 
 and they are mainly sold in the home market. 
 
 EDWARD WRIGLEY, 19 and 21 N. J. Railroad Avenue. At this factory 
 a general machine business is carried on, a specialty being the manufacture of 
 shafting, pulleys and hangers. Mr. Wrigley has been established in the busi- 
 ness since 1865. He employs eight men, pays weekly wages to the amount of 
 $125, and produces each j^ear the articles named to the value of about $10,000. 
 
 MORRISON, SINCLAIR & CO., 10 to 23 James-street. In 1862 this firm 
 began business as engineers and machinists. They now manufacture emboss- 
 ing and hydraulic presses and general machinery, a specialty being Krausch's 
 patent mash machinery for brewers' use. Their trade is mainly in the home 
 market, though sales are made in all the States. The working force numbers 
 40 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $600. The aggregate value of 
 annual productions is $75,000. 
 
 H. W. CHA.PM AN, 11 Mechanic-street. Mr. Chapman manufactures light 
 machinery and tools, and makes a specialty of jewelers' foot presses and tools. 
 He usually employs three hands, paying them weekly $50, and the value of 
 his annual product is $5,000. 
 
 WILLIAM BLUM, 24 Mechanic- street. Mr. Blum manufactures light ma- 
 chinery and bucket tongues. He has been in business eight j^ears, and em- 
 ploys two hands, the weekly wages being $25, and the value of annual 
 production $5,000. 
 
64 THE INDOSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 LOWERRE & TUCKER, 23 Railroad Place. This busines was established 
 by Mr. Theodore M. Tucker in 1864. Afterwards Mr. Arthur H. Lowerre be- 
 came his associate, when the above style was adopted. The firm manufacture 
 fluting machines almost exclusively, a specialty being the well-known " Eureka" 
 machine, one of Mr. Tucker's own inventions. It has an extensive sale and is 
 exported to Europe and South America. The right of its manufacture is secured 
 by letters patent both in Great Britain and the United States. They are the 
 largest manufacturers of fluting machines in this country, and the machinery 
 employed is of their own invention. The "Eureka" was awarded the first 
 premium at the American Institute Fair in 18*70. In addition, the firm makes 
 piano-stool screws, another result of Mr. Tucker's inventive skill. Light ma- 
 chinery is also made from brass or iron. Ten hands are employed, the 
 weekly pay roll being $150, and the value of annual production, $25,000. 
 Sales are made to the jobbing trade. 
 
 J. S. MUNDY, 7 Railroad Avenue. This manufactory was established 
 in 1859 by Button & Wilson, who were succeeded in the business by Mr. 
 Mundy in 1869. A general machinery business is carried on, including 
 hoisting, pumping and mining engines. The specialty of the house being the 
 celebrated " Mundy" friction and clutch hoisting engine, which is admirably 
 adapted for dock hoisting, pile driving, quarries, mines, etc. Several of these 
 engines are in use by the N. Y. Department of Docks, and are highly com- 
 mended, having raised a weight of 16,000 pounds with perfect ease. The 
 friction drum is a great improvement in hoisting machinery and forms a per- 
 fect brake in lowering. Mr. Mundy is now engaged in building for New 
 York parties one of these celebrated engines, which, when completed will be 
 the largest hoisting engine in New York, being 40 horse power. 
 
 There are employed at this manufactory 12 hands, who are paid $200 
 weekly. The products are sold principally in New York and Philadelphia, 
 and are valued at $10,000 per year. 
 
 CYRUS CURRIER, 21 Railroad Place. The foundry and machine shop 
 now known under the above name, is one of the oldest iron manufactories in 
 Newark. It was established in 1842 by Davis & Currier, and after successive 
 changes Mr. Currier is now sole proprietor. He has been a pioneer in the iron 
 industry of Newark, having, when a young man, worked with Seth Boyden. 
 He has been closely identified with the growth of machinery manufacturing 
 and has done much to bring about its present great prominence. He pro- 
 duces a large amount of general machinery, but makes a specialty of paper 
 mill machinery. In this particular he is one of the most prominent manu- 
 facturers in the country. Many of the first paper mills of the United States 
 are supplied with his machiner3\ The latest improved styles are made, and 
 in the most substantial manner. In addition to his production of machinery, 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 65 
 
 Mr. Currier carries on an extensive business in iron and brass founding, 
 and is said to have a larger variety of patterns than any other manufac- 
 turer of castings in Newark. He. has a large local trade, but sells heavy ma- 
 chinery, mainly of the kind named, in all parts of the country. 
 
 The works give employment to 60 hands, and their weekly wages amount to 
 $800 ; the" aggregate value of annual productions being $135,000. 
 
 T. M. WARD & CO. (WARD'S GLOBE FOUNDRY), 456 to 466 Market- 
 street. This manufactory was established in 1850 by J. B. Ward. The pres- 
 ent firm succeeded to the business in 1869 and its members are Messrs. T. M., 
 M. R. and G. M. Ward. They make builder's iron work, sad irons and general 
 castings. Goods are sold in the house market and New York. Fifty hands 
 are employed, the weekly wages being $600, and the value of annual pro- 
 ductions $60,000. 
 
 A. & B. C. HAY (EAGLE IRON FOUNDRY), 9 to 13 AUing-street. This 
 iron foundry was established in 1832 by Mr. J. B. Hay, whose sons, Messrs. A. 
 & E. C. Hay, are his successors in the businese. The firm as at present or- 
 ganized dates from 1859. The productions mainly consist of iron castings for 
 machinery, railroads and building material, and also include bakers', hatters' 
 and tailor's furnaces and factory stoves. Thirty hands are employed, and the 
 weekly pay roll amounts to $500. The yearly productions are valued at 
 $100,000, and are constantly increasing. 
 
 WRIGHT & SMITH, 9 to 13 Ailing-street. These machine works were 
 estabhshed in 1855 by Mr. L. Wright, who continued as proprietor until 1862, 
 when Mr. Chas. B. Smith became interested, and since then the business has 
 been conducted under the present style. The firm manufactures steam engines, 
 machinists' tools, wood-working machinery, jewelers' machinery, and general 
 out-fits for factories, planmg mills, &c. They are specially engaged in manufac- 
 turing Wright's variable speed attachment for sewing machines, which instantly 
 changes the speed of a machine hy a positive power. The business of the firm 
 has not yet fully recovered from the effects of the general depression in the iron 
 iudustry. The working force now employed numbers 50 men, and the weekly 
 wages are $700, The value of annual production is $55,000. 
 
 SEYMOUR & WHITLOCK, 43 Lawrence-street. This firm began business 
 in 1864, under the above style. It is regarded as one of Newark's repersenta- 
 tive machinery manufactories. They are young men and began business 
 with little capital, and their present success is the just reward of iudustry 
 and integrity. 
 
 They manufacture iron and wood- working machinery, Baxter's portable steam 
 
 engines, shafting, pullies, self-oiling hangers, &c. The business, however, is 
 
 mainly confined to the production of wood working machinery, and in this 
 
 direction they have won an enviable reputation. They have little or no local 
 
 9 
 
66 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 trade, the machinery being all sold abroad. Their business extends to nearly 
 all parts of the country, and their wood- working machinery is sent to France, 
 Germany and Switzerland. At present they are fiUing a large order from New 
 Zealand. 
 
 Thirty men are employed in the manufactory, and the amount of weekly wages 
 paid is $300. The gross amount of machinery made annually is valued at $60,000. 
 
 SKINNER, LEARY & LINDSLEY, 23 to 27 Lawrence-street. This firm 
 began the manufacture of machinery in 1866, since which time the business 
 has been conducted under the present style. Their productions are stati(5nary 
 and portable steam engines, contractors' machinery, derricks, shafting, &c. A 
 specialty is made of hoisting engines, together with freight and passenger eleva- 
 tors for factories and stores. Their business is mainly confined to Newark and 
 neighboring cities. The firm gives employment at present to 16 hands, and 
 wages to the amount of $300 are paid weekly. The amount of yearly produc- 
 tions are valued at $40,000. 
 
 JAMES DONALDSON, Hedenberg Works. This iron foundy was estab- 
 ished in 1862. The products consist of a general variety of castings, which 
 are sold to the home trade. Ten hands are employed, and the weekly wages 
 are $100, the annual productions being valued at $12,000. 
 
 WM. COVENTRY & CO., 101 N. J. R. R. Avenue. This firm does a general 
 business in the manufacture of iron and brass castings. Ten hands are em- 
 ployed, and wages are paid weekly to the amount of $125. The value of yearly 
 productions is $15,000. 
 
 SURERUS & CO., Hedenberg Works. This firm has been estabHshed since 
 1863. The productions consist of various kinds of machinery, a specialty being 
 nat machinery. Five hands are employed, the weekly wages being $80. The 
 annual product is valued at $6,000. 
 
 GRANT & CO., Hedenberg Works. This firm was estabhshed in 1872, and 
 the present members are H. T. Grant, S. C. Morehouse and S. D. Kingsland. 
 They make light machinery and models, and are the sole manufacturers of 
 Widmer's patent cap rifles for target practice. This rifle is a novelty, and is 
 commonly used in shooting galleries. It is loaded with a B shot and without 
 powder, the explosion of a common percussion cap being sufficient to propel the 
 shot with swiftness and accuracy. It can be loaded 100 times for ten cents. 
 They are becoming popular for target shooting at short range. The firm also 
 make Krench's sensational target, and equipments for breech-loading shotguns. 
 Ten hands are employed, the weekly pay-roll being $160, and the annual pro- 
 duction $10,000. 
 
 McPARLAND & McILRAVY, 9 and 11 N. J. R. R. Avenue. The iron 
 foundry now conducted under the above style, was estabhshed about 30 years 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. * 6*? 
 
 ago. The present firm dates from 18*70. Columns, girders, lintels, engine 
 lathes, planes, chill boxes, and all kinds of castings, are manufactured. A 
 specialty is made of Kearney's improved grate bars. Thirteen hands are em- 
 ployed, the weekly wages being $200, and the annual production $15,000. 
 
 THE HUNTINGTOX MACHINE WORKS, E. W. ROFF, Proprietor; 135 
 and 137 Halsey-street. The well-known Huntington Works were established 
 in 1837. The present proprietor, Mr. Roflf, has long been engaged in design- 
 ing and improving wood-working machinery, and as a result, the produc- 
 tion of the works is mainly in this direction. By his study and inventive skill 
 he has succeeded in producing a fine class of machines for carrying on the 
 various processes of wood-working. Planing machines from the Huntington 
 Works are very extensively used. There are also made band saws, Blanchard 
 spoke machines, turning and mortising machines, and in fact nearly all machin- 
 ery used by workers in wood. In addition, shafting, hangers, pulleys, &c., are 
 made. 
 
 The Huntington Machine Works is among the first of its kind in Newark, 
 and is well-known abroad. Its productions are sold in all parts of the country, 
 from Maine to California, and the wood- working machines made are sent to the 
 planing mihs of Europe. Thus Europeon industrial progress is dependent on 
 American enterprise and invention. Mr. Roflf at present employs 75 hands, 
 and the weekly pay-roll amounts to $1,300. The total value of annual produc- 
 tion is $125,000. 
 
 PASSAIC MACHINE WORKS, WATTS, CAMPBELL & CO., Proprietors; 
 Passaic and Ogden streets. The business now conducted under the above style 
 was estabhshed in 1851 by Watts & Belcher. The present firm was organized 
 in 1865, and its members are Messrs. Wm. and George Watts, Daniel T. Camp- 
 bell, and Henry Parsons. They manufacture steam engines, machinists' tools, 
 and machinery in general. An extensive business is carried on in the produc- 
 tion of sugar estate machinery, mainly for the sugar plantations in Cuba, the 
 firm having in hand at time of writing an order from that country for 200 tons. 
 The other products of the works are largely disposed of in the Eastern market, 
 though sales are made in the West and South. 
 
 Messrs. '.v'atts, Campbell & Co, are not behind in supplying the demands of 
 industry for new and improved machinery. The works give employment to 125 
 men, and wages to the amount of $1,700 are paid weekly. The yearly products 
 of the manufactory are valued at $275,000. 
 
 A. J. DAVIS, 93 N. J. R. R. Avenue. This manufactory was established in 
 1862. Mr. Davis makes a general variety of machinery, including steam en- 
 gines, hoisting .machines, hat machinery, shaping machines, drain-pipe ma- 
 chines, and shafting, hangers and pulleys. He also does mill work of all 
 kinds, and his productions are mainly for the home market. Twenty hands 
 
68 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 are employed, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $350. The whole amount 
 of yearly productions is valued at $55,000. 
 
 J. H. BARLOW, 28 Orange-street. Allusion has already been made to 
 the influence of the late Seth Boyden on the industrial growth of Newark. 
 His success, as the first producer of malleable iron in this country, has been 
 mentioned. It is interesting to note that in the malleable and grey iron foundry, 
 at the above location, Seth Boyden, on July 4th, 1826, first succeeded in making 
 malleable iron castings, and also that there has been a continuous succession 
 of firms down to the present time. Soon after the foundry was in successful 
 operation it was purchased from Mr. Boyden by a Boston firm, who succeed- 
 ed him in the business. Since then it has been conducted by successive firms 
 down to 1871, when J. H. Barlow became sole proprietor. Mr. Barlow was 
 associated for years with the preceding firms, and is therefore one of the oldest 
 iron manufacturers in Newark. He mentions with just pride the historic as- 
 sociations of the foundry in which his business is carried on. 
 
 The products of the foiyidry comprise a great variety of malleable and grey 
 iron castings, a specialty being stock, saddlery and coach castings, of which a 
 large amount is constantly kept in store. In addition, Co well's screwless sash 
 pulleys, sash weights, and sash cord fastenings are made. 
 
 The goods are mainly sold to Newark manufacturers, though other Eastern 
 markets are in part supplied. The working force of the factory numbers 45 
 hands, the weekly wages $400, and the value of annual production $65,000. 
 
 J. W. HYATT, 45 Mechanic-street. Attention has already been called to 
 the many useful inventions contributed to industrial progress by residents of 
 Newark. No recent product of mechanical skill is of more importance in the 
 arts than Hyatt's lathe for turning spheres, invented and patented by the above- 
 named gentlemen, and illustrated on opposite page. On account of its value in 
 mechanics it has been deemed worthy of insertion in this volume. 
 
 The production of an exact sphere in the ordinary lathe is a very slow pro- 
 cess, requiring great skill and care. The difficult}' is still greater when a sphere 
 "of a specified diameter is required. Hitherto, the production of spheres in 
 lathes speciaUy constructed for that purpose, and designed to ol)viate the ne- 
 cessity for that training of hand and eye necessary to produce a sphere in the 
 ordinary lathe, have not been so successful as to supercede the old method. 
 The importance of a successful lathe for the purpose named is best shown in 
 the production of billiard balls, as, on account of the growing popularit}'- of 
 the attractive game of billiards, their manufacture is annually increasing. 
 
 It is claimed for the Hyatt lathe that the difficulties heretofore met with 
 have been entirely surmounted, and that it is possible to turn in it a sphere of 
 homogenous material so accurately that, floated upon a surface of mercury, 
 the ball will remain in any position in which it may be placed. The lathe is 
 
70 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 moreover, extremely simple in construction and easy to operate. It may be at- 
 tended satisfactorily, after only a short period of practice, by persons only 
 moderately accustomed to the manipulation of machinery. The chuck used 
 is shown standing upon the table which supports the lathe in the foreground of 
 the illustration. There are two of these chucks, which hold the ball by pressure 
 between them. The chucks are attached to opposite spindles, and move to- 
 ward each other simultaneously by means of right and left screws in the heads. 
 These screws are operated by two spur-wheels, which mesh into two other 
 spur-wheels attached in common to a single shaft passing longitudinally through 
 the bed of the lathe. To one of these wheels are attached handles, by which 
 means both the lower spur-wheels are moved together simultaneously, impart- 
 ing motion to the wheels which mesh with them, and thus actuating the screws 
 in the lieads, by which the chucks are moved equally toward each other. In 
 this way the ball is chucked in such a way that its centre is constantly kept 
 over the centre around which the tool-post is carried. This tool-post is at- 
 tached to a disk placed in the centre of the lathe, the edge of which disk is 
 toothed to engage with a worm actuated by a crank. In other words, the 
 tool-post is attached to a worm-gear accurately centered in the middle of the 
 lathe in such a way that its centre is in the same vertical line with the centre 
 of the sphere to be turned. The tool-post is moved from or toward the centre 
 in the usual manner as shown, and is carried about the centre in an exact circle 
 by means of the worm gear to which it is attached. The chucks are formed in 
 such a way that the sphere may be held in any position without a change of 
 the position of tlie centre, the end of the chucks being concave on the inside 
 and bevelled on the outside in such way that their contact with the sphere is 
 practically reduced to parallel circumferential lines. Provision is made for 
 taking up wear in all parts of the lathe in which wear would cause inaccuracy 
 in working. 
 
 In re-turning billiard balls which have become chipped, it is desirable to 
 turn as large a sphere as the material will permit. In order to do this, the 
 chipped side is first turned off to the depth of the imperfection. For this pur- 
 pose auxiliary chucks are used of various sizes, a set of which goes with each 
 of the lathes. These chucks are shaped to fit, and are placed against the inte- 
 rior of the principal chucks, in order to throw the balance suflficiently out of the 
 centre to enable the defective part to be turned off. A portion of the ball is 
 then cut away to remove this imperfection. The auxiliary cnuck is then taken 
 out, and the ball accurately centred as before until the turning is completed. 
 This enables the largest possible ball to be turned out ol the imperfect one. 
 Although we have described this lathe principally with reference to turning 
 billiard balls, it is evident that it is adapted to the turning of all spheres of 
 whatever material. A very important application will be the turning of shot 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 7 i 
 
 and shell. This hitherto expensive process will be very greatly cheapened by 
 the use of the Hyatt lathe. Small sizes adapted to the wants of jewelers, and 
 for turning diminutive spheres, are manufactured. For turning ball valves the 
 lathe is obviously well adapted. 
 
 Since the illustration referred to was engraved, the mventor has produced an 
 attachment for turning irregular forms, which in connection with the lathe is 
 of very great advantage, but which cannot easily be described without an en- 
 graving. 
 
 BOLBN, CRANE & CO., 23 to 29 Plane-street. The iron works now known 
 under the above style, were established in 1859 by Mr. C. M. Bolen, and in 
 1866 Mr. T. S. Crane became his associate in the business. The. present firm dates 
 from 1872, when Mr. Frederick K. Day was admitted as a partner. The busi- 
 ness has steadily increased, and at present the house occupies a prominent place 
 in the iron industry of Newark. 
 
 Messrs. Bolen, Crane & Co. give special attention to the manufacture of 
 machinists' and boiler makers' tools, and an extensive business is done in furnish- 
 ing tool equipments for locomotive repair shops. Forging is extensively carried 
 on, and steam engines, steam pumps, and general machinery, are made, and in 
 addition every description of machinery is designed or improved for manufac- 
 turers. Mr. T, S. Crane is well known as a skillful draughtsman, and on this 
 account the firm is largely engaged in building and perfecting machinery from 
 original designs, for inventors. 
 
 The business of the firm extends to all parts of the country, and machinery 
 is shipped to nearly every State in the Union. The usual force employed num- 
 bers 55 men. The weekly wages paid, and the amount of annual production, 
 are included in the summary of this branch of manufactures. 
 
 D. M. MEEKER & SON, 8 1 to 95 Clay-street. The malleable and grey iron 
 foundry known under the above style, was established in 1843 by Gardner, Har- 
 rison & Co. In 1858 the firm name was changed to Pierson & Meeker, and 
 during 1861 Mr. D. M. Meeker, who had been associated with the firm from its 
 inception, became sole proprietor. The business was continued without further 
 change until 1873, when the present firm was formed by the admission of the 
 son, Mr. Stephen J. Meeker, as a partner. 
 
 The productions of the foundry were at first confined to malleable iron cast- 
 ings, but afterwards grey iron was included, and they now comprise, in addition 
 to the articles named, bronze and German silver castings, a specialty being cast 
 iron window sashes, designed and patented by Mr. Meeker, This sash is almost 
 an exact imitation of wood, and is very extensively used in all building opera- 
 tions wherein strength and durability are specially required. Large quantities 
 of Clark's patent carriage umbrella holders are also made from malleable iron 
 
72 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS. 
 
 for the patentee, who does business in Wisconsin. Their manufacture was at- 
 tempted in that State and afterwards in Chicago, but all efforts were unsuccess- 
 ful, and the patentee was obliged to enlist Newark skill and enterprise, thus 
 giving further evidence of Newark's industrial supremency. Another specialty 
 of Messrs. Meeker & Son is the manufacture of Simpson's patent bank check can- 
 celling machine, the invention of Mr. Wm. M. Simpson, a resident of Newark. 
 This machine also, is the result of Newark's industry and inventive skill, and is 
 extensively used by the banking institutions of the country by whom it is con- 
 sidered the best device known for the purpose named. A general business of iron 
 founding is carried on, anii the firm makes a great variety of smaU iron castings. 
 Goods are sold mainly in New York and New Jersey, though sales are made in 
 all parts of the Union. Fifty workmen are employed, and the weekly pay-roll 
 amounts to $500. The annual production is valued at $60,000. 
 
 Mr. D. M. Meeker has long been prominent in all movements for extending the 
 fame of Newark as a great manufacturing centre. 
 
 W. L. CHASE & CO., 7 Ailing-street; salesroom, 93 to 97 Liberty-street, 
 New York. This manufactory was established in 1872, and its productions con- 
 sist of Woodman's screw cutting foot lathe, slide jests and lathe fittings. This 
 is an improved foot lathe, and is the product of Mr. E. P. Woodman's designs 
 and improvements in lathe machinery. Mr. Woodman superintends tlie manu- 
 factory, and the firm comprises himself and Mr. W. L. Chase. Ten hands are 
 employed, and the weekly wages amount to $100, the value of annual production 
 being $15,000. 
 
 ATLAS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, Passaic-street. The productions 
 of this manufactory are wool and cotton machinery, and comprise cotton gins, 
 wool pickers, and burring machines for cleaning cotton and wool. The business 
 was established in Newark in 1862 by Parkhurst & Co. The members of the 
 present firm, doing business under the above style, are Messrs. S. R. Parkhurst 
 and W. H. Holt. A specialty is made of Parkhurst's patent single and double burr- 
 ing machines, with patent steel ring feed rollers. These machines, the valuable 
 results of long experience and careful study, have been practically tested and are 
 now used by the largest manufacturers and card builders. Another valuable 
 invention of Mr. Parkhurst's, manufactured by the Atlas Company, is a double 
 cylinder burring picker, for picking, burring and dusting all grades and qualities 
 of wool. This manufactory illustrates what a wide range of production is cov- 
 ered by the industries of Newark. The Atlas Companay has only one competitor 
 in its special line in the country. Its productions are sold generally throughout 
 the United States wherever cotton and woolen mills are in operation. The 
 working force numbers 30 hands, and the weekly wages are $600. Tlie annual 
 productions are valued at $75,000. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 73 
 
 HAWKINS & DODGE, 52 to 56 Morris and Essex Railroad Avenue. This 
 firm began business as engineers and machinists in 1866. Mr. Wra. Hawkins 
 had been for several years previous, foreman of Hewes & Phillips' extensive 
 machine works, and was then, as now, considered a first-class mechanic, fa- 
 miliar with all the details of iron working and the construction of machines. 
 Mr. William Foster Dodge, at the close of the late war, after honorable service 
 in the Union army, held several patents of importance to the manufacturing in- 
 terests of the country. Under these favorable auspices the two gentlemen 
 united their interests, and laid the foundation for the present business, in a 
 small building connected with the malleable iron foundry at 28 Orange-street. 
 Two years later, through energy, skill and careful management, the business 
 had so increased that the quarters named were inadequate. At this time, to 
 secure greater producing facilities, they purchased the property at their present 
 location. 
 
 They are representative men, Mr. Hawkins being everywhere acknowledged 
 as an adept in the line of mechanics, while the other member of the firm is 
 known to be fully informed in the careful management of an extensive business. 
 Through apphcation and perseverance, prosperity has crowned their efforts, 
 and the firm of Hawkins & Dodge enjoys high credit and an enviable repu- 
 tation. 
 
 They manufacture general machine ry of almost every kind, and are prepared 
 to fill all orders that may be received, having facilities for producing both light 
 and heavy work. They hold the exclusive right to manufacture several wood 
 working machines, among which are Hall's Patent Mitre for cutting door mould- 
 ings, Crosby's bhnd wiring machine, etc. A specialty is made of steam engines 
 and shafting. The average working force is 20 hands, the weekly wages $250, 
 and the annual production is valued at $40,000. 
 
 W. T. CRANE & CO. (Newark Bolt Works), 142 Mulberry-street. 
 The members of this firm are Messrs. Walter T. and Francis E. S. Crane and 
 A. C. Wheaton. Carriage, spring, tire and harness bolts are made, and the 
 goods are sold to jobbers. Twenty men are employed in the factory, and the 
 weekly wages are $250. The yearly production of bolts is valued at $70,000. 
 
 EZRA GOULD, 91 to 113 N. J. R. R. Avenue. The tool and machinery 
 manufactory now widely known under the above name was first estabhshed by 
 the present proprietor in 1835, and at that time a shop 12x16 feet in size af- 
 forded sufficient manufacturing facilities, it being the second machine shop 
 started in Newark, This restricted condition of things, however, did not long 
 continue. The business rapidly increased, and soon afterward the Gould Ma- 
 chine Company was organized. This company was succeeded by a series of 
 firms, but the works are now under the sole proprietorship of the original 
 founder, Mr. Ezra Gould, who has been closely identified with the business 
 10 
 
74 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 from its inception. The works are located on Railroad Avenue, G-reen and 
 Lafayette streets, on the line of the Pennsylvania and New Jersey Central 
 Railways, thus affording first-class transportation facilities. They consist of 
 the machine shop, iron and brass foundry, and pattern shop, with auxiliary 
 buildings. 
 
 The productions comprise a great variety of machinists' tools, over 200 
 different patterns being made ; also, tools for jewelers, tinsmiths, and metal 
 workers. The machine tools manufactured are distinguished for their sim- 
 phcity and originality of construction. The first compound plane, or shaping 
 machine, ever made in this country was designed and built at these works, and 
 many other machines now in extensive use owe their paternity to the mechan- 
 ical and inventive genius of the founder. The productions also include general 
 machine work, wood working machinery, iron and brass castings, etc. As 
 already indicated, Mr. Ezra Gould, through his inventive skill and rare energy, 
 has greatly cxjntributed to the fame of Newark as an industrial centre. The 
 reputation of Gould's tools and machinery and that of Newark are inseparable, 
 each contributes to the other. 
 
 The products of these works are sold throughout the United States, and are 
 largely exported to England, France, Germany, Cuba and Mexico. In this is 
 found another illustration of the aid extended to European manufacturers by 
 the skill of American mechanics. 
 
 The force employed in the works numbers 150 men, and their weekly wages 
 are $1,500. The yearly production of tools and macliinery amounts to $150,000. 
 
 SAMUEL HA.LL'S SON & CO., 211 Passaic-street. This manufactory be- 
 gan operations in 1863 and is a branch of the long-established and well-known 
 iron house doing business under the above style, at 229 "West Tenth-street, 
 New York. The productions of the factory in this city consist of "Doyle's 
 Patent Differential Pulley Blocks," with Hall's patent improved yokes. This is 
 one of the most valuable inventions of the age. Too much cannot be said of 
 its merits as compared with the ordinary pulley block. An endless chain is 
 used in its construction, and the principal advantage of the differential block 
 is the great increase of power; one man with it being able to raise 1,000 
 pounds with ease. A peculiar merit of the block is the invaluable quality of 
 not " running down" when the load is in suspension. It is particularly valu- 
 able in lifting heavy weights ; also, at machines, forges, stations, traveling and 
 fixed cranes ; and for hoisting stones, girders, timbers, etc. In fact, it may be 
 used to great advantage wherever pulley blocks are in any way effective. The 
 differential pulley is supported with Hall's patent improved yokes, which entirely 
 obviate the vexatious twisting of the chain, which otherwise would be a con- 
 siderable hinderance to the successful working of the pulley. The pulley 
 blocks are portable, and can easily be carried from point to point and placed^'in 
 
OJ* NEWARK, N. J. 75 
 
 position for work. Special machinery made from the firm's own patents is used 
 for straightening and equahziug the links of the chains. The Newark factory 
 is entirely separate from the New York house. The working force numbers 
 15 men, and the weekly wages amount to $350. The yearly production of dif- 
 ferential pulleys is valued at $20,000. Sales are made' in all parts of the 
 country, and largely to the United States government. 
 
 DRAKE & TOBIN,' 15 Ailing-street. This factory was established in 1868, 
 and the firm is engaged in the manufacture of light machinery. A specialty 
 is made of electrical machines. There are employed eight hands, to whom 
 are paid $100 weekly, and the value of annual productions is placed at $10,000, 
 which are mainly sold in New York markets. 
 
 SMITB & SAYRB MANUFACTURING- COMPANY, 46 Bridge-street; 
 office. 95 Liberty-street, New York. This manufactory was established in 
 1863 and its productions consist of appurtenances for gas works and foundries. 
 The Company is organized under the general laws of New York, and its 
 officers are as follows : President, George T. Porter ; Secretary, Charles W. 
 Tsbell ; Treasurer, James M. Sayre ; Engineer, P. W. Mackenzie. The Super- 
 intendent of the works in this city is Mr. W. W. Williams. 
 
 The business is rapidly increasing, especially in the productions of the vari- 
 ous appliances for the manufacture of gas. They consist of Isbell's patent 
 gas and water stop valves, and Mackenzie's patent gas exhauster and con- 
 denser; also, compensators, governors, and automatic bye-passes, pressure 
 and vacuum gauges, and valves, pipes, etc., for exhaust room. These inven- 
 tions are used in nearly all the principal gas works of the country and are 
 considered the best in the world. They are nearly all made under patents 
 owned by the Company. At the present time a great interest is felt in gas 
 circles concerning the production of the most economical machinery for the 
 manufacture of gas. The Smith & Sayre Company are now perfecting improved 
 appliances for securing these desired results. The improved Mackenzie blower 
 and cupola for smelting furnaces, or for use in foundries, manufactured by this 
 Company are endorsed by American iron manufacturers generaUy. The pro- 
 ductions of the Smith & Sayre Manufacturing Company find a market in all 
 parts of the country, including California, Oregon and Texas, and also in the 
 British Provinces. The works in this city give employment to 75 men, and 
 the weekly pay roll is $1,000. The yearly production of goods is valued at 
 $200,000. 
 
 AMOS H. SEARFOSS, 362 Bank-street. Prominent among the many 
 important patents contributed to the industries of the country may be men- 
 tioned the '-Searfoss Vertical Portable Grinding MiU," the result of the mventive 
 skill of Mr. A. H. Searfoss. This, like most of Newark's contributions to the 
 patent list, is considered a valuable invention in the fullest sense of the term, 
 
OP NEWARK, N. J. 77 
 
 and fills a want long felt for a portable grinding mill, which is equally well 
 adapted to the grinding of all kinds of grain, spices, salts, earths, etc., 
 and on this account has been deemed worthy of insertion in this volume. 
 These mills, except the grinding medium, which is French burr stone, are made 
 of iron, simple in construction, and free from all liability to disarrangement. 
 Their operation requires no practical skill, and are considered by the most com- 
 petent judges to have no superior, and it is a question, indeed, if their equal 
 has ever been made. It is justly claimed for the mill that it gives the 
 greatest amount of product for the power used, and they are undoubtedly 
 destined to come into universal use, particularly for grinding feed on the ex- 
 tensive Western stock farms. By this valuable invention Mr. Searfoss has 
 added another page in the history of Newark's fame as a centre of mechanical 
 skill. 
 
 A. ALEX. POOL & CO., 55 & 51 N. J. R. R. Avenue. This firm manu- 
 factures light machinery, tools, electrical and telegraph instruments. They 
 commenced business in 1873 and at present employ four hands, whose weekly 
 wages are $10. This house, although recently started, gives promise of keep- 
 ing pace with all the requirements of the machinery line, the firm being 
 thoroughly practical mechanics. In addition to the regular business a spec- 
 ialty is made of Pool's patent telescopic kaliedescope, used for parlor amuse- 
 ment or designing. The value of annual productions could not be determined 
 owing to the recent date of estabUshment. 
 
 P. W. OFELDT & 00. (Star Oas Machine Co.), 146 Market-street. Many 
 efforts more or less successful have been made to manufacture illuminating 
 gas at less cost than the usual coal gas. In this direction, as in most others, 
 Newark has fairly succeeded, the inventor being Mr. P. W. Ofeldt, whose Star 
 Gas Machine is an acknowledged success. This machine was patented in 1812. 
 The company which is to manufacture it is not yet fully organized, the factory 
 being meanwhile under the direction of P. "W. Ofeldt & Co. The main difficulty 
 with previous gas machines has been their tendency to explode ; not so, how- 
 ever, with the " Star," which has been fully tested by various Boards of fire 
 underwriters, and has their full approval. It occupies but a small space, 
 and is not affected by the weather. The gas produced gives a very brilliant 
 light, its cost being comparatively nominal. The invention is meeting with 
 universal favor. Six workmen are employed in the manufactory, with a weekly 
 pay roll of $100. During 1813 the value of the machines made was $10,000, 
 though the production for the present year will be largely increased. 
 
 GEORGE E. HART, 318 Market-street. The productions of this manufac- 
 tory comprise a general variety of light machinery, a specialty being watch- 
 making machines. Although only established in 1813, Mr. Hart is rapidly 
 building up an extended business. Sales are made in all parts of the country 
 
78 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 and Canada. He is the patentee and manufacturer of the " Sportman's 
 Favorite" metaUic shell for breech-loading shot guns and rifles. Ten hands 
 are employed, and their weekly wages are $125. The factory was so recently 
 established that the value of annual productions cannot be accurately estimated. 
 
 THE COTTRELL STONE MACHINERY COMPANY, 15 Bank-street. 
 Another industrial triumph for Newark has been the perfection of improved 
 stone-cutting machinery, which is destined to work a revolution in all kinds 
 of stone working. This wonderful machine, illustrated on the opposite page, 
 is the invention of Herbert Cottrell, who had previously been a practical jew- 
 eler. It was left for Mr. Cottrell to fully realize how little had been done in 
 the application of steam machinery to cutting and shaping stone for purposes 
 of architecture and general ornament. Appreciating the importance of a de- 
 vice, whereby the slow and laborious processes necessary to reduce the large 
 blocks of granite, marble, or other building material, to the requisite size and 
 shape, could be so far removed as to render stone cutting at once rapid, and 
 comparatively inexpensive, and at the same time fully satisfy the demands of 
 elaborate architecture and ornamentation, he began, about twelve years since, to 
 study and experiment that his ardent hopes might be practically realized. 
 After carefully study, with the enthusiasm pecuhar to inventive genius, he 
 saw no obstacles hi the way, which mechanical ingenuity could not fully 
 surmount. 
 
 To insure success, he first examined all the stone-cutting apparatus then 
 in use, and soon satisfied himself that steel or metal of any kind was en- 
 tirely inadequate for the purpose named. He saw how the process of saw- 
 ing stone with iron blades in connection with sand and water was slow, 
 inaccurate, and expensive. 
 
 Mr. Cottrell's first step was to discover a substance sufficiently firm to wear 
 away by friction the hardest flint or granite, without itself suffering by the 
 contact. After various tests he discovered that the carbon or black diamond 
 fulfilled the requisite merits, and that all stones, however compact, would 
 yield before it. This learned, the most difficult part of his task was yet to be 
 accomplished. The almost magical properties of the diamond had to be util- 
 ized, and to this end it became necessary to devise suitable machinery. Mr. 
 Cottrell's inventive skill, however, was equal to the emergency. To narrate 
 his several attempts and successes is unnecessary here. It is sufficient to know 
 that after arduous labor he has brought to perfection a machine known as 
 the Diamond Stone Baud Saw, which will cut stone of any hardness, quite as 
 readily as the ordinary saw separates wood. This wonderful machine, pro- 
 pelled by steam or other power, may be briefly described as a strong upright 
 iron frame, provided with two, upper and lower pulleys, over which is carried 
 a metalic band, not unlike an ordinary band-saw. On one edge of this band 
 are affixed, at short intervals, small sections of steel, in which are set the dia- 
 
THE COTTRELL STONE MACHINERY COMPANY'S 60 INCH DIAMOND 
 
 BAND SAW. 
 
80 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 mond cutting points. Nearly ^midway between the pulleys is a massive iron 
 bed-frame, propelled on wheels, by an ingenious mechanism beneath, at vari- 
 able rates of speed proportionate to varying degrees of hardness in the mate- 
 rial to be sawed. The cutting motion is always downward, and the work is 
 done by the friction, in rapid succession of the several diamond points in the 
 face of the stone. Rapid execution is effected by the wonderful speed at 
 which the band is run, thus securing almost an infinite number of scratches 
 from the diamond points, whose cumulative effect is marvelous. Aided by a 
 stream of water, the grit from the cut is carried out instantly. The rapid pass- 
 age of this magical ribbon of steel, through a huge block of marble or granite, 
 is a grand triumph of mechanical skill. 
 
 The work performed is always accurate, the result being perfect lines and 
 smooth surfaces. To illustrate the rapid execution of the Cottrell saw, it is 
 only necessary to state that the largest size will cut through Newark brown 
 stone at the rate of 4,000 superficial inches per hour. Three sizes are made. 
 The largest weighs about 3 8 tons, and carries a band 3T^ feet long, on which 
 are from 250 to 450 diamonds. This machine will cut with ease through 
 any thickness of stone less tlian five feet. The second in size has a band 28 
 feet long, and will cut blocks two feet thick, while the third size is used for 
 small work. What is scarcely less wonderful, the two latter named will cut all 
 manner of curves and scroll work, thus showing their great utility in orna- 
 mental architecture. Their importance can hardly be overrated. Nearly all 
 the old methods of stone working will be disregarded, and thereby a vast 
 amount of manual labor saved. Stone and marble workers freely admit that 
 their future operations must conform to the controling influence of these won- 
 der-working machines. While their cost is considerable, it is trivial compared 
 with the work aecompliJ^lled, and it is an admitted fact that the diamond cut- 
 ting points will last for years, the truth being that their power of continuously 
 resisting the disintegrating influence of the hardest flint has not been over- 
 taxed. In addition to the black carbons, horts arc also largely used, and the}' 
 are imported by the company. 
 
 Tn addition to the diamond saw, Mr. ('ottrell has two other inventions for 
 working in stone. The first is a stone ornamenting machine, which is a per- 
 pendicular shaft, revolving very rapidly, and which terminates in a socket 
 for receiving variously shaped tools, armed with the diamond points, so set, as 
 to cut both vertically and horizontally at the same time. With this machine, 
 any kind of stone may be ornamented as the fancy of the architect may re- 
 quire. The second is a stone polishing machine, which is the most perfect 
 device yet invented for polishing level and irregular stone surfaces. 
 
 In 1873, for the purpose of realizing the benefits of Mr. Cottrell's inven- 
 tions, a stock company was organized under the general laws of New York 
 State, and afterwards chartered by special act of the New Jersey Legisla- 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 81 
 
 ture. The gentlemen composing the company are among the prominent citi- 
 zens of Newark and New York. Its officers are as follows : President, James 
 M. Allen; Vice-President, Henry H. Ward; Treasurer and Secretary, Horace 
 P. Geary ; Superintendent, Herbert Cottrell. The purpose of the Company is 
 not to manufacture, but to perfect and still further develop the Cottrell inven- 
 tions, that others may profit by the inestimable benefit thus conferred upon 
 modern society. 
 
 STEAM BOILER MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 BURNET & LEONARD, 450 Ogden-street. In the manufacture of steam 
 boilers but few firms occupy in the country so prominent a position as the 
 above, owing to the excellence of their productions. The manufactory was es- 
 tablished in 1857 by Perkins & Burnet. In 1867 Mr. Perkins retired, and Mr. 
 "W. H. Burnet, the present senior partner became associated with Mr. W. S. 
 Leonard, when the above firm assumed its present title, since which time 
 Burnet & Leonard have been weU and favorably known among the leading 
 manufacturers of Newark. They make boilers almost exclusively, w^hich are 
 sold throughout the United States and are exported to Cuba and Mexico. 
 This firm also makes to order every variety of goods from boiler plate. Their 
 manufactory is provided with the most approved machinery. They at 
 present employ 25 hands, with a weekly pay roll of $300. The value of an- 
 nual productions is $75,000. 
 
 L. J. LYONS & CO., 191 to 195 Commerce-street. In 1847 Mr. L. J. 
 Lyons began business as a steam boiler maker. In 1868 Mr. Owen McCabe 
 became associated with him, when the above firm assumed its present title. 
 They manufacture steam boilers of all kinds, and everything that is made from 
 boiler plate. So well known are the productions of the manufactory, that 
 orders are filled from all parts of the United States. The business, however, 
 is mainly confined to near-by markets. The present number of hands employed 
 is 40, the weekly pay roll being $450. The annual products are valued at 
 $100,000. 
 
 11 
 
82 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 STEAM FIRE ENGINE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 "While the steam fire engine is of quite recent origin, various mechanica 
 devices for extinguishing fires have existed for centuries. Tlie first machines 
 mentioned for this purpose were used at Augsburg in 1518. and were called 
 " instruments for fires." A machine used at Nuremberg in 1657, is described 
 as a barrel for the water, eight feet long and three feet in diameter, with a piston 
 operated by 28 men. With this contrivance an inch stream of water was 
 thrown a distance of 80 feet, and it was carried about on a sledge drawn by two 
 horses. In 1684 the use of fire engines, primitive in design, has been recorded 
 in Paris. The first leather hose was invented at Amsterdam in 1670. At the 
 beginning of the eighteenth century the first engine provided with suction hose, 
 pumps, and an air chamber, was used. Until the beginning of the present cen- 
 tury little further improvement in the methods of extingiushing fires was made. 
 The last machine before the successful appHcation of steam consisted of two 
 verticle double acting force pumps with an air chamber, and operated by brakes 
 placed parallel with the engine, thus enabling many men to work unitedly. 
 This machine, known as a hand engine, is still used in villages and smaller 
 cities. 
 
 In 1829 John Braithwaite and John Ericsson, of London, made a steam fire 
 engine — the first ever made. It worked with great success, without cessation 
 for five hours, throwing a stream over the dome of the building, at the fire at 
 the Argyle rooms, while the hand engines, owing to the intense cold, became 
 frozen and useless ; besides this, it rendered most valuable aid in extinguishing 
 many large fires, among them the English opera house and Messrs. Barclay's 
 brewery. Strange that notwithstanding its undoubted superiority over the hand 
 engine, it met with great opposition from the London firemen, who did all in 
 their power to annoy the workmen and prevent its working at fires. All the 
 work done was gratuitous, and at a vast expense on the part of Mr. Braithwaite, 
 for which he received but little patronage and support from the public. And, 
 from the insurance companies who were benefited thousands of pounds, his men 
 received the miserable pittance of a single sovereign. The managers of the Fire 
 Brigade offered so little encouragement, and the members manifested so much 
 opposition, that Mr. Braithwaite withdrew in disgust from a field in which he 
 hoped to have profitably and usefully employed his talents and resources. 
 
 Several improvements followed this invention of Braithwaite's, but the fire 
 engine as now known and perfected, has only been in use for the last fifteen or 
 or twenty years, and as will be shown further on, the most efficient steam fire 
 engines have very recently been introduced. At the present time scarcely any 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 83 
 
 branch of American industry brings to its aid higher inventive skill or greater ener- 
 gy. On account of the recent large and destructive fires in the metropolitan cities 
 of the Union, an eager demand exists for the most improved engines possible, as a 
 more complete protection agamst the ravages of fire. In the manufacture of 
 the best steam fire engines, as in most other lines of production, Newark ranks 
 first. 
 
 R. J. GOULD, 97 to 113 N. J. Railroad Avenue. The development of steam 
 fire engines to the highest results at present accomplished, has been a great 
 triumph of mechanical ingenuity and skill. Capital, although taking a promi- 
 nent part in this development, has been unable to compete with inventive 
 genius and ceaseless energy. These remarks have been suggested by an exam- 
 ination of the peculiar merits of the G-ould steam fire engine, which is now 
 manufactured by Mr. R. J. G-ould, the successor of the Gould Machine Com- 
 pany. This gentleman has certainly been the pioneer m this branch of New- 
 ark's industries, and was the controlling mind of the business when directed by 
 the above named Company. 
 
 After arduous labors, a zeal which knew no failure, and a succession of minor 
 triumphs, Mr. Gould has now the satisfaction of seeing his perfected invention 
 regarded as the first of American steam fire engines. This fact is now quite 
 beyond controversy, and is ahke an honor to the inventor and the city wherein 
 his wares are made. 
 
 These machines are known as Gould's Variable Pump Fire Engines. As a 
 result of careful study for years, Mr. Gould has several patents, whose great 
 importance is unquestionable. These improvements have greatly contributed 
 to the supremacy of his engines. The variable pump consists of two pumps on 
 the same piston rod, with a •' churn valve" to shut one off, or render it inopera- 
 tive, by which means all the power of the cylinder can be exerted on one pump 
 when a long line of hose is required, or when desired a larger quantity of water 
 can be discharged. 
 
 The boilers of the Gould engine are upright and tubular, and have a large 
 capacity. Steam can be raised in from three to five minutes, and a working 
 pressure easily maintained. The cylinders on the double engines are made in 
 one casting, with one steam chest for both, and all parts of the engine are 
 finished in the most perfect manner. The forward part of the engine is of the 
 crane neck style, room being provided for the front wheels to pass under, in 
 order that the engine may turn on its length. On some the forward axle is 
 short or narrow tracked, thus making the fore part light, and rendering the 
 engine more easily managed, which is a tremendous advantage, when dispatch 
 in getting ready for action is the great desideratum. The rear is hung on sub- 
 stantial springs by braces secured firmly to the boiler above the centre of weight, 
 thus preventing any tendency of the boiler to sway. The arch of the frame 
 is sufficiently high to allow the engineer to pass through, and, when running, 
 
84 THE INDUSTRIAL INTP^RESTS 
 
 all parts requiring his care and attention are within easy reach from his posi- 
 tion. The Gould machines excel in convenience, and beauty of design and 
 lightness. All the the material used is of the best quality, and no incompetent 
 workmen are employed. 
 
 The double cylinder variable pump engine weighs about 6,500 pounds, is capa- 
 ble of discharging 1,000 gallons of water per minute, and has thrown a 1-^ inch 
 stream 354 feet, which is the longest throw ever made by 34 feet. The advan- 
 tage of the variable pump is seen in this : with the ordinary pump the propor- 
 tion of steam to water cylinder always remains the same, although the require- 
 ments vary from a two inch stream and 50 feet of Iiose, to a 1^ inch stream 
 and 2,000 feet of hose. 
 
 Gould's machines are known as piston engines, and are made in four different 
 sizes ; and on account of the great satisfaction given, many of them are sup- 
 plied with the variable pump. 
 
 Of late a great rivaly has sprung up between the different fire engines in com- 
 peting for the western market. This competition is so active that only compet- 
 itive trial-tests will satisfy the western public and purchasing Boards of Fire 
 Commissioners. A bitter contest has recently been made in Chicago, and as 
 usual the Gould engine is victorious at every point. On Sept. 5th of the pres- 
 ent year, a public test was there made, and the verdicts of the Mayor, Common 
 Council and press alike were in favor of the Gould machine. As a result of 
 these triumphs, Mr. Gould will undoubtedly hereafter largely supply the western 
 demand for the most approved fire engines. 
 
 Mr. Gould also manufactures leather and rubber hose, couplings, trucks, hose 
 carts, and all apparatus connected with fine engines. Orders for engines are 
 received from all parts of the country, showing how quick are buyers to appre- 
 ciate genuine merit. In the works as now running, 40 of the most skillful 
 workmen are employed, and the summary of weekly wages is $800, The pro- 
 duction for 1873 was valued at $50,000, but it is now rapidly increasing. 
 
 MR. J. N. DBNNISSON, 245 N. J. Railroad Avenue. The fame of Newark 
 for producing the best steam fire engines has greatly increased by the valuable 
 inventions of Mr. J. N. Dennisson, now engaged in their manufacture at the 
 above location. The variable pump, which has added so much to the eflSciency 
 of steam fire engines, is of Mr. Dennisson's own invention. As this pump is 
 used in the construction of his machines, they have no points of inferiority com- 
 pared with the best fire engines made. Mr. Dennisson also has patents on sev- 
 eral pumps of different sizes, all of which go to make up the excellence of his 
 productions. His other patents are a concentric ring piston, and an improved 
 hose rivet, which latter adds 20 per cent, to the strength of hose. Not con- 
 tent with these great improvements, Mr. Dennisson has invented and patented 
 an air pump, with large and small cylinders, for compressing air. His 
 machines are all made in the crane neck style, with hose carriages constructed 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 85 
 
 in a similar manner, and they are all light weight engines. They are capable of 
 throwing the same quantity of water as engines weighing one-third more, and 
 are so finely constructed as to permit of being run with or without fly wheels, 
 and will not stop on the centre at any rate of speed. The piston pump is used, 
 but with Mr. Dennisson's peculiar and superior manufacture, will not " jump" 
 on the water any more than the rotary pump. It is only necessary to say that 
 his productions have all the requisites of first-class machines. They are sold 
 in the largest cities of the Union, and meet with general approval. In a word, 
 with light weight and easy running qualities, the Dennisson engine has aU the 
 powers and capabilities of the heavier machines made by other manufacturers, 
 and the public may rest assured that it will keep pace in added improvements 
 with the demands of the times. 
 
 The crane neck hose carriages of this manufactory are provided with a patent 
 brake, managed by the driver, on the hose reel Mr. Dennisson supplies with 
 his engines the best qualities of leather and rubber hose, and also a general line 
 of fire engine supplies. He employs at present 10 hands, the weekly pay-roll 
 being $150. The annual production amounts in value to $30,000. 
 
 SMOOTHING IRON MANUFACTORY. 
 
 BLESS & DRAKE, 1*73 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This firm is mainly en- 
 gaged in the manufacture of the celebrated self -heating smoothing irons. This 
 iron is a miniature stove with a polished surface, as in the common flat iron, 
 and is used in the same manner. It is heated with charcoal, or live coals from 
 a hard wood fire, and on account of its extraordmary merits is already in gen- 
 eral use. It was first patented about 1852, and in that year its manufacture 
 was begun by the patentees, under the firm name of Tahaferro, Cummings & 
 Bless. The firm was changed, however, and in 1854 the present style was 
 adopted. The members of the present firm are Messrs. J. F. Bless and Robert 
 Drake. Through their business energy the self-heating smoothing iron has 
 been perfected and its merits brought before the country. As a result the 
 business has rapidly increased, and their manufactory is now one of the most 
 promment in Newark. A special feature of the business is the large exporting 
 demand for these irons. They are extensively sold in South America, the Sand- 
 wich Islands, and other foreign countries. The trade with South America in 
 the self-heating iron and also the common sad iron, is an interesting feature in 
 the exports of this country. American skill is fast driving English irons from 
 the South American market. The self-heating smoothing irons are now made 
 in England, owing to the expiration of the patents granted there. 
 
86 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 The smoothing iron manufactory of Messrs. Bless & Drake is the only one in 
 this country, and their invention has not even been successfully imitated. 
 
 They also manufacture extra sad irons and tailors' common geese, and in fact 
 a complete line of laundry machinery. They are perhaps the largest manufac- 
 turers of sad irons in the United States. These irons are cast in an iron mould 
 by a peculiar process, and the results of this method are equal to the best case 
 hardened iron or even steel. The productions of the factory are nearly four 
 tons of irons per day. Sixty hands are employed, and the weekly pay-roll is 
 $700. The annual production amounts in value to $100,000. 
 
 FILE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Prior to 1840 the manufacture of files was unknown in the United States. 
 Since that date the production has rapidly increased, until now a large part of 
 the files consumed in this country is the product of American manufactories. 
 As yet file making machinery has not been extensively introduced, as the re- 
 sult of hand work is usually considered a superior article. The business of file 
 manufacturing has been carried on in Newark for many years. Nothing, how- 
 ever, is done in the way of machine cutting, all files made being hand-cut. 
 Newark files are well known to the trade, and their excellence is acknowledged. 
 
 HELLER & BROTHERS, Montclair R. R. and Summer Avenues. This well 
 known file manufactory was established in 1865, under the present style, and 
 to-day the productions of no firm in the same fine of business are so celebrated 
 as the American files and rasps made by Heller & Brothers. Their goods are 
 sold from Maine to California and are also largely exported. These tiles and 
 rasps have become so well known on account of their superior quality, that the 
 name of " Heller" is regarded by all purchasers of files as a sufiBcient guarantee. 
 On this account inferior goods have been thrust on the market in imitation of 
 the " Heller'' brand. The spurious article, however, may be easily detected by 
 examining the brand, which in the genuine reads " Heller Rasp," while the 
 imitation is stamped " Heller's Rasp." Their goods are sold by all first-class 
 jobbing houses, and the firm has one of the most extended trades in the coun- 
 try. The demand has so mcreased that during the present year they have been 
 obliged to erecc a larger factory with greatly increased manufacturing facilities. 
 The well-known specialty of the firm is the "celebrated American horse rasp." 
 The working force of the factory is 50 hands, the weekly wages are $350. For 
 1873 the productions amounted to $50,000, but for this year will undoubtedly 
 be much arreater. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 87 
 
 JOHN RAT & COMPANY, 68 Railroad Avenue. This is one of the old- 
 est manufactories in Newark, having been established in 1843, by the firm of 
 Downes & Wilson. Afterwards Mr. C. Y. Wilson became sole proprietor. It 
 was thus one of the first attempts at the manufacture of files in the United 
 States. In the ofBce of the factory may be seen a diploma issued to C. Y. Wil- 
 son by the American Institute in 1843, for the best American files. Mr. Wilson 
 died in 18T2 and his successors are Messrs. John Ray and Joseph E. Haynes, 
 doing business under the above style. They manufacture all styles of hand- 
 cut files and rasps, and in addition do an extensive business in re-cutting. 
 Their files have an acknowledged reputation for the quahty of material used 
 and excellence of manufacture. Sales are mainly to the trade, and are mainly 
 made in the Eastern markets. The force employed numbers 18 men, and the 
 weekly wages are $230. The files annually produced are valued at $25,000. 
 
 RAE & McKECHNIE, 56 Elm-street. This file manufactory was estab- 
 Ushed in 18*71 under the above style. The members of the present firm are 
 Messrs. W. Rae and J. McKechnie. They are young men, and bring to their 
 business the best of capital, manufacturing skill and energy. They manufac- 
 ture all styles of hand-cut files and rasps, and also do re-cutting. Their trade 
 is mostly in the East, and sales are mainly made direct to manufacturers. Eight 
 hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $110. The yearly product of 
 files amounts to $8,000. 
 
 JOHN Y. JOHNSON, Railroad Place and Commercial-street. Mr. Johnson 
 began the business of manufacturing hand-cut files and rasps in 1868 at Ossin- 
 ing, N. Y. To secure better manufacturing facilities he removed to Newark 
 in 1870. The business is confined to producing the better qualities, and all 
 styles of files and rasps. The policy pursued has been to make only good ar- 
 ticles, trusting to this method as a means of securing a good reputation as 
 a manufacturer and an extended trade. The result has justified the course 
 pursued, and Mr. Johnson is gradually but surely building up a valuable busi- 
 ness. In addition to manufacturing, re-cutting of files is done in the best 
 manner. Sales are made both to consumers and the trade. The manufactory 
 gives employment to 15 hands, and the weekly wages are $125. The yearly 
 production of files is valued at $15,000. 
 
88 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 RON SAFE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 JOHN A. HORSCHEL, 13 Hedenberg Works. Mr. Horschel began in 
 Newark the manufacture of fire and burglar proof safes in 1868. It is the 
 only safe manufactory in New Jersey. His workmanship is well known 
 throughout the country, and the safes made by him are guaranteed to be fire 
 proof and free from dampness. Twenty different sizes are made. Three 
 workmen are now employed in the factory, being paid weekly $50, and the 
 annual production is valued at $20,000. 
 
 IRON RAILING MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 EDWARDS & SMITH, 53 to 57 N. J. Railroad Avenue. The manufactory 
 now known under the above style was established by Cyrus Edwards in 1842 
 and is thus one of the oldest iron foundries in Newark. In 1869 Mr. Albert 
 Smith became his associate in business, when the present firm name was 
 adopted. Their works are known as the principal iron railing manufactory in 
 Newark. The productions consist of iron raihng, iron columns, book safes, 
 doors, shutters, monumental railing, etc. They also manufacture all kinds of 
 castings for French roofs, iron furniture for lawns, and furnish to order Hyatt's 
 patent sidewalk lights. The working force of the factory is 25 hands, and the 
 weekly pay roll amounts to $375. The total yearly productions consisting of 
 iron work, railing, etc., amounts to $55,000. 
 
 THOMAS BURNS, 201 and 203 Commerce-street. The Burns Iron Works 
 were established in 1869 by Mr. Thomas Burns, who may be considered as 
 thoroughly practical in iron working, having been engaged in the business 
 from boyhood. There are manufactured at these works iron railings, cover- 
 ings for areas, glass grating and all kinds of iron for building purposes. The 
 factory gives employment at present to 1 2 workmen, with a weekly pay roll of 
 fl15. The value of annual productions being $30,000. 
 
 JOHN ELY (New Jersey Iron Raihng Works), 117 and 119 Mulberry-street. 
 This manufactory was estabhshed in 1845. Its productions are iron raihngs, 
 doors, shutters, castings, gratings and bedsteads. Mr. Ely has been sole pro- 
 prietor since 1870. Fifteen hands are employed, and the weeklj' wages are 
 $200. The annual productions are valued at $20,000. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 89 
 
 SADDLERY HARDWARE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Few people not familiar with the details of the business have an adequate 
 idea of the nature and extent of the saddlery hardware trade as it exists in 
 this country to-day. It has, as now distinctly known, long been an iiiteresting 
 and important specialty. The number of articles which go to make up the 
 trade is immense, the mere enumeration of which would make a small volume. 
 Within the last decade the business has reached large proportions indeed, as 
 no single branch of the general hardware trade surpasses it in importance. It 
 involves a very large amount of capital, and engages the labor of great num- 
 bers of men, while as a means of increasing and distributing wealth it is ex- 
 ceedingly prominent. 
 
 Durmg the last ten or twelve years, owing to the tastes and demands of con- 
 sumers, various and far-reaching changes have occurred in this branch of 
 industry. Before the war the varieties of saddlery hardware and trimmings, 
 necessary to meet the requirements of public taste, were comparatively plain, 
 and mainly devoid of artistic design and finish. At present the demands of 
 the trade are largely in the direction of elaborately designed, highly finished 
 and expensive articles. On this account the capital required to successfully 
 carry on the business of manufacturing saddlery hardware is necessarily much 
 greater than in former years. 
 
 At present nearly all the saddlery hardware required in this country is the 
 product of home industry. Some of the more common varieties are imported, 
 on account of their cheapness, and in the opposite direction a superior quality 
 of bits are brought from England. The importing trade, however, is rapidly 
 decreasing, and will soon cease altogether. In fact it is highly probable that 
 the United States will soon have a large exporting trade in saddlery hardware. 
 It seems only necessary for manufacturers to become more familiar with the 
 wants of South America and other countries in this direction to bring about 
 the desired result. The skill and energy necessary as elements of success are 
 fortunately not wanting. 
 
 The city of Newark has long been prominent in the manufacture of saddlery 
 hardware, and to-day its productions in this direction exceed those of any 
 other American city. In this respect, as in other lines of production, Newark 
 excells in the high quality of the goods produced. The cheapest grades of 
 saddlery hardware are in a great measure the product ot New England factories. 
 Among the Newark manufacturers in this line are those who have done most 
 in bringing to perfection the best processes of manufacture. Through their 
 12 
 
90 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 skill and energy the tastes and requirements of the country have been fully 
 met. Newark is indebted to these men, who, by their earnest efforts and pa- 
 tient toil, have given her an enviable position as a great emporium for saddlery 
 hardware goods. 
 
 JOS. BALDWIN & COMPANY, 254 Market-street. The manufacture of 
 saddlery hardware was begun by this house in 1846. Business has been con- 
 ducted under the present style since 1863, and the firm consists of Messrs. A. 
 P. Baldwin and D. Martin. They manufacture saddlery hardware in general, 
 but their great specialty is hand-forged goods, and they are the first firm in 
 Newark making this class of work. Their efforts in producing the best pro- 
 ducts of American ingenuity and skill have mainly been confined to the manu- 
 facture of fine wrought bits of various styles and patents. 
 
 Heretofore many have thought that the best quality of hand-forged bits has 
 been imported from England, and chiefly known as the "Daniels" bit. This 
 reputed superiority is now, however, fast disappearmg. American bit makers 
 are rapidly acquiring a reputation that will soon crowd all foreign bits out of 
 the home market. Until recently the cost of hand-forged bits has been such as 
 to prevent competition on account of price, but this is in a great measure over- 
 come, and a genuine forged bit of American manufacture costs no more than 
 the same quality of Enghsh make. This result is largely due to the earnest 
 efforts of Messrs. Joseph Baldwin & Co. Their stamp is a guarantee of supe- 
 rior quality, and their bits are preferred by many horsemen to the "Daniels." 
 A specialty of the firm is the celebrated "Baldwin bit,'* of their own design, to- 
 gether with other original styles and patents. Patent bits are made on a 
 royalty, and wrought bits are manufactured to order. The firm is well known 
 for its successful efforts in supplying the Mexican, Cuban and South American 
 markets, in the face of foreign competition. They were the originators of the 
 Mexican spur trade in this country. Goods are all warranted, and their sale 
 extends over the whole country and largely in California, together with exten- 
 sive exports to the countries named. The manufactory gives employment to 30 
 workmen, and the weekly pay roll is $450 ; the annual sales amounting lo 
 $50,000 
 
 AUGUST BUERMAN, 83 and 85 Hamilton-street. This factory was estab- 
 lished in 1864. Mr. Buerman manufactures a great variety of saddlery hard- 
 ware but makes a specialty of bits and spurs. Goods are mainly sold to jobbers 
 in the New York market. Ten hands are employed in the factory, and the 
 weekly wages are $125. The yearly production amounts to $15,000. 
 
 BAYLEY & COMPANY, 82 Mechanic-street The productions of this 
 manufactory are conlined exclusively to the finest grades of saddlery hardware. 
 No cheap goods are made. The wares produced consist of gold and silver 
 lined and leather-covered goods of the best quality, including cut monograms, 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 91 
 
 old English, block and cypher letters, fancy horse fronts and ornaments. The 
 business was begun in 1862, and has been conducted under the present style 
 during the past year. The members of the firm are Messrs. G-eorge W. Bayley 
 and Thomas Briggs. G-oods are sold to the trade generally and largely in New 
 Tork. Fourteen hands are employed, and the wages paid weekly amount to 
 $125. The annual production is valued at $15,000. 
 
 CRANE & COMPANY, 72 to 76 Mechanic-street. Pioneers there are in 
 every branch of industry, but the honor of developing the manufacture of 
 saddlery hardware in this country belongs in a great measure to the firm 
 named above. Under successive styles it has been engaged in manufacturing 
 saddlery hardware for a period of 40 years. The business was first estab- 
 lished by Alfred Edwards, who was succeeded by the firm of Edwards 
 & Frazee, and the style was afterwards changed to James M. Frazee 
 & Co.; next in order was the Condict & Wheeler Saddlery Hardware 
 Co., which was succeeded in 1872 by the Messrs. Crane & Co., consisting of 
 Jason, Edward N. and Frederick Crane. The second named gentleman has been 
 associated with the business during the last decade. 
 
 This firm, Kke most others, has given its attention to the development of 
 special lines of production. They make a specialty of buckles, bits, hames, 
 and fine harness mountings. Of the first named, Messrs. Crane & Co. make all 
 grades, from the cheapest malleable iron and japanned, to the more expensive 
 X C plate, and silver, nickel and gold plated goods, comprising the most elaborate 
 and highly finished buckles known to the trade. In this particular, the manu- 
 facture of fine buckles, the firm is in advance of other houses. In bits the 
 production is fairly complete, consisting of common malleable bits, and a full 
 line of the more desirable wrought bits. The two principal points in the 
 country for the manufacture of iron hames, are Pittsburg, Pa., and Newark. 
 The latter city is thus placed in direct competition with the chief iron pro- 
 ducing city on the continent ; she has, however, been able to hold her own 
 in this direction, and this result has been largely due to the efforts of 
 Messrs. Crane & Co. They also have a merited reputation in the manufacture 
 of fine harness mountings in nickel, silver and gold. An interesting feature in 
 the manufacture of composition or oroide mountings, is that the copper for 
 producing them is received at the factory in the ingot, and then combined with 
 other metals in the firm's own foundry. Thus faithful work, resulting in the 
 best qualities of goods, is assured. This is generally true of the firm's method 
 of manufacture ; the material is brought to the factory in the rough, and then 
 transformed into articles of use and beauty, 
 
 Messrs. Crane & Co. use a great amount of labor-saving machinery, and in 
 this direction they surpass most saddlery hardware houses. Many of the ma- 
 chnies are of their own designs, and some of the most valuable were made in 
 the factory, thus being in a great measure independent of outside assistance. 
 
92 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 Machines made outside are frequently improved and perfected in the fac- 
 tory. In this way has the firm been able to do much toward developing the 
 produntion of saddlery hardware to the point of successful competition with 
 European manufactories, and they are now enabled to reduce the cost of pro- 
 duction to a minimum, thereby benefitting the consumer with low prices. 
 
 The factory in Mechanic-street is very extensive, occupying an extensive 
 four-story and basement building. In the basement is the forging depart- 
 ment, where are many of the labor-saving machines mentioned. The first 
 floor is used for the Company's offices and salesrooms, where a large stock of 
 goods is constantly kept in store. In the upper stories are the foundry, gen- 
 eral manufacturing and finishing rooms. 
 
 The present working force is about 90 hands, and the weekly wages are 
 $850. The great amount of machinery in operation reduces the expenditure 
 in this direction. The annual production is upwards of $100,000. The goods 
 are sold in all parts of the country and occasionally sales are made in foreign 
 markets. 
 
 R. M. 6RUMM0N, 18 Mechanic-street. The saddlery and coach hardware 
 manufactory known under th&above style was established in 1847, and is there- 
 fore among the oldest in Newark. Mr. Grummon manufactures fine coach, 
 carriage, hearse and saddlery hardware. The goods are of superior quality and 
 made from his own designs, the production of patterns for the same constitut- 
 ing a separate branch of the business. Be keeps in stock a full supply of 
 mountings in every style, quality and price. A specialty is made of E. E. and 
 nickelized silver mountings, also a patent combination carriage prop and 
 patent ball fly terrets. the two last named being Mr. Grummon 's own invention 
 and patented by him. The markets for these goods extend to all parts of the 
 country, including California. The factory gives employment to 40 men. and 
 they are paid weekly $450. The annual production amounts to $65,000 
 
 KUBHNHOLD & WRIGHT, 303 and 305 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This 
 manufactory was established in 1866 and its productions comprise English 
 steel, gold and silver-plated bits, nickel and silver-plated buckles and 
 hames, together with a general variety of saddlery hardware. This firm 
 has rapidly risen into the front rank of manufactures in their special 
 line, and recently, owing to the increase of business, they were com- 
 pelled to greatly enlarge their producing facilities. Messrs. Kuehnhold 
 and "Wright have been prominent in perfecting the American manu- 
 facture of saddlery hardware in order to successfully compete with the foreign 
 producers in the better grades of goods. They have done much to introduce 
 American hand-wrought bits of their own manufacture in preference to the 
 English article. The goods of the firm are sold to jobbers from Maine to 
 California. The manufactory gives employment to 75 hands, and their weekly 
 wages are $80Q. The aggregate value of annual production is $85,000. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. .1. 93 
 
 H. C. MAXWELL & CO., 28 Mechanic-street. This firm began business 
 during the present year, and it is rapidly growing into one of Newark's promi- 
 nent saddlery hardware manufactories. The members of the firm are Messrs. 
 H. C. Maxwell, B. J. Osborn, W. L. David and John Theobold. The produc- 
 tions comprise a general line of saddlery hardware, consisting of fine and 
 medium grades. A specialty is made in the manufacture of gig saddles. Goods 
 are sold to the trade in all parts of the Union. The working force of the 
 factory numbers 39 hands and the weekly payroll is $350. Although recently 
 started the productions for this year will probably reach $75,000. 
 
 SARGEANT MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 75 to 79 Summit-street. 
 This company is prominently known in the manufacture of saddlery hardware. 
 It was established in 1869 under the general laws of New York, and its officers 
 are as follows : President, C. H. Pond ; Secretary and Treasurer, S. S. Sar- 
 geant; Superintendent, A. V. Sargeant. 
 
 Like various other similar efforts in the line of industrial pursuits, the Com- 
 pany was organized for the purpose of giving practical utility to a valuable 
 invention in saddlery hardware, known as Coles' wedge-tongue trace buckle. 
 This buckle, whose great practical value in harness making is now everywhere 
 acknowledged, had in 1869 been before the public for only a short time. Mr. 
 A. V. Sargeant having secured from the patentee the exclusive right to make 
 the Cole buckle, began its manufacture in Syracuse, N. Y., under the style of 
 Harrell & Sargeant. The firm, however, soon dissolved, with the privilege 
 named in the control of Mr. Sargeant. The importance of the invention being 
 well known, efforts were at once made which resulted in the organization of 
 the Sargeant Manufacturing Company as above, and the manufacture of 
 the buckle was begun in Newark. The first efiForts were modest in their way 
 and were confined to the production of the buckle named. Its merits, 
 however, were so great that in this direction alone a large business soon 
 sprang up. In fact, the Cole buckle soon became so popular that many inven- 
 tions, ostensibly original, were really infringements on the original patent The 
 result was extensive litigation, but the Sargeant Manufacturing Compan}^ suc- 
 ceeded in maintaining their position at every point. The Company therefore 
 control the patents and license the manufacture of competing buckles, which 
 are known as the " Kinne." " Thornton," " Columbus," and " Eureka." 
 
 In 1871 the Sargeant Company began manufacturing a general line of sad- 
 dlery hardware, the productions being at first confined to various styles of 
 plain japanned goods. Additions were continually made, however, and now 
 their productions comprise every variety of fine goods known to the trade. 
 Among the manj specialties may be mentioned harness trimmings made of iron 
 in almost exact imitation of the leather covered article. Another specialty is 
 the " Novelty" patent gig tree, well and favorably known to the trade. A full 
 line of coach trimmings and mountings is also made. 
 
94 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 An important element in the success of this Company has been the inventive 
 skill of the Superintendent, Mr. A. V. Sarcceant. His intimate knowledge of 
 the business is so widely known and appreciated, that the patentees of any new 
 invention in saddlery hardware are solicitous to have the Sargeant Company 
 manufacture the article, that advantage may be derived from Mr. Sargeant' s im- 
 proving skill. The motto of the Company has constantly been, "Whatever is 
 worth doing at all, is worth doing well." All goods are made in the best man- 
 ner and to insure perfection all articles produced are carefully inspected by the 
 Superintendent. 
 
 As an inevitable result of these efforts the business increased so rapidly that 
 in 18T2, to secure better manufacturing facilities, the factory now occupied was 
 built. It is remarkable for convenient arrangement, which is the result of 
 original plans by Mr. A. V. Sargeant. In 1871 the productions of the Sargeant 
 Company amounted to $70,000; the following year they were $90,000; and in 
 1873, notwithstanding the financial depression, there was a notable increase, the 
 product for that year being $100,000. It is probable that for 1874 the business 
 will be still greater, as the prospects were never brighter than at present. The 
 force of the factory numbers 80 workmen, and their weekly pay-roll is $1,000. 
 The goods are mainly sold in the western markets, though extensive sales are 
 made in New York and New England. 
 
 W. L. STARR & CO., 44 Lawrence-street. This manufactory was established 
 thirty years ago by Mr. "W. L. Starr, and the business has been conducted under 
 the present style since 1870. Its products comprise the general varieties of 
 saddlery hardware, a specialty being a fine quality of silver, X C, nickle, and 
 gold plated buckles. Goods are sold to the trade exclusively, and the market 
 extends throughout the country. Sixty hands are employed, and the weekly 
 pay-roll amounts to $700. The total annual production of saddlery hardware 
 is valued at $75,000. 
 
 G-. & T. SIMONSON, 217 Halsey-street. This factory was started in 1866, 
 and the productions consist of saddlery hardware in general. Sales are made 
 to the trade, and mostly in New York and New Jersey. Six hands are em- 
 ployed, and the weekly wages paid are $90. The goods annually produced 
 amount in value to $10,000. 
 
 S. G-. STURGES, SON & CO., 61 and 63 Mulberry-street. This firm which 
 is the oldest saddlery hardware house in Newark if not in the country, has "been 
 in existence since 1835. and was first started under the style of G. Van Ant- 
 werp & Company. It was soon changed, however, to Sturges, Wade and Daw- 
 son, and in 1859 became S. G-. Sturges & Son. The business was thus conduc- 
 ted until 1872 when Mr. J. K. Dodd was admitted as a partner and the present 
 style adopted. During the entire time the business has been under the direct 
 control of the senior partner S. G. Sturges. Now however, in his declining 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 95 
 
 years after nearly four decades of honorable industry, its management is grad- 
 ually devolving on the son Mr. William E. Sturges and his associate Mr. Dodd. 
 
 The history of this firm, extending as it has through a period of over forty 
 years, is perhaps more closely interwoven than that of any other house, with 
 those industries whose growth and development this volume records. When 
 the firm was founded American manufactures were in their infancy ; at that 
 time the products of European workshops fairly monopohzed the home market. 
 Far more than the average skill and business energy were necessary in order 
 to successfully establish a new branch of industry, under such adverse cir- 
 cumstances. These, however, in its controlling mind, the firm had, and. hence, 
 to their efforts the manufacture of saddlery hardware in the United States is 
 greatly indebted. They were pioneers, and have continually remained such in 
 the introduction of new and improved designs, and the best methods of manu- 
 facture. As early as 1835, a silver medal was awarded to them for the best 
 plated bridle, bit and stirups. They were the first to manufacture buckles to 
 any extent in this country, and to-day have acknowledged precedence in the 
 same line as regards the quality and extent of manufacture. A very large 
 portion of their work is done by the most improved machines, which have 
 generally been built by themselves. While saving much manual labor, these 
 valuable inventions insure perfect work in every respect. The goods produced 
 greatly vary in quality, ranging from the plainest to the most highly 
 finished buckles in the market. Every desired pattern can be found, and 
 all of the most thorough workmanship. The firm also excels in manufactur- 
 ing the most approved styles of hames. In addition to these specialties, their 
 general line of saddlery hardware is everywhere regarded as having no superior 
 in quality and style. Their manufactory is among the largest in the country, 
 and this could not well be otherwise, having had for so long a time the same 
 direction in guiding its interests and developing its resources. 
 
 The trade of Messrs. Sturges, Son & Company extends to every large city in 
 the United States and Canada. They also have an exceptional thing in the 
 saddlery hardware business, an exporting trade with South America. The 
 present working force^ of the factory numbers 100 hands, and the weekly pay 
 roll amounts to $600. The value of annual productions reaches $150,000. 
 
 SAMUEL E. TOMPKINS & CO., 50 to 56 Mechanic-street; principal 
 warehouse 79 Beekman-street, New York. Attention has already been called, 
 in this volume, to the great stimulus and development afforded many branches 
 of industry by Newark manufacturers. It has been shown how many important 
 manufactures have had their very birth and continuous growth at this centre of 
 American industry. While the manufacture of saddlery hardware dates from 
 no single invention or discovery, its present great prominence is mainly due to 
 the inventive skill and perseverance of a few men, who had sufficient foresight 
 to appreciate the increasing wants of modern society. No man has done more, 
 
96 THE INDUSTRIAL IXTERESTS 
 
 in the direction indicated, than the inventor of Tompkins patent gig tree, Mr. 
 Samuel E. Tompkins, who founded the firm named above in 1855. The begin- 
 ning was small, but it is now, perhaps, the largest house in the country exclu- 
 sively engaged in the manufacture of saddlery hardware. They are unlike 
 many other houses in the same line who combine the manufacture of coach and 
 carriage moimtings with saddlery goods. More fortunate than many inventors, 
 Mr. Tompkins had little difficulty in the introduction of his improved " trees " ; 
 their merits were so great as to completely negative all adverse criticism. This, 
 combined with the inventor's confidence and ability to surmount all obstacles, 
 was sufficient, and the perfected tree was in a short time generally adopted by 
 the trade. To-day the name of " Tompkins " is a familiar word in this country 
 wherever saddlery hardware is used. Several imitations of his "trees" have 
 been offered to the trade, but they have invariably been based on the pecuhari- 
 ties of the original invention. By the introduction of these "trees" a com- 
 plete revolution was wrought in the manufacture of gig saddles, resulting in a 
 like development in all kinds ot trimmings used in the manufacture of harness. 
 
 The business prospered as established by Mr. Tompkins, and in the spring of 
 1864, Mr. Peter Hayden, who is everywhere known and respected in the 
 saddlery hardware trade, became interested with him, and since then the firm 
 has been known as one of the chain of Hayden houses which are established 
 in nearly all the large cities of the Union. The capital and influence thus 
 united to the genius and energy of the inventor, instilled a new life into the 
 business, and since then its growth has been still more rapid. 
 
 While the factory and salesroom in Newark are very extensive, the principal 
 manufactory is located at Ossining, N. Y., on the Hudson River. Their New 
 York warehouse under the name of Hayden & Tompkins is a commodious 
 building of five stories and a basement, entirely occupied by the firm. The 
 business was first started in this city, where are manufactured the finer grades 
 of goods, such as very fine gig saddles, Tompkins covered trees, etc. A spec- 
 ialty is also made of fine harness mountings consisting of the best silver plated, 
 gilt, nickel and leather covered goods. 
 
 G-reat order and regularity pervade all departments of the factory. A 
 perfect system of checks and balances has been instituted.. Only in 
 this way is a maximum result obtained, with a minimum amount of 
 labor. These desirable results are, to a considerable extent, due to the execu- 
 tive ability of Mr. John M. Gwinnell, who has the immediate supervision of 
 this branch of the business. This gentleman has been in their employ 
 for the past fourteen years. Through industry and careful attention 
 to the interests of the firm, he has risen from the work bench to 
 his present responsible position. A marked feature of this firm's busi- 
 ness as at present conducted, is the harmony and good will existing 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 97 
 
 between employers and employed. "■ Justice to all " is the firm's motto. That 
 this is fully appreciated is shown by the few changes which occur m the work- 
 ing force. And in return for the courteous treatment received, the employees of 
 the firm, from those in the office to the workmen at the bench, are noted for 
 careful business habits and fidelity in mechanical operations. At the factory in 
 this city 90 persons are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $1,000. The annual 
 production araounts in value to $160,000. 
 
 This great firm, with its connections in all the large cities of the country, 
 is in the fullest sense a representative institution. It has greatly contributed 
 to the supremacy of American manufactures. Its historj' is a complete illus- 
 tration of the great rewards which are the inevitable result of long years of 
 honorable industry. 
 
 A. TEAS & COMPANY, 34 Mulberry-street. This firm manufactures as 
 a specialty Teas' patent gig and express trees. This is entirely a new inven- 
 tion, and superior merits are claimed for it over anything yet introduced. 
 The improvement consists in its pecuhar shape, whereby greater ease in wear 
 is secured. On this account it has received the favorable consideration and 
 approval of the humane Society for the prevention of cruelty to animals. It 
 is also so made that the gig saddle can be far easier adjusted to the tree. 
 In fact, it has many advantages claimed for it, and is rapidly being favorably 
 received by the trade. In addition to the gig and express trees, track or trot- 
 ting trees are made, and with bridge if desired. The business is under the 
 management of Mr. T. L. Rivers. The hands. now employed in the factory num- 
 ber 18, and the weekly wages are $120. The business has only been estab- 
 lished since May of the present year, and on this account the annual production 
 cannot be accurately determined, but it will doubtless be large. 
 
 OHAS. M. THEBBRATH & BROTHER, 40 Mechanic-street. This firm be- 
 gan the manufacture of saddlery hardware in 1864 under the above style, and 
 at present is composed of Messrs. Charles M. and Jacob H. Theberath. The 
 productions consist of the better qualities of saddlery hardware, comprising 
 fine qualities of leather covered, gold, silver and nickel plated, aluminum bronze, 
 and solid German silver, oroide and brass goods. A specialty is the double- 
 seam harness trimmings. Formerly this work was done with a single seam in 
 the centre, but by the new patent mentioned, two seams are used, one on each 
 edge, and by this means a higher finish and greater durability are secured. 
 Messrs. Theberath & Brother have recently introduced new and attractive styles 
 known as the " Grant" and " Bismarck" harness trimmings. They also man- 
 ufacture Wlielan's patent bit. Forty-five hands are employed, and the weekly 
 pay roll is $450. The goods produced yearly are valued at $40,000. These 
 goods are sold 'to the trade, and the market extends over the whole country, 
 and sales are sometimes made to Canada and South America. 
 13 
 
98 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 K "VAN NESS, 15 and 15^ Mechanic-street. This manufactory was estab- 
 lished in 1845. Mr. Van Ness manufactures a general line of saddlery hard- 
 ware, his productions, however, are mainly confined to the better grades. 
 Groods are sold to the trade generally throughout the country. Twenty-five 
 hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $226. The aggregate amount 
 of yearly sales is $50,000. 
 
 WIENER & CO., 8*7 Mechanic-street. The saddlery hardware house doing 
 business under the above style was established by Mr. S. "Wiener in 1860, and 
 is now, in its special field, one of the largest manufactories in the country. 
 During 1863 the firm of "Wiener & Company was formed by the admission of 
 Mr. 0. "Wiener, and in 1868 Mr. J. Feder became a partner. 
 
 The productions comprise mainly all varieties of saddlery hardware, and 
 range in quality from the plainer grades to the highly-finished gold-plated 
 mountings. The factory occupies all of the four-story and basement brick 
 building at the above location, and in addition another large building used 
 for the forging department. The firm have produced many original styles of 
 trimmings and some of their designs are secured by letters patent. Among 
 the latter may be mentioned leather-covered harness trimmings, their peculiar- 
 ity being that the seam of the leather is secured on the inside of the fin- 
 nished article. The seam is covered with the metal lining, thus giving the 
 appearance of solid leather, the result being an elegant style of trimming. 
 These superb goods are known to the trade as the "Imitation Seam and Excelsior 
 Leather-Covered Mountings." Careful attention is given to the manufacture of 
 hames, which are made of wrought iron and forged by hand. They also excel in 
 the manufacture of bits, and recently introduced a new pattern known as the 
 " Sheridan bit, " which has been received with great favor. Messrs. "Wiener & Co. 
 are never behind in perfecting new and better manufacturing processes and 
 thus raising to a higher standard their particular branch of industry. The 
 working force of the factory numbers 125 hands, and their weekly wages are 
 $1,000, The goods produced annually are valued at $125,000 and are sold to 
 jobbers in all parts of the United States and Canada. 
 
 CUTLERY MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The art of making steel cutting instruments was known to the natives of 
 India before the time of Alexander, and the famous Damascus blades, tem- 
 pered in the city of the same name, have never been excelled. The achieve- 
 ments of those days, however, were, in the direction named, mainly confined 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 99 
 
 to perfecting implements of war. The invention and manufacture of the 
 great variety of articles for domestic and industrial use are peculiar to 
 modern times. 
 
 It would be interesting to note the gradual introduction of table cutlery, 
 shears, scissors, pocket knives, etc., into general use. It is known, however, 
 that for purposes of eating, cutlery has not been in use more than four 
 centuries 
 
 Until quite recently the world's supply of cutlery came almost wholly from 
 English manufactories. Owing, however, to the skill, improved methods, and 
 machinery of American mechanics, this country is now renowned for producing 
 the best qualities of cutlery, and in some lines of production it is supplying 
 European markets. Two causes for these results may be specified. First, 
 by the introduction of machines to do the work previously done by hand ; 
 second, owing to public taste and requirements a more highly finished article 
 was needed to supply the demand, and here the originality and greater ar- 
 sistic skill of our mechanics, constituted just those elements which have 
 given to American cutlery its acknowledged superiority. 
 
 The cutlery made in Newark is almost entirely of the finer grades, and in 
 one particular branch, the manufacture of shears and scissors, this city sup- 
 plies the markets of the world. The superiority of aSTewark in making shears 
 and scissors is almost wholly due to the mechanical genius of Mr. Rochiis 
 Heinisch, whose industrial triumph will be noticed further on. 
 
 BOOTH BROTHERS, Sussex Avenue and First-street. The manufacture of 
 pen and pocket cutlery in Newark was begun in 1864 by the above firm, con- 
 sisting of Messrs. Thomas and Charles Booth. They make all styles, from the 
 highly finished knife to the cheapest goods in market. The superior quality of 
 their more expensive knives is unsurpassed by the best American or imported 
 goods. The Messrs. Booth are practical manufacturers, having had an expe- 
 rience of 38 years. Only English steel is used in the factory. The goods are 
 sold to the trade in all parts of the country, and the " Booth" brand of pocket 
 knives is favorably received wherever offered. Thirty hands are employed, and 
 their weekly wages are $360. The yearly manufacture of pocket cutlery is 
 valued at $35,000. 
 
 FURNESS, BANNISTER & CO., Nassau, Sheffield andBoyden streets. The 
 productions of this manufactory consist exclusiv^ely of table cutlery, and that 
 of the very finest quality, mainly finished in ivory and bone. The business was 
 established in 1865, and has rapidly grown and prospered. The members of 
 the firm are Messrs. W. Furness, A. F. Bannister and A. Ritchie. Their 
 marked success in building up an extended trade is mainly due to their practical 
 skiU as mechanics, and giving personal attention to the processes of manufac- 
 ture. The several partners learned the business of cutlery making in all its 
 
100 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 details at the Lampson & Goodnow Manufacturing Company's Works. Shelbin 
 Falls, Mass. They began, then, as workmen, and in due time each was a fore- 
 man. Every branch of their present business is supervised by one of the firm, 
 and hence has the benefit of long experience and careful attention. While 
 others have failed in the manufacture of fine cutlery, Messrs. Furness, Bannister 
 & Co. have by their industry and strict attention to the wants of the trade met 
 with signal success. The fact, that although the market has been greatly de- 
 pressed, the business of this firm has increased during the past two years at an 
 average rate of $1,000 per month, speaks volumes for their prosperity 
 and skill. 
 
 All the blades used by Messrs. Furness Bannister & Co., are made in SheflSeld, 
 England, where four hammers and eight gruidstones are kept constantly m opera- 
 tion to supply the wants of the firm. In this way the best cutlery is produced, 
 the superior blades resulting from the more painstaking manual labor of English 
 manufactories being subjected to American ingenuity and artistic skill. Their 
 productions are sold in all the large cities of the Union, and the demand is con- 
 stantly increasing as the merits of the goods become known. It is evident that 
 a better quality of goods are produced by those who make only the fine goods, than 
 of articles in the same hue from manufacturers who attempt the production 
 \ of all styles down to the very cheapest. This firm is the only one in Newark 
 making table cutlery, and partly on this account their productions will no doubt 
 continue to rapidly increase. The working force of the factory numbers 25 
 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $300. The cutlery manufactured in 1873 was 
 valued at $60,000. 
 
 R. HEINISGH'S SONS, 205 Bank-street; Salesroom, 30] Broadway, New 
 York. In the manufacture of the best shears and scissors this country is pre- 
 eminently in the advance, and this result has been reached in the workshops of 
 Newark. The improved shears now in use are the result of inventions and 
 improvements by Mr. Rochus Hemisch, who began in Newark during 1830 the 
 manufacture of patent tailors' shears, and also a general line of shears and 
 scissors. 
 
 Mr. Heinisch came to this country from Austria in the early part of the pres- 
 ent century, and his first work was to manufacture surgical instruments in 
 Brooklyn. He was a mechanic of great inventive genius and skill, and was of 
 course continually making experiments. One result of these was the discovery 
 of a process whereby steel could be welded on malleable iron. This was an 
 important addition to the world's stock of practical knowledge, but the triumph 
 brought to Mr. Heinisch no benefits, as he never applied for a patent. 
 
 Soon afler he began the manufacture of shears and scissors, and his first 
 improvement was a more convenient handle or thumb piece. This new design 
 gave greater convenience in using, and with the Heinisch pattern for tailors' 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 101 
 
 shears it was justly claimed that one man could accomplish as much as four, 
 working with the old English round-bow thumb pieces. Since the original 
 designs improvements have continually been added, and each of them is pro- 
 tected by letters patent. These perfected thumb pieces, although well known, 
 may be described as a device whereby the hand in working is kept very nearly 
 in its natural position, instead of being distorted and cramped, as by the old 
 method. In this way the same amount of labor is far more effective. The 
 shear blades are also constructed from original designs, and so made as to give 
 a greater available cutting power. By his inventions Mr. Heinisch conferred 
 never ending benefits on workers in cloth, and all those whose pursuits require 
 the aid of shears and scissors. 
 
 For several years the business, as established by the senior Mr. Heinisch, 
 has been conducted by his sons under the above style. In August of the pres- 
 ent year the founder of the business, Mr. Rochus Heinisch, died, after a long 
 life of great usefulness. His contributions to American industry will not soon 
 be forgotten. The members of the present firm are Messrs. Rochus, Jr., Henry 
 C, Albert A., and Edmund E. Heinisch. They no doubt inherit much of their 
 father's ingenuity and skill, and are constantly perfecting improved designs. 
 Under their direction the business will doubtless continue to increase and 
 prosper. 
 
 The goods are sold in all parts of the country, and it is also a well known 
 fact that the firm supplies the world with tailors' shears. They are shipped to 
 Austraha, and English tailors are compelled to work with the products of 
 American workshops. These shears have received the highest premiums at the 
 great fairs of London, Paris and Vienna, and were exhibited during the present 
 autumn at St. Petersburg. In addition the firm manufactures the best brand of 
 American razors. 
 
 The workmen employed in the factory number 80 hands, and they receive 
 weekly wages to the amount of $1,000. The production for 1873 was valued 
 at $125,000, and is increasing each year. 
 
 WliSTHOFF & CO., 10 and 12 Library Court. The productions of this firm 
 are shears and scissors. The business was established in October, 1872, by 
 Charles Bontgen and Julius Storsberg. In September of the present year 
 Mr. Pr. Wiisthoff became interested, when the above style was adopted. 
 
 The force of the factory numbers 15 hands, anji the weekly pay roll is $150. 
 At the present rate ot production • the value of goods manufactured yearly is 
 $10,000. 
 
 The shears and scissors made are of the best quality, and from original and 
 improved designs. Although recently started, the goods are sold in a large 
 part of the country. 
 
102 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 SPRING AND AXLE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The basis for the Hghtness and easy running quahties, which are the dis- 
 tinguishing characteristics of American carriages, was in the improved manu- 
 facture of springs and axles ; other improvements have been the outgrowth of 
 these. The superiority of American carriages would be best illustrated by a 
 glance at the like product of European workshops, which are comparatively 
 clumsy and unwieldy. 
 
 The manufacture of sprinars and axles is now mainly a distinctive branch of 
 industry. Carriage, wagon, and railway car makers purchase the necessary 
 springs and axles ready for use. The making of springs and axles is now a 
 prominent American industry, and in this, as in most other lines of produc- 
 tion, Newark has a prominent place. 
 
 JOHN H. REOCK (Passaic Spring Works), 272 to 280 Passaic-street. The 
 productions of this factory consist exclusively of carriage and railway springs. 
 The business was estabUshed in 1861 by the well known firm of Wm. Wright 
 & Co., and the present proprietor, Mr. Reock, is their successor. 
 
 At these works are produced more heavy 2^ and 3 inch springs than at any 
 other factory in the country. The productions of the Passaic Spring Works 
 have an estabhshed reputation, and are sold to jobbers from Maine to California. 
 
 The material used in manufacturing consists entirely of English steel, as from 
 this a better article is produced. Seventy-five workmen are employed, and 
 the wages paid weekly amount to $800. The value of annual products are 
 valued at $200,000. 
 
 TOMLINSON SPRING COMPANY, 233 to 239 N. J. RaUroad Avenue. 
 Promment in the manufacture of American springs and axles is the Company 
 named above. It was organized in 1865, and the present officers are as 
 follows- President, J. A. G-iflford; Vice-President, W. G-. Lineburgh; Secre- 
 tary, Theo. Gray ; Treasurer, E. M. Hotchkiss. 
 
 The reputation of the Company for the best springs and axles has been 
 constantly extending since the commencement of business in 1865. Only the 
 best brands of Swedish, English and American iron and steel are used. 
 The productions comprise all styles of carriage springs and axles; also car 
 springs made from the most approved patterns. Axles are made to a stand- 
 ard guage, and thus duplicates can be immediately furnished. The spring 
 shop has a capacity of three tons of springs per day, and axles are ruade in 
 like proportion. 
 
 Sales are made throughout the country, but largely to New York jobbers, 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 103 
 
 all of whom are supplied with " Tomlinson'" springs and axles. The works 
 being among the largest of the kind in the country, are an important 
 part of Newark's industries. The buildings are extensive, covering an area of 
 222x100 feet. The annual products reach the large figure of $250,000. 
 Seventy-five men form the present working force, and the summary of weekly 
 wages is $1,100. Goods are sold both to consumers and jobbers. 
 
 D. & G-. DELANEY, 83 and 85 Mechanic-street. The firm of D. & P. 
 Delaney began m Newark the manufacture of coach, buggy and cart springs 
 during 1860, and since then the firm name has been changed to the above 
 style. The productions are confined to the varieties of springs named, includ- 
 ing, however, all descriptions in that line. Goods are principally sold in 
 near-by markets, though the " Delaney" springs are favorably known in all 
 parts of the country. Only English and Swedish steel are used, thus doing 
 much to insure the better grades of springs. 
 
 The working force consists of 15 hands, and the weekly summary of wages 
 is $275. The annual product is valued at $40,000. 
 
 WIRE MANUFACTORY, 
 
 HENRY ROBERTS (New Jersey Wire Mills), 39 Ohver-street, near N. J. 
 Railroad Aveuue. The earliest method of manufacturing wire was " to beat the 
 gold into thin plates, and cut it into wires." The next step was to make wire 
 from ductile metals by hammering, and this method was continued for 
 centuries. The first wire- drawing was by hand, and flourished in the 
 fourteenth century. Soon after, however, machinery was employed in 
 the process, when the industry rapidly grew in importance. Germany at 
 first took precedence in wire making. 
 
 There is scarcely a branch of metal manufacture of more universal applica- 
 tion. With wire is made the powerful cables which suspend bridges, and 
 cables for sub-marine telegraphs. It is woven into wire fences, and is made 
 sufiiciently delicate for the manufacture of fine wire cloth. The hair-like 
 wire for astronomical instruments illustrates its use in the sciences. 
 
 The quality of being drawn into the finest wire depends on the ductility of 
 the metal. Froiji platinum, on account of its ductility, the finest wire is 
 made. Other metals take precedence in ductility — or the quaUty of being 
 
104 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 drawn into fine wire in the order named : gold, silver, copper, steel, iron, brass 
 and zinc. 
 
 The process of wire-drawing is quite simple. The iron rods, varying from 
 one-fourth to one-half inch in thickness, are first annealed and then drawn by 
 powerful machinery through dies, consisting of holes in steel plates. These 
 dies gradually decrease in size in proportion to the required fineness of "w ire. 
 
 There are several extensive wire manufactories in the United States, and 
 among them is the New Jersey Wire Mill in Newark, of which Mr. Henry 
 Roberts is proprietor. The business was first estabhshed in 1858 by the firm 
 of Lafifey, Hughes & Roberts, but was afterwards changed to Hughes & Roberts, 
 and in 1864 Mr. Roberts became sole proprietor. 
 
 The productions of this mill consist entirely of iron and steel wire, made 
 from the best material, and in all sizes, from 000 to 40. Finer wires, however, 
 are readily made to order. Mr. Roberts supplies iron wire for nearly all the 
 purposes to which it is applied. Among the special kinds made are copper- 
 covered wire for pail bails, wire for carpet-bag frames, rivets, mosquito net- 
 ting, bolting cloths ; also, an extra quality of tinned wire for making lanterns. 
 Considerable business is done in making wire ferrules for paint brushes ; for 
 this purpose the wire, after being wound in the requisite shape is fastened 
 together with solder, thus making a ferrule as if from a continuous piece of 
 metal, and which is far stronger than any other used. Fine covered wire 
 for the manufacture of bonnets is extensively made, the covering consisting of 
 cotton yarn which is wound around the wire by ingenious machinery. 
 
 Mr. Roberts mainly uses Bessemer steel in the manufacture of steel wire. 
 Among the uses of steel wire as made at this mill are for bed springs, stretch- 
 ers and ribs for umbrella frames, and for sewing machine needles, fish-hooks, 
 etc. One manufacturer alone requires, in the busy season, one ton per day 
 for making fish-hooks. 
 
 In covering wire with other metals, and in finshing processes, Mr. Roberts 
 excels. The annealing furnaces of the mill have a capacity of 12 tons of iron 
 and If tons of steel per day. The mill has facilities for making 150 tons of 
 wire per month or 1,800 tons per year The market for these goods extends 
 over the whole country, and to show the standard quality of the wire, it is 
 only necessary to state that Mr. Roberts employs no traveling salesmen, orders 
 being received direct at the factory. The working force numbers 50 hands, 
 and the weekly pay roll is $900. The aggregate value of 3'early productions 
 reaches $200,000. Mr. Roberts has the only iron and steel wire manufactory 
 in Newark, and his production will doubtless increase as the wants of the 
 country require, 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 105 
 
 SAW MANUFACTORY. 
 
 The saw has ever played a conspicuous part in the economy of manufac- 
 tures, and on this account its production employs a vast amount of labor and 
 capital. It is interesting to note that the first saw mill erected in England, to 
 be worked by other than hand power, was built in 1596. and, strange as it 
 may appear, so great was the indignation at its erection on the part of saw- 
 yers, that Parliament was forced to pass a law prohibiting the erection of 
 saw mills driven by wind or water power. This spirit of opposition continued 
 for more than 60 years before these needed improvements were tolerated. It 
 seems that the first application of steam to the driving of saw frames was 
 in 1793. 
 
 The introduction of the saw into America was coincident with its settlement, 
 and their manufacture from small beginnings has gradually grown until now 
 the best saws in the world are made in the United States. In this direction 
 American industry has achieved a signal triumph, and while the foreign produ- 
 cer is fairly beaten at every point, an important and growing foreign trade has 
 sprung up in American saws. 
 
 RICHARDSON BROTHERS, (Passaic Saw Works,) Railroad Place and Com- 
 mercial-si reet. Newark has but one saw manufactory, but this one alone has 
 been sufficient to place the city in the front rank as regards the production of 
 the best American saws. The result named has been due to the exertions of 
 the firm named above. Mr. C. Richardson began the manufacture of saws in 
 Newark during the year 1859. His brother was associated with him in the 
 business, whence arose the firm name. The brother has since died, and Mr. 
 C. Richardson is now sole proprietor. From its inception, however, he has 
 been the master-spirit of the enterprise, and to his practical skill and originality 
 this branch of American industry is greatly indebted. 
 
 The firm manufactures all styles and varieties of saws. Original designs 
 have been introduced, some of which are patented. Mr. Richardson's main 
 t^ecret of success has been his improved methods of tempering steel, aU 
 of which are of his own invention. One, in particular, was perfected in 1867, 
 and at the time created quite a commotion among saw manufacturers. In the 
 works are used improved styles of machinery of Mr. Richardson's own designs 
 and patents. 
 
 In addition to the manufacture of saws, Mr. Richardson makes an extra 
 quality of hay and straw knives, mowing and reaping knives, cane, mincing 
 
 14 
 
106 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 ft 
 knives, and circular and straight machine knives for cutting rubber ; also, 
 moulding and plowing irons, slate and mitre cutters, and plastering rods. 
 
 These goods find a market in all parts of the country, and the firm supplies 
 nearly all the leading New York hardware houses. Shipments of butcher 
 saws are occasionally made to the Liverpool markets. The working force 
 of the factory numbers 50 men, and the wages paid weekly amount to $800. 
 At the present rate of production the goods manufactured annually amount in 
 value to $10,000. 
 
 SCALE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 F. MEYER, 61 and 63 N. J. Railroad Avenue. If we were to mention the 
 various industries in which Newark manufacturers excel, the list would include 
 quite all the Hues of production represented in this busy city. As in other 
 manufactures so in the production of scales. The high reputation which 
 Newark scales enjoy in the markets of the world, is almost wholly due to the 
 inventive skill and energy of Mr. F. Meyer's, who has been estabhshed in scale 
 manufacturing in Newark since '186*7. Previously, however, he had carried on 
 the same business in Philadelphia since 1840. The advantages of Newark as a 
 manufacturing centre induced the change of location. 
 
 Mr. Meyer's goods are known as U. S. Standard Scales, and he also manufac- 
 tures the celebrated Brown scales, with added improvements. When he began 
 business in Philadelphia the manufacture of scales in the United States was 
 inconsiderable, and to show his rapid advancement in the business it may be 
 mentioned that in 1845 the Government employed him to manufacture scales 
 for the U. S. Mints. The Meyer scales have universally received the first pre- 
 miums and commendations whenever exhibited at fairs and expositions. This 
 has been true of New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburg, Chicago and St. Louis ex- 
 hibitions. Much of Mr. Meyer's great success may be attributed to his unques- 
 tionable[inventive genius, as shown in several valuable devices hitherto unknown 
 in this line. Among them may be mentioned his patent seamless scoop, made 
 of one piece of metal, giving greater strength, elegance and cleanliness. Another 
 of his patented inventions is a machine for finishing scale pivots, which adds 
 to the accuracy of balances and also saves much tedious labor. 
 
 The scales produced are of all sizes and for nearly all uses ; from the finest 
 assay scale up to the heavy railroad track scale. A fact which throws much 
 light on the practices and customs of many manufacturers is this : More than one 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 107 
 
 American scale maniifactvirer, the fame of whose productions is heralded far 
 and wide, have their finer qualities of scales made by Mr. Meyer. Asidehght 
 is thus thrown on the reputed manufacturing skill of certain firms. 
 
 The warerooms of the manufactory are at 27 Park Row, New York. The 
 demand for these superior scales is constantly increasing, and orders are occa- 
 sionally received from South America and Cuba. The hands employed in the 
 factory number 16, and their weekly pay roll is $200. The value of annual 
 production is $30,000. 
 
 COACH AND CARRIAGE HARDWARE MANU- 
 FACTORIES. 
 
 ORLANDO & S. B. GREACBN, 74 Lawrence-street. The productions of 
 this firm comprise coach and carriage hardware. The house was estabHshed in 
 1865 by Mr. Orlando Greacen, and the present style dates from 1870, when 
 his brother, Mr. S. Bailey Greacen, became interested in the business. 
 
 The rapid growth of this manufactory into its present prominence, still further 
 illustrates the sterling character of the men who have contributed most to the 
 industrial preeminence of Newark. The Messrs. Greacen manufacture coach 
 and carriage hardware of the finer grades exclusively, producing nothing in the 
 rough. All the articles, from rails for hearses to pole tips, are finished in nickle, 
 oroide, silver and gold. The senior partner, Mr. Orlando Greacen, is the busi- 
 ness manager of the firm, while the brother has the supervision of the manu- 
 facturing department. An important element in their success has been a strict 
 attention to business and a keen appreciation of the wants of the trade. From 
 the establishment of the manufactory by the senior partner the business has had 
 a steady and rapid growth, and is now ten fold greater than at the close of the 
 first year. The machinery, dies and tools used, are all made in the factory, the 
 practical skill of the Messrs. Greacen being able to overcome all difficulties in 
 the way of producing new and improved designs. All goods are made under a 
 trade mark and warranted. Sales are made to jobbers in the United States, 
 Canada, Mexico and South America. 
 
 Within a few years, owing to the increased business, better producing facili- 
 ties were required, and the result was the commodious and well arranged factory 
 at present owned and entirely occupied by the firm, which was built from origi- 
 nal designs and-is considered a model of its class. The force of the factory 
 numbers 50 hands, and the weekly wages are $500. With this force the goods 
 produced annually are valued at $100,000, 
 
108 ■ THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 C. N. LOCKWOOD & CO., 18 to ^22 Mechanic-street. Only through an 
 almost complete division of labor have the great improvements peculiar to the 
 present condition of manufactures been possible. This is well illustrated in the 
 construction of American carriages, which are celebrated the world over for 
 lightness and elegant finish. An important element in bringing about this re- 
 sult has been the efforts of American manufacturers of coach and carriage 
 hardware. 
 
 Perhaps the oldest firm in the country in this line is the one named above. 
 The business was established in 1845 by Mr. C. N. Lockwood. At that time 
 this branch of manufacture was of slight importance, and it was developed to 
 its present prominence only through great originality and enterprise. New 
 designs in carriage trimming have resulted quite as much through the efforts of 
 the hardware manufacturer as from the carriage makers themselves. 
 
 Mr. C. N. Lockwood, founder of the above firm, was a pioneer in the manu- 
 facture of coach and carriage hardware, and the house he was instrumental m 
 establishing is now, perhaps, the largest of its class of trade in the countr3^ 
 In 1861 the present firm was organized by the admission of Messrs, C. I. Lang- 
 stroth and W. H. Ingraham as partners. Since then the business has met with 
 increased and continued prosperity. 
 
 The goods manufactured by the firm consist of fine plated carriage mount- 
 ings in nickel, silver and gold. A well known specialty is the manufacture of 
 a great variety of coach and carriage lamps, from original designs, for which 
 the firm are justly celebrated, and in this branchof industry 'they are the largest 
 manufacturers in the United States. The productions of this house have an 
 acknowledged reputation for standard excellence and originality of designs. A 
 further evidence of the great enterprise of the firm is manifested by their illus- 
 trated catalogue issued to the trade, which for typographical appearance is 
 seldom equaled. 
 
 The unrivaled goods of C. N. Lockwood & Co. are sold throughout the United 
 States, and are largely exported to Cuba, Mexico, South America and Europe. 
 Forty hands are at present employed in the factory, their weekly wages being 
 $500. The value of annual products are $150,000. 
 
 G. OTTO, 44 Mechanic street. This house was established 20 years ago, and 
 its principal manufacture is a superior quahty of coach hinges, loqks, dove tails, 
 spring barrels, &c. Mr. Otto is now sole proprietor, having succeeded H. Zeig- 
 ler. The goods are sold to dealers throughout the couniry, and the annual 
 product is valued at $8,000. Five hands are emploj^ed, their weekly wages 
 amounting to $70. 
 
 RICHARDSON & HALL, 32 Mechanic-street. This manufactory produces 
 as a specialty coach lamps and fire engine signals. The business has been con- 
 ducted by the present proprietors, Messrs. David H. Richardson and Francis 
 
OF NfiWARK, N. ^T., 109 
 
 Hall, since 1868. Lamps of all grades are made, comprising an almost endless 
 variety for use on an ordinary vehicle or the finest coach. The goods are sold 
 to jobbers throughout the country, and the factory gives employment to 2 1 
 hands. The weekly wages are $250, and the value of yearly production is 
 $30,000. 
 
 A. STIYBRS, 25 Mechanic-street. Mr. Stivers began the manufacture of 
 coach locks and a special line of coach trimmnigs in the year 1838. He em- 
 ploys five hands, paying weekly wages to the amount of $70. The value of 
 annual production reaches $9,000. Goods are principally sold to manufacturers 
 in home and eastern markets. 
 
 HARDWARE & TOOL MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 JOHN CHARLTON, 20 and 22 Arch-street. The productions of this manu- 
 factory consists of mechanics' tools, and a general line of hardware. The specialty, 
 however, is the manufacture of mechanics' tools, particular attention being 
 given to hatters' tools and irons. Mr. Charlton began the business in 1843, and 
 at that time had but two workmen. Since then, however, he has employed at 
 one time as high as 75 hands. A principal element of success has been his 
 ability to supply the wants of particular localities. He has continually catered 
 to the demands of the trade. The habits and customs of workmen in dififereut 
 countries, and even in different parts of the same country are very dissimilar, 
 and these caprices and necessities Mr. Charlton, by energy and ingenuity, suc- 
 ceeds in satisfying. Sales are made in all parts of the United States including 
 California and Utah. He supplies the Mormons at Salt Lake City very largely 
 with tools and hardware. Shipments are made to the "West Indies, and also to 
 Germany. The present working force is small owing to the depressed market, 
 it numbers, however, 25 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $300 The 
 value of annual product is $75,000. 
 
 C. A. De HART, (Newark Edge Tool Manufactory,) 78 Adams-street. Tliis 
 factory was estabhshed in 1856 as an iron foundry, but the business underwent 
 a change and now the manufacture of edge tools is a specialty, and the only 
 founding done is in making small grey iron castings. The business has been 
 conducted by successive firms, but now Mr. C. A. De Hart is sole proprietor. 
 His brands of hatchets, axes, picks, &c., are favorably received everywhere, and 
 have a standard reputation. Goods are sold principally to New York jobbers, 
 though the market extends to the West Indies, South America and California. 
 Thirty hands are employed and the weekly pay roll is $450. The yearly pro- 
 ductions amount to $60,000. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. Ill 
 
 C. S. OSBORNE & CO., Mechanic and LawTence streets. The history of 
 American manufactures has never been fully written. In fact, the data for 
 such a work are not available ; the noble efforts which have contributed to the 
 stupendous results now attained are not generally a matter of record. It is in- 
 teresting, however, to note those firms whose history has been continuous with 
 the development of the country's industries. 
 
 Occupying a first place in this respect is the firm of C. S. Osborne & Co., at 
 the location named above, and manufacturers of saddlers' and harness makers' 
 tools, and a general line of house furnishing hardware. 
 
 The firm was founded in 1826, by Joseph English, and is thus the oldest house 
 in Newark in its line, and was doubtless the pioneer house in the United States. 
 At the time the business was established American manufacturers were in a 
 feeble state, the wants of the country being supplied by European artizans. 
 Extraordinary energy and enterprise were required to compete successfully with 
 the foreign producer and establish a new industry on this side of the Atlantic. 
 For these reasons the firm of C. S. Osborne & Co., are deemed worthy of far 
 more than ordinary attention. 
 
 The business was continued by Mr. English in a moderate way until 1856, 
 when Mr. C, S. Osborne, senior partner of the- present firm, became associated 
 as a principal proprietor of the manufactory with Wm. Dodd. The latter gen- 
 tleman retired in 1862, and H. ¥. Osborne, a brother of the senior proprietor, 
 was admitted as a partner. The business was thus continued until 186Y, when 
 the senior partner's son, Jasper C. Osborne, was associated in the business. 
 
 The main growth and extended business of the firm dates from 185'6, when 
 Mr. C. S. Osborne's great energy and business talents were enlisted in their 
 favor. It is unnecessary here to dwell upon his efforts, as the head of this great 
 firm, in the promotion of Newark's industries. He has already been heralded 
 in the press of the country as one of the self-made men of the times. His history 
 and that of his firm should be great incentives to those who would know the bene- 
 fits to be derived from patience in well doing and untiring industry. Previous to 
 his career as a manufacturer Mr. Osborne had been successfully engaged in mer- 
 cantile pursuits. Though not trained in mechanical skill, he possessed the 
 genius and taste so requisite for success in his new field of enterprise. His 
 policy on beginning the manufacture of tools was to turn out work of the first 
 quality, and this, together with inventive skill in devising new and improved 
 articles to meet the demands of the trade, are the main causes of his success. 
 He has carefully supervised the operations of his factory, which is now one of 
 the most extensive of the kind in the country. Mr. Osborne has, with admir- 
 able judgment, kept aloof from politics and everything which could divert at- 
 tention from his legitimate pursuits. By this course he has achieved a brighter 
 record ; for the pioneers and leaders in the nation's industries, are the architects 
 of her prosperity. 
 
112 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 The business of the firm is carried on in a large factory having four full 
 stories and a basement. The working force numbers 50 hands, and here are 
 pursued all the methods of manufacture, from forging and the turning of tool 
 handles to the finest finishing processes. The utmost order and regularity per- 
 vade all departments, thus showing Mr. Osborne's executive ability. 
 
 On the first floor are the offices and salesroom, and here is an elegant case of 
 goods which was given the first premium at one of the A.merican Institute 
 Fairs. 
 
 To enumerate all the articles made by this firm would fill a fair-sized volume. 
 Their stock is complete in harness, trunk, trimmers' and saddlers' tools. The 
 line of house-furnishing hardware is very full, and comprises a great 
 variety of useful articles including sardine knives in various patterns, nut 
 crackers, &c. An extra quality of nippers, punches, and gas pliers is also made. 
 
 The factory has a capacity for employing from 150 to 200 workmen. The 
 productions of the firm are sold in all the States of the Union, and are also 
 exported to foreign countries. 
 
 FOERSTER & KRAEUTER, Hedenberg Works. This firm began business 
 in 1864 and manufacture a general line of hardware and mechanics' tools. A 
 superior quahty of pinking machines is made from their own inventions and 
 patents. The firm consists of Messrs. H. Poerster and A. Kraeuter, and they 
 are among the principal manufacturers in the famous Hedenberg Works, where 
 are made so many different articles of ornament and utility. The productions 
 are sold to the trade in the principal cities of the Union. Twenty-two hands 
 are employed, and the wages paid weekly are $350, the annual productions being 
 valued at |40,000. 
 
 WILLIAM JOHNSON, Hedenberg Works. This manufactory is one of 
 the oldest in Newark, and was estabUshed in 1834 by WiUiam Johnson, father 
 of the present proprietor, who succeeded to the business in 1866. The pro- 
 ductions consist of a general variety of tools, a specialty being carpenters' tools- 
 The plumbs and levels made by Mr. Johnson have a standard reputation, and 
 are everywhere favorably received. A patent adjustment for plumbs and 
 levels is also manufactured, which is a great improvement in these articles. 
 Mr. Johnson has several valuable patents, and many of his tools are from 
 original designs. He manufactures a general line of house-furnishing hard- 
 ware, in this direction new and useful articles are constantly being produced. 
 A larger variety of goods is made at this factory than by others in the same 
 line. 
 
 In making edge tools Mr. Johnson has done much to estabhsh the superiority 
 of American steel, as he uses no other, and purchases that made in Newark by 
 Benjamin Atha & Company, at the Newark Steel Works. Sales are made in all 
 parts of the United States from Boston to San Francisco, and goods are shipped 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 113 
 
 to Australia and South America. The statistics of the manufactory are em- 
 braced in the summary of this branch of industry. 
 
 CHARLES KUPPER, 9 Mulberry-street. The productions of this factory 
 consist exclusively of traveling bag frames. Mr. Kupper began the busmess 
 in ISTO, and has now a rapidly growing trade. Seventeen hands are employed 
 and the weekly wages are $150. The annual product is valued at $15,000. 
 
 R. NEUMAN & CO., 13 Mulberry-street; salesroom, T6 Duane-street, New 
 York. The manufacture of bag frames in Newark is an important industry 
 and among the largest houses is the firm named above. The business of manu- 
 facturing was estabhshed by this firm in Newark during 1869. The working 
 force of the factory numbers 65 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $800. The 
 bag frames, locks and trimmings produced yearly amount in value to $140,000. 
 
 M. PRICE, 334 to 338 Mulberry-street. Mr. Price began the manufacture 
 of edge tools in Newark during 1846, and the manufactory is therefore one 
 of the oldest in this hne. The business is mainly confined to the 
 manufacture of hatchets in all varieties, and a fine quality of adzes, 
 and in these respects is the largest in this city. The present work- 
 ing force of the factory numbers 30 hands, and the wages paid weekly 
 amount to $350. With this force the annual production of tools would 
 amount to $50,000. These figures, however, are not a proper criterion for judg- 
 ing the manufactory, as only recently its producing facilities have been 
 doubled, and with the revival of trade the whole capacity will be employed. 
 The goods are sold to hardware dealers in all parts of the country, an,d are ex- 
 ported to Cuba, Mexico and South America. 
 
 M. B. PROVOST, Hedenberg Works. This manufactory, of which Mr. 
 Provost is now sole proprietor, dates its establishment 40 years ago. The pro- 
 duction comprise nearly all kinds of heavy edge tools. A specialty is made of 
 planing knives, and in these an extended trade is carried on, though the busi- 
 ness generally is in the home market. Work is confined to the best grades of 
 goods. Five hands are employed, to whom are paid $125 weekly. The yearl}^ 
 products amount to $12,000. 
 
 H. SAUERBIER & SONS, 34 to 38 Mechanic street. The productions of 
 this firm comprise a general line of saddlers', trunk makers', carriage trimmers', 
 tanners', shoemakers' and curriers' tools, including machinery for leather. No 
 other house in the country manufactures so great a variety of tools, and it is 
 the largest in their hne. For the purposes named they supply a great part of 
 the tools required in the country, and their productions are also sold in foreign 
 countries. 
 
 The founder of the firm, Mr. Henry Sauerbier, came to this country in 1839, 
 
 15 
 
114 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 his principal capital, at that time, being personal energy and integrity of purpose. 
 He at once began working at the bench, and through habits of industry and 
 economy, was enabled in 1848 to commence in a small way the manufacture of 
 tools for himself. The business was a success and met with continuous pros- 
 perity. In 1870 the style was changed to H. Sauerbier & Son by tne admission 
 to the business of Henry Sauerbier, Jr. In 1873 Mr. Theodore Sauerbier was 
 admitted as a partner and the present style adopted. 
 
 The business of the firm, regarded in all its details, is wonderful. A sum- 
 mary of the tools required by the trades named, would present an almost end- 
 less variety, and a multiplicity of shapes and forms. In order to supply the 
 continual demands of the trade for new and improved tools, much inventive 
 skill is required. This has been fully supplied by the elder Mr. Sauerbier. 
 Jfow after many years of great usefulness the management of so extensive a 
 business devolves more upon the sons, and happily for the growth of the sev- 
 eral industries represented by the firm, they are quite capable of carrying on 
 the work so well begun. Mr. Henry Sauerbier, Jr., has the financial direction 
 of the business, and through his executive ability it will no doubt increase as 
 the demands of the trade require. Mr. Theodore Sauerbier has the immediate 
 supervision of the manufacturing department. 
 
 The elder Mr. Sauerbier is prominent in all movements for promoting the 
 prosperity of Newark. He has a just degree of municipal pride in the city 
 which supplies so large a part of those articles of utility and ornament which 
 the wants of the age require. He was among the first to appreciate the great 
 benefits to be derived from an exhibition of the city's productions, and the New- 
 ark Industrial Institute was in great part the result of his efibrts. 
 
 The firm's goods are sold in all parts of the country, from the Atlantic to the 
 Pacific, and are exported to Cuba, South America, Germany and Norway. The 
 present working force of the factory is 75 hands, and the weekly pay roll is 
 $800. "With the workmen now employed the annual production of tools is 
 valued at $125,000. With the revival of trade, however, this will be largely 
 increased. 
 
 SPAETH & GUELICHER, Hedenberg Works. The productions of this 
 firm consist entirely of fine steel skates, and it is the only house in Newark 
 making skates exclusively. The goods made are the celebrated Club Skates. 
 of Day's patents, and known as the "American" and " Chpper ' styles. With 
 these skates all straps and buckles are dispensed with, the skate being fastened 
 to the foot by an ingenious mechanism which is operated instantly, and by a 
 single movement. 
 
 The firm was established in 1866, and its members are Messrs. E. Spaeth and 
 Charles Guelicher. The productions are sold to jobbers and the demand for 
 the Club skate is increasing every year, and they are largely sold in Europe. 
 
Of NEWARK, N. J. 115 
 
 Twelve hands are employed in the factory, and tlie weekly pay roll is $200, 
 the value of annual products being $25,000. 
 
 HENRY SOMMERS, 40 and 42 Warren-street. This manufactory is engaged 
 in the production of saddlers' and mechanics' tools, in addition to which a 
 specialty is made of the celebrated "K. F. M.," or improved Knox Fluting Ma- 
 chine. These machines, during the time they have been in the market, have, by 
 their superior merits, commended themselves to buyers as among the best made. 
 Tney possess all the advantages claimed by other machines, in addition to 
 which is added the improved spring for regulating the pressure of the cylin- 
 ders. They are exceedingly simple in operation and not liable to get out of 
 order. The improved "Knox" was patented by Mr. Sommers in 1871, and up 
 to the present time an extensive trade has been established. 
 
 Five hands are employed, with a weekly pay roll of $75, and the produc- 
 tions for 1873 were valued at $22,000. 
 
 WILLIAM WHITE, Railroad Place and Commercial-street. The products 
 of this factory are edge tools, and comprise axes, adzes, hatchets, brush hooks, 
 etc. The business was established in 1852 and the goods produced are mainly 
 sold to jobbers in New York, Philadelphia and other Eastern cities. Fifteen 
 workmen are employed, the weekly pay roll being $200. The annual produc- 
 tion is valued at $25,000 
 
 WICHELHAUS & ROTHE, Hedenberg Works. This firm was estabHshed 
 in 1862 and consists of Messrs. Frederick Wichelhaus and Charles Rothe. The 
 productions are house-furnishing hardware and mechanics' tools. Sales are 
 made generally throughout the United States. Only first-class mechanics are 
 employed in the factory, and the products are of like character. The working 
 force numbers 15 men, the weekly wages being $200. The annual production 
 amounts to $25,000. 
 
 LANGrSTROTH & CRANE, 14 Mechanic-street. The products of this 
 factory comprise a general line of builders' hardware, a specialty being a fine 
 grade of locks. The business was estabhshed in 1850 by the present firm. 
 Fifteen hands are employed, the weekly wages being $200. The value of 
 annual production amounts to $20,000. 
 
 JOHN TOLER, SONS & CO., 108 to 114 Adams-street. This manufactory 
 occupies an important position in the industries of Newark, being the only 
 one m the United States confining itself exclusively to the manufacture 
 of casters. The business was estabhshed in 1844 by Mr. John Toler, the present 
 senior partner, in a modest way, but owing to the increasing demand of the 
 trade and the superior quality of his productions, Mr. Toler soon found himself 
 in the foremost rank of American manufacturers, and to-day the house he has 
 established is among the slaudard firms of Newark. In 1867 Mr. Toler asso- 
 
1 1 6 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 ciated with hira in the business his two sons, Francis J. and Charles H. 
 Toler, and Mr. Joseph 111 (the latter gentleman having been the foreman of the 
 factory for sixteen years) when the present firm style was adopted. Each 
 partner has his special line of duty — all being practical in their several depart- 
 ments. The machinery and models used in the factory are all from original 
 designs by the senior partner, and manufactured by the fibrm. Their great suc- 
 cess is due to the fact that they have spared no effort to obtain the best pos- 
 sible workmen, and have used only the finest quality of material. 
 
 Over 400 different patterns of casters are manufactured, all of which are 
 warranted to be made from the best stock obtainable, and the pivots and 
 wheel pins from carefully selected wire. The unrivaled products of the 
 firm are sold throughout the United States and principally in New York, 
 Philadelphia and other large cities. The present working force numbers 
 60 hands, with a weekly pay roll of $800, the annual production being valued 
 at $100,000. 
 
 CORNELIUS WALSH & SON, N. J. Railroad Avenue and Hamilton- street. 
 Already in this volume it has been shown how large a part of Newark's mdus- 
 tries is made up of trunks and traveling bags. A branch of industry quite as 
 important, is the manufacture of bag frames and a general line of trunk hard- 
 ware. Until the last few years the finer qualities of bag frames were imported 
 from France, but American skiU has been victorious and now the demand is 
 almost wholly supplied by home manufacturers. 
 
 The firm named above was a pioneer in the manufacture of American travel- 
 ing bag frames, and is now the most extensive manufactory in this branch of 
 industry in the United States. The business was established over a quarter of 
 century ago by the senior partner, Mr. Cornelius Walsh, who by honesty (not 
 as a policy, but a principle), combined with sagacity, vigilance, and unflagging 
 energy, bears testimony to the maxim, " Every man is the architect of his own 
 fortune." Mr. Walsh now has the pride and satisfaction of seeing the manu- 
 factory thus established by him 30 years ago, the largest of its class in the 
 country. 
 
 The first productions of the house were trunk rivets, but the business rapidly 
 grew and now comprises traveling bag frames, japanned and covered frames for 
 ladies' satchels, &c. 
 
 In 1865 Mr. J. CUnton Walsh, the son of the founder, was admitted as a part- 
 ner and the present firm style adopted. The factory is of immense proportions, 
 having a frontage of 320 feet and is 130 deep, being four stories high with a 
 basement. The upper floor presents perhaps the busiest scene and a greater 
 variety of labor than any part of the factory. Here are made the rivets and 
 those large brass-headed nails which present such an appearance of soHdity 
 upon common trunks. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. Hfj 
 
 The materials used in making frames are English and American sheet and 
 lioop iron, sheet brass and brass wire. All the tools used by the firm are made 
 and repaired by them in their own machine shop upon the premises. 
 
 The goods of this house have an established reputation, and are extensively 
 sold to the trade in all parts of the Union. The hands employed number 125, 
 and the weekly pay roll is $850. The annual production is valued at $175,000. 
 
118 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 MANUFACTURES IN IRON— SUMMARY. 
 
 Manufactures in iron of every kind 100 
 
 Total number employees 3,759 
 
 " amount of wages paid weekly $45,210.00 
 
 " " wages paid per year $2,350,&20.00 
 
 *' value of annual productions |7, 062, 000. 00 
 
 Comprising :- 
 
 Steel Manufactories 
 
 Iron and Machinery Manufactories 
 Steam Boiler " 
 
 Steam Fire Engine " 
 
 Smoothing Iron •' 
 
 File 
 
 Iron Safe " 
 
 Iron Raihng " 
 
 Saddlery Hardware " 
 
 Coach & Carriage Hardware *' 
 Hardware and Tool " 
 
 Saw '' 
 
 Spring and Axle " 
 
 Wire " 
 
 Scale " 
 
 Cutlery " 
 
 
 No. of 
 
 
 em- 
 
 
 ployees 
 
 1 
 
 90 
 
 38 
 
 1,353 
 
 2 
 
 65 
 
 2 
 
 60 
 
 1 
 
 60 
 
 4 
 
 91 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 52 
 
 16 
 
 847 
 
 5 
 
 121 
 
 17 
 
 596 
 
 1 
 
 50 
 
 3 
 
 165 
 
 1 
 
 50 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 150 
 
 "Weekly 
 Wages. 
 
 Annual 
 Production. 
 
 $1,200 
 
 17,685 
 
 750 
 
 950 
 
 700 
 
 815 
 
 50 
 
 750 
 
 8,335 
 
 1,390 
 
 6,700 
 
 800 
 
 2,175 
 
 900 
 
 200 
 
 1,810 
 
 $500,000 
 
 2,503,000 
 
 175,000 
 
 80,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 98,000 
 
 20,000 
 
 105,000 
 
 1,115,000 
 
 297,000 
 
 1,049,000 
 
 70,000 
 
 490,000 
 
 200,000 
 
 30,000 
 
 230,000 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 119 
 
 MANUFACTURES IN METALS 
 
 OTHER THAN IRON. 
 
 BRASS AND COPPER WIRE AND WIRE CLOTH 
 MANUFACTORY. 
 
 STANIAR & LAFPEY, Passaic Avenue ; salesroom, 53 Fulton-street, New 
 York. The products of this manufactory are brass and copper wire and wire 
 cloth. 
 
 The manufacture of fine brass and copper wire m this country is of quite 
 recent growth, having reached its present proportions during this generation. 
 Previously, the finer grades of brass wire were imported from Europe, and 
 principally from Germany, where its manufacture is still very extensive. 
 
 The growth of brass wire-making in this country is mainly due to the exer- 
 tions of Mr. William Staniar, a native of Manchester, England, and who came 
 to this country in 1847. He soon after began the manufacture of brass wire at 
 Belleville, which is now a suburb of Newark. At the same time he com- 
 menced the production of the " Fourdrinier" wire cloth, which is now regarded 
 as an absolute necessity in the manufacture of paper. 
 
 It is only necessary to mention here that the cloth spoken of is used on the 
 '■ Fourdrinier" machine as a means of completing the first process of paper 
 making. On an endless band of this fine wire cloth the prepared pulp is first 
 evenly spread in proportion to the required thickness of paper. Conveyed on the 
 cloth, the water passes through the interstices, leaving the pulp comparatively 
 dry, with the particles adhering, and thus the first stage in paper making is 
 completed. As no paper is made without this cloth, the great importance of 
 brass wire and wire cloth manufacture is obvious. 
 
 The "Fourdrinier" machine was first invented by Louis Robert, a workman 
 in the factory of Pierre K. Didot, in France. The invention was sold in Eng- 
 land to the Messrs. Fourdrinier, a firm engaged in the stationery business. 
 These gentlemen expended about |300,000 in improving the process, and as a 
 result became bankrupt. Their labors, however, were no less successful. 
 From them the machine took its name, and this was their sole reward. These 
 facts have been related to give added interest to the branch of industry men- 
 tioned in this article. 
 
120 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 By the introduction of the paper-making machine named, a new industry was 
 quickened into hfe and activity, namely, the production of the necessary wire 
 cloth of the requisite quality and texture. To the manufacture of fine brass 
 wire and the " Fourdrinier" cloth, Mr. Staniar appHed himself with the skill 
 and enterprise which were sure to result in success, even under adverse 
 circumstances. He found the production of fine wire in the United States in 
 a very primitive condition, and the first requisite was to supply the deficien- 
 cies, that successful competition with the imported article might be maintained. 
 After years of perseverance this was accomplished ; brass wire of the requisite 
 quality and finish was produced, and successfully woven into "Fourdrinier" 
 cloth of superior texture and finish. Much difficulty was at first experienced 
 in overcoming the prejudice which unjustly exists against "home production." 
 This, however, has now been entirely surmounted, and the " Fourdrinier" cloth 
 as perfected by Mr. Staniar is regarded as preferable to the best imported, 
 while to him is given the credit of originating an important American indus- 
 try. It is also an honor to J^ewark that such an industrial triumph should be 
 developed here, and more so as this is the only manufactory of the kind in 
 the country, there being only two others in the world. 
 
 Mr. Staniar was sometimes associated with others in business and again 
 alone until 1866, when the firm named above was organized, his associate being 
 Mr. John Lafifey, who brought to the business additional and valuable experi- 
 ence in wire making. At that time the present factory was built by the firm, 
 and since then the business has met with increased prosperity. 
 
 The processes of manufacture are very interesting, but want of space forbids 
 a detailed description. The wire, however, is all made from the raw material, 
 the copper and spelter for the brass being received at the factory in the 
 ingot and there combined in the proper proportions, and after sev- 
 eral processes the metal is transformed into square strips similar to nail 
 rods. These strips are then subjected to the drawing process and the result 
 is the finished wire. Ordinary metals will not answer for making the dies 
 through which the finer sizes of wire, necessary for making the " Fourdrinier" 
 cloth are drawn. For this purpose a particular metal, known as '' G-erman 
 plate," is imported, audit was first brought to this country, with workmen to 
 manipulate it, through Mr. Staniar's efforts. The wire cloth is woven by hand 
 in various widths, on looms which, though simple in construction, are very 
 heavy, weighing over three tons each, and standing in solid masonry. 
 
 Another great success in paper mill machinery as manufactured by this firm, 
 is the device known as the -'Dandy roll/' for producing the beautiful water 
 line monograms which appear in G-overnment envelopes, postal cards, and other 
 paper. This also was the result of Mr. Staniar's ingenious skiU. About 20 
 years ago the U. S. Government, wishing to issue water-marked envelopes, 
 thought it necessary to send to England for the " Dandy roll." Mr. Staniar 
 
OF np:wabk, n. j. 121 
 
 lieariug of this, interposed his objection, and the work being giving liini, lie 
 produced the water marked envelope to the satisfaction of the Government. 
 The "Dandy roll" is simply a revolving cylinder of wire cloth, having upon its 
 surface ingeniously woven designs, which being imprinted on the passing paper, 
 when in a yielding state, the result is the desired water line. The " Dandy 
 roll" made by Messrs. Staniar & Laftey is regarded as superior to any of foreign 
 manufacture. They are used by the Canadian post office and treasury depart- 
 ments, and the governments of Japan and Spain, and its use is gradually ex- 
 tending everywhere. The water-hnes which form the monograms in the paper 
 used by the Tribune^ Herald^ and other metropolitan journals, are made on this 
 firm's machinery. 
 
 Their trade extends over the whole country wherever paper mihs are in opera- 
 tion. Even in conservative China their machinery is used, where but recently 
 paper was made upon reeds woven into a sort of cloth. In addition to their 
 work for paper mills, they make a general variety of brass and copper wire and 
 wire cloth, the latter being used for window shades, strainers, &c.. a specialty 
 being fine cloth for rosin and sugar strainers. They also manufacture wire 
 rope of all kinds, by improved processes and machinery patented by the firm. 
 The working force of the factory numbers 33 men, and the weekly pay roll is 
 $456. The annual production is valued at $125,000. 
 
 PLUMBERS' BRASS WORK MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 "WM, M. P]DWARDS, N. J. Railroad Avenue. While Newark has not 
 achieved such prominence in the manufacture of plumbers' brass work as in 
 some other lines of production, there are a few firms engaged in making a 
 superior quality of goods in this fine. Prominent among them is the manufac- 
 tory of Mr. Wm. M. Edv/ards, who makes brass work for water, steam and gas. 
 Fifteen hands are employed in the factory, and the wages paid weekly amount 
 to $165. The yearly production of goods is valued at $40,000. The markets 
 are mainly in New York and near-by cities. 
 
 HEDG-ES &, BROTHER, 7 Railroad Avenue. This firm manufactures 
 plumbers' brass work, and was established under the present style in 1864. 
 
 16 
 
122 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 Recently the facilities of production have been enlarged, and with the revival 
 of trade the business will be further extended. In addition to the many new 
 improvements produced by this firm, a specialty may be named as Hedges, 
 Patent Self-Closing Faucet, for which letters patent were granted the inventor 
 m 1871. In this faucet the valve is opened by pressing the lever in any direc- 
 tion, and closes of itself when the pressure is removed. The goods are mainly 
 sold in Xew York and near-by markets, though shipments are occasionally 
 made to the West. Nine hands are employed, and the weekly wages are $100, 
 the yearly production being valued at $16,500. 
 
 J. T. VAN ARSDALE, 271 Market-street. This is the oldest manufactory 
 in Newark producing a general line of plumbers' brass work, having been estab- 
 lished in 1849. Mr. Van Arsdale is a practical workman, having commenced 
 work at the bench in New York when a boy. In this factory are usually em 
 ployed 11 hands, and the weekly wages are $130. The annual production of 
 brass work is valued at $20,000, and sales are principally made in the home 
 and near-by markets. 
 
 CARRIAGE AND HARNESS ORNAMENT 
 MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 ROBOTHAM & GREAOEN, 12 Mechanic-street. This firm manufactures 
 harness ornaments of all descriptions, and was established in 1854. and its 
 present members being Messrs. Wm. Robotham and Walter Greacen. They are 
 perhaps the largest producers of shelf goods in this line in the country. The 
 great variety of ornaments used to decorate and finish the styles of harness now 
 demanded require a large capital and considerable knowledge and skill in their 
 manufacture. Messrs. Robotham & Greacen's stock comprises complete styles 
 in rosettes, gag runners, pad screws, saddle nails, name plates, bit and front 
 ornaments ; also plain and fancy letters and figures, finished in nickel, oreide, 
 silver, and gold. A specialty of the firm is what is known as silver shell goods, 
 whose wearing qualities are hardly inferior to soHd metal. 
 
 Newark is the principal depot for harness ornaments in the country, in fact 
 nearly all the fine goods made are produced here. The firm of Robotham & 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 123 
 
 G-reacen is well known throughout the country, and the standard quality of 
 their goods is everywhere acknowledged, while new and improved designs are 
 constantly being originated by them. They export occasionally to Brazil. The 
 hands employed in the factory number 25, and the amount of wages paid weekly 
 is $350, the value of annual production being $60,000. 
 
 JOHN" B. KAAS & CO., 224 Market-street. This firm manufactures coach, 
 carriage and harness ornaments of every description, and was estabhshed in 
 1866 under the style of Meyer, Kaas & Scriba. In 1868 the present firm was 
 organized, and its members are Messrs. John B. & Adam Kaas. The average 
 working force is eight hands, the weekly wages being $90. The annual pro- 
 ducts are valued at $18,000. 
 
 ROBOTHAM, WALDRON & CO., 15^ Mechanic-street. This factory was 
 established in March of the present year, and the productions are coach and 
 carriage ornaments. Three hands are employed and they are paid weekly $40. 
 The annual production cannot as yet be estimated. 
 
 REYNOLD & ZAHN. 46 and 48 Mechanic-street. This firm manufactures 
 saddlery ornaments, but declined to furnish any information regarding the nature 
 and extent of their business. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF BRASS AND METAL 
 SMALL WARES. 
 
 STEVENS, ROBERTS & HAVELL. 284 to 286 Washington-street. Those 
 unfamiliar with the details of the business have no adequate idea of the extent 
 and variety of goods known as fancy steel and brass goods. An attempt at 
 enumeration would only end in failure. The ingenuity and skill required to 
 supply the demands of society in this regard, are entitled to much of the praise 
 so freely, yet justly, bestowed on American mechanics. It is not many years 
 since a large part of these goods were imported, and especially from France. 
 Now, however, American originality and skill fairly supply the home market, 
 from steel buttons and shoe buckles to bag frames and trimmings. 
 
 In the production of these goods Newark has long been prominent, and now, 
 owing to the energy and enterprise of her manufacturers, this city fairly sur- 
 passes other towns in the fancy steel and brass goods made, both as regards the 
 
124 THE INDUSTRIAL TNTKRESTS 
 
 quality and quantity of productions. The people of Newark have cause for 
 congratulation that their city has in this still further established her industrial 
 preeminence. Dealers throughout the country should know that now and 
 henceforth this city is the chief source of supply for these articles. It is fitting 
 that the city which is already regarded as the principal emporium for so many 
 lines of production should achieve still greater distinction. 
 
 The firm named above well illustrates the houses which have been foremost 
 in bringing about these results. The business was estabhshed in 1845 by 
 James Bishop, and was conducted by him until 1 863, when he was succeeded 
 by the firm of Stevens, Roberts & Havell, which at present consists of Messrs. 
 Frederick Stevens, James Roberts, and George Havell. Since its formation the 
 firm has met with continued prosperity, and it is now among the largest of its 
 class in the conntry, and in the manufacture of hardened steel goods they have 
 no competitors. 
 
 As first established by Mr. Bishop, the business was confined to the manu- 
 facture of fancy steel goods, but succeeding the advent of the present firm new 
 lines of production have constantly been added, until now the variety of goods 
 made is not surpassed by any similar firm in the world. The staple products 
 of the firm are special lines of saddlery hardware, shoe findings, fine steel 
 skates, and articles for other manufacturers. 
 
 The third class named is almost entirely made up of the most improved styles 
 of " Club" skates, and the manufacturers' supplies consist mainly of escutcheon 
 pins, steel springs, &c. The items named, however, represent in no adequate 
 sense the business of the firm, as aside from these they make portmonnaie, 
 satchel and bag frames, trunk and bag trimmings, steel truss springs, &c., spe- 
 cial attention being given to making models for the G-overnment patent office, while 
 an interesting feature is a variety of hght hardware. Messrs. Stevens, Roberts 
 & Havell, with that enterprise so necessary for success in their line, are continu- 
 ally making new styles of goods from unique and original designs. They are 
 in no sense copyists, perferring rather to lead in perfecting novel and improved 
 articles of ornament or utility to supply the wants of the public and the grow- 
 ing demands of the trade. 
 
 Owing to the varying state of the fancy goods trade, it is at times difficult to 
 secure a sufficient number of skilled workmen to supply the demand. During 
 a part of last season this firm employed a working force of 360 hands, now, 
 however, owing to a depressed market, the force is reduced to 200 hands, one 
 half of them being boys and girls between 14 and 18 j'^ears old. The weekly 
 pay roll amounts to about $1,800. 
 
 The articles made, from a brass button to the finest steel spring, are mostly 
 produced by machines, and various mechanical devices, many of which are of 
 the firm's own designs and manufacture. In this way they are fairly independ- 
 ent of others, except for the raw material. By means of these labor saving 
 
N. J. 125 
 
 machines, a very large production of the small wares made by this firm is ren- 
 dered possible. Herein, doubtless, is the secret of success in competing for 
 the home market with the foreign manufacturers ; cheap labor is inferior to 
 rapid machine work. To show the extent of Messrs. Stevens, Roberts & 
 Havell's business, it is onl}^ necessary to state that even at the present rate of 
 production the yearly product is valued at $175,000. The firm occupies com- 
 modious quarters in Washington-st, near the business centre of Newark. The 
 factories at present comprise six large buildings, and another is now in process 
 of erection. Ample room has been provided for enlarging the firm's producing 
 facilities as the wants of the country require. Goods are mainly sold to dealers 
 in the metropolitan cities, and by them distributed to all parts of the Union. 
 The results here recorded are alike a credit to the firm of Stevens, Roberts & 
 Havell, and the city in which their wares are produced. 
 
 B. CONLAN & CO., 45 and 47 Lawrence-street. This firm was established 
 in 1871, and is at present composed of Messrs. B. Conlan and J. O'Neil. The 
 productions comprise all kinds of bag mountings and fancy brass goods. The 
 manufacture of bag trimmings forms a considerable part of Newark's indus- 
 tries, and a fair share of the business is done by Messrs. Conlan & Co. They 
 make all machines and dies required for new designs of goods, and a specialty 
 is the manufacture of tools and models. Although recently started, they have 
 an extended and constantly growmg business. The present working force of 
 the factory numbers 30 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $325. The yearly 
 production amounts to $40,000. 
 
 JOSEPH M. L. G-ARDNER, 32 and 34 Mulberry-street. Mr. Gardner manu- 
 factures all kinds of brass stamp work, and makes a specialty of stove orna- 
 ments, together with die sinking. The business was established in 1840 by 
 Mr. Joseph Gardner, father of the present proprietor. The usual working force 
 of the factory is 12 hands, the weekly wages being $125. The annual pro- 
 duct is valued at $15,000, and the goods are sold in all parts of the country. 
 Mr. Gardner is about to increase his producing facilities, and begin a more ex- 
 tended business. 
 
 THE JOHNSON MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 32 to 36 Eagle-street. 
 Many unacquainted with the business would be surprised to know how extensive 
 is the use of sheet brass in the manufacture of ornaments and articles of utility, 
 as they are almost endless in variety. New demands are constantly arising in 
 order to suit the requirements of pubHc taste. To supply this demand the 
 above Company was organized in the autumn of 1873 with a capital of $25,000. 
 The officers are J, H. Johnson, President, and C. W. Harrison, Secretary and 
 Treasurer. 
 
 The productions of the factory cover nearly everything made from sheet 
 metal, comprising trunk, bag and door trimmings, buttons, buckles, Ac. Unlike 
 
126 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 most other enterprises, the Johnson Mfg. Company does not confine its efforts 
 to any particular branch of trade, though particular attention is given to the 
 manufacture of trimmings and mountings for trunks and bags, the production 
 in this direction being very extensive. They also make escutcheons, corset 
 clasps, covered nails and tacks, and " The Gaffney Patent Letter File and 
 Binder." A large order for the last named article from the post ofiBce depart- 
 ment at Washington was recently filled. In fact, the Company is prepared to 
 manufacture any article which can be made from sheet brass or cast metal, and 
 they thus cater to the wants of the trade. Their business has grown very 
 rapidly and is continually increasing. It has already been found necessary to 
 twice enlarge the producing facilities, and another increase is contemplated. 
 
 Their factory is one of the most convenient and systematically arranged estab- 
 lishments in the city. On the first floor the metal is received and stored, and 
 the articles to be made from it are cut out by power presses and stamped by 
 drop presses. They are then taken to the second floor, and there undergo 
 numerous operations by foot presses; The soldering and polishing rooms are 
 both upon the same floor, and in the latter apartment the work is prepared for 
 nickeling, silver and gold plating, which are also done by an electric battery upon 
 that floor In another apartment they have all the tools made that are used in 
 the factory, and in the die-sinking room they keep a man constantly employed 
 in designing, sinking and cutting dies. 
 
 Under Mr. Johnson's able direction the prosperity of the Company will, no 
 doubt, continue until the manufactory is among the first in the country. Eighty 
 hands are now employed, and the weekly pay roll is $600. At the present rate 
 the annual production is valued at $70,000. This, however, is hardly a crite- 
 rion for the future operations of the Company. 
 
 NEWARK GAS BURNER MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 42 Mechanic- 
 street. With the introduction of illuminating gas it became necessary to de- 
 vise economical burners for its use. Many styles of burners have been in use 
 but the latest and most improved are made by the above named Company, which 
 was established in 1872. Its officers are J. H. Judkins, President, and H. G. 
 Avery, Secretary. They manufacture the patent self regulating valve- burner, 
 which is the invention of Mr. H. G. Avery. This burner has unrivalled merits, 
 and effects a saving of 25 or 30 per cent, in gas, with a greater illuminating 
 power. It is so arranged as to adapt itself to different degrees of pressure in 
 the flow of the gas. The flrmowns and manufactures two other patents, known 
 as the improved " peerless reflecting" and " new comet" burners. They also 
 make adjustable burners for street lamps, common bat wing, fish tail, eccentric, 
 and heating burners ; drop light sockets, pressure guages, scotch tips, lava 
 tips, &c. Four hands are employed in i.he factory, the weekly wages being 
 $50, and the annual production $15,000. The business, however, is rapidly 
 increasinor as the merits of these burners become known. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 127 
 
 RTLEY & LYNCH, 15 Mulberry-street. It has already been shown how 
 Newark has taken precedence over competing cities in the production of brass 
 and metal fancy goods, smaU wares and those goods which go to supply the 
 wants of other manufacturers. A principal feature of the last mentioned class 
 is the manufacture of trunk and bag trimmings in all grades and styles. In 
 this respect Newark has no competitors, all the trunk and bag trimmings 
 required in the country being made in this ciiy. The Newark manufacturers 
 in this line are also foremost in the introduction of*new articles of use and 
 beauty to supply the needs of society and the demands of the trade. In fact, 
 more than this is done, for in the introduction of many ingenious specialties 
 a demand is both created and supplied, thus showing how keenly the leaders 
 in industry appreciate public wants and necessities. 
 
 Prominent m bringing about the supremacy of Newark in these respects is 
 the firm named above. The business was established in 1868, and is at 
 present composed of Messrs. John M. Riley and Philip P. Lynch. That their 
 business has grown to its present proportions in the short time of six years, 
 shows how rapidly Newark has readied its great prominence in the direction 
 indicated. 
 
 Messrs. Riley and Lynch give special attention to the manufacture of bag, 
 umbrella and parasol trimmings and the various styles of militarj' and 
 masonic goods. It would be impossible here to give an adequate idea of the 
 great extent and variety- of their productions, as new styles and articles are 
 constantly introduced. To enumerate even a small part of the different goods 
 made by this firm would be impossible, comprising as they do a nearly endless 
 variety. It is only necessary here to mention a general line of brass, silver 
 and nickel-plated and gilt ornaments, book mountings, Gould's sash fastenings, 
 and Hunt's patent window bolts. Special attention is given to the manufac- 
 ture of patented articles — trying experiments and model making. They are 
 sole manufacturers of Riley's Patent Foot Press, which has acknowledged and 
 superior merits ; they also make tools and dies to order. The machinery used in 
 the factory is mainly of their own designs and inventions, workmen being con- 
 stantly employed in devising and perfecting new and improved machines and 
 tools, for either cheapening processes of manufacture, or perfecting the quality 
 and finish of goods. 
 
 Messrs. Riley & Lynch employ 100 hands, and the weekly wages are $1,100. 
 At the present rate the production is valued $150,000 per annum. The goods 
 are sold in part to manufacturers in Newark and elsewhere, and the market 
 for them extends generally throughout the country. 
 
NEWARK'S GREAT INVENTOR. 
 SETH BOYDEN, 
 
 Born November 17th, 1788. Died March 31st, 1870. 
 
 
 ^y. 
 
 C^lf^ 
 
 "Few men have hved lives of more unobtrusive usefulness, or been more 
 regretfully remembered at death, than he." 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 129 
 
 TEA TRAY AND STOVE PLATFORM 
 MANUFACTORY. 
 
 NEWARK TEA TRAY COMPANY, 395 High-street. The most interest- 
 ing phases in the growth of a nation's industry, and especially of American 
 manufactures, are the inventions, discoveries and better methods, whereby those 
 things long in use are improved and perfected, or new ideas are shaped into 
 articles of utility and ornament. A volume might be written of such revivals, 
 as it were, of industrial activity, whose beneficial eflfects only require illustra- 
 tion to be fully appreciated. Many of these developments have had their origin 
 and complete fruition in Newark, whose atmosphere is a great stimulus to in- 
 ventive genius. Many of them have already been recorded in this volume, but 
 more yet remain, and among the most important contributions to the industry of 
 Newark and the country, are those which have resulted from the energy and 
 inventive skill of Mr. Walter M. Conger, whose tea trays, stove platforms, etc., are 
 manufactured by the above named Company. 
 
 Tea trays have long been a useful, and almost indispensable article of domestic 
 economy, but, strangeasitmayappear, their manufacture was never successfully 
 carried on in the United States, until the enterprise, whose success this article 
 narrates, was conceived in the fertile mind of Mr. Conger, aud by him carried 
 forward to an industrial triumph. Previously, tea trays had been imported from 
 England, where they were made by slow processes, their comparative cheapness 
 being secured by the application of low priced labor. As is well known a 
 characteristic of tea trays is their high finish, which comes from a peculiar japan- 
 ning process. The glossy, mirror-like appearance of the japan coating was the 
 result in the English tray of an after process, called polishing, the high lustre 
 being imparted from a slow manual frictional operation on the surface of the tray. 
 It was claimed by English manufacturers and the American importers, that 
 only the medium grades of trays could be produced in this country ; the low 
 priced, and the articles of artistic designs and high finish must be left for the 
 British artizans to supply. 
 
 Such was the situation when Mr. Walter M. Conger undertook a revolution 
 in the manufacture of tea trays, which he has since fully accomphshed. Valu- 
 able experience in the tin ware trade had shown him this void in the industry of 
 the country; Americans were obliged to buy English tea trays or dispense with 
 the article entirely. Mr. Conger, with rare skill, fertility of resource, and an 
 energy which took no note of failure, determined to supplant the English tea 
 tray in ihe American market. Although serious obstacles were in the way, he 
 resolved to so improve manufacturing processes as to produce a superior 
 and more highly finished article than was made in England, and at the same 
 17 
 
130 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 time so cheapen the cost of production as to successfully compete with the low 
 priced goods of British manufacture. The results are the best evidence of his 
 success. He at once began experimenting, and his first important result was a 
 signal triumph in applied chemistry, being the production of an improved japan, 
 so much superior in quality that by a simple application to the surface of a tea 
 tray with a brush, and undergoing a baking process at the required temperature, 
 it would produce a gloss and lustre far excelhng both in finish and durability the 
 results of the slow and laborious method of polishing peculiar to English manu- 
 facturers. With this significant triumph as an initial point, during 1868, Mr. 
 Conger began in Newark, the manufacture of American tea trays, not, how- 
 ever, without further difficulties to contend against. He had greatly exhausted 
 his finances, and more capital was required to achieve the fullest success. In 
 this respect he was exceedingly fortunate in securing the co-operation of Mr. 
 John C. Johnson, a gentleman well known in the hardware trade of New York, 
 and an honored resident of Newark ; an active promoter of the city's Industrial 
 Institute, and a citizen who is always ready with his means and influence to 
 assist any meritorious cause, whose success would be an industrial triumph and 
 a public benefaction. Mr. Johnson, with his discerning judgment, comprehended 
 the situation at a glance, and saw, in a great measure, what would be the ulti- 
 mate results of Mr. Conger's inventions and business energy. He, therefore, 
 became a special partner in the business, and from that time the success of the 
 enterprise was assured. 
 
 Following the perfection of the japanning process came the invention of ma- 
 chinery to take the place of the manual labor of England. And herein is the 
 secret of America's industrial triumphs. Europe depends on pains-taking manual 
 labor, for supremacy in the useful arts, while American artizans lead the world 
 in devising labor saving machines, which will do the work of a thousand hands 
 and in a better manner. In the former case great dependence is placed on physical 
 drudgery, and in the latter, resort is had to intellectual work in devising suitable 
 machinery; a machine, therefore, is cumulative brain work. 
 
 Although serious accidents intervened, the »ew industry flourished apace. In 
 1871 the Newark Tea Tray Company was organized under the laws of New 
 Jersey, with the folUowing officers : President and Treasurer, John C.Johnson ; 
 Secretary and Manager, "Walter M. Conger. 
 
 A primary difficulty against which Mr. Conger had to contend in bringing the 
 enterprise to the fullest success, was to secure sheet-iron for the trays, of the 
 requisite fineness. At that time Enghsh sheet-iron was superior to the Ameri- 
 can article, but the former was far more expensive, and at the same time not 
 up to the desired quality and fineness. Resort was had to American roUing- 
 mills, and after repeated trials Messrs. Rogers & Burchfield, iron manufacturers 
 of Pittsburg, Pa,, produced the standard quality necessary for making the best 
 American tea trays. Thus is one industrial achievement but the precursor of 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J., 131 
 
 another. The Pittsburg firm mentioned is now making sheet-iron superior to 
 to the best imported goods, the cost of production being far less, and the}' re- 
 cently rolled the thinnest article of the kind ever made. 
 
 The Tea Tray Company has an extensive factory in High-street, but want of 
 space prevents a detailed description of tea tray manufacturing as conducted by 
 Mr. Conger, who personally supervises the work. The japan is made on the 
 premises, the proper combination of materials being still a secret with its inven- 
 tor, although he has been proffered thousands of dollars in return for revealing 
 the process. Its general utility in the arts is doubtless very great. Mr. Conger 
 has devised various ingenious methods for properly drying the japan, which is, 
 perhaps, more accurately termed, an enamel. An interesting feature is the 
 " wet room," wherein the mirror-like appearance of the enamel is more fully 
 brought out. This room is kept darkened and very damp, thus creating an in- 
 fluence which completely negatives the tendency which particles of dust have 
 for collecting on the bright surface of the enamel. The trays are at present 
 shaped by a stamping process, and for this purpose the Company has the largest 
 press in use for stamping sheet metal. A very ingenious labor-saving machine 
 of Mr. Conger's invention, known as a Wiring Machine, is used for turning over 
 and under the edge of a tray, in such a manner as to form a delicate roll, thus 
 making a solid rim, and avoiding the necessity of hammering the edge of the 
 iron around a wire, as trays are made in England. By a skillful device this 
 lathe-like machine has both a circular and eccentric motion, thus providing for 
 applying the process to oval trays. Many other economical devices are used. 
 
 Perhaps no single industry was ever established in so short a time as this. 
 The enterprise was actively opposed by the importers for a time, and when this 
 policy was of no avail, samples of Mr. Conger's goods, and the trade numbers, 
 were sent to England that imitations might be made. The attempt, however, 
 was a failure, the disguise was too transparent, and both the buyers and con- 
 sumers in this country returned the articles to first hands. The importations 
 of these goods to this country has almost entirely ceased, as the Newark Tea 
 Tray Company fairly monopolize the home market. Mr. Conger has succeeded 
 beyond all question in making the finest quahties of tea trays in the world, to- 
 gether with the most common grades, and all at a minimum cost of production. 
 
 The japan is unrivalled, and is so hard that a tray may be stamped upon 
 without perceptibly injuring the efiamel, which is also perfectly elastic, receiv- 
 ing no injury from the bending of the tray. Acids which ruin other japans in 
 minutes, require hours for destroying that made by the " Conger"' process. 
 
 The tea tray being one of the elegancies of civilization, it is probable that 
 owing to the improved methods of manufacture it will come into almost universal 
 use, which wiU be one among many benefits resulting from the inventor's 
 mechanical skill and persevering energy. It is even probable that ere long the 
 United States will have an exporting trade in these goods, when this Company 
 
132 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 will supply tea trays to the world. In addition to the manufacture of tea trays, 
 Mr. Conger has invented and patented several improvements in other household 
 utensils, such as dust pans, children's trays, etc. His efiforts in this direction 
 have met with universal approval. His exclusive right to the patented child's 
 tray has been disputed in the courts, but he has won at every point. The great 
 English scientist, Herbert Spencer, truthfully remarked in one of his lectures 
 that the common articles for household use now in vogue are seriously lacking 
 in construction. In applying to these articles ingenious devices, the result being 
 greater convenience, Mr Conger has accomplished a needed reform. 
 
 Not content with the results already shown, Mr. Conger's fertile brain has de- 
 vised another domestic improvement, known as zinc stove platforms. Ever since 
 sheet zinc was first made, the metal has been used, on account of its properties 
 as a non-conducter of heat, for placing beneath stoves to protect the carpet and 
 floor from fire. The plan of making tasteful platforms for this purpose from 
 wooden frames covered with sheet zinc, and so cheap as to be handled by the 
 trade, originated with Mr. Conger, The business as introduced by him has 
 grown to extended proportions, and at the factory in High-street the platforms 
 are made and shipped to all parts of the country. The framework is made of 
 light wood in either circular or oblong form, and over these the sheet zinc is 
 securely fastened. This Company now holds patents, which give them the mo- 
 nopoly of this class of goods for the United States. 
 
 The most wonderful part of this branch of the Company's business is the 
 application of machinery in making the wooden frames, shaping the zinc, and 
 combining the two in the finished platform. The peculiarity of these boards, 
 which gives them their artistic effect, is a dome-hke elevation, rising in regular 
 gradations in the centre of the zinc. As at first manufactured, this elevation 
 was produced by a stamping process. The effect, however, of so powerful and 
 sudden pressure in the centre of the broad sheets of zinc, owing to the dis- 
 placement of a portion of the metal, was to contract the outer and level rim, 
 giving it a ^ rinkled, crimped and disfigured appearance, the same effect being 
 seen in many of tlie articles known as stamped ware. Before the zinc could 
 be used, this outer rim had to be annealed and rolled in order to reduce the in- 
 equalities of surface. Repeated annealing processes rendered the zinc too soft, 
 and even when completed, the surface of the outer rim had a rough and inar- 
 tistic appearance. The rolhng process, also, was slow and expensive, and on 
 this account the boards could not be brought into general use. 
 
 Appreciating these defects, and knowing that if not overcome, they would 
 prevent the making of zinc stove platforms on a large scale, Mr. Conger de- 
 termined to invent a machine which would overcome all the objections, and 
 render their manufacture comparatively inexpensive, A machine was wanted 
 which, instead of making the impression instantly with a stamp, would rather 
 produce the required shape by what may be called a forming process, the work 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 133 
 
 being done swiftly but gradually, thus allowing the outer rim of zinc to retain a 
 smooth and even surface. Such a machine, after several years of labor and 
 partial successes, Mr. Conger succeeded in perfecting last November, and its 
 signal success has exceeded even his own expectations. It is one of the most 
 ingenious and valuable inventions of the age, it is known as a Forming 
 Machine, its frame work having the shape of a letter G-, and it diSers primarily 
 from a stamping machine in having only a single die — the lower one. On this 
 die the sheet of zinc is laid very much as in an ordinary press. From the 
 upper arm of the frame a circular iron crown of exactly the same shape, is 
 pressed down on the outer rim of zinc, its purpose being to firmly hold the 
 sheet of metal while the dome-like depression in the centre is forming. 
 
 The most wonderful part of the machine is the ingenious combination of 
 mechanisms whereby the centre of the zinc plate is pressed firmly down into 
 the die beneath. To describe the separate parts would require an engraving, 
 but a general idea of the process will answer every purpose. From the centre 
 of the frame projects an iron bar, which terminates in a line joining the ends of 
 the main arms. This bar extends directly over the centre of the bed frame, 
 and on its outer part is attached a movable carriage, through the centre of which 
 passes downward a smaller iron bar, terminating in a steel roller, and when all 
 is ready for forming ihe depression, this steel roller is in close contact with the 
 zinc plate at a point which marks the outer rim of the depression. "When the 
 machine is in motion the bed revolves with great velocity, and the carriage re- 
 ferred to is carried outward and downward by a double motion, and in this way 
 the steel roller is propelled toward the centre of the zinc, being forced by the 
 discending motion to follow the depressions in the die. The zinc is driven down- 
 ward beneath the wheel, and thus the shape of the die is repeated in the zinc. 
 When the steel roller reaches the centre, by an automatic motion the carriage 
 returns to the starting point. The zinc plate is then taken out, when the cen- 
 tre of the reverse side is a beautiful dome, while the outer rim remains intact. 
 The machine will form about 2,000 plates of zinc per day, thus showing its 
 great utility. With this machine a superior quality of what is known as 
 stamped ware can be made. Mr. Conger is now perfecting it for that pur- 
 pose, and thus is developed another extensive field of production. 
 
 In the wood- working department of the factory, Mr. A. B. Gunung, an inge- 
 nious mechanic, is of great assistance in devising new machinery and methods 
 of manufacture. He is just now perfecting a very valuable invention in the 
 shape of a saw for cutting irregular bevels on the outer rims of oblong wooden 
 frames for stove platforms. 
 
 The demand for these goods, as well as for the tea trays, is rapidly increas- 
 ing, and the industry is capable of almost unlimited expansion. Groods are sold 
 to jobbers in the metropolitan cities of the Union. To show the great growth 
 of the busmess it is only necessary to state that with the present working force 
 
l34 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 the annual production is valued at $125,000. Sixty hands are employed in the 
 factory, and the weekly wages are $600. These statistics, however, are of 
 little value in estimating fehe future business of the Newark Tea Tray Company, 
 for their trade will expand as their productions become better known, and the 
 wants of the country increase. 
 
 TIN AND PLANISHED WARE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 JAMES, AIKMAN & CO., 96 to 102 N. J. Railroad Avenue ; Warerooms, 
 25 Clifif-street, New York. It is interesting to note that tin, which is now of such 
 general application in the useful arts, was known to the ancients, its utility 
 having been discovered almost with the dawn of recorded existence. Homer, 
 in his writings, mentions this metal as then in use for the exterior of shields, 
 and also for weldings in the construction of armor. Not, however, until the 
 sixteenth century, when the process of making sheet metal from tin was dis- 
 covered, was its general utility for domestic purposes appreciated. About this 
 time the celebrated tin mines, of Cornwall, England, and soon after other exten- 
 sive deposits in the same country were discovered, and from these the principal 
 supply of tin is still received. 
 
 The great use of tin at the present time in manufacturing articles of domestic 
 economy, is well known to all. It is of value, however, to know those manu- 
 facturers who have been most instrumental in devismg new and improved uten- 
 sils made from tin, for domestic and other purposes. 
 
 In the various lines of production, manufacturers are often in advance of public 
 tastes, the truth being that a demand is often both created and supplied. Es- 
 pecially is this true in the manufacture of tin ware for house-furnishing and 
 general use. American manufacturers, appreciating the requirements of society, 
 have continually produced new and improved methods of supplying these wants, 
 and the results are evinced by the almost endless variety of articles made from 
 sheet tin for utility and ornament, and in this way the ingenuity, skill and enter- 
 prise of manufacturers have resulted in public benefactions. 
 
 Occupjaug a first place in this regard is the firm of James, Aikman & Co., at 
 the location named above, and whose predecessors in the business, Messrs. N. 
 E. James & Co., began in Newark" the manufacture of tin- ware during 1834, and 
 are thus, perhaps, the oldest in the country, having been pioneers in their line. 
 The present style was adopted in January, 1873, and the firm is now the largest 
 manufacturers of tin and japanned ware in the United States. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 135 
 
 At the date of their first efiforts, tin-ware was almost wholly made by the 
 tradesmen, known as "tinners," and the articles thus produced were seriously 
 lacking in construction, and therefore deficient .in convenience and ornament. 
 This firm has so far succeeded, that at the present time the supplies of tin 
 ware for domestic and other uses are produced in extensive factories and sold 
 to consumers by the trade. In this way a superior article is furnished at a 
 material decrease in the cost of production, and while other firms have followed 
 their example, the house of James^ Aikman & Co.. is entitled to the main 
 credit for these beneficial results. Their success has come from a fertility of 
 suggestion in devising more convenient and beautiful articles, and a willingness 
 to adopt every acquisition and appliance that would materially promote the trade 
 and add imperishable improvements to an already valuable art. 
 
 Their factory in Newark is the largest of its kind in the country. In its out- 
 fit of machinery and every detail it is on a par with the leading houses of Ger- 
 many, Prance and England. The most skillful workmen are employed, many of 
 their artizans being the best in the country, and in this way the highest results 
 are attained. 
 
 To mention in detail the varieties of styles of goods made by the firm would be 
 impossible in this brief article. Perhaps the most important, ho we ver,is the stamp- 
 ed ware now so much in use, its excellence being greatly due to their efforts and 
 inventions. In plain tin-ware also, their stock is complete, and an important 
 feature is a superior grade of japanned ware in the most elegant designs and 
 beautiful finish. Their stock of planished and burnished ware is unsurpassed. 
 The manufacturing processes which give the superb finish of these goods, as 
 carried on at the factory in Newark, are unexcelled by any similar concern in 
 the country. The durable qualities and high finish of the goods are everywhere 
 acknowledged. The beautiful styles of wire goods made refiect great credit on 
 the ingenuity and skill employed in their production, the tinned wire used has 
 great durability and much the appearance of silver. The varieties of the last 
 named articles range from a tiny tea strainer to the more expensive luxury of a 
 highly finished wire caster. 
 
 The salesrooms of this firm in New York occupy an entire five-story building at 
 25 Cliff-street. It is one of the most complete and best arranged concerns of 
 the kind in the city ; here are stored the immense productions of the factory 
 before being shipped to dealers in all parts of the country. The firm keeps in 
 store a complete line of tinners' trimmings, such as wire cloth, solder, perforated 
 tin, block tin, &c. Sales are made to the trade throughout the United States, 
 and their unrivalled goods are exported to South America. The people of New- 
 ark have cause for congratulation that through the efforts of this firm their 
 city's industrial supremacy is still further established. 
 
136 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 A. TURNER & CO., 24 to 32 Essex-street. This firm began the manufac- 
 ture of tin and planished ware in Newark during 1863, under the style of Bay- 
 ley, Musgrove & Turner, which was continued until 1868, when the present 
 firm was organized, its members being Messrs. Alexander and William Turner. 
 Through the introduction of labor-saving machinery improved methods of 
 manufacture and careful business habits, their efforts have been successful and 
 an extensive business is now done, the merits of Turner & Company's produc- 
 tions being generally acknowledged throughout the country. The firm has 
 peculiar finishing processes whereby their planished and burnished ware is of 
 superior quality. These goods have received the first premiums at the great 
 Cincinnati Industrial Exposition, and the Industrial Pair at St. Louis, and they 
 are mainly sold in the Western markets. Their display of goods at the Newark 
 Industrial Exhibition of the present autumn is unusually fine, and reflects great 
 credit on the energy and enterprise of the firm. Their stock of tin and japanned 
 ware and house-furnishing goods in this line is quite complete, a specialty being- 
 stationers' tin ware. The usual working force of the factory number 50 hands, 
 and the weekly pay roll amounts to $450, the value of annual production 
 being $75,000. 
 
 J. E. PIMLEY, 72 Chestnut-street. This manufactory is another outgrowth 
 of the inventive skill of Newark. The productions consist of patent trans- 
 portation cans for varnishes, oils, &c. The superiorit}^ of these cans is generally 
 acknowledged, and although of recent invention they are largely used by New- 
 ark manufacturers for shipping purposes, and will doubtless soon find a ready 
 market in the principal cities of the Union. Pive hands are at present em- 
 ployed, with a weekly pay roll of $75. Being recently estabUshed, the value of 
 annual productions cannot be determined. 
 
 LOCK MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The ancient Egyptians used locks with iron keys to fasten doors. Sir Gardner 
 Wilkinson describes one of these keys as having a shank five inches long, looped 
 at one end for a handle, and bent around at the other. The latter end was 
 furnished with three prongs to push into holes, moving away the tumblers that 
 held fast the bolt. Other explorers of Egyptian ruins describe various other 
 forms of keys. The principle of using tumblers to keep the bolt in place is thus 
 of quite ancient origin. In European nations it has been used in rude forms 
 
138 T-HK INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 for ages. The lock-making trade, however, does not seem to have taken it up 
 till about a century ago. 
 
 The oldest writing in which locks are mentioned seems to be the Book of 
 Judges, (iii. 23.) Penelope is spoken of in Homer's Odyssey as opening a ward- 
 robe with a very crooked brass key, ivory-handled. Metallic keys have been 
 discovered in Great Britain as old as the occupation of that island by the Ro- 
 mans. Complicated metallic locks were found in the mud-covered ruins of the 
 Roman city of Herculaneum, in Italy. The Chinese have constructed wooden 
 locks with much skill. 
 
 As already intimated, the locks in common use till near the end of the last 
 century had no tumblers ; the bolts were simply shot backward and forward 
 by the key. However, the accumulation of marketable securities in banks and 
 counting-houses, and the increasing efficacy of the police in catching and im- 
 prisoning members of the criminal classes, led criminals to such ingenuity at 
 lock-picking as to tax the wit of makers to defeat them. Love had laughed at 
 locksmiths for untold cycles without improving their art, but organized and 
 systematic robberies put them on their mettle. Since 1774 the race between 
 lockmakers and lock-pickers has been very close ; its results have shown that 
 no mechanical contrivance will take the place of honest watchfulness, thougli 
 it may greatly aid the conscientous guardian. 
 
 P. MKYER, 41 Mechanic-street. The productions of this factory are brass 
 pad locks for railroads, stores, &c., which are used on cars, and for other pur- 
 poses by several of the principal railroads corporations in the country. Four 
 hands are employed, the wages paid weekly amount to S50. The locks pro- 
 duced yearly are valued at $5,000. 
 
 THOMAS SLAI'JHT, 111 and 113 N.J. Railroad Avenue. Of late years 
 the principal improvements in lock-making have been in the manufacture of pad 
 locks, and of these, special varieties and designs liave been introduced for rail- 
 road use. New patents and specialties are constantly being introduced by the 
 manufacturers. Newark is now the principal point in the countrj^ in the produc- 
 tion of all varieties and the better grades of railroad locks. 
 
 Prominent in this line is the manufactory named above. Mr. Slaight began 
 in Newark the manufacture of brass pad locks in 1852, and the business has 
 had a continual growth, until now he is perhaps the principal manufacturer in 
 this line in the country. 
 
 The productions of the factory comprise all styles of locks for all purposes, 
 the specialty, however, is a general line of railroad locks, comprising pad locks, 
 for switches, freight cars, and ticket boxes ; also stationary locks for freight 
 and passenger cars. The former class are known as self-locking brass pad locks. 
 Mr. Slaight has now twelve principal patents. The most wonderful, perhaps, 
 is the last one, patented in January of the present year, and known as Master 
 
OF NEWARK. N. J. 1 P>9 
 
 Key Locks. These are rack tumbler pad locks, and are made with every key 
 different, a master key being provided which will open all of them. This device, 
 however, can be applied to other styles of locks, and is of great value in con- 
 nection with door locks. Mr. Slaight is continually inventing new improvements 
 in locks. Car latches, bell cord coupHngs, liinges, &c., are also made. 
 
 This is perhaps the largest manufactory of improved pad locks in the United 
 States. The goods are sold over the whole country, and principally to railroads. 
 An extensive trade is also carried on with South America. An important fea- 
 ture of Mr. Slaight's factory is the skillful workmanship required in the manu- 
 facture of these locks, and especially in making locks for prison use. Only the 
 best mechanics are employed, and among them are many of the best artizans to 
 be found in Newark. The present working force numbers 30 hands and the 
 weekly pay roll amounts to $500. The statistics, however, are no criterion for 
 properly estimating the extent and importance of this business as conducted by 
 Mr. Slaight, as owing to the financial depression and the consequent conserva- 
 tive inactivity of railway companies, the demand for these goods is compara- 
 tivelj^ light. With the present working force, however, the annual production 
 is valued at $110,000. 
 
 ROMBR & CO., 141 to 145 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This manufactory was 
 originally established in 183Y, by Mr. H. C. Jones, who was the inventor of 
 the double-acting switch and car locks, now so much in use. Mr. C. W. A. 
 Romer was in the employ of Mr. Jones as foreman in the factory, and suc- 
 ceeded him in the business. Mr. Romer had successive associates until 1868, 
 when Mr. J. N. Wilkins was admitted as a partner, and the present firm style 
 adopted. 
 
 The principal productions of the factory are their improved pad locks, a 
 specialty being the best prison locks. They also make builders' and bronze 
 hardware, and a general line of piano and sewing machine locks. G-oods are 
 sold in every State of the Union, and are also exported to South America. The 
 annual production of locks is fully 20,000 dozen of all kinds. The working 
 force of the factory numbers 30 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $400. 
 
 RITCHIE & SON, 15 N. J. Railroad Avenue. The business of manufactur- 
 ing patent pad locks now conducted by the above firm was established in 1850, 
 and has been known under the successive firm names of Ritchie & Boy den, H. 
 Ritchie & Co., and S. C. Thomson & Co. The members of the present firm are 
 Messrs. G. and Joseph H. Ritchie. 
 
 The productions of the factory are confined to railroad pad locks, and all 
 goods made are of the firm's own patents. These locks are sold to the various 
 railways of the country, but mostly to the roads of New Jersey and neighbor- 
 ing States The workmen employed in the factory numbers 10 hands, and the 
 weekly pay roll is $250. The yearly product of locks is valued at $25,000. 
 
140 THE INDUSTRIAT. INTERESTS 
 
 M. HELMSTAEDTER, 83 Hamilton-street. The productions of this raanufac- 
 torj are improved piano, melodeon, and sewing machine locks, the annual value 
 of which is $5,000. Four hands are employed with a weekly pay roll of $50. 
 The goods are sold in the New York and near-by markets. 
 
 STAIR ROD MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 M. GOULD'S SONS, 65 Hamilton- street, Salesrooms, 96 Chambers-street, 
 New York. Another instance of the growing demand for more highly finished 
 and expensive articles, as illustrated by Newark's industries, is the manufacture 
 of stair rods and stair plates. A-S with many other branches of industry the 
 business has been revolutionized during the last thirty years, and this result has 
 been reached mainly through the efforts of a single firm. 
 
 The manufactory conducted under the above style was estabhshed in 1832 
 by Mr. M. Gould, father of the present proprietors. Mr. Gould was thus a pio- 
 neer in what is now an important branch of American industry. At the time 
 of commencing the work in 1832, the stair rods and plates in use were clumsy 
 contrivances compared with the light and elegantly finished articles, which he 
 was afterwards so instrumental in introducing. His efforts are the more com- 
 mendable on account of the necessary inventions in the way of labor-saving 
 machines which had to be invented before the business could be successfully at- 
 tempted on a large scale. To Mr. Gould is due the credit of introducing the 
 ingenious machines in the manufacture of stair rods, and many of them were of 
 his own invention. Specially worthy of mention is the originality and good 
 taste displayed in perfecting the manufacture of these goods and his suc- 
 cess is another illustration of the truth that manufacturers, by their ingenuity 
 and skUl, often introduce articles of merit to the public favor, which are after- 
 wards claimed as having originated through an appreciative pubhc taste, where- 
 as the contrary is true. After seeing a business, which he had developed by in- 
 dustry and business foresight, grow from a small beginning into large propor- 
 tioBS, Mr. Gould died in 1869, and his sons succeeded to the Ijusiuess, the mem- 
 bers of the present firm being Messrs. Wm. P. and Clarence P. Gould. 
 
 Under their direction the business will no doubt increase as the wants of the 
 country require, and it is now by far the largest manufactory of the kind in the 
 United States. The different styles of stair rods and plates made by the firm 
 vary from the plainest and cheapest to the first quality and highest finish, and 
 new and original designs are constantly being introduced. An extensive busi- 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 141 
 
 ness is also done in the manufacture of trunk and upholsterers' hardware. The 
 working force of the factory numbers 90 hands, and the weekly pay roll is 
 $1,000. The value of yearly products is $200,000. Sales are made in all parts 
 of the country and goods are occasionally exported to Japan. 
 
 W. T. & J. MBRSEREAU, Railroad Avenue. From a sign on this factory 
 it was learned that the firm makes stair rods and brass goods. One of the 
 courteous proprietors, however, in reply to inquiries, said that he wished the 
 "public not to know of the nature, variety, and extent of their productions. 
 
 ZINC WORKS 
 
 Owing to the great prominence of zinc manufacture in the industries of 
 Newark, the facts relating to the history and production of this metal possess 
 peculiar interest. 
 
 Zinc is a whitish metal with a bluish gray tint like lead and in its natural state 
 is brittle, breaking with a crystalline fracture. It is susceptible of polish, and 
 when thus treated shows a metaUic lustre. When heated to between 212 and 
 300 degrees F., Zinc becomes ductile and malleable, and can then be rolled into 
 sheets or drawn into wire. It was not known to the ancients in a metallic state, 
 but among the Greek and Roman metallurgists the various ores of zinc were 
 used as an alloy in combination with other metals. The alchemists of those 
 days regarded it as valuable for imparting a yellow, golden color to other 
 metals. Partly on this account its development was retarded, as it was be- 
 lieved that by its use the baser metals could be transmuted into gold. It was 
 first described and named in 1541. The first zinc works in England were built 
 in 1743, though previously the metal had been brought from India, where it 
 seems the process of smelting it from the ores originated. Spelter, the com- 
 mercial name for zinc, is of East Indian origin. The metal is largely used in 
 combination with copper and other metals for making brass, German silver, &c. 
 It is also of great practical value when rolled into sheets, for roofing, the lining 
 of tubes, and general sheathing purposes ; as a chemical agency in generating 
 galvanic electricity, and also for galvanizing iron. Its chemical compounds are 
 of great use in the arts. The principal compound is the oxide, which is of great 
 value in the manufacture of white paint, and its present utility and manufacture 
 will be noticed farther on. 
 
142 thp: industrial interests 
 
 NEW JERSEY ZI:N'C COMPAN'T, Foot of River-street; Transfer Office, 
 61 Maiden Lane, New York. The ores of zinc are known as calamine, — of 
 which there are two varieties, silicates and carbonates, — blende, and the red 
 oxide. The metal is obtained in Europe principally from the carbonate, and in 
 the United States from the oxide, while blende is of little practical value. The 
 red oxides of zinc are peculiar to this country, and are found principally in New 
 Jersey. 
 
 The first zinc made in this country was smelted at the U. S. Arsenal at Wash- 
 ington in 1838, and was used in the manufacture of brass for the Government 
 weights and measures. The production, however, was inconsiderable, and no 
 successful efforts were made to utilize the vast stores of zinc contained in the 
 red oxides of New Jersey until the organization of the above named Company 
 in 1849. In the succeeding year the works were buUt in Newark, and the 
 manufacture of zinc begun. The first efforts of the Company were confined to 
 making the pure oxide or zinc white, for paint. In this they were very success- 
 ful, the oxide being made direct from the ore. 
 
 The use of white oxide of zinc for paint was first suggested in France , 
 and there its manufacture was begun. "White oxide of zinc is an impalpably 
 fine white powder, and is made by heating the ore or spelter to the point of 
 combustion, when the oxide is given off in a light flaky powder. It is collected 
 in flannel or muslin bags, and afterwards reduced to a solid state by high pres- 
 sure. It is then prepared for use by being ground in bleached linseed oil. In 
 Europe it is made direct from spelter. A smokeless fuel is required for its 
 manufacture, and for this purpose anthracite coal is used. 
 
 The use of zinc as a white paint is now very general, and in France it is 
 almost exclusively used for this purpose. It has qualities greatly superior to 
 those of white lead, among them being its freedom from discoloration through 
 the action of sulphuretted hydrogen. It is also quite devoid of those poisonous 
 qualities which are peculiar to white lead. The production of the oxide, or zinc 
 white, as begun by the New Jersey Zinc Company, has rapidly increased, and 
 they are now the largest manufacturers in the country. The oxide as made by 
 them is sold in a raw state, the grinding with oil being left for other manufac- 
 turers. The ore used by the Company is taken from their own mines at Ogdens- 
 burg and Franklin, in Sussex County, New Jersey. The deposits at these mines 
 are very extensive, and are, perhaps, the most valuable of the kind in the 
 world. A block of the ore weighing 16,400 pounds, was taken to the London 
 Exhibition in 1851. 
 
 While the manufacture of zinc white is the Company's principal work, they 
 are also largely engaged in making metallic zinc, or spelter. The smelting pro- 
 cess used is known as the Belgian, and the product has an acknowledged repu- 
 tation as the finest metallic zine in the world. Its value will be more fully 
 seen when it is known that great difficulty has been experienced in getting a 
 
OF NEWARK. N. J. 14.'^ 
 
 sufficiently pure article of zinc for chemical purposes^ and that the only per- 
 ceptible impurity of the metal made by the New Jersey Zinc Company, is a 
 slight trace of iron, though not more than one 19-1000 part of one per cent. 
 On this account it is also very valuable for tubing and the manufacture of chan- 
 deliers. The efforts of the Company, in so far improving smelting processes as 
 to produce metallic zinc chemically pure, are in every way commendable. They 
 are important contributions to the industrial progress of America. 
 
 After the zinc has been extracted from the ore, a residue remams, which is 
 largely made up of iron. This residue is smelted in the Company's blast fur- 
 naces, and the product is known as Spiegeleisen, which is a superior quality of 
 iron, regarded by the consumer as almost unequalled. 
 
 It yields a bar iron of remarkable purity, fibre and strength, and is especially 
 suited to the manufacture of steel. The pig iron produced is almost identical 
 in character, appearance, and structure, with the best lamellar iron made from 
 tlie famous spathic ores of Siegen and Musen in Germany. Its fracture shows 
 large and brilliant silver-white lamellar facets, sometimes beautifully crystallized 
 and so hard as to cut glass. Spiegeleisen is considered superior to German and 
 Swedish iron, and is so hard that drilling it is almost impossible. 
 
 The present officers of the ISTew Jersey Zinc Company are as follows : Presi- 
 dent, Edward Baker; Treasurer, A. H. Farlin. The productions of the Com- 
 pany are sold in all parts of the country, and are largely exported to Eiu-ope 
 and elsewhere. The yearly capacity of the works is 6,000 tons of oxide of 
 zinc, 1,.300 of spelter, and 5,000 tons of iron, the whole valued at $1,300,000. 
 The present working force numbers 200 men, and the weekly pay roll is $2,200. 
 the present yearly production of oxide of zinc, spelter, and Spiegeleisen, being 
 valued at $600,000. 
 
 GOLD AND SILVER SMELTING AND REFINING 
 
 WORKS. 
 
 ED. BALBACH & SON, (Newark Smelting and Refining Works,) 233 
 River-street. Gold was the first metal, whose use is recorded on the pages of 
 history. In fact, the precious metals, both gold and silver, were in use long 
 before the utility of the baser metals became known. 
 
 Previous to the discovery of gold in California, Russia was the chief source 
 of supply for this metal. Gold is generally found in a metallic state, though the 
 ores of gold are abundant. 
 
144 tHK INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 Considering tlie importance of the precious metals, and their many uses, it 
 is evident that the processes of smelting and refining form an important Ameri- 
 can industry, and in this direction Newark is one of the principal cities in the 
 country. In fact, few, if any, American cities are equal to Newark in this 
 respect. G-reat incentives to the business are, (1) the close proximity to New 
 York, the great commercial mart of the country, and (2) the great consumption 
 of gold by the manufacturing jewelers of Newark. 
 
 The representative house of this class is the firm of Ed. Balbach & Son, at 
 the above location. 
 
 The house was established in 1851, and the senior proprietor, Mr. Ed. Balbach, 
 had previously been engaged in smelting and refining the precious metals for 
 many years. Later in the history of the firm the present style was adopted, 
 when Mr. Ed. Balbach, Jr., was admitted as a partner. The last named gen- 
 tleman has, by careful study and patient labor, made valuable additions to this 
 important industry. 
 
 Heretofore great difficulty, has been experienced in separating gold and silver 
 when combined in small proportions with the baser metals, especially lead and 
 zinc. The processes were so slow and expensive that the waste of precious metals 
 was considerable. With admiral^le appreciation of these defects, Mr. Ed. Bal- 
 bach, Jr. set about devising an improved process, whereby gold and silver, when 
 occurring in small proportions with other metals, could be withdrawn and re- 
 fined quickly and at a comparatively small expense. By the aid of valuable ex- 
 perience and scientific experiments, Mr. Balbach succeeded in 1864, and the re- 
 sult, known as the patent de-silverizing process has fairly revolutionized gold 
 and silver smelting and refining in this country. With this method gold and 
 silver are separated from the lead and concentrated. 
 
 Messrs. Balbach & Son receive mixed metals from the mines of Utah, Nevada, 
 California, Mexico, South America and other mining regions. The metal is re- 
 received at the works in the ingot, weighing 120 pounds each, and the percent- 
 age of gold and silver greatly varies. The method of concentrating the gold 
 and silver may be briefly described as follows : The first process is to drive ofif 
 the zinc, of which every ingot contains three or four per cent. The metal is 
 then run ofi" into ingots, which contain nothing but chemically pure lead, with 
 gold and silver. The gold and silver are extracted from this mixture by con- 
 verting the lead into litharge. The gold and silver mixture is then subjected to 
 cupellation in order to free it from any of the base metals which might remain. 
 Then the resultant alloy being treated with acids all the silver is taken up, and 
 the gold remains at the bottom of the vessel. The silver solution is then placed 
 in a vessel with large sheets of copper, and the affinity of the acid being 
 stronger for the latter than for the former metal, the copper is attached and the 
 silver thrown down in a white powder. The metal is then melted and is either 
 cast in bricks, or formed into feathery granulations by being thrown into cold 
 
OP NEWARK, N. J. 145 
 
 water. Gold is reduced only to the latter form, as it would bo inconvenient for 
 jewelers' use in solid bars. 
 
 The simplified process invented by Mr. Balbach is now in use by nearly all 
 the gold and silver smelting works of the United States, and he has also 
 patented the invention m Europe. The smelting works of this firm cover two 
 and one-half acres of ground, and are the largest in the country with one 
 exception. In addition to the mixed metals received, ores from various mines, 
 jewelers' sweeps, &c., are smelted, and general refining and assaying work is 
 done. About $40,000 worth of gold and silver is refined each week, and the 
 product of lead for the same time is one hundred and fifty tons. The force em- 
 ployed in the works numbers 125 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $1,500. The 
 yearly production of these immenee works amounts to Jive million dollars. 
 The justly earned reputation which Messrs. Balbach & Son now enjoy, is no 
 small part of Newark's fame as an industrial city. 
 
 C. S. DENNIS & SON, 38 and 40 Walnut-street. The estabhshment of 
 this firm dates from 1865. They are smelters principally of mint sweepings, 
 an4 their business in this direction is very large, ten tons per week being the 
 average. Their process is similar to that already described. The value of 
 annual business done reaches one million dollars, and ten hands are employed 
 with a weekly pay roll of $200. 
 
 L. LELONG & BROTHER, Halsey and Marshall streets. Assaying 
 and refining for manufacturers of jewelry, and the smelting of jewelers' 
 sweepings form an important feature in the industry of Newark. The firm of 
 L. Lelong & Brother was estabhshed in 1858, and they have done much to bring 
 to perfection this branch of business. They own and occupy an imposing 
 structure, situated at the above location, 54 x 100 feet, four stories in height, 
 which was built by them to accommodate their rapidly increasing business. At 
 these works may be found all the most improved machinery necessary for the 
 largest operations. This house refines everything containing gold and silver, 
 and their business extends to all parts of the country. Sweep-smelting is made 
 a specialty, and all the productions of the works 'axe pure gold and silver. The 
 processes used by the firm are original with them, and are a great saving of 
 labor, but six hands being employed. The weekly pay roll is $100, and the 
 value of yearly business done reaches the large sum of one million dollars. 
 
 MARGOFF & JONES, Maple Place, Green-street. This firm was estab- 
 lished in 1872, and at the present time gives employment to four hands. 
 
 The firm whose name heads this article has already built up a trade which 
 extends to many ^parts of the country, and the value of annual productions 
 reaches the sum of $50,000. An extensive business is also done in sweep- 
 smelting for Newark jewelers, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $90. 
 19 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J, 14' 
 
 JEWELRY MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 From the earliest times the dehght in personal decoration, which is common 
 to all men, has resulted in devices of various kinds for gratifying these desires" 
 The barbarian has his rude and clumsy ornaments, the Indian his crimson war 
 paint, and the cultured Caucasian his fine gold jewelry and precious stones. 
 Each is expressive of the same idea, alike in kind, only different in degree. 
 The use of rare and costly jewels, and ornaments of silver and gold in decorat- 
 ing the person, is to gratify man's aesthetic nature ; an outward expression, 
 however, rude or imperfect, of the Art idea. 
 
 The art of making jewelry from the precious metals was one of the first at 
 which mankind arrived. From the relics of the art, preserved in the world's 
 museums, much light is thrown on the progress of civilization in different ages. 
 From the polished and engraved bones worn as ornaments by the dwellers of 
 the lake cities, up to the quaint but exquisitely worked golden jewelry of the 
 Etruscans and Romans, the growth of the art can be traced, and from their 
 methods of personal adornment the different characteristics of the various 
 nations can be studied quite as well as in their architecture. Stores of trinkets 
 worn by the Egyptians, the Assyrians and the Babylonians have been found, 
 and are now carefully preserved. 
 
 The Greeks and Romans carried the cultivation of Art to the highest degree 
 of perfection. Their ideal, however, was a complete whole, a harmony of beaifr 
 tiful lines and forms, and a full realization of their aspirations was a faultless 
 human figure, the divine Apollo or the goddess Minerva wrought in soulless 
 marble. In contemplation of the Art idea they gave comparatively little atten- 
 tion to industrial development, and although jewelry making is more closely 
 allied to Art than any other mechanical industry, the manipulation of the pre- 
 cious stones and metals for purposes of ornament, has reached its highest 
 development in modern times, and is only an incident in the great industrial 
 activity of to-day. Modern mechanical skill delights in complex and intricate 
 forms, and herein is the cause of the artistic design and finish displayed in 
 modern jewelry, which is the result of mechanics, science and art combined. 
 No branch of industry is more replete with interest than jewelry making, which 
 requires for the fullest success an immense capital, and the highest talent and 
 mechanical skill. 
 
 While the styles of jewelry worn are continually changing, each nation has 
 its pecuhar designs, and methods of working the precious metals and stones into 
 
148 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 those products of the jewelers' art which attract the critical gaze and aesthetic 
 admiration of modern culture and refinement. The jewelry made in England 
 is lacking in artistic effect, as might be expected from the purely practical 
 ideas which prevail there. On the other hand, the French jewelry sur- 
 passes the English article in delicate design and finish, its main defect being a 
 tendency to tinsel and glittering show. 
 
 Until the last quarter of a century the jewelry worn in the United States was 
 in the main imported from Europe, and principally from France. Now. how- 
 ever, the supply of jewelry required in this country is mainly produced in 
 American workshops, and for superb quality, design and excellent finish, is un- 
 equalled in France or elsewhere. 
 
 Newark has long been known as the principal American city in the produc- 
 tion of fine jewelry. The manufacture of the common varieties of jewelry is 
 left for other cities, Providence, R. I., being noted in this respect. While a 
 demand still exists for imported jewelry, it is more fictitious than real, being the 
 result of a supposed superiority of imported goods, or rather an ill-founded 
 prejudice against " home productions." This prejudice is now happily fast dis- 
 appearing," and will soon cease altogether, when the American article will be 
 sought for in preference to the products of European workshops. While the 
 popular notion prevails that the best jewelry comes from France, the facts are 
 that the goods sold by such firms as Tiffany & Co. of New York, and the fash, 
 ionable establishments of Boston, Philadelphia, and other large cities, often 
 under the guise of foreign importations, are mainly the product of American 
 workshops. American Jewelry is now unrivalled for elegance and originality 
 of design, superior finish and durability. While it is generally thought that 
 the new styles of jewelry are designed in Paris, the contrary is correct, tlie 
 truth being that they are mainly introduced by Newark manufacturers. Through 
 the efforts of such firms as Durand & Co.- of Newark, in the importation of 
 precious stones, and the perfecting of diamond setting, American jewelry manu- 
 facture has reached so high a standard that it is probable an exporting trade in 
 this line will yet be brought about. 
 
 As in most other lines of industry wherein American artizans excel, the rea- 
 sons of their success in jewelry making are found in the application of steam 
 power to manufacturing processes, and the use of ingeniously devised tools. 
 Jewelry making in Europe is carried on almost wholly by hand, the processes 
 being slow and laborious, and notwithstanding the cheapness of labor, far more 
 expensive. 
 
 Jewelry manufacture proper was begun in Newark about 1832, at least the 
 oldest establishment now in the trade dates its existence from that time. The 
 business rapidly grew, and since then, perhaps, the best industrial talent of the 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J., 149 
 
 country has been centred here, the most skillful European workers in gold and 
 silver who come hither having found employment in Newark factories.* 
 
 THOMAS W. ADAMS & CO., 83 Union-street; Salesroom, 14 John-street, 
 New York. This manufactory was established in 1850, and the members of 
 the present firm are Messrs. Thomas W. Adams and H. C. Ostrander. Their 
 productions consist of bracelets, rings and sleeve-buttons, which are sold to 
 jobbers generally throughout the country. The number of hands employed is 
 60, and their weekly wages are $900. The annual production of jewelry is 
 valued at $100,000. 
 
 ALLINa, BROTHER & CO., 12 Orchard-street. This firm, although classed 
 as enterprising and pubhc spirited, failed to see any beneficial results either 
 to themselves or their city's industries, from the publication of manufacturing- 
 statistics, and therefore refused the necessary information. 
 
 JOSEPH C. ALLING, 85 Columbia-street. The statistics relative to this 
 manufactory were unobtainable, not being at present in operation. 
 
 JOHN H. BENTLEY, 359 Mulberry-street. The courteous proprietor of this 
 manufactory in reply to inquiries, said that he has "no sympathy with the pub- 
 lication of manufacturing statistics," and declined any information. 
 
 BARNET BROS. & POWELL, 74 Lawrence-street; Salesroom 196 Broad- 
 way, New York. This manufactory has been conducted under the above style 
 since 1873, and the members of the present firm are Messrs. D. H. & W. H. 
 Barnet and J. H. Powell. The productions are principally fine gold rings, 
 sleeve-buttons and studs, including stone work. Sales are made in the metro- 
 politan cities of the Union. Twenty-five hands are employed, and the weekly 
 pay-roll is $300, the annual products being valued at $75,000. 
 
 * The facts relating to the manufacture of jewelry are necessarily incomplete, on 
 account of the extreme reserve of several firms, who seem to regard the publication of 
 industrial statistics as of no value; doubtless forgetting that whatever conduces to the pros- 
 perity of all is beneficial to each manufacturer. Those firms which have fully stated facts 
 and figures have shown an appreciation of the benefits to be derived from the publication 
 of accurate information concerning their city's progress in the useful arts. To show the 
 gross inaccuracy of the statistics heretofore gleaned, relative to this and, perhaps, other 
 branches of American industry, it is only necessary to refer to the U. S. Census Report 
 for 1870, which gives the total annual production of jewelry in NewJersey as $3,3 1 5,679, 
 whereas quite that amount is made by three Newark firms alone. Again, the total num- 
 ber of firms in the State is given in the Census as 39, though for several years Newark 
 alone has had between 50 and 60 jewelry manufactories. If these defects fairly illustrate, 
 as seems probables that part of the Census relating to manufactures, the inefficiency dis- 
 played in its compilation is obvious. From trustworthy sources the statistics of the 
 remaining jewelry manufactories have been carefully estimated, and the results, added to 
 the facts directly obtained, give the total yearly production of jewelry in the city of New- 
 ark as $6,130,000. 
 
150 THE INDUSTKIAL INTERESTS 
 
 DANIEL W. BAKER, 65 Hamilton- street ; Salesroom, 196 Broadway, New 
 York. The specialty of this manufactory is fine gold rings, in plain finish and 
 with cameo, topaz, amethyst and other settings. The business was established in 
 1867. The factory gives employment to 12 hands, and the weekly pay-roll is 
 
 $150. The value of annual productions is $ , and sales are principally 
 
 made to New York jobbers. 
 
 BUROH, DeMOTT & COUG-HLIN, 359 Mulberry-street; Salesroom, 9 
 John-street, New York. This manufactory was established in 1869 under the 
 style of Dougherty, Burch & Co. The present firm was organized in 1871, and 
 its members are Messrs. G-eorge Burch, James DeMott and Charles A. Cough- 
 lin. The goods made by this firm are principally solid sets, sleeve-buttons, 
 studs, lockets and scarf pins ; the standard of fineness being 14 carat through- 
 out. Twenty-five hands are employed, the weekly pay-roll being $375, and the 
 value of annual product is $50,000. 
 
 THOMAS G". BROWN, Marshall and Halsey streets; Salesroom, 192 Broad- 
 way, New York. This house is the oldest in the trade, having been estab- 
 lished in 1834, and thus its history has been almost continuous with the growth 
 of jewelry manufacture in the United States. The usual working force is 100 
 hands, with an annual production of $300,000, though at present the force is 
 cut down to 75, the weekly wages being $1,000, and the yearly product $125, 
 000. "With the revival of trade the accustomed activity will be resumed. A 
 specialty is made of lockets, sleeve-buttons, studs and bracelets, and all of 
 solid gold, the lowest standard being 14 carats fine. Sales are made generally 
 throughout the country. 
 
 J. C. BIOREN & CO, 19 Green-Sti-eet. This firm makes jet studs and chil- 
 dren's ear-rings. Ten hands are employed and the productions are all sold to 
 New York jobbers. The weekly pay-roll is $130, and the value of annual 
 product $25,000. 
 
 BALL & BARNARD, 1 Franklin Court. Futile efforts were made to secure 
 the statistics of this manufactory, a member of the firm uncourteously refusing 
 their business card, or information of any kind. 
 
 COE, ADAMS & STEVENS, 97 G-arden-street ; salesroom, 9 Maiden Lane, 
 New York. This manufactory was established in 1869. A general line of 
 jewelry is made, a specialty being lockets. About 15 hands are employed, but 
 the remaining statistics were refused. 
 
 CARTER, HOWKINS & DODD, Mulberry and Park streets ; Salesroom, 1 
 Bond-street, New York. Previous to the last half century jewelry manu- 
 facturing was mainly carried on by many individual concerns usually known 
 as silver or goldsmiths. The growth of large factories employing hundreds of 
 workmen has been the growth of comparatively recent years. By the aid^of 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 151 
 
 large capital and well directed energy in the employment of skillful labor these 
 results have been accomplished, and in these large factories a better article of 
 jewelry is now made, and at a less cost of production. This tendency has 
 reached its fullest development in Newark and is well illustrated by the manu- 
 factory of Messrs. Carter, Howkins & Dodd. This house was originally estab- 
 lished under the style of Carter, Pierson & Hale nearly a quarter of a century 
 ago. The present firm, consisting of Messrs. Aaron Carter, Jr., William How- 
 kins, David Dodd and A. K. Sloan was organized in 1864. The firm is 
 acknowledged as the largest manufacturers of jewelry in the world. For 
 Newark to be thus distinguished is a just cause for municipal pride. Their 
 productions comprise nearly everything in the way of fine gold jewelry, and 
 the firm's qualities of gold are 14 and 18 carats fine. The [special articles of 
 manufacture are lockets, crosses, broaches, ear-rings, chains and bracelets. 
 
 A detailed description of this extensive manufactory would possess great 
 interest, but the allotted space does not permit. The gold used at the 
 factory is received in ingots, varying in weight from 120 to 130 ounces, 
 and in fineness from 997 to 999^. The first operation is preparing the nec- 
 essary alloys, after which the metal is transformed into plates and wires of 
 the required degrees of fineness. An interesting feature is the method 
 adopted for preventing the waste of precious metals. By the utmost care 
 the loss of gold in mechanical operations is reduced to a minimum, nothing 
 is allowed to go to waste, the sweepings of the floors, the brooms that sweep 
 them, and the workmen's aprons are saved and sent to the sweep smelters, 
 and even the water used by the workmen in washing, is filtered through sev- 
 eral thicknesses of cotton, thus collecting the fine particles of gold. 
 
 The working force of the factory numbers 500 hands, and the weekly pay- 
 roll reaches $6,000. The yearly manufacture of jewelry amounts to $2,000,- 
 000. By means of their extensive operations, this firm has done much to 
 decrease the cost of jewelry manufacture, and their great success is a bright 
 page in the history of American industry. 
 
 COEYMAN & MORGAN, 61 and 63 Hamilton-street. This manufactory 
 was established 15 years ago, and the members of the present firm are Messrs. 
 Henry G. Coeyman and Henry T. Morgan. They give special attention to the 
 manufacture of tine jet and gold sets ; also, sleeve buttons and rings. The 
 principal markets for these goods are New York, St. Louis and Chicago. 
 Twenty hands are employed in the factory, the weekly wages being $250, and 
 the value of annual products $50,000. 
 
 COE, ADAMS & STEVENS, 97 Garden-street. This firm is engaged in the 
 manufacture of » general variety of fine solid jewelry, and was established in 
 1869. Twenty hands are employed, with a weekly pay roll of $250. The an- 
 nual value of productions was refused, but has been estimated and incorpora- 
 ted in the figures given on page 149. 
 
152 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERP:STS 
 
 COLTON & CO., 50 Walnut-street ; Salesroom, 14 Maiden Lane, New York. 
 This firm makes a general variety of fine jewelry. Thirty hands are employed, 
 and their weekly pay roll amounts to $360. The value of annual production is 
 $50,000. 
 
 DURAND & COMPANY, 49 and 51 Franklin-street; Salesroom, 9 Maiden 
 Lane, New York. As already shown, the high quality of American jewelry 
 has mainly resulted from the efforts of Newark manufacturers, and in this 
 direction the house of Durand & Company occupies a first place. The busi- 
 ness was established a quarter of a century ago by the senior member of the 
 firm, Mr. James M. Durand. At that time the supply of fine jewelry was 
 mostly imported, as the amount made in this country was inconsiderable. Mr. 
 Durand brought to the business untiring energy, together with the originality 
 and skill of a genuine artist, and he has now the satisfaction of seeing the 
 house of Durand & Company, everywhere acknowledged as preeminent in the 
 production of fine jewelry. The present firm was organized in 1853 and its 
 members are Messrs, James M., Wickliflfe B. and Wallace Durand and Joseph 
 G. Ward. 
 
 Messrs. Durand & Company are among the largest importers of precious 
 stones, and in the manufacture of fine diamond sets they are unrivalled. Their 
 standard quality of gold is 18 carats fine. In addition to the general line of 
 jewelry a fine quahty of gold watch cases is made by this firm. They are 
 foremost in originating and introducing new styles of jewelry, and their pro- 
 ductions are mainly sold in the metropolitan cities of the East. 
 
 The reputation enjoyed by this firm is not made in a year, and it is not 
 the result of chance, but of slow and laborious plodding at first, of fixed sys- 
 tem all the time; of a careful, vigilant and constant attention to all minor 
 details ; of superior skill in design and workmanship, and the use of nothing 
 but the best of material. By continually adhering to a high standard of 
 excellence they have done much to improve the quality of American jewelry 
 in general, as other manufacturers have followed their example. Messrs. 
 Durand & Company have greatly improved American taste in this regard, and 
 their success has been an important triumph in American industry. Among the 
 jewelry manufacturers of the United States they are first in excellence, and 
 perhaps second in amount of productions. The working force of the factory 
 numbers 125 hands, and only the most skilful artizans are employed. The 
 weekly pay-roll is $2,000, and the annual productions are valued at half a 
 million dollars. 
 
 M. DBNMAN WILBUR, successor to Wilbur, Beam & EngHsh, 61 and 63 
 Hamilton-street. At this manufactory are produced fine gold lockets exclusivel}'-, 
 the standard fineness being 14 carats. Sales are made solely to jobbers. 
 Twenty hands are employed, and the summary of weekly wages is $300. The 
 value of annual production is $25,000. 
 
OP NEWARK, N. J. 153 
 
 DODD & HEDGES, 90 Mechanic- street. Upon application to this firm for 
 the facts and figures relating to their manufactory, the reply received was that 
 they had " no time to bother with any such matter." 
 
 H. ELCOX & CO., 23 Marshall-street; Salesroom, 21 Maiden Lane, New 
 York. This firm began the business of jewelry manufacturing in Newark 
 during 1861, and its members are Messrs. H. Elcox and F. H. Larter. They 
 make a specialty of solid gold rings, though a general assortment of fine goods 
 is produced. Although trade is depressed, 35 hands, the usual working 
 force is employed. The weekly pay-roll is $425, the yearly product being 
 $125,000. Goods are fsold in the principal cities of the country. 
 
 THBO. J. ENGLISH & CO., 113 R. R. Avenue, corner Green-street. This 
 firm is just commencing business under the above style, and consists of T. J. 
 English and Alex. Milne, both of whom have long been known to the jewelry 
 trade under other firm associations. Messrs. English & Co. propose to manu- 
 facture exclusively a fine quality of Roman lockets, which will be sold to jobbers 
 in all the leading cities of the country. Being so recently established the statis- 
 tics could not be ascertained. 
 
 PAIRCHILD, LYON & CO., 355 Mulberry-street ; Salesroom, 12 John- 
 street, New York. This firm was estabUshed in 1869, and its members are 
 Messrs. John H. Fairchild, Henry D. Lyon, and J. C. Fairchild. The products 
 consist of a general line of solid gold jewelry, varying in quality from 12 to 14 
 carats. Twenty-five hands are employed, the weekly wages being $400, and 
 the yearly production is $60,000. 
 
 FIELD & CO., 338 Mulberry-street; Salesroom, 8 Maiden Lane, New York. 
 This house was established about 30 years ago, and is engaged in manufactui-ing 
 rings, sets, necklaces, lockets, &c., the specialty of the firm being rings in gen- 
 eral variety. One hundred and ten hands are employed, with a weekly pay roll of 
 $1,800. The value of annual production was respectfully refused. The figures 
 relating to hands and wages as given above, seem somewhat excessive, but are 
 recorded as they were received from the firm. 
 
 GENUNG & CO., 1 Commercial-street, (White's Building.) This firm was 
 established m 1869, and is engaged in the manufacture of a general variety of 
 medium grade jewelry, consisting of sets, rings, chains, etc., chains of all 
 kinds being a specialty. The productions are sold direct from the factory to all 
 parts of the country, and the annual sales are about $40,000. Forty hands 
 are given employment with a weekly pay roll of $500. 
 
 GREASEN, HOLMES & CO., 335 Mulberry-street; Salesroom, 21 John- 
 street, New York. The manufactory conducted under the above style was es- 
 tablished in 1811. The quality of goods is 14 carats, and a specialty of the 
 firm is beautifully colored Etruscan work. The usual force of the factory num- 
 20 
 
 % 
 
154 THE INDUSTRIAL INTEREST."? 
 
 bers 25 hands, the weekly pay roll beiug $400. The annual production is 
 $75,000, and the goods are sold generally throughout the country. 
 
 HALL, MAXWELL & CO., 359 Mulberry-street ; Salesroom, 2 Maiden Lane, 
 New York. This manufactory was established in 1850, under the style of 
 Ailing, Hall & Dodd, and the present firm name dates from 1868. A general 
 line of 14 carat gold jewelry is made, though a specialty is lockets and chain 
 bracelets. Twenty-five hands are employed, the weekly wages being $450, 
 and the yearly production $75,000. 
 
 HARTMAN, SCHUETZ & CO., 158 Oliver-street; Salesroom, 15 Maiden 
 Lane, New York. The products of this factory are sets, lockets, chains, and 
 bracelets, the standard quality being 14 carats. Eighteen hands are employed, 
 the weekly wages being $250, and the annual production $50,000. 
 
 J. W. HAYES & CO., 922 Broad-street. This firm declined to furnish any 
 information regarding the character and extent of their business, deeming the 
 same " nobody's business but their own." 
 
 FERDINAND J. HERPERS, 18 Crawford-street. At this factory is made 
 a specialty in the jewelry trade, namely, gold settings for diamonds and precious 
 stones. Four hands are employed, and the nature of the business is such that 
 the amount of the annual production could not be ascertained. 
 
 H. HOPPER, 8 Maple Place. The products of this manufactory are exclu- 
 sively solid gold cuff buttons, the standard fineness being 12 carats. Fifteen 
 hands are employed, the weekly wages being $200. The value of yearly pro- 
 ducts is $30,000, and sales are made principally in Boston, New York, Phila- 
 delphia, Baltimore and California markets. 
 
 A. JORALEMON & CO, 355 and 357 Mulberry-street. This firm was estab- 
 lished in 1863. and consists of A. Joralemon and J. C. Mandeville. A general 
 assortment of medium grade jewelry is manufactured and the goods are sold to 
 jobbers entirely, and mainly in the New York market. Thirty hands are em- 
 ployed, with a weekly pay roll of $400. The value of annual production is 
 $70,000. 
 
 KREMENTZ & CO., 14 Oliver- street. This house was established in 1864, 
 and the present style was adopted in 1869, the firm being Messrs. Geo. Kre- 
 mentz and J. A. Lebkuecher. A general line of solid jewelry is made, the gold 
 used being 14 carats fine. In response to inquiries the firm stated their work- 
 ing force as 110 hands, and the weekly wages $1,500, but the value of yearly 
 productions was refused, it has, however, been closely estimated, and will be 
 found embraced in the general results upon page 149. 
 
 JOHN J. KYLE, Marshall and Halsey streets. This manufactory was 
 originally established in New York, and removed to Newark during the present 
 year. A general assortment of fine goods is made by Mr. Kyle. Fifteen hands 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 155 
 
 are employed, with a weekly pay roll of $250. The value of yearly product is 
 $25,000, and the jyoods are mainly sold in the western markets. 
 
 CHARLES KRAUSS, 477 Washington-street. This factory was established 
 in 1870, and the goods made are mostly fine gold chains, sets and rings. Fif- 
 teen hands are employed, the weekly pay roll being $200. The annual pro- 
 duct is $25,000. G-oods are sold to jobbers. 
 
 KENT, HOLDEN & CO., 42 Court-street; Salesroom, 196 Broadway, N. Y. 
 This house was established in 1866, and the members of the firm are Messrs. 
 Isaac Kent, G-eorge Holden and Stephen B. Kent. A general Une of fine gold 
 jewelry is produced, though a specialty is made of pins and sets. The fineness 
 of gold used by this firm ranges from 10 to 18 carats. Twenty -five hands are 
 employed, with a weekly pay roll of $375, the annual product being valued at 
 $50,000. Goods are sold to jobbers in the principal cities of the country. 
 
 McINTIRE, CHAMPENOTS & BEDELL, Marshall and Halsey streets ; 
 Salesroom, 21 Maiden Lane, New York, The manufaciory conducted under 
 the above style was established in 1864, and the members of the present firm 
 are Messrs. C. Mclntire, Isaac Champenois, and H. Bedell. The firm produces 
 a general line of solid gold jewelry, and the quality ranges from 12 to 16 carats, 
 though any fineness is made to order. Special attention is given to the manu- 
 facture of fine bracelets and jet goods. 
 
 Seventy-five hands are employed, with a weekly pay roll of about $1,000. 
 The facilities of the factory require 125 hands, and with the revival of trade 
 the full force will be employed. The usual yearly product of goods is $200,000, 
 though on account of the financial depression this is now reduced to $150,000. 
 Sales are made generally throughout the country. 
 
 MAYHEW, LEONARD & CARRINGTON, 19 Green-street ; Salesroom, 16 
 John-street, New York. This firm was estabhshed in 1871. Their productions 
 consist of sleeve buttons, studs, sets, rings, lockets, shawl pins, and the firm is 
 prepared to make any desired styles to order. Sales are made generally through- 
 out the country, from Boston to Texas, including California. The quality of 
 gold used is 14 carats fine. Twelve hands are employed in the factory, the 
 weekly pay roll being $150. The amount of yearly product is included 
 in the general summary. This firm, though of recent origin, has estab- 
 lished among the trade of the country an enviable reputation for the excellence 
 of their manufactures, both in style and quality. 
 
 MANCHESTER, BROWN & HOBBY, 46 Green-street ; Salesroom, 21 Maiden 
 Lane, New York. The jewelry manufactory known under the above style was 
 established in 1865; The productions consist of rings, lockets, buttons, studs, 
 crosses, &c., all varieties of rings being a specialty. Goods are sold in all parts 
 of the country, and largely in the West. The statistics referring to the firm's 
 business are pubhshed in the summary. 
 
156 THE INDUSTRIAL INTKRESTS 
 
 S. P. MOCKRTDGE, 63 Hamilton-Street ; Salesroom, 116 Broadway, New 
 york. This manufactory is one of the oldest in the jewelry line, and dates its 
 establishment from 1840. A general variety of goods are made, consisting of 
 bracelets, lockets, &e., a specialty being Masonic jewelry, in which branch an 
 extensive business is done. The annual productions are valued at $125,000, 
 and are sold exclusively to jobbers in the principal cities of the South and West. 
 Forty hands are employed, and weekly wages to the amount of $500 are paid. 
 
 MILLER BROTHERS, 4V to 51 Franklin-street; Salesroom, 11 Maiden 
 Lane, New York. This manufactory has been conducted under the above style 
 since 1854, and the members of the present firm are Messrs. James W. and 
 Isaac M. Miller. 
 
 This firm is worthy of special mention on account of their contributions to 
 jewelry manufacturing in the way of new and improved mechanical appliances, 
 both as regards better machinery and ingeniously devised tools. They have 
 spent thousands of dollars in perfecting improved methods of manufacture, and 
 mainly for the production of the firm's specialties, which consist of fine gold 
 sleeve buttons and a general line of initial and monogram work. The firm has , 
 by their inventive skill and energy, so perfected this branch of jewelry making 
 and cheapened the cost of production that they have scarcely any competitors 
 in this line. Their superior tools and better methods of utilizing steam power 
 have been important additions to this branch of American industry. The tools 
 used are made in their own workshops. In addition to the specialties named, 
 the firm also makes a general variety of jewelry of superior design and work- 
 manship. About 55 hands are at present employed, and the weekly pay roll 
 amounts to $750. The value of annual production is $150,000, and the goods 
 are sold generally throughout the country. 
 
 NESLER & CO., 8 Maple Place. This manufactory was established 20 years 
 ago, and the productions are sets, cuff buttons and studs, a specialty being jet 
 goods. Twenty hands are employed, the weekly pay-roll being $250. and the 
 annual product of jewelry is $40,000. The markets are m the principal cities 
 of the Union. 
 
 OBRIG-, DAY & CO., Marshall and Halsey streets. This firm was estab- 
 lished in 1872, and is engaged in the manufacture of fine jewelry, consisting 
 of sets, studs, rings, buttons, etc., which are sold in all the leading cities of 
 the country. Sixteen hands are employed, with a weekly pay roll of $200. 
 The value of annual products being $30,000. 
 
 WILLIAM RIKER, 42 Court-street ; Salesroom, 5 Maiden Lane, New York. 
 This manufactory was established a quarter of a century ago. A specialty is 
 made of gentlemen's jewelry, the standard of quality being 14 carats. The sta- 
 tistics relating to the factory are incorporated in the general summary. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 157 
 
 EOTHSCHILD BROS., 74 Lawrence-street. This firm was established in 
 1872, and its members are Messrs. Louis and James Rothschild. The goods 
 made arc mostly soHd gold chains and bracelets, the quality being 14 carats- 
 Sales are made to jobbers and dealers. Twenty hands arc employed, and the 
 weekly wages are $250. The value of yearly productions is $60,000. 
 
 ENOS RICHARDSON & CO., 52 Columbia-street; Salesroom, 23 Maiden 
 Lane, New York. The gentleman in charge of this manufactory, in response 
 to inquiries, declined to furnish any statistics, on the ground that it was not to 
 the firm's interest to do so. 
 
 SHAFER & DOUGLAS, 61 and 63 Hamilton-street; Salesroom, 11 Maiden 
 Lane, New York. This house was established in 1856 under the style of Shafer 
 & Swinnerton, and the business was thus continued until 1867, when the pres- 
 ent firm was organis^ed, consisting of Messrs. Joseph H, Shafer and Frederick 
 S. Douglas. They manufacture sets, sleeve buttons, rings, and a general variety 
 of fine jewelry, and have done much to improve methods and processes of 
 manufacture. Skillful mechanics are kept constantly employed in engraving on 
 steel new designs and styles. Their markets are mainly in the Northern and 
 Western States, though some goods are sold in the South. Thirty hands are 
 employed in the factory, the weekly pay roll being $400, and the value of annual 
 production $100,000. 
 
 SMILLIE, DORRANCE & EDGE, Maple Place. The estabhshment of this 
 manufactory dates from 1853, and is one of the old jewelry houses of Newark. 
 The productions of the firm consist of gold chains, hair chain trimmings^ brace- 
 lets, opera and guard chains, &c. The goods are sold to jobbers throughout the 
 United States, and are largely exported to Mexico. The statistics of this manu- 
 factory are included in the summary. 
 
 SHOEMAKER & DOUGHERTY, 51 Green-street. This firm makes sleeve- 
 buttons, sets, and stone lockets, split and spring rings being a specialty. The 
 goods are sold in the metropolitan cities, and the force employed in the factory 
 numbers 20 hands, the weekly pay-roll being $275, and the value of yearly 
 production is $50,000. 
 
 SWINNERTON BROS. & CO., 65 Hamilton-street; Salesroom, 196 Broad- 
 way, New York. This manufactory was established in 1856, and the present 
 firm was organized in 1867, its members being Messrs. James, Jr., and Geo. 
 W, Swinnerton and Alexis Petersen. They make a general variety of goods 
 as sets, buttons, rings, etc., a specialty being jet goods. Filled work comprises 
 a part of their productions. Markets are principally in the West. Twenty 
 five hands are employed, and the weekly wages paid are $300. The value of 
 annual productions is $60,000. 
 
 TINGLEY, SINNOCK & SHIRRIL, 23 Lawrence-street; Salesroom, 9 Mai- 
 den Lane, New York. This firm makes a specialty of sohd gold rings with 
 
158 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 stone settings, and the goods are sold in the principal cities to jobbers. 
 Eighteen hands are employed, the weekly wages being $225, and the annual 
 production $30,000. 
 
 VAN HOUTEN, SATRE & CO., 45 Franklin- street. This manufactory was 
 established in 1870 under the style of Van Houten Bros. A general hue of 
 soHd gold jewelry is made, though a specialty is made of necklaces and sets. 
 Twenty hands are employed, the weekly pay-roll being $250, and the value of 
 annual production is $30,000. The goods are sold throughout the country, but 
 mainly in New York. 
 
 WHEELER, PARSONS & HAYES, 922 Broad-street ; Salesroom, 2 Maiden 
 Lane, New York. This well known house was originally established in 1859, 
 and occupies a first place in the jewelry trade of the country, both from extent 
 of business and quality of manufactures. This firm, unlike others "which pro- 
 duce a general variety of goods, believe that by a close application to the several 
 branches of the trade, making each a specialty, better wares can be produced 
 and the wants of the markets better considered; hence, the manufactures of the 
 house are divided into three separate and distinct branches, (1.) chams ; (2.) 
 fine jewelry, consisting of sets, rings, sleeve buttons, studs, lockets, crosses 
 &c., and (3.) watch cases. 
 
 The greater part of these goods are produced in Newark, the fine jewelry 
 being manufactured here for the firm, by J. W. Hayes & Co., while the branch 
 of chain making is also located here in the firm's own factory. At this manu- 
 factory are employed 40 hands, which is the iull working force. The business 
 has been very little effected by the general depression in the jewelry industry, 
 as the standard reputation of the firm's goods is such as to at all times command 
 a market. At Brooklyn, N. Y., another factory of the firm is located, in which 
 
 is carried on the making of watch cases. Here are employed hands, and 
 
 upwards of four hundred cases are produced each week. The style and work- 
 manship of this firm's watch cases are regarded by the trade as the finest in the 
 country. The annual productions of the Newark watch chain factory are 
 valued at $200,000, while the combined products of the firm are over one mill- 
 ion dollars per year. Thus the extended business of Messrs. "Wheeler, Parsons 
 & Hayes comprises the operation of three factories, and their sales extend 
 throughout the country to both jobbers and consumers. 
 
SILVER WARE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 JOSEPH B. MAYO, 58 and 60 Mechanic-street. This is the only manu- 
 factory in Newark, and perhaps in New Jersey, engaged in the production of 
 fine silver ware. Tlie business was established in 1868, by the present 
 proprietor. 
 
 The products comprise a general line of silver ware, such as cake baskets, 
 card receivers, castors, waiters, pitchers, spoons, forks, &c. The metals used 
 are brittania, white metal and solid silver. Mr. Mayo makes the composition 
 metals required, in his own factory. His goods have a standard reputation, and 
 the business will doubtless increase into large proportions. A silver medal was 
 awarded him at tlie last Fair of the New Jersey State Agricultural Society. 
 
 Mr. Mayo has shown commendable energy in producing silver ware of so 
 high a quality. A specialty is made of the best plated ware. The goods are 
 mainly sold in home and near-by markets. Eight hands are employed in the 
 factor}', and the weekly wages are $90. The annual product is valued at 
 $15,000. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. .). 
 
 161 
 
 MANUFACTURES IN METALS OTHER THAN IRON 
 —SUMMARY. 
 
 Manufactures in metals, as above, of every kind 81 
 
 Total number employees 2,685 
 
 " amount of wages paid weekly $38,811 . 00 
 
 " " wages paid per year $2,018,172.00 
 
 " value of annual productions $14,289,500.00 
 
 Comprising: — 
 
 Brass and Copper Wire and Wire Cloth 
 Manufactory 
 
 Plumbers' Brass Work Manufactories. . 
 
 Carriage and Harness Ornament " 
 
 Brass and Metal Small Ware " 
 
 Lock " 
 
 Tin and Planished Ware " 
 
 * Jewelry " 
 
 Tea-Tray and Stove Platform " 
 
 Silver Ware " 
 
 f Stair-Rod " 
 
 Smelting and Refining Works 
 
 Zinc " 
 
 
 No. of 
 
 em- 
 ployees 
 
 1 
 
 33 
 
 3 
 
 35 
 
 4 
 
 36 
 
 6 
 
 426 
 
 4 
 
 74 
 
 3 
 
 180 
 
 51 
 
 1,396 
 
 1 
 
 60 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 90 
 
 4 
 
 145 
 
 1 
 
 200 
 
 $456 
 
 395 
 
 480 
 
 4.000 
 
 1,650 
 
 1,525 
 
 24,415 
 
 600 
 
 90 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,890 
 
 2.200 
 
 Armual 
 Production. 
 
 $125,000 
 
 76,500 
 
 78,000 
 
 465,000 
 
 215,000 
 
 275,000 
 
 5,070,000 
 
 125,000 
 
 15,000 
 
 200,000 
 
 7,050,000 
 
 600,000 
 
 * In this branch of industr}' the statistics of nine firms who refused information are not 
 inchided. For estimated productions, etc., see page 149. 
 
 t The statistics given of stair-rod manufactories are those of M. Gould's Sons only, the 
 figures of the other factory not being included for reasons named on page 141. 
 21 
 
MANUFACTURES IN 
 
 IRON AND WOOD. 
 
 CARRIAGE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Carriage building as an art, and carried on in extensive factories, is of recent 
 growth, though as a trade it is very much older. As a trade, strength in car- 
 riage building was due to great weight, other results being bulk and general 
 unwieldiness, as is clearly shown by an illustration of the carriages used in the 
 last century. As an art, the result is lightness, beauty, strength and durability, 
 united by an inteUigeut and skillful combination of elements which science has 
 suggested, and experiment proved to be the best adapted for reaching the end 
 in view. The carriage of fifty years ago had little more in common witli the 
 phaeton or landau of to-day than that it ran on wheels. A comparison would 
 amply justify the assertion that the art of carriage building has fully kept pace 
 with the wonderful industrial advancement in other directions during the last 
 half century. 
 
 The perfection of the art is combining the greatest possible strength and 
 elegant finish with the least possible weight. Among the many causes, aside 
 from the natural promptings of taste and refinement, which have stimulated 
 men of inventive genius and skill to a laudable rivalry in the art which has re- 
 sulted in the present nearness to perfection, has been the development of 
 trotting speed in horses. The rapid speed which horses now attain, could never 
 have been reached had they been compelled to draw the lumbering vehicles of 
 50 years ago. 
 
 To this country belongs the honor of introducing nearly all the improvements 
 that have fairly revolutionized the carriage building trade of the world. 
 American carriages have been largely purchased in Europe, and their advent 
 there has exercised a great influence on foreign carriage builders, who are 
 rapidly abandoning the old fashioned, heavy, and cumbersome vehicles for 
 lighter, more graceful, and equally durable styles. 
 
' OF NEWARK, N. J. 163 
 
 Newark was one of the first and foremost cities in perfecting the manufac- 
 ture of American carriages. Even in the early part of this century her repu- 
 tation for producing the improved styles of carriages was very great, and ex- 
 tended over the whole country, and even to Mexico and South America. One 
 firm, mentioned farther on, was established in 1834, and is, with one exception, 
 (an Albany firm), the oldest in the country in this line. Previous to the war 
 the carriage trade of Newark was largely in the South, and in that direction 
 alone was very extensive. A material decrease of business in that direction 
 has resulted from the war, and the consequent impoverishment of the Southern 
 country. "With the improvement of affairs, however, Newark carriages will 
 again be freely sold from Baltimore to G-alveston. 
 
 Carriage building is, however, at the present time an important Newark in- 
 dustry. The business is perhaps, more unfavorably affected by the financial 
 panic of last year, than most other lines of industry. Carriage builders deal 
 in luxuries, and during financial depression their business is first affected. 
 This branch of Newark's industries, however, is in a healthy state, and with 
 the revival of trade it will resume its accustomed activity. The carriage makers 
 of Newark are as a rule enterprising gentlemen who have grown wealthy 
 through industry and economy. Their carriages are sold in nearly all parts of 
 the world, and quite largely in New York and other metropolitan cities in the 
 Union, and with tne exertions sure to be made, the justly earned fame of New- 
 ark Carriages will become still greater in succeeding years. The people of 
 Newark are exceedingly fortunate that, relative to so important an accessory of 
 culture and refinement as the modern carriage, they have all that the most cri- 
 tical taste can require in the products of home manufacturers. For the most 
 approved styles, thorough workmanship and elegant finish they have need to 
 go no further than to Newark workshops, and a just municipal pride will re- 
 sult in buying only of home institutions. The firms named below are all 
 worthy of honorable mention as having contributed to the supremacy of New- 
 ark in carriage building, though as will be seen, some are deserving of greater 
 prominence than others. 
 
 J. COLYER & COMPANY, 229 to 235 Halsey-street ; Salesroom, 598 
 Broadway, New York. This manufactory was established in 1840 by the 
 senior member of the present firm, Mr. Joseph Colyer. It is thus one of the old- 
 est in the country, and when the business was commenced carriage manufacturing 
 in the United States was of slight importance as a distinct branch of industry. 
 Mr.Colyer's efforts in developing the manufacture of carriages have been generally 
 acknowledged. In 1864 the style was changed to J. Colyer & Co. by the 
 admission of the s6n, Mr. John Colyer, as a partner. 
 
 The firm's productions are landaus, coupes and hght carriages, special atten- 
 tion being given to the manufacture of sulkies, together with light road 
 
164 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 and skeleton wagons. In these specialties the firm has an established and 
 well-merited reputation. They have taken first premiums at the Fair of the 
 N. J. State Agricultural Society and the St. Louis Industrial Fair. 
 
 Messrs. Colyer & Co., unlike their Newark competitors in carriage building, 
 have commodious warerooms in New York for the convenience of their pat- 
 rons in that city. The products are mainly sold in the home markets, though 
 skeleton wagons are shipped to St. Louis and the "West generally. Forty 
 hands are- employed in the factory, and the weekly wages are $450. The 
 value of annual production is upwards of $75,000. 
 
 DOBBINS & YAN NESS, 23 and 25 Pearl-street. This firm began business 
 in 1870, and its members are Messrs. Harvey W. Dobbins and James H. D. Van 
 Ness. A specialty is made of light carriage work, and though recently 
 started they have already earned a reputation for the manufacture of excellent 
 work. They are building up an extended carriage trade, though their sales at 
 present are mainly in the home market. The working force of the factory 
 numbers about 15 hands, and the weekly payment of wages is $175. The 
 value of annual productions is about $25,000. 
 
 GOLDER & POST, 227 Halsey-street. This manufactory was estabhshed 
 in 1842, and is therefore one of the oldest in Newark. The firm has been 
 unchanged for many years, and at present consists of Messrs. Abraham 
 Golder and Cornelius M. Post. The history of the firm has been almost con- 
 tinuous with the growth of Newark's industries. Previous to the war their 
 trade was largely in the South ; since then, however, the good taste and excel- 
 lent workmanship displayed in their productions have given them an extended 
 market in other directions. The products of the factory are principally fine 
 grades of light work, and the goods are sold in the home market, near-by 
 cities, and occasionally carriages are shipped to California. The present work- 
 ing force of the factory numbers 25 hands, and the weekly pay-roll is $325. 
 The yearly productions are valued at $30,000, but with the revival of trade 
 this will be largely increased. 
 
 M. C. GREEN, 120 to 126 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This is one of the old- 
 est carriage manufactories in Newark, and was established in 184,6 under the 
 style of Green & Co. During the past year Mr. M. C. Green, the senior of the 
 old firm assumed sole charge of the business. The efforts of the firm greatly 
 contributed to the early supremacy of Newark in carriage building. In the 
 palmy days of Southern ease and luxury the carriages of Green & Co. were 
 favorably known throughout the whole South and also in other parts of the 
 country. Under the present management, however, the old prestige still con- 
 tinues, though for the time being the tendency of trade is in other directions. 
 Mr. Green is not behind in the introduction of new designs, and his styles of 
 rockaways, park and pony phaetons, are in every way superior. His trade is 
 
 i 
 
N. J. 165 
 
 still largely in the South, and extensive sales are made in New York, Brooklyn, 
 and other near-by cities. A general variety of carriages is made, and about 
 50 hands are employed in the factory. The weekly pay-roll is $550, the value 
 of annual production being about $75,000. 
 
 LEVERICH & BNDP]RS, 282 Market-street. This firm manufactures a 
 general Hne of light carriages, though heavy work is sometimes made. The 
 members of the firm are Messrs. John T. Leverich and Wilharu B. Enders. 
 They have had long experience in carriage making, and their productions have 
 an acknowledged reputation for finished elegance. Goods are largely sold in 
 New York and Brooklyn. The working force of the factory numbers 25 
 hands, with a weekly pay roll of $450, the yearly production of carriages being 
 valued at $55,000. 
 
 EZRA MARSH, 50 and 52 Bruen-street. The carriage manufactory con- 
 ducted under the above style was established by Mr. Marsh in 1846, It was 
 long a source of carriage supplies for the great Southern market, and now, 
 when few goods are sold in that direction, the energy requisite for supplying 
 the near-by and Western demand is not wanting, and Mr. Marsh's efforts are 
 constantly in the direction of improved styles and better grades. He employs 
 every opportunity for securing new and better designs, and these, together with 
 originality and skill are sufficient to secure the highest results of the art. His 
 carriages are sold in the home market. New York, Boston, and are also 
 shipped to Mexico, the West Indies and Japan. The usual working force of 
 the factory numbers 30 hands, and the wages paid weekly amount to $400, 
 the yearly products being valued at $50,000. 
 
 J. M. QUINBY & CO., 836 Broad-street. The firm now doing business 
 under the above style was founded in 1834 by Mr. James M. Quinby, and, as 
 allusion has already been made, it is the oldest house in the country, with one 
 exception, engaged in the manufacture of fine carriages. The name of the 
 founder, James M. Quinby is known and honored wherever the fame of American 
 carriage making has gone. Few men have done more in the promotion of a 
 single branch of American industry than he as a pioneer in carriage manu- 
 facturing. Previous to starting in business he had served a full apprentice- 
 ship, and his intimate knowledge of carriage building, thorough workmanship, 
 and inventive skill were no doubt largely due to his early training. Com- 
 mencing when the business was in its infancy, by a concentration of ener- 
 gies in one direction, aided by persevering industry, he was enabled to attain 
 a high standard of excellence. The results of his earnest efforts were a 
 great incentive to others, and thus his exertions and influence did much 
 toward bringing the A'merican carriage to its present high degree of perfec- 
 tion. He was also ever ready to adopt the improvements of others, and was 
 always eager to test the merits of new inventions, and the high reputation of 
 
166 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 his work showed how well he kept up to the progressive spirit of the age. 
 During his business experience Mr. Quinby had several associates, though from 
 1834 until the present, the firm name has remained unchanged. In July of 
 the present year Mr. Quinby died, after many honorable years of usefulness 
 and profit to his fellow men. The Harness and Carriage Journal paid an elo- 
 quent tribute to his memory, and, on the day of his funeral, the carriage fac- 
 tories throughout the city of Newark were closed as a token of respect and 
 honor. 
 
 By the death of the senior Mr. Quinby, the firm was dissolved. As reor- 
 ganized, however, the style remains as before, and the members of the present 
 firm are Messrs. James M. Quinby, Isaac S. Ayres and John H. Jephson. The 
 first named gentleman is a son of the founder, and he inherits much of his 
 father's business foresight and persevering energy, and each of them was 
 identified with the old firm in one capacity or another for years, thus showing a 
 valuable experience which is so important in the direction of an extended 
 manufacturing enterprise. Under their efficient management the business will 
 no doubt continue to increase and prosper. In fertility of resource and inven- 
 tive skill, so essential in carriage making, they are well qualified for carrying 
 forward a work so well begun. The manners and customs of society are 
 changing so rapidly that successful carriage making greatly depends on the 
 mtroduction of new and more artistic styles. In this connection, to show the 
 superior claims of J. M. Quinby & Co., it is only necessary to mention of the 
 firm Mr. Isaac S. Ayres, whose rare skill in draughting improved designs of 
 carriages is everywhere acknowledged. 
 
 The firm manufacture every description of vehicles, from a light road wagon 
 to a clarence, coach, or landaulet,, and none but the most skilled workmen are 
 employed. Only the best grades of goods are made, and they are sold in all 
 parts of the country, and largely in New York and other metropolitan cities. 
 Sales are also made in South America and Europe. The present working 
 force of the factory numbers 100 workmen, and the weekly wages are $1,365. 
 The yearly production of carriages is valued at $130,000. "With the general 
 revival of business this will be largely increased, 
 
 S. B. SANDERS, 246 Market- street. The products of this factory are 
 light carriages and sleighs. Mr. Sanders has been in the business of fine 
 carriage making for many years and has won a repution for thorough work- 
 manship, and careful attention to public tastes and requirements. About 25 
 hands are employed in the factory, the weekly pay roll being $400. The goods 
 are mainly sold in the home market, and the value of annual productions is 
 $35,000. 
 
168 THE INDUSTRIAL IXTERKSTS 
 
 CHILDREN'S CARRIAGE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 COLE & BALLARD. 200 to 208 Academy-street. Of late j-ears, the 
 production of children's carriages and sleighs has been a prominent part of 
 American industr3^ 
 
 The point of excellence has been to combine extreme lightness and elegance 
 with durability and strength. Li securing these results the .firm named above 
 has been prominent. It is the only manufactory of the kind in Newark, and 
 is the largest one in New Jersey. The firm dates from 1870. 
 
 A specialty of the firm's productions is the patent ''phaeton" spring carriage. 
 These carriages have a fine appearance, and are the best of their kind, combin- 
 ing elasticit}" and strength. They als(5 manufacture sleds, velocipedes, wagons, 
 etc. During busy seasons the firm makes 20,000 carriages, and their trade ex- 
 tends to all parts of the country. Fifty-five hands are employed, with a weekly 
 pay roll of $600. Tlie value of annual productions is .$75^000. 
 
 HEARSE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 TURNBULL & GUMERSELL, 17 and 19 Mechanic-street. The pro- 
 ductions of this firm consist entirely of hearses, and it is the only manufactory 
 in the country manufacturing this class of work exclusively. The business was 
 begun as early as 1817, by James Turnbull, father of the present senior 
 partner. In 1847 the style was changed to Jas. Turnbull & Son, and the pre- 
 sent firm name dates from 1856, the members of the firm being Messrs. Alex. 
 Turnbull and R. Grumersell, Jr. By careful attention to the details of the 
 business, selection of the best material, and thorough workmanship, the firm 
 has earned a reputation for producing the best hearses made in tlie country. 
 It is obvious that a firm which gives special attention to a single line of busi- 
 ness can attain to higher results than those who attempt to cover the whole 
 field of production. The hearses made by Messrs. Turnbull & Gumersell are 
 
OF* NEWARK, N. J. 169 
 
 sold in all the metropolitan cities of tlie Union, and are occasionally exported 
 to l<]urope. The working force of the factory numbers 30 hands, and the 
 amount of weekly wages is $450. The annual productions are valued at 
 S>75.000. 
 
 WAGON MANUFACTORY. 
 
 BRANDEBURGH & NOVELLE, 9 to 13 Crawford-street. This is the only 
 concern in Newark, and one of the largest in New Jersey, engaged solely in 
 the manufacture of wagons for an extended market. The business was estab- 
 lished in 1855, and the members of the present firm are Messrs. Geo. A. Brande- 
 burgh and John Novelle. Tlie products of the factory comprise grocers', 
 bakers', express, and business wagons, etc. The wagons made by this firm 
 liave a standard reputation and are largeh- sold in the West and South, and 
 even as far West as California. 
 
 Tlie firnvs manufacturing facilities at the factorj^ in Crawford-street are 
 ample, but on account of the present business depression, the Avorking force is 
 materially reduced. The number of hands is 25, and the weekly wages 
 $375, the value of yearly productions being $65,000. 
 
 AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENT MANUFACTORY. 
 
 THE NEW YORK PLOW COMPANY, Foot of River-street; Office, 55 
 Beekman-street, New York. Plows, as originally used in Egypt, were made of 
 the limbs of trees, and in that country the same kind of plow is in use to-day. 
 The plow still in vogue in Palestine is made entirely of these sticks, so adjusted 
 as to support each other. Improvements in the manufacture of plows were 
 very slow, and not until the present century, were the perfections of the present 
 day fully foreshadowed. 
 
 One of the first to improve the plow in this country was Thomas Jefiferson, 
 who, in a connnunication to the French Institute, attempted to solve the mathe- 
 matical problem of the true surface of the mouldboard. Previous to 1830 the 
 improvements in this branch of industry were many and valuable, and among 
 22 
 
170 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 the first organized efforts to manufacture plows on an extensive scale was the 
 Peekskill Plow Works, at Peekskill, N. T., organized in 1826, the New York 
 Plow Company at the location named above being their successors in the busi- 
 ness. The works were removed to Newark in 1869, and are one of the principal 
 industries in the city. The officers of the Company are as follows : President 
 and Treasurer, J. B. Brown ; Secretary, John W. Douglass ; Superintendent, 
 John Pentreath. 
 
 Perhaps no other organization, so far as regards the manufacture of necessary 
 implements is concerned, has been more closely identified with the agricultural 
 development of the country than this. As the Peekskill Plow Works, it was 
 foremost in bringing the American plow to perfection, and the Company, in the 
 early years of its history, had scarcely any rivals in supplying the East, and the 
 West as the latter developed, with the best products of American workshops. 
 And, under its present proprietors the styles and methods of manufacture are 
 so perfected, and the facilities of production are such, that the Company's plows, 
 and their other agricultural Implements are sold in nearly every State in the 
 Union. To supply the varied peculiarities of soil and climate which are found 
 in so extensive a market, over 1,000 different styles of plows are manufactured, 
 and constant additions and improvements are making. 
 
 The New York Plow Company have been foremost in- creating a demand in 
 foreign countries for American plows and agricultural implements. In this 
 direction they have done much to maintain and enhance the supremacy of 
 American industry. Their trade extends over the whole of South America, 
 and is rapidly increasing in Spain, Austria, G-ermany and Russia. The produc- 
 tions comprise plows, plow castings for manufacturers, feed cutters, cider mills, 
 a great variety of agricultural miplements, and iron castings. About 3,500 tons 
 of iron are annually required in manufacturing processes. The force employed 
 at the works numbers about 200 hands, the weekly wages being $2,000. The 
 yearly product of plows, castings and general implements is valued at 
 $300,000. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 
 
 171 
 
 MANUFACTURES IN IRON AND WOOD. 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 Manufactures in iron and wood of every kind 12 
 
 Total number Employees 620 
 
 " amount of wages paid weekly $7,535 00 
 
 " " wages paid per year 391,820 00 
 
 " value of annual production 990,000 00 
 
 Comprising : — 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 No. of 
 em- 
 ployees 
 
 Weekly 
 Wages. 
 
 Annual 
 Production. 
 
 Carriage Manufactories 
 
 8 
 
 310 
 
 $4,115 
 600 
 
 $475,000 
 75,000 
 
 Children's Carriage Manufactories 
 
 1 
 
 55 
 
 Hearse " 
 
 1 
 
 30 
 
 450 
 
 75,000 
 
 Wagon " 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 375 
 
 65,000 
 
 Agricultural Implement " 
 
 1 
 
 200 
 
 2,000 
 
 300,000 
 
MANUFACTURES IN WOOD. 
 
 WHEEL AND CARRIAGE WOODWORK 
 MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 PHINEAS JONES & CO., (Newark Wheel and Spoke Works,) 301 to 307 
 Market-street. The present high state of perfection in manufactures has only- 
 been possible through diversified industry. The manufacture of many articles 
 of utility has been facilitated and the cost of production lessened, by means of 
 a division of labor. Scarcely any branch of industry better illustrates this fact 
 than the manufacture of carriages and wagons. Thirty years ago the various 
 parts of a wagon or a carriage were made in one manufactory, the same set of 
 hands producing all the parts. It has already been shown in this volume how 
 the separate manufacture of springs and axles has facilitated and improved car- 
 riage building. This division of labor is now more fully apphed to the wood 
 work of wagons and carriages, the truth being that the operations of carriage 
 manufacturers of to-day mainly comprised in uniting and finishing the work 
 of other factories. 
 
 The most important industrj^ which has resulted from the division of labor 
 referred to is the manufacture of wheels, spokes, and wheel stock in general. 
 As a separate line of trade, wheel making was begun in this country about 
 1840, as special machinery was then first employed to'improve and expedite the 
 work. Prev^iously the various processes necessary for forming the perfect 
 wheel were carried on by carriage makers in their own factories without the 
 aid of machinery. At that time spokes and felloes were made entirely by hand, 
 and to produce one set of wheels was considered a week's work for one man. 
 Through the introduction of labor-saving machinery, the business is now com- 
 pletely revolutionized. 
 
 As indicated, the first efforts in this direction were made in 1840, and by S. 
 G. Reed of Massachusetts. With him in the early and experimental stages ot 
 the industry, Mr.E. J. Whittemore served an apprenticeship from boyhood, there- 
 by obtaining a thorough knowledge of the business. With his valuable expe- 
 rience to aid them, Mr, Whittemore and Mr. Phineas Jones began the manufacture 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 173 
 
 of wheels at Elizabethport, N. J., in 1855, under the style of Whitteraore & 
 Jones, and thus was established the business now conducted in Newark by the 
 firm of Phineas Jones & Co., who are perhaps the largest mannfacturers of 
 wheels and spokes in the United States. In 1856 Mr. Whittemore withdrew 
 from the firm, when Mr. Jones became sole proprietor. Four years later, in 
 1860, he was joined by Mr. William H. Baldwin. In the same year the present 
 style was adopted and the works removed to this city, and thus was Newark 
 made a chief source of supply in this important branch of industry. The busi- 
 ness of the firm increased so rapidly that it soon became necessary to provide 
 better manufacturing facilities, and in 1864 they builtthe present factory, which 
 was afterwards considerably improved and enlarged, and it is now one of the 
 most extensive manufacturing establishments in Newark. During 1867 Mr. E. 
 J. "Whittemore rejoined the concern as a partner, and has since had charge of 
 the manufacturing department. 
 
 The business of this great firm now plays a prominent part in the carriage 
 industry of the country. Although the labor saving machinery in use at the 
 date of the firm's organization was considerable, many improvements and addi- 
 tions have since been added. These new machines and devices have been a main 
 cause of the firm's preeminent success, and nearly all of them have resulted 
 from the genius and skill of the senior partner, Mr. Phineas Jones, whose 
 efforts have greatly contributed to the importance of Newark as a manufactur- 
 ing centre, and have also resulted in important additions to American industry. 
 With a just appreciation of the conspicuous part which industrial developments 
 perform as an element of modern civilization, he regards with peculiar pride 
 the City of Newark, whose earnest men, by their inventive skill and untiring 
 energy, have made important and permanent contributions to the supremacy of 
 American manufactures. 
 
 The firm are now extensive manufacturers of finished wheels for all descrip- 
 tions of wagons and carriages, and also the parts of wheels, known as wheel 
 stock. They keep constantly in store for the trade a stock of 500,000 spokes, 
 in all widths, 10,000 sets of rims, and about 15,000 sets of hubs. The firm's 
 productions are regarded as unsurpassed in the country, and superior facilities 
 enable them to so cheapen the cost of production that the firm of Phineas 
 Jones & Co., has few, if any, successful competitors in their special line. A 
 prominent feature of the business is the manufacture of an improved wheel, of 
 Mr. Jones' invention, and known to the trade as the Jones' Patent Wheel. It is 
 protected in the centre by a strong iron band, having the requisite holes for the 
 spokes, and this band being forced upon and into the wood by powerful pressure, 
 the hub is secured from the remotest possibility of breaking. The merits of the 
 Jones' Wheel are strength, economy, durability and elasticity, and it is pro- 
 tected by letters patent granted in 1872-3. Its superiority is such that it is 
 
174 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 rapidly growing in public favor, the truth being that its points of excellence are 
 unrivalled. Sales are principally made to manufacturers, though some goods 
 are sold to the trade. The working force of the factorj'- numbers 45 hands, and 
 the weekly summary of wages is $*700. The number of employees is small on 
 account of the labor saving machinery used. The annual production of the 
 factory is valued at $1*75,000, 
 
 WM. JAMES & CO., (Newark Coach Hub Manufactory,) 142 Summit-street. 
 This house was estabUshed in 1853, under the style of "Wm. Miles & Co. The 
 present firm was organized in 18 71, and its members are Messrs. "Wm. James 
 and Wm. Felts. 
 
 The firm manufactures morticed hubs exclusively, in all varieties, and the 
 works are the largest of the kind in the United States. The woods used are 
 oak, elm and pepperidge, and the timber required isaU cut within 100 miles of 
 Newark. The grade of timber used and the improved methods of manufacture 
 are such that the firm's goods have an acknowledged reputation throughout 
 the country for excellence of material and superior finish. The hubs made by 
 Messrs. James & Co., are sold in all parts of the country, and a large exporting 
 demand also exists. The sales are mostly made to dealers, and the high stand- 
 ing of the firm is the best guarantee as to the quality of productions. The 
 working force of the factory numbers 30 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts 
 to $400. The value of annual productions is $50,000 
 
 WM. STBVELY & CO., 159 Summit-street. This house was estabhshed 
 about 15 years ago, and the members of the present firm are Messrs. Wm. 
 Stevely and Wm. James. The productions comprise a general line of wagon 
 and carriage woodwork, consisting of all varieties of wheels, rims, spokes, 
 poles, shafts, bows, &c. The standard quality of these goods is everywhere 
 acknowledged, and there is an active demand for them from all parts of the 
 country. And in addition the firm has an important exporting trade. Thirty 
 hands are employed in the factory, and their weekly wages are $400, the an- 
 nual production being valued at $75,000. 
 
 S. 0. CRANE, 256 Market-street. This factory was originally established 
 in 1864, and in 1868 Mr. Crane became sole proprietor. The manufacture of 
 wheels of every description is made a specialty. Nothing but the first quality 
 of material is ever used by Mr. Crane, and hence his goods are well and favor- 
 ably known to the trade. The number of hands employed is seven, only a 
 small working force being required owing to the large amount of labor saving 
 machinery used. The weekly pay roll of employees is "^$125, and the value of 
 annual productions is $30,000. Goods are mainly sold to the home and near- 
 by trade. 
 
 W. H. EG-BERT, 226 Halsey-street. This manufactory was estabhshed in 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 175 
 
 1869, and gives eraplo5^ment to five hands. The productions are carriage and 
 hearse bodies, which are sold in the leading cities of the country, and as far 
 south as New Orleans. Seventy-five dollars per week are paid to hands, 
 and the value of annual productions is $6,000. 
 
 R. S. HBDENBERGr, 83 Mechanic-street. Mr. Hedenberg commenced 
 business in 1863, and is engaged in the manufacture of wheels exclusively, for 
 all kinds of vehicles, steam fire engines, etc. Two men are employed, and the 
 weekly wages amount to $30. The value of annual productions is $5,000, 
 and sales are made in the home and near-by markets. 
 
 ISAAC B. KILLBURN, 88 Mechanic-street. This house, formerly known 
 under the style of Bedford, Crane & Co., was established nearly thirty-five 
 years ago. They manufacture a line of carriage wood work, such as carriage 
 bows, bent felloes, shafts, poles, &c. ; also, all kinds of carriage and sleigh 
 timber. Extensive sales of these goods are made in the South and California, 
 and they are also exported to various countries. In addition, Mr. Killburn sells 
 largely to the best New York carriage makers. Fifteen hands are employed in 
 the factory, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $250, the value of annual pro- 
 duction being $40,000. 
 
 P. H.. VROOM, (Phoenix Spoke Works), 46 and 48 Lawrence-street. The 
 production of carriage wood work is made a specialty at this manufactory, and 
 the goods are sold mainly to dealers throughout the country. This house was 
 estabhshed in 1860, and its products have an established reputation and are 
 well known to the leading carriage manufactui-ers of the several States. Six- 
 teen hands are employed, the weekly pay roll being $300. Carriage wood work 
 is produced annually to the amount of $30,000. 
 
 WOOD FAUCET MANUFACTORY. 
 
 JOHN SOMMER, 8 to 12 Pearl-street. The manufacture of cork-lined 
 wooden faucets was commenced by Mr. Sommer in Newark in 1862, he being 
 the first in this country to produce this class of goods. The commencement 
 was in a small way, and for some time but little progress was made in the intro- 
 duction of the cork-lined wooden faucets, but Mr. Sommer, with commendable 
 energy, created a demand for his wares, and now 300 dozen and upwards of 
 these faucets are made per day. Mr. Sommer has so controlled the market of 
 the country that only two firms in all are engaged in the manufacture of cork- 
 lined wooden faucets in the United States. Twenty-five hands are employed in 
 the factory, their weekly wages being $400. The total valuation of annual pro- 
 ducts is $40,000. 
 
 % 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 177 
 
 STEP-LADDER MANUFACTORY. 
 
 D. G. GRIFFITH, 84 McWhorter-street. At this manufactory is produced 
 a variety of house furnishing wooden ware, consisting of skirt, bosom and pastry 
 boards, foot benches, flower stands, snow shovels, &c., a specialty being G-riffith's 
 improved step-ladder. This ladder is simple in construction and is produced at 
 a nominal cost. It is considered to be the best ladder of the kind in the mar- 
 ket, and the demand for it is rapidly increasing. The productions are sold prin- 
 cipally in the New York market to jobbers. Three hands are emplo}'ed, and 
 the weekly wages are $50, the value of yearly products being $12,000. 
 
 SASH, BLIND AND DOOR MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The manufacture of sash, Winds and doors as a part of Newark's industries, 
 is of no small importance, both as regards the quality and quantity of produc- 
 tions. In this direction this city is the source of supplies for a large area of 
 country. The articles in this line as made in Newark, have an admitted stand- 
 ard of high quality. Newark sash and doors are sold throughout the South, 
 and in all the principal cities from Baltimore to Galveston. A large business is 
 done in New York city, and an exporting trade is carried on with Australia. 
 
 F. CALLAWAY, 6 to 10 Comes-street. This manufactory was established in 
 1827, and its productions are a general line of sash, blinds and doors, a specialty 
 being fine hard-wood doors. The hands employed number 40, and the weekly 
 pay roll is $500, the value of annual productions being $85,000. 
 
 S. T. GUERIN, 88 to 92 Hamilton-street. The manufactory known under 
 this style was established in 1854. The products are sash, doors, blinds and 
 mouldings. Twenty hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll amounts to 
 $325. Sales are mostly made in the home markets. The annual productions 
 are valued at $75,000. 
 
 "WILLIAM KING, M. & E. Railroad Avenue and Plane-street. This manu- 
 factory was established in 1854, and the productions comprise sash, blinds and 
 doors, together with wood and paper boxes. In the manufacture of the three 
 first named goods, Mr. King lias few equals, and his concern is among the 
 23 
 
178 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS . 
 
 largest in the State. Sales are mainly made in the home and near-by markets. 
 The working force numbers 120 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $1,400, the 
 value of annual productions being $160,000. 
 
 MEEKER & HEDDEi^, Ogden and Orange-streets. This well known manu- 
 factory was established in 1S52 by Messrs. J. J. Meeker and V. J. Hedden 
 under the above style. The concern is now the largest of its kind in the State, 
 and its growth in so short a time to such immense proportions, has only been 
 possible through the business energy and perseverance of the proprietors. The 
 business of the firm comprises the manufacture of sash, blinds, doors aud trim- 
 mings ; church, bank and oflfice furniture, together with general building opera- 
 tions. The finest goods are made, comprising hard wood doors, &c. Scroll 
 and ornamental sawing, wood turning, &c., are also carried on. The manufac- 
 tured products are sold in Newark and New York, the Southern and Cuban mar- 
 kets. The yearly production of their goods is valued at $800,000. Three 
 hundred hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $5,000, or 
 nearly $1,000 per day. Should the building operations be included in the 
 result given, the toral business of the firm would reach $1,600,000 per yea,T. 
 The factories are among the largest manufacturing establishments in the city, 
 and they cover two and one-half acres of ground. 
 
 WIGHTMAN & BROTHER, 37 to 43 Academy-street. This house was es- 
 tablished in 1827 bv "Wm. H. Wolf The business was continued under succes- 
 sive firms until 1864, when the present style was adopted, and the firm now 
 consists of Joseph H. and Daniel C. Wightman, The productions comprise 
 sash, blinds and doors of the first quality, in which respects the firm excels. 
 Mouldings are made to order. Sales are largely made throughout the South, 
 in Georgia, North Carolma, and from thence to Texas. In addition to the firm's 
 domestic trade, goods are shipped to Australia. The hands employed in the 
 factory number 55, and the weekly wages are $1,000, the value of yearly pro- 
 ductions being $125,000. 
 
 WARD, HUNTINGTON & DUNHAM, (New Jersey Molding and Planing 
 Mill,) Hamilton and McWhorter-streets. The productions of this factory are 
 sash, blinds, moldings, builders' brackets, scroll work, trunk boxes, &c. The 
 work done is generally for home manufacturers in other lines of production. 
 The members of the present firm are Messrs. M. 0. Ward, J. E. Huntington, 
 and John Dunham. Twenty-five hands are employed in the factory, and the 
 weekly pay roll is $375, the value of annual production being $50,000, 
 
''Ilfliiililliiiiiiiii' 
 
180 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 FURNITURE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 It is no doubt true that no single branch of industry is more closely associ- 
 ated with the general advancement in culture, refinement and domestic econ- 
 omy than the manufacture of furniture. Scarcely anything more accurately 
 indicates a nation's progress in civilization than the peculiarities and styles of 
 furniture in vogue at anj given time. And the general utility, convenience 
 and elegance of the furniture now in use constitute valuable results of the 
 general progress in the useful arts. 
 
 "While the manufacture of furniture in Newark, as regards the amount of 
 business done is not of so great importance as some other hnes of industry it 
 is deserving of special prominence on account of the excellence and high qual- 
 ity of the goods produced. The several firms named below fully supply the 
 home market with the finer grades of furniture, and in addition they have an 
 outside trade which extends to New York city and generally throughout New 
 Jersey, and even to Washington, Richmond and other cities farther South. 
 The business, however, is of no slight importance, for to supply the demands in 
 this regard of Newark's culture and refinement, alone gives employment to a 
 large amount of labor and capital. Citizens of Newark have the satisfaction of 
 knowing that no better grades of fine furniture are made anywhere than in 
 their own beautiful city. 
 
 JOHN JELLIFF & CO., 794 Broad-street. Perhaps the history of no 
 single firm has been more closely interwoven with the progress of Newark in 
 wealth, culture and refinement than John Jelliff & Co, furniture manufactur- 
 ers. The business was established in 1836 by the senior partner, Mr. John 
 Jellifif, and to his early efiforis and strict adherence to a high standard of busi- 
 ness integrity is due in a large degree the wide reputation which the firm now 
 enjoys for the high quality and excellence of their productions. In few, if 
 any, other lines of industry must the buyer depend so much on the representa- 
 tions of the manufacture. Even in the jewelry business the infallible acid Avill 
 quickly tell that " all that glitters is not gold." Furniture can only be tested 
 by time and use. It may have a fair and even highly finished exterior, while 
 the material, not being properly seasoned, will soon become warped and value- 
 less. Again, the upholstering may present a handsome appearance, while, for 
 aught the buyer can discover, the supposed curled hair, is tow, shavings or 
 worse. Hence, the high character and integrity of a firm are the only guar- 
 antee of perfect material, and that the faithfulness of the upholsterer's work 
 has only been excelled by the skill of the joiner, carver and finisher. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 181 
 
 The business as established by Mr. Jehiff was continued by him as sole 
 proprietor until 1854, wlien the present firm was organized by the admission as 
 a partner of Mr. Henry H. Miller, who had m the same establishment during 
 the previous eleven years, successively held, under Mr. Jelliff's direction, the 
 position of apprentice, workman, salesman and bookkeeper. Through integrity 
 of purpose, and continuance in well doing he had so won the confidence of 
 his employer that the promotion referred to was a just reward for years of 
 patient industry. In 1860, owing to ill health, Mr. Jellifif was compelled to 
 retire from active work, and since then the business has been under the direct 
 management of the junior partner, Mr. Miller. From that date, through his 
 energy and the counsel of Mr. Jellifif, the business has increased more than 
 three-fold. 
 
 The firm's productions comprise parlor, library, dining room and chamber fur- 
 niture of all descriptions, from medium grades to the most expensive and highly 
 finished products of the art. All the processes necessary for completing the 
 finest furniture are carried on in their own factory under the immediate 
 supervision of Mr. Miller. Thus is full assurance given that only the best mate- 
 rial and methods are employed. This firm is specially noted for the manu- 
 facture of fine office furniture, and ample evidence of their superior work in this 
 regard may be seen in the various banking and insurance offices of iiTewark, 
 which are noted for their superb furniture and interior arrangements. They 
 also excel in the manufacture of elegant mantle and pier glasses, cornices, 
 lambrequins, etc. 
 
 The factory is one of the best appointed concerns of the kind in the country, 
 and to show its extent it is only necessary to state that the firm's business 
 requires more than 4U,000 square feet of floor room, and further enlargements 
 are now underway. Messrs. JelliS" & Co.'s business mainly consists of fine 
 custom work, and fully one half of the sales are made outside of Newark, and 
 largely to citizens of New York city. And there is scarcely a town or city in 
 New Jersey wherein their productions are not favorably known. In addition, 
 sales are made in Washington, Richmond and farther South The working 
 force of the factory numbers 45 men, and the weekly summary of wages is 
 $700, the amount of annual business being |100,000. 
 
 DOUGLA.S, SONS & CO., 79? Broad-street. The furniture manufactory and 
 warcrooms known under the above style was established by the senior propri- 
 etor, Mr. William B. Douglas in 1842. The business has met with a continu- 
 ous growth, and now they are among the most extensive furniture manu- ' 
 facturers in New Jersey. Previous to his beginning the present busi- 
 ness Mr. Douglas had, by valuable experience both as workman and fore- 
 man, learned all the details of furniture manufacturing. He had secured 
 what is so necessary, as an element of success, practical experience, 
 
182 The industrial interests 
 
 and with this to aid liim he estabhshed the business as above stated. 
 The first efforts were modest in their way, but through an intimate 
 knov^ledge of pubHc wants and unusual energy the business increased 
 so rapidly that in a few years more commodious quarters became necessary. 
 The first location was at 65 Market-street, and in 1850, to secure increased 
 facilities, the business was removed to 119 Market-street. Here it remained 
 until 1860, when a removal was again made, and this time to the spacious 
 warerooms and factory now permanently occupied at the central location 797 
 Broad-street, the fashionable thoroughfare of Newark. 
 
 Mr. Douglas was sole proprietor down to 1849, since which time several 
 changes in the busmess occurred until 1871, when the present firm was organ- 
 ized, and its members are the senior proprietor, already referred to, his two 
 sons, Horace B. and Theodore W. Douglas and Adolphus Kuhne. 
 
 The business as now conducted comprises the manufacture of furniture of 
 every description, from medium grades to the most elaborate and expensive 
 article for the chamber, dining room, library or parlor ; also the finest pier and 
 mantle mirrors in gilt-finish, cornices, lambrequins, etc. In the rear of the 
 commodious salesroom are the extensive factory buildings, which are so pro- 
 vided with machinery and convenient arrangements as to secure the greatest 
 results with the least possible outlay and labor. By thus improving the facili- 
 ties of manufacture, Mr. Douglas has done much to cheapen the cost of fine 
 furniture. Only the best material is used, and a large supply of the finer grades 
 of lumber is kept in store that time may be had for the proper seasoning pro- 
 cesses, which are so important in the production of perfect and durable furni- 
 ture. The long standmg of the house, and Mr. Douglas' well known integrity 
 are a sufficient guarantee as to the uniform high quality of the firm's produc- 
 tions. From its inception Mr. Wm. B. Douglas has been the master spirit of 
 the enterprise, and even now, after years of earnest effort, have resulted in an 
 industrial triumph, he is still active, and although materially aided by his sons 
 and Mr. Kuhne, he personally supervises the firm's extensive business. 
 
 A specialty of Messrs. Douglas, Sons & Co. 's business is the manufacture of 
 improved step ladders for the trade. In addition to their regular furniture 
 business the firm deals in carpets, oil cloths and kindred goods, and also in 
 pianos and organs from well known New York and Boston makers. 
 
 The firm's markets are mainlj' in Newark, New York and near-by cities of 
 New Jersey. The yearly products of the factory amount in value to $50,000, 
 though these figures represent in no adequate sense the total of annual sales ; 
 the furniture made in the factory, however, is continually increasing, and will 
 soon comprise nearly the whole amount of furniture sold by the firm. The 
 number of hands employed is 40, and the weekly pay roll is $400. After many 
 years of earnest effort Mr. WiUiam B. Douglas has now the justly earned satis- 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 183 
 
 faction of seeing the firm he was so instrumental in founding, a representative 
 house among Newark industries. • 
 
 TURNER & BROWN, 85 Frederick-street. This manufactory produces 
 a general line of furniture for the trade, consisting of bedsteads, tables, exten- 
 sion-tables, bureaus, cribs, cradles, etc. The market for these goods extends 
 throughout the country. Twenty-five hands are employed, and the weekly 
 summary of wages is $200, the value of annual production at the present rate 
 being $30,000. The capacity of the factory, however, is a yearly product of 
 $100,000, and with the revival of trade this result will be reached. 
 
 WILLIAM HEMMER, Bloomfield Avenue and Morris canal. The manufac- 
 ture of desks and office furniture was commenced by Mr. Hemmer many years 
 ago and he is now the only one in Newark making a specialty of this branch 
 of mdustry. The factory is of extensive proportions, three stories high, and 
 supplied with the most approved machinery. In addition to office desks this 
 house manufacture library tables, book cases, cylinder desks, etc. All lumber 
 used in the factory is thoroughly seasoned, and the goods produced are of the 
 best workmanship. Twenty-five hands are employed, with a weekly pay roll 
 of $425. The annual productions are valued at $55,000. The goods are 
 mainly sold to dealers in New York and near-by markets. 
 
 McDERMIT & LOOKER, 843 and 845 Broad-street. The manufacture of 
 furniture was begun in Newark by Mr. Peter G. McDermit, the senior member 
 of the above firm, in 1836. Sixteen years ago the present firm was organized 
 by the admission to the business of Mr. A. T. Looker, who had previously for 
 several years been in the employ of Mr. McDermit. In the earher history of 
 this firm's business a large trade was done with the Southern cities from 
 Richmond to New Orleans. Since the war this trade has gradually decreased, 
 though with the improvement of afiairs in that direction it will doubtless re- 
 sume its accustomed activity and importance. The business of the firm, while 
 it has fallen off in one direction, has greatly increased in others, and so much 
 so that the amount of production and annual sales are now greater than in 
 previous years. Their trade with the South, however, is even now of consid- 
 erable importance. 
 
 The productions of the manufactory comprise parlor and bedroom furniture 
 of all descriptions, finished in walnut, mahogany or rosewood, and the goods 
 are sold both to consumers and dealers. Chairs and parlor furniture are sold 
 at wholesale to the Southern trade, though the firm's business is mainly confined 
 to Newark, other towns in New Jersey, and New York city. The finest grades 
 of furniture are made by the firm, and this together with their extended busi- 
 ness connections form an important part of Newark's industrial and commercial 
 supremacy. Forty hands are employed m the factory, and the weekly pay roU 
 
184 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 is $550, the value of annual production being $75,000, though this result does 
 not include the whole amount of yearly sales, which are much greater. 
 
 JOHN RUCKELSHAUS, 845 Broad-street. The productions of this manu- 
 factory are a general line of upholstery work, comprising, parlor suits, tete- 
 a-tetes, chairs, sofas, lounges, etc. Mr. Ruckelshaus began this branch of the 
 furniture business in 1864, and at present employs 18 hands, the summary of 
 weekly wages being $250. Sales are made to "the trade, and the value of an- 
 nual productions is $50,000. 
 
 SMITH & HEDGES, Passaic Avenue. This furniture manufactory was es- 
 tablished in 1865 under the firm name of Smith & McClave. The present firm 
 was formed in 1868, and its members are Messrs. Wm. M. Sruith and Joseph 
 Hedges, the senior partner, Mr. Smith, having been identified with the busi- 
 ness from its inception. The products of the factory are a general line of fur- 
 niture, and sales are made exclusively to the trade. The principal markets 
 for the goods are New York city and other towns in New Jersey. Twenty- 
 five hands are employed by the firm and the weekly pay roll amounts to $300, 
 the annual production being $100,000. 
 
 DAVID WALKER, 8 Commercial-street. A special line of furniture is 
 made at this factor3^, consisting of self-rocking, hand-swing and the common 
 varieties of cradles ; also, folding and set-up crib bedsteads. The business was 
 established by Mr. Walker in 1853. The goods made by him are of the finest 
 quality, and they are sold to the trade in all parts of the United States. 
 Twenty-five hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $350. The value 
 of the yearly product is $36,000. 
 
 WOOD HAME MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 C. H. JACOBUS, 22 Lawrence-street. The products of this factory are 
 wood hames and saddle trees. The business was established 28 years ago. 
 The productions are mainly sold in the home market, though some goods are 
 shipped to California. Three hands are employed the weekly wages being $30. 
 The annual production of these articles is valued at $5,000. 
 
 WM. HEYDECKE, 83 Mechanic-street. The products of this manufactory 
 are wood hames, and the business was established during the present year. 
 Four hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $35. The value of yearly 
 product could not be determined. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 185 
 
 PACKING BOX MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 JACOB GAUCH & BROTHER, East Mechanic and Brnen streets. The 
 production of packing boxes for manufacturers and the trade is now quite an 
 important branch of industry. The box factor}^ known under the above style 
 was established in 1858. It is perhaps the oldest manufactory of its kind in 
 Newark, and probably the largest. These boxes are shipped extensively to 
 various parts of the country. In addition to wood boxes, plain and fancy paper 
 boxes of every ^lescription are made. Seventy hands are emploj'-ed, and the 
 weekly pay roll is $500, the value of annual production being $100,000. 
 
 AVHITTEMORE & TOLEN, 111 and 119 N. J. Railroad Avenue. The box 
 factor}- known imder the above style was established in 1810, and the members 
 of the present firm are Messrs. Wm. A. Whittemore and Harry S. Tolen. All 
 kinds of wood packing boxes are made by this firm, including trunk boxes and 
 hat cases. The goods are sold mainly in Newark and near-by markets. The 
 working force of the factory numbers 25 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $400. 
 The value of annual products is $50,000. 
 
 J. B. MARQUET & SON, 42 Warren-street. This manufiVctory was estab- 
 lished in 1853. The productions consist of packing boxes and hat cases, which 
 are mainly sold in the home market and New York. A variety of plain and 
 fancy paper hat boxes is also made by the firm. Fifteen hands are employed 
 and weekly wages are paid to the amount of $180. The total value of product 
 is $40,000 per year. 
 
 FANCY BOX MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 JACOB HEY, 42 Warren-street. This factory was established in 1869, and 
 its products comprise graphoscopes, medicine chests, test tube stands; also, 
 pistol, gun and knife cases, and all kinds of fancy boxes. These goods are 
 mainly sold in New York city. Five hands are emi^loyed, and the weekly pay 
 roll is $50. The value of yearly production is $5,000. 
 
 T. LEIBE, 7 N. J. Railroad Avenue. The products of this factory consist of 
 mahogany fancy boxes, including medicine chests, pistol cases, surgical instru- 
 ment cases, &c. •The business has been established 22 years. Four hands are 
 emplo.yed, and the weekly wages are $35. The goods produced yearly are 
 valued at $5,000, and they are mainly sold in New York. 
 24 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 
 
 187 
 
 MANUFACTURES IN WOOD.— SUMMARY. 
 
 Manufactures in and wood of every kind 31 
 
 Total number Employees lAOl 
 
 " amount of wages paid weekly $15,'745 00 
 
 " '' wages paid per year 808,740 00 
 
 '* value of annual production 2,459,000 00 
 
 Comprising : 
 
 Wheel and Carriage Wood Work Manuf 's. 
 
 Wood Faucet Manufactories 
 
 Furniture 
 Packing Box 
 Fancy Box 
 Step-Ladder 
 Sash, Blind and Door 
 Wood Hame 
 
 No. of 
 em- 
 ployees 
 
 150 
 25 
 
 243 
 
 110 
 9 
 3 
 
 560 
 7 
 
 Weekly 
 Wages. 
 
 $2,280 
 
 400 
 
 3,175 
 
 1,080 
 
 85 
 
 50 
 
 8,610 
 
 65 
 
 Annual 
 Production. 
 
 $411,000 
 
 40,000 
 
 496,000 
 
 190,000 
 
 10,000 
 
 12,000 
 
 1,295,000 
 
 5,000 
 
MISCE LL ANEOUS 
 
 MANUFACTURES. 
 
 VARNISH MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The use of varnish as a means of both preserving and beautifying 
 polished surfaces is of very ancient origin. Its manufacture was doubtless 
 suggested by the smooth and beautifuhy transparent surfaces of many natural 
 objects. The savage, delighted with the beauty of a smooth reed, attempted 
 with greater or less success to give his wooden tools and weapons a similar ap- 
 pearance. The first efforts were doubtless suggested by the qualities of many 
 natural gums as they exuded from trees. 
 
 From the earliest historic times the use of varnish has been known among the 
 nations of the East. In China and Japan, the art was in early times fairly brought 
 to perfection, as is clearly shown by the present use of the term "japan." The 
 Egyptians understood it, and the pictures of Herculaneum and Pompeii 
 have kept the bright freshness of their colors in consequence of having been 
 covered with a kind of wax-varnish. In modern times the greater use of 
 furniture and decoration in general has largely increased the consumption of 
 varnish. 
 
 Varnishes are generally made by a solution of resmous substances with some 
 liquid which will evaporate in the open air, thus leaving the transparent resin- 
 ous matter deposited in a transparent film or coating on the surface to which 
 the varnish is applied. The resins are vegetable substances which exude from 
 trees, and they are composed of oxygen, hydrogen and carbon, resulting, doubt- 
 less, from the oxygenation of the essential oils. The chief resins used in the 
 manufacture of varnish are copal, amber, mastic, sandarach, elemi, lac, dam- 
 mar, benzoin, anime and caoutchouc. In addition, gamboge, dragon's blood, 
 aloes and saffron are often used as coloring matter. The copal comes, 
 from Mexico, India and Africa. The trees yielding it are the Rhus copalUnum, 
 of Mexico, and the Eiosocarpus copalifer, of India. In India a fossil variety of 
 copal is gathered by the natives from the sands on tlie coast. Amber is a 
 fossilized gum, which was furnished by the trees of some former geological epoch. 
 On the Prussian coast near the Baltic, beds of it are found, and the labor of 
 gathering it from the sea shore gives employment to a great number of people. 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 189 
 
 Mastic is furnished by a shrub growing upon the upper shores of the Mediter- 
 ranean, and tlie chief supply comes from the island of Chios. Lac is a rosin 
 which exudes from the twigs and branches of various East Indian trees, when 
 bitten by an insect called the coccus lacca, which swarms upon such ti-ees as 
 give forth a milky juice. Elemi is a gum furnished by a great variety of trees 
 in various parts of the world. Burgoin is a fragrant resin from a peculiar tree 
 which grows in Borneo. The other varieties of gum mentioned are brought 
 from various countries, and mainly from the East. 
 
 The allotted space does not permit of a detailed description of the several 
 methods of varnish manufiicture and the many kinds produced. The former 
 are almost as numerous as the number of manufaclurers in the varnish trade, 
 each firm having its peculiar receipts and formulas. The difiTerent varieties of 
 varnish and their peculiar pouits of excellence are, of course, tlie results of 
 almost endless combinations of the gums named. DifTerent classes may be 
 known, as ether, spirit, volatile oil and fixed oil varnishes. The first named 
 are very little used, owing to the rapid evaporation of the ether. Spirit var- 
 nishes are generall}^ made with alcohol, and the article generally combined with 
 the resins in the manufacture of volatile oil varnishes is the oil of turpentine, 
 the chief varnish in which it is an ingredient, being copal varnislies. Linseed 
 oil is the ingredient emploj^ed in the manufacture of fixed oil varnishes. 
 
 In scarcely any branch of industry docs the quality of production depend so 
 much on the experience and skill of the manufacturer as in the varnish trade. 
 Even so delicate a mechanism as a watch is now made almost entirel}^ by 
 machiner}^, but the varnish maker is obliged to depend on various formulas 
 which ho has discovered by careful experiments, and to insure success and 
 preserve uniformity in quality it is necessary that these various processes 
 should be strictly adhered to. To do this few automatic appliances are possi- 
 ble, and the least variation in combining the several ingredients produces a 
 defective varnish and a consequent loss of material. 
 
 About 1836 the manufacture of varnish was begun in this country, and the 
 first efforts of importance were made in Newark, which has ever since fully 
 retained the supremacy in this branch of industry, both as regards the high 
 quality of varnish and the amount of production. It is doubtful if anything 
 can be said which will add to the reputation of Newark Varnishes, as their 
 superior qualities are everywhere acknowledged. Tliese results have been 
 reached by 3-ears of constant endeavor in perfecting the processes of manufacture. 
 Throughout the whole country the Newark varnish manufacturers are regarded 
 as the first of their class. Mainly through their efibrts has this branch of American 
 industry been brought to such perfection that the importation of vaiuiish, whence 
 the main supply Was formally received, has now almost enlircl}^ ceased. The 
 only article of the kind now imported is a special variety of fine coach var- 
 nishes. And in this direction the excellence of Newark varnish is such that 
 
190 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 the demand for the English article may be^ regarded as a lingering' [trace of 
 the prejudice against "home productions," as the coach varnishes of all varie- 
 ties made by Newark manufacturers are equal to anyln the world. Their 
 high quality is only another illustration of the general excellence of Newark 
 manufactures. The varieties of varnish made in Newark^are 'mentioned in 
 the articles referring to each manufactory. 
 
 MOSES BIG-ELOW & CO., 356 and 358 Mulberry- street. The varnish 
 manufactory now conducted under the above style was established in 1845 by 
 the firm of Price^ Johnson & Co., which was soon after changed to Bigelow 
 & Price, and was thus continued until 1856, when the business passed under 
 the entire control of Mr. Moses Bigelow who had been the master spirit and 
 financial support of the enterprise from its early history. Few men were so 
 intimately associated with the development of Newark as a great industrial 
 centre than Mr. Bigelow, and he was especially instrumental in perfecting the 
 manufacture of American varnish, the extended reputation of Newark var- 
 nishes being in great part the result of his personal efforts. At the time he be- 
 gan the business, successful competition with the English varnish makers was 
 far more difi&cult than now, and it was only possible through intimate knowl- 
 edge of methods and processes,.and great business energy. These Mr. Bigelow 
 had, and the result was such that in due time he had the largest varnish fac- 
 tory in Newark. Soon after 1856 tlie son, Moses Bigelow, Jr., became an as- 
 sociate in the business, which was thus continued until the death of the senior 
 Mr. Bigelow, m January, 1874, when the present firm was formed, its members 
 being Moses Bigelow and John C. Kirtland, the firm name being Moses Bigelow 
 & Co. Under their direction the elements of continued success in the manu- 
 facture of fine varnishes — a business wherein practical skill and knowledge go 
 for so much — are not wanting, the senior partner, Mr. Bigelow, having had 
 long and valuable experience as a member of the old firm. They manufacture 
 all varieties of coach and furniture varnishes, japans, etc., and the long exper- 
 ience and high standing of the firm are a sufficient guarantee"for the quality 
 and excellence of their productions. Their varnishes are sold to dealers in 
 paints, oils, etc., railway companies, and carriage and furniture manufacturers 
 in all parts of the United States ; the amount of annual sales beingmearly 
 $200,000. 
 
 FITZ-aERALD & CO., 365 and 367 Mulberry-street. This house is the 
 successor of the well known firm of D. Price & Fitz-Gerald, varnish manufac- 
 turers. The senior member of the present firm, Mr. John D. Fitz-Gerald, was 
 for years connected with the old firm, and through valuable experience he is 
 enabled to manufacture the best grades of copal varnishes, the firm's coach and 
 furniture varnishes being favorably known to the trade. The annual produc- 
 tions of this manufactory are valued at $40,000. 
 
OF NEWAEK, N, J., 19l 
 
 HEWSON BROS & CO. (American Varnish Works), New York Avenue and 
 MeWhorter-street. The manufactory known under the above style was estab- 
 hshed in 1845 by the firm of David Price & Co. Messrs. Hewson Bros. & Co., 
 their successors, continue the business with improved facihties and methods ol 
 manufacture. They are well known for a strict adherence to the production 
 of first-class goods only, their fine grades of railway, coach and furniture var- 
 nishes being everywhere acknowledged as superior in durabihty, brilliancy 
 and free working qualities. The various grades of coach varnishes are made 
 from carefully selected materials, and by perfected processes under the personal 
 supervision of members of the firm. A fine quality of drying Japan is also 
 made, and this, firm are the sole manufacturers of Crockett's (ox brand) enamel 
 top finish for re-finishing coach and carriage tops, and all kinds of black 
 enameled leather and cloth. 
 
 Messrs. Hewson Brothers & Co., in addition to their lines of varnishes, have 
 done much to perfect the manufacture of black baking japans, or enamels. The 
 manufacture of these goods is now an important branch of industry, as they are 
 largely used for finishing purposes by manufacturers of grates, fenders, hard- 
 ware, etc. This class of goods was until recently largely imported, but, in 
 great part b}^ the efforts of this firm, importations have nearly ceased. Their 
 first quality of baking japan for grate frames and fenders is a remarkably tough 
 and elastic enamel, having a very brilliant and rich lustre, with unsurpassed 
 flowing and covering qualities, and will not tarnish in any atmosphere. It is in 
 use by most of the leading grate and fender manufactories in the United 
 States. Their other grades of baking japans for saddlery and general hardware, 
 sewing machines and locks, also a brown japan for tinners' use, are admirably 
 adapted for the purposes named. The firm make a specialty of adapting japans 
 to all kinds of work, whether steam or fire heat is used, and they thus cater to 
 the wants of the trade. In perfecting the purity and brilliancy of these goods, 
 Messrs. Hewson Bros. & Co. have done much to assist the operations of manu- 
 facturers in other lines of industry. The value of the firm's annual productions 
 is $90,000, and sales are made both to dealers and consumers in all parts of the 
 country. 
 
 A. E. HOPPOCK & CO., 369 to 375 Mulberry-street This manufactory 
 was long known to the trade under the style of S. P. Smith, who was a pioneer 
 in the varnish industry of ihe country, having begun the business in Newark 
 during 1836. He did much to bring about the merited reputation of Newark 
 varnishes, and the present firm, who succeeded to the business during the pres- 
 ent year, are quite capable of carrying on the work so well begun. The mem- 
 bers of the firm are Messrs. A. E. Hoppock and Ansel H. Phinney. They 
 continue to manufacture the standard line of goods so long and favorably known 
 to the trade, a special tj'" being fine carriage varnishes. The annual productions 
 
192 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 are valued at $70,000. Sales are made in the Eastern, Middle and "Western 
 States. 
 
 ANDREW HILL & CO., 20 and 22 Ycsej-street. This firm are the succes- 
 sors of W. IT. Bannister & Co., and tlie business was established in 1856. Fine 
 railway and coach varnishes are manufactured hy the firm, and sales are mostly- 
 made to consumers. The value of annual productions is $10,000. 
 
 HEDDEN & WFIEELER, 317 and 319 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This var- 
 nish manufactory was established in 1859 by Mr. E. B. Hedden. The present 
 firm was organized in 1873 and its members are Messrs. E. B. Hedden and F. 
 D. and 0. H. Wheeler. The firm has an established reputation throughout the 
 country for producing the finer qualities of coach and furniture varnishes to- 
 gether with drying japans. The factory is on the line of the Pennsylvania 
 Railroad, thus giving convenient shipping facilities. The markets arc mainly 
 in New York State, and sales are made principally to carriage makers and other 
 manufacturers. The amount of annual productions is placed in the general 
 summar3^ 
 
 THE LONDON MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 113 Chestnut-street; 
 Office, 246 Grand-street, Ne\\ York. This varnish factory has been recently 
 established in Newark. The managers of the Company are skilful manu(;ictur- 
 ers and energetic men, and they already have a prosperous and growing trade. 
 A general line of superior copal varnislies is made, together with fine qualities 
 of dazzle black baking japans, an article known as Brunswick black varnish, 
 etc. It is claimed for the dazzle black japans that they have a uniform quality 
 and are adapted to all purposes that such varnishes are used for. The business 
 of tlie Company being but partially developed the value of yearly production 
 could not be definitely ascertained. 
 
 MURPHY & COMPANY, 238 McWhorter-street. The house of Murphy & 
 Company, varnish makers, was established in 1865, and tlie members of the 
 present firm arc William H. and Franklin Murphy and James G. Barnot. They 
 are a representative firm, and alihough beginning the business when varnish 
 making in this country was well developed a great deal has been done by 
 them toward bringing to a higher state of perfection the manufacture of Ameri- 
 can varnishes. Perhaps in no single branch of industry docs the reputation and 
 character of a firm go for so much as in the varnish trade. In the finer 
 grades of varnish many qualities are requisite, and to secure these the con- 
 sumer must rely on the integrity of the manufacturer, as their existence can 
 only bo discovered by actual wear. Messrs. Murphy & Co., through a strict 
 adherence to improved manufacturing processes, the selection of only the best 
 material and a careful attention to the wants of the trade, are now one of the 
 leading varnish houses in the country. 
 
 At their Newark factory are made the best grades of coach varnishes, and 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 193 
 
 no firm has been more efficient in perfecting the quality of the American wear- 
 ing body varnish, the products of their factory being fully equal to the Eng- 
 lish article. Their efforts are constantly in the direction of uniform qualities 
 and a higher standard. Furniture and other varnishes are also made, together 
 with drying japans. 
 
 As an outgrowth of the firm's extended business, a branch house has been 
 established in Cleveland, Ohio, and the business there is conducted under the 
 style of Murphy, Sherwin & Co. The works in that city are now larger than 
 the Newark factory, the productions at that point being specially adapted to 
 the Western trade. Sales are made in all parts of the country. Both at 
 Cleveland and in this city the full capacity of the works are employed, and 
 Messrs. Murphy & Co. have a constantly growing and prosperous business. 
 The annual productions of the Newark factory are valued at $185,000. 
 
 OSBORNE, LEWIS * CO., Chestnut and McWhorter streets. This manu- 
 factory was established in 1872, under the style of the Osborne Manufacturing 
 Company, which was continued until January of the present year, when the 
 present firm name was adopted. Although recently started the firm has already 
 won an excellent reputation as varnish makers. Mr. Isaac Osborne, of the 
 firm, who previously had an extended and valuable experience, gives his per- 
 sonal supervision to the manufacturing department. Special attention is given 
 to the manufacture of coach varnishes, the grades of wearing and medium 
 drying body varnishes being regarded as unsurpassed b}^ any in the market. In 
 the varieties of coach varnishes their stock is fairly complete, comprising the 
 several varieties of body varnishes for coach and carriage manufacturers ; also, 
 a superior quahty of drying japans. Messrs. Osborne, Lewis & Co., have an 
 increasing trade, and are rapidly becoming one of the leading houses of New 
 ark in the manufacture of varnish. Thejr productions for 1873 were valued 
 at $100,000. Sales are principally made in the Eastern and Western markets. 
 
 PRICE, BOND & CO., 255 and 257 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This firm was 
 established in 1856, and is therefore one of the oldest in the business. They 
 manufacture tine railway, coach and furniture varnishes, and also drying and 
 baking japans. Their principal productions, however, are the varieties of 
 varnishes named. Four manufacturers are employed, and sales are made prin- 
 cipally in the Eastern markets, though goods are shipped to all parts of the 
 country. Messrs. Price, Bond & Co, have an excellent reputation, and their 
 goods are everywhere acknowledged to be as represented, which is an import- 
 ant requisite in this business, as the quality of varnish is known by the charac- 
 ter of the manufacturer. The value of the firm's annual productions is $75,000. 
 
 JOHN J. REID, 354 Mulberry- street. Mr. Reid began the production of 
 fine varnishes in 1849, and he is now one of the oldest manufacturers in the 
 trade. A fine grade of railway and coach finishing varnishes is made at this 
 
 25 
 
194 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 factory, the purpose of the proprietor being to manufacture only the better 
 quaHties. Sales are made to consumers in New York and other Eastern cities, 
 though some goods are sold in the West and other parts of the country. The 
 yearly product of this factory is valued at $25,000. 
 
 E. C. ROBERTSON, 124 to 128 Chestnut-street. This varnish factory is 
 one of the oldest in Newark, having been estabhshed nearly 30 years ago under 
 the firm name of Pierson & Robertson, and the latter gentleman has been sole 
 proprietor during the last fifteen years. Mr. Robertson's productions comprise 
 fine qualities of coach, railway and furniture varnishes, together with a grade 
 of goods specially adapted to the finishing of patent leather, enameled cloth 
 and oiled silk. In this direction he excels, and the varnishes of this class are 
 largely used by manufacturers of the goods named. The coach, railway and 
 furniture varnishes are sold throughout the country, and the other varieties 
 mentioned mainly find a market in Newark. The yearly productions of the 
 factory are valued at $30,000. 
 
 CHARLES H. SHIPMAN & BROTHER, 352 Mulberry-street. The varnish 
 manufactory conducted under the above style is one of the oldest in Newark 
 and was previously known to the trade under the firm name of C. T, Shipman 
 & Son. The firm has an acknowledged reputation for integrity in business and 
 the excellence of their productions. They make a specialty of the finer 
 grades of railway car varnishes, and the brands of extra car finishing and 
 rubbing, locomotive finishing and rubbing, inside or furniture, white damar, to- 
 gether with' drying and black japans, and pure shellac, are scarcely excelled in 
 their line. The firm employs four men in the manufacturing department. 
 Sales are made generally throughout the United States, and largely to many of 
 the principal railroads of the country. The annual production of the manu- 
 factory is valued at $75,000. 
 
 J. STP]FrENS, 84 to 90 Vesey-street The varnish manufactory now conducted 
 by Mr. Steflfens was estabhshed in 1862 under the style of Steifens, Stern & 
 Co., soon after, however, Mr. Stefiens became sole proprietor. He now manu- 
 factures a general line of coach and railway varnishes together with a superior 
 quality of baking japans, the last named goods being his well known specialt3\ 
 Sales are principally made in the Eastern markets. The value of annual pro- 
 ductions is $50,000. 
 
196 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 CLOTHING MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The manufacture of what is known as ready-made clothing as a separate 
 branch of industry in this country, has mainly been the growth of the last forty 
 years. The business was at first carried on in a desultory way, and the great 
 wholesale manufacturing establishments of to-day have been the growth of com- 
 paratively a few years. "While the clothing industry of Newark is less than many 
 other of the city's interests, there are a few houses which carry on an exten- 
 sive business, and do much toward supplying the Southern, and a part of the 
 Western markets with medium and tine grades of goods. 
 
 Few branches of industry in Newark give employment to more hands than 
 the clothing trade. The work, however, as carried on, is largely done for out- 
 side manufactories, and these are chiefly New York houses. Many large New- 
 ark factories, employing from 25 to 50 hands, are kept constantly working for 
 New York clothing houses. This is an important feature of Newark's indus- 
 tries, and while the work done is immense, it is of such a nature that the 
 gleaning of accurate statistics concerning it is impossible. It is probable, how- 
 ever, that there are employed in the city's various clothing factories, outside of 
 those included in the following pages, nearly 2,000 hands, mostly women and 
 girls, and hundreds of sewing machines. These facts still further show what 
 an immense workshop the city of Newark has become. Only those clothing 
 manufacturers properly classed as wholesale are mentioned below. 
 
 GARTHWAITB, LEWIS & MILLER, 199 and 201 Market-street. This 
 well known wholesale clothing house was established in Newark a quarter of a 
 century ago under the style of I. Meeker & Co. The present firm was organ- 
 ized in 1870, and its members are Messrs. Caleb C. Garthwaite, William M. 
 Lewis, and James A. Miller. Medium and the very finest grades of clothing 
 are manufactured by this firm. The business done is the largest of its class in 
 New Jersey, and the amount of annual sales reaches half a million dollars. The 
 work of about 400 hands and hundreds of sewing machine is required in carrying 
 on the business, though these statistics cannot be accurately determined owing 
 to the method of employing minor factories. Messrs. Garthwaite, Lewis & 
 Miller have branch houses in New York and New Orleans, the market for their 
 goods being wholly in the Southern States. 
 
 GARTHWAITE, DARCY & WHEELER, 159 and 161 Market-street. This 
 clothing manufactory is one of the oldest in the country, having been estab- 
 lished in Newark during 1830, under the style of C. Ailing & Co. The present 
 firm was organized about 18 years ago, and its members are Jeremiah C. Garth- 
 
of NEWAilK, N. J. 197 
 
 Waite, Henry G-. Darcj, and William G. Wheeler. The productions are confined 
 to the finer grades of goods, and they are sold entirely in the Southern markets. 
 The firm has a branch house in New Orleans under the style of Darcy & 
 Wheeler. The work of about 150 hands is required to carry on the firm's 
 business, and the yearly manufacture of goods is valued at $150,000, this, how- 
 ever, being exclusive of the whole amount of sales, which is much larger. 
 
 J. 0. LUDLOW, 828 Broad-street. The clothing manufactory known under 
 the above style was established in 1863. Mr. Ludlow manufactures medium 
 and fine grades of goods, and the markets are mainly in the South Atlantic 
 States, through a branch house in Savannah, G-a., under the style of Heidt, 
 Jaudon & Co. The annual production of clothing at the Newark concern is 
 valued at $100,000, though in some years when trade is more active, the amount 
 reaches $160,000. The hands employed cannot be definitely ascertained, as 
 the clothing is entirely made by " piece work" in the various factories to which 
 allusion has already been made. The amount paid yearly for labor by the house 
 is about $22,000. 
 
 The proprietor of this manufactory, Mr. J. C. Ludlow, is a prominent citizen 
 of Newark, having occupied several official positions of trust and honor. He 
 is active in promoting the municipal prosperity of the city wherein his interests 
 are located. 
 
 W. A. PERRY, 850 and 852 Broad-street. This clothing manufactory 
 was established in 1810, and the productions comprise the finest grades of 
 goods. Sales are made to the trade in the Western and Southern markets, and 
 the yearly product is valued at $150,000. 
 
 HOSIERY MANUFACTORY. 
 
 The manufactory of knit woolen and cotton undergarments is a prominent 
 American industry. Gradually but surely the methods and processes of manu- 
 facture have been so improved that importations of this class of goods have 
 almost entirely ceased, the only exception being that in some instances special 
 grades of undergarments are brought from England, and these more for the pur- 
 pose of supplying what may be termed a fictitious demand than because of any 
 real necessity not fully supplied by home manufacturers. 
 
 So far as the manufacture of fine undergarments is concerned, successful com- 
 
198 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 petition with the foreign producers has been reached under exceptionally ad- 
 verse circumstances. Tlie wool used in the production of these goods is neces- 
 sarily of the finest kind, and is known in the market as South American and 
 Australian wools. They constitute the raw material for the manufacture of the 
 finer grades of American hosiery. By means of the tariff referred to the cost 
 of this raw material is greatly increased, and it is only by extraordinary energy 
 and superior skill that tlie manufacturers of these goods are enabled to make 
 the finest grades in the face of foreign competition. It is obviously true that 
 without the tariff, and raw material free, the United States would soon have an 
 exporting trade in these goods. 
 
 These facts serve to illustrate the difficulty, not to say impossibility, of so 
 framing a- protective tariff as to meet all conditions of a nation's industry. No 
 tariff, however nicely adjusted, will ever enable American farmers to grow the 
 fine wools of South America and Australia. Peculiarities of soil and clunate 
 cannot be overcome by artificial and extraneous devices. No protective tariff 
 can transfer to this country the wonderful results of the warm life-giving sun- 
 shine which falls on the vine-clad hills of southern France. The welfare of 
 all is best promoted by a free interchange of those natural products to particular 
 countries or climes, and which constitute the raw materials requisite for various 
 manufacturing processes. Under as favorable conditions and equal chances 
 American skill needs no artificial stimulus to assure its complete triumph. 
 
 THE PETERS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, Cherry and Canal 
 streets. Although Newark has but one manufactory engaged in the production 
 of knit woolen and cotton undergarments, this alone is sufficient to give it great 
 prominence in this regard. The hosiery factory now known under the above 
 style was established in 1854, and after successive changes it passed under the 
 proprietorship of the Peters Manufacturing Company, which was organized 
 under the laws of New Jersey, in 1872, and of which Mr. H. N. Peters is the 
 principal stock holder, and also Treasurer and business manager. This estab- 
 lishment is now one of the largest of its kind in the country. During the 
 years of its development Mr. H. N. Peters has been the master spirit of the 
 enterprise, and to his energy and earnest efforts this branch of American in- 
 dustry is greatly indebted. 
 
 The operations of the factory are confined exclusively to the finer qualities 
 of hosiery for men's, women's, and children's wear. The line of goods made 
 have peculiar points of excellence, and they are on this account different from 
 those made by other manufacturers. The material used is the finest South 
 American and Australian wools. In directing the Company's business, Mr. 
 Peters has availed himself of all improvements in machinery and methods of 
 manufacture whether of American or British origin. Chiefly through his efforts 
 the prosperity of the Company has so increased, and the high character and 
 reputation of their goods has become so great that during the late financial de- 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 199 
 
 pression, from whose ill effects the country is only now recovering, the opera- 
 tions of the factory were not curtailed in the least, and instead of lessening the 
 rate of production, a constant increase has been the result. 
 
 In addition to the production of hosier}'-, an extensive business is done in 
 making an extra quality of heavy sheeting for use in the manufacture of oil- 
 cloths. It is produced in various sizes and is sometimes made fiftv and sixty 
 inches wide. The quality of these goods is very superior, and they are mainly 
 sold to oil-cloth manufacturers in Newark and elsewhere. 
 
 The number of hands employed in the Company's knitting mill is 400, in- 
 cluding those engaged in making the quahties of sheeting mentioned. The 
 summary of weekly wages is $2,500, and the value of yearly production is 
 $550,000, inclusive of the heavy sheeting made, which is valued at $150,000. 
 Sales of the hosiery goods are principally made to commission merchants in 
 New York and Philadelphia, and by them distributed to all parts of the 
 country. 
 
 SHIRT AND COLLAR MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 As a separate branch of industry the manufacture of shirts has during recent 
 years grown to great prominence. These results have been in great part due 
 to the introduction of the sewing machine as a means of facilitating and cheap- 
 ening production. Another important feature, however, has been a greater 
 demand for this class of goods, owing to increased wants of modern society, as 
 a consequence of the industrial developments in all directions. The " Song of 
 the Shirt" has given way to the ceaseless hum of the sewing machine. While 
 in previous years shirt making was mainly a domestic industry, it is now almost 
 entirely carried on in large factories, and the products are sold to the trade and 
 thence distributed to consumers. By this method the cost of production is 
 greatly decreased, and the industry will doubtless annually increase. 
 
 As regards the amount of business done in shirt manufacturing, Newark is 
 now one of the principal cities in the country, and in relation to the high quality 
 of goods produced it is unsurpassed. This city has become a chief source of 
 supply for all the first grades of shirts, cuffs and collars, and the efforts of her 
 manufacturers in this line have been important contributions to the development 
 of/shirt making as a distinct branch of American industry. 
 
200 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 JOHNSTON & SUTPHEN, 84t and 849 Broad- street ; Salesroom, 594 
 Broadway, New York. Among those who have contributed most to the growth 
 of shirt manufacturing in Newark, is the firm named above. The business was 
 established in 1851, and the senior proprietor, Mr. Robert Johnston, has been 
 associated with the enterprise from its inception. The present firm was organ- 
 ized in 1865, when Mr. C. Edgar Sutphen became associated with Mr. Johnston 
 in the business, and since then the style has remained unchanged. Mr. John- 
 ston's early efforts, and afterwards those of the present firm, have done much 
 to improve the standard of taste in the manufacture of fine dress shirts. The 
 new style of shirts are to a great extent introduced by this firm. Their pro- 
 ductions are confined to the finer grades of shirts, and only the best materials 
 and methods are employed. Unlike most other houses, this firm keeps in stock 
 a large supply of shirts of their own manufacture, and at their salesrooms in 
 New York over 65 different styles of shirts are kept in stock, thus giving the 
 trade a wide range in selection. The firm's productions are well known through- 
 out the country by their trade-mark, the " Broad Arrow." 
 
 The hands at present employed in the factory number 150, and the weekly 
 wages paid amount to $1,000. This, however, only partially represents the 
 labor and wages necessary for carrying on the firm's business, as a great deal 
 of work is done outside of the factory. The annual production of shirts by 
 this firm is valued at $300,000. Sales are made to the trade in all parts of the 
 country. 
 
 J. H. KIRKPATRICK, 151 Market-street. This manufactory has been in 
 operation since 1856. The productions consist of fine dress shirts. Mr. Kirk- 
 patrick has by industry and thorough work built up an established reputation. 
 The productions of his factory are sold to the trade in the Southern and West- 
 ern markets. Only first class goods are made, and special orders receive careful 
 attention. Twenty-five sewing machines are required and 30 hands are em- 
 ployed in the factory proper, the weekly wages being $300, In connection 
 with the factory is a well appointed laundry, and thus all the facilities of pro- 
 duction are comprised in one establishment. The yearly manufacture of shirts 
 is valued at $80,000. 
 
 MARLEY, COOK & CO., 223 Market-street; Salesroom. 676 Broadway, 
 New York. This manufactory was estabhshed in 1867 by Messrs. James H. 
 Marley and William H. Cook under the style of Marley & Cook. The business 
 was thus continued until recently, when Mr. E. S. Eunson of New York, was 
 admitted as a partner, and the present firm name adopted. 
 
 Few firms have risen so quickly into prominence as this, as they are now 
 among the first houses in their line, and their establishment is one of 
 the best appointed shirt manufactories in the country, and is perhaps the 
 largest of its kind in Newark. The members of the firm are all young men, 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 201 
 
 and through energy and careful attention to the wants of iJie trade, they liavo 
 acliicvcd that success v/hich is the inevitable result of earnest and well directed 
 cfTorts. 
 
 Their establishment on Market-street is largo and conveniently arrnnged, with 
 facilities for tlie application of steam power. In connection with the factory is 
 a well appointed steam laundry, provided with improved machinery necessary 
 for thorough and rapid work. In the factory proper 75 sewing machines are 
 now in operation, and owing to the increasing business the number will be in- 
 creased to 100 during the coming spring. By selecting first class material and 
 the use of the best methods of manufacture, this firm has won the excellent 
 reputation Avhicli is everywhere aAvarded to their productions. Their popular 
 shirt, the "Acme," is favorably known both by the trade and consumers through- 
 out the country. The goods are mainly sold to dealers, and careful attention is 
 given to special orders, either from individuals or the wholesale trade. The 
 hands emploj-ed in the main factory number 125, though much additional labor 
 is employed outside. The amount of wages paid weekly is $1,600, and the 
 value of annual productions is $300,000. These figures show tliat shirt manu- 
 facturing is of no slight importance in the summary of Newark's industries. 
 
 F. H. SMITH, JR., 715 and 719 Broad-street; Salesroom, 034 Broadway, 
 New York. Mr. F. H. Smith, Jr., became sole proprietor of this manufactory 
 in 1857, succeeding the firm of "Waldron & Speer. In the following year a re- 
 moval was made to the co.Timodious factory at the above location. During the 
 intervening years the business lias rapidly grown, and the elements of success 
 have been the energy of the proprietor and the increased wants of the country. 
 Tlie productions of this manufactory consist of shirts, collars, and gentlemen's 
 neckwear. Mr. Smith confines his attention to goods of the finest grade, and 
 the quality of his productions is unexcelled. To adhere to so high a standard 
 requires the utmost care and attention, and Mr. Smith's reputation thronghont^tlie 
 country, for first class Avork only, is generally acknowledged, even b}'' his com- 
 petitors. A special feature of his productions is the Improved Pattern Shoulder- 
 seam Shirt, which for perfect fit is unsurpassed, and his styles of collars and 
 neckwear are well and favorably known to the trade. 
 
 In the rear of the extensive factory a largo building has been erected for 
 laundry purposes. Sixty machines and 100 hands are required in the factory 
 proper, and the weekly pay roll is $900. Additional outside labor is employed, 
 wliich would largely increase the figures given. The value of annual produc- 
 tion is $250,000, and the goods arc sold in all parts of the United States. 
 
 WHKIOLKR & ALLINGr. Futile efforts were made to secure the statistics 
 of this manufactgr}'. All particulars were refused, on the ground that "it was 
 not in accordance with the firm's business principles to afford the public any in- 
 formation concerning the nature and extent of tiieii- business." 
 
 26 
 
202 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 BUTTON MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 During ancient times buttons were not so universally used as now. The first 
 suggestion of a button was doubtless the use of a thorn or sinew by which the 
 savage pinned his robe together. It may not be too much to say that the 
 Romans retained the use of the toga chiefly because they had discovered no 
 inexpensive way of making buttons. At the present time the quantity of but- 
 tons consumed is enormous. The facts are not at hand for an estimate of the 
 world's production in this direction, but, could its value be definitely ascertained, 
 the result would be surprising. Newark is one of the principal cities of the 
 country in the manufacture of all varieties of buttons, and as will be seen be. 
 low, this city has the largest button works in the United States. 
 
 NEW JERSEY MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 266 to 276 N. J. Rail 
 road Avenue. This manufactory was established in 1863, under the stjde of 
 the Goddard & Bro. Mfg. Co., and the business was thus continued until 1873, 
 when the New Jersey Manufacturing Company was incorporated by special act 
 of the State Legislature, the Secretary and Manager being Mr. Charles Radcliife, 
 who had previously been identified with the enterprise from its inception. The 
 growth of this manufactory to its present prominence as the largest button 
 factory in the countr}'-, has been mainly due to the great energy and executive 
 ability of Mr. Radcliffe. Other factories may excel in special kinds of buttons, 
 but in the high quality, great variety and amount of yearly production the New 
 Jersey Company is without a successful rival. This result has been reached 
 only through persistent labor and business foresight of the first order. The 
 productions comprise buttons, hooks and eyes, and metal and glass fancy arti- 
 cles. Buttons, however, are the pi'incipal products, and all varieties ai'e made, 
 including the best cloth buttons. A fine line of mohair buttons for gents' wear 
 is also made, which are acknowledged by the trade to have no superior. 
 
 Goods are sold direct from the factory, and all departments of the business 
 have the personal supervision of Mr Radcliffe. To show the rapid growth of 
 the business it is only necessar}'' to state that during 1873, notwithstanding the 
 financial depression, the productions of the factory were greater than for any 
 previous year. The working force of the factory numbers 150 hands, and the 
 weekly pay roll amounts to $1,000. The value of annual productions is $200,000, 
 and the goods are sold exclusively to jobbers in all the principal cities of the 
 United States. 
 
 THOMAS DAYIS, Sheffield and Nassau streets, (Bishop's Factory.) The 
 products of this manufactory are pearl buttons and studs, and a general line of 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 208 
 
 pearl work, Thirty hands are employed, and the summary of weekly wages 
 is $275. The yearly product of buttons is valued at $30,000, and the goods are 
 sold generally throughout the country. 
 
 WM. GREAVES, 9 Ailing-street. This manufactory was established in 
 1873, and the productions comprise a general line of pearl goods, such as ladies 
 dress buttons, &c. Three hands are employed, and the weekly wages are $25. 
 The value of yearly product is $5,000, and the goods are sold to New York 
 jobbers. 
 
 JOHN E. McGRATH, State and Sheffield streets, (Bishop's Factory.) In 
 the manufacture of all kinds of buttons Newark has just claim to being one of 
 the chief seats in this branch of industry. Mr. McGrath was established in 
 1866, and manufactures sleeve buttons, screw studs, pearl jewelry, and a full 
 line of all kinds of pearl buttons for shirts. These goods are mainly sold in 
 the New York market to the trade. Twenty-five hands are employed, with a 
 weekly pay roll of $250. The value of annual productions is $30,000. 
 
 SMITH & WOODWARD, (Newark Pearl Button Works,) Hedeuberg Works. 
 The products of this factory are pearl buttons of all kinds, including sleeve 
 buttons, studs, &c. Thirty hands are employed, and the weekly wages are $250. 
 The value of annual productions is $40,000, and they are mainly sold to New 
 York jobbers. 
 
 P. SMITH & CO., Hedenberg Works. The pearl and ivory button factory 
 conducted under the above style was established in 1853, and the members of 
 the present firm are Messrs. P. Smith, John Robertson and George Buchell. 
 The products are a general line of fancy pearl work and everything in the way 
 of pearl and ivory buttons. The number of hands employed is 41, and the 
 weekly pay roll is $500, the value of annual productions being $40,000. Sales 
 are made to the trade throughout the countr}'. 
 
 F. M. HOAG, Nassau Works; Salesroom, 28 Howard-street, New York. 
 In 1863 this manufactory was established under the same style as above, and 
 has been in operation ever since. It is now perhaps the largest establishment in 
 Newark engaged in the manufacture of pearl and vegetable ivory buttons. One 
 hundred and ten hands are given constant employment, with a weekl}^ pay roll 
 of $600, and the value of annual productions is $100,000. The goods of this 
 firm embrace every kind of pearl and ivory buttons known to the trade, and are 
 sold throughout the country. 
 
OF NEWARK. N. J. 205 
 
 SOAP MANUFACTORY. 
 
 The exact period at which soap was first used among civilized nations is not 
 known, nor even the nature of what in the early ages was emplo\'ed as a sub- 
 stitute for the u.scful cleansing composition of to-duj. The date, however, 
 when soap making was first carried on in extensive factories, is witl;iu the 
 memory of men now living. Previous to that time soap was purel}'- an ariicle 
 of domestic manufacture, and was thus made simply because a good article of 
 the kind was not otherwise obtainable. The manufacture of soap, particularly 
 in America, has become of late years a leading industry, and chiefiy because a 
 methodical .system of improvement has followed the old haphazard means of 
 its production. 
 
 It is an established fact that the consumption of soap is an accurate index of 
 a nation's progress in civilization and the arts. Were accurate statistics obtain- 
 able as to the comparative amount of soap used in different countries, their 
 comparison would result in accurate notions concerning the advancement of 
 each nation in culture and refinement. 
 
 MICHAICL J. LIilDWITH, 48 Oliver-street. The manufactory known under 
 the above style is the oul}'- one in Newark engaged in the production of soap lor 
 an extended market. The business was established in 1828 by Moses and Caleb 
 W. Ward, and afterwards the style was changed to Moses Ward& Son, and the 
 next firm name was Marcus L. Ward & Company, and the members of this 
 firm were Messrs. Marcus L. and Jacob Ward, and M. J. Ledvvith. The busi- 
 ness was thus continued until 18G7, when the firm of Ledwiih & Ward was 
 formed, and during 1870 Mr. Michael J. Ledwiih, who had been associated with 
 the business for years, became sole proprietor of the manufactory. 
 
 Mr. Led with manufactures a general line of family and toilet soaps, of uni- 
 form quality and acknowledged excellence; also, tallow, candles, &c. These 
 goods are mainly sold in the home and near-by markets, though an exporting 
 trade in tallow is carried on. The annual productions arc valued at $G0,000. 
 
206 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 ENAMELED CLOTH MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The present high state of perfection in the manufacture of oil-cloths in all 
 varieties has mainly resulted from the efforts of Newark manufacturers. This 
 city has been the chief centre of this industry, and to-day about sixty per cent, 
 of all the oil-cloths produced in the United States are made in Newark. ' The 
 industry was developed mainly as an outgrowth of the inventions and discoveries 
 of Setli Boyden, first resulting in the production of patent leather. The earhest 
 successful attempts to manufacture superior oil-cloths on a large scale were 
 made in Newark just previous to 1850. About that time the first piece of 
 enameled clotli, in imitation of enameled leather, was made in this city. This 
 article was intended to supersede the use of enameled leather for covering car- 
 riage tops, &c., and it is still used for that and similar purposes. Its peculiar 
 enameled or granulated surface is produced by passing the cloth between two 
 rollers, one of which is so engraved as to give the required wavy or crinkled 
 appearance. It was first succesfully manufactured by the firm of J. R. & C. P. 
 Crockett, in 1849, though other manufacturers were nearly cotemporary with 
 them, and were quite as efficient in perfecting the various processes of manu- 
 facture. From these early efforts the manufacture of enameled cloth has extended 
 to other parts of this country, and also to Europe, where it is now extensively 
 made. In addition, the superior qualities of table, floor, and stair oil-cloths now 
 in use are mainly the result of Newark's manufacturing skill and enterprise. 
 
 Previous to the late war an extensive exporting trade was carried on in 
 American oil-cloths, and at that time the superior skill of Newark manufac- 
 turers, and their intimate knowledge of the business, gave them so great an 
 advantage in this business, that the English producers were unable to compete 
 successfully even in their own markets. Unfortunately for this branch of in- 
 dustry adverse circumstances have since arisen. During the war the cost of 
 production so increased that American oil-cloths could not be sold in foreign 
 markets at a profit. Since 1865, the high tariff on Unseed oil, an article which 
 enters very largely into the manufacture of oil-cloth, has produced the same 
 effects, and the result of these years of paper money prosperity are, that the 
 exporting trade in oil-cloths has entirely ceased, except incidentally to the West 
 Indies, and Germany. It is thus seen that the attempt to protect the manu- 
 facture of linseed oil, which is comparatively of trivial importance, has brought 
 about disastrous results in the production of oil cloths, not to speak of other ill 
 effects. 
 
 Without these causes it is undoubtedly true that the United States would to- 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 207 
 
 day be supplying the world with oil-cloths. Instead of tenderly caring for 
 American industry, as the framers of the tariff referred to intended, the pro- 
 duction of enameled cloths has grown to great prominence in England, not- 
 withstanding the fact that all the ideas and suggestions as to methods of manu- 
 facture originated in this country. While these facts do not necessarily conflict 
 with protection as a wise national policy, they conclusively show that in the 
 adjustment of a protective tariff to all the differences and peculiarities of a 
 nation's industries greater foresight is required than men usually possess, and 
 also, that to compel American manufacturers to pay a heavy tax on raw material 
 is in general a doubtful policy at the best. 
 
 Although the manufacture of oil-cloths is wholly a domestic industry, it is, 
 notwithstanding, of great importance, as will be seen by the following articles 
 on the several manufactories. The consumption of oil-cloth is continually in- 
 creasing, as new wants are constantly arising which are best supplied with this 
 article. 
 
 ATHA & HUGHES, 19 to 43 Sussex Avenue; Salesroom, 111 Duane-street, 
 New York. Well illustrating this branch of Newark's industries is the enam- 
 eled cloth factory known under the above stjde. The business was established 
 in 1854, by Mr. Andrew Atha, in a small building on the site of the present ex- 
 tensive establishment. The beginning was small and at that time the produc- 
 tion was only about 120 yards per day. The elements of the great success 
 since reached were mainly Mr. Atha's inventive genius and practical skill. He 
 perfected manufacturing processes in many directions, and he was the lirst to 
 introduce the beautiful imitations in oil-cloth of wood and marble. The business 
 was continued by Mr. Atha, as sole proprietor, until 1870, and during that time 
 the business grew from its modest beginning until the manufactory was re- 
 garded as the largest of its kind in the country. During 1870 the firm of Atha, 
 Hughes & Spanier was organized, and the business was thus continued until 
 January of the present year, when the style was changed to Atha & Huglies. 
 Last August Mr. Atha died, after a life of great usefulness and honor. Eew 
 men, by their personal exertions, made equal contribuMons to the growth 
 and prosperity of those industries which have since given Newark a world- 
 wide fame. The business is at present continued under the above style by his 
 partner, Mr. George H. Hughes. 
 
 The productions of the manufactory comprise stair and table oil-cloths in all 
 varieties, a specialty being superior styles in imitation of wood and marble. The 
 early efforts of Mr. Atha in perfecting these styles have since enabled the firm 
 to lead the trade in this particular. The firm also excels in the manufacture 
 of enameled leather cloth of every description and color, and in addition, 
 superior qualities of oiled silk for hat linings, hatters' glaze, &c., are made. 
 
 A description of this extensive manufactory and the various processes of 
 
208 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 mfimifactnre wonkl prove interestiiif^, but space does not permit. The estab- 
 lishment li;is n frontage on Sussex Avenue of 325 feet, and covers about tliree 
 acres of ground. Previous to the late civil war, the products of tliis mannfac- 
 torj were largely sold in foreign countries, but at present they are mainly con- 
 sumed in tlic United States and Canada, The goods are sold to the trade, and 
 manufacturers in other lines of industry, from the warcrooms in New York. 
 The force at present employed in the factory numbers 130 men, and the weekly 
 pay roll is $1,400. The value of 3'early production is $600,000, though this is 
 greaily exceeded in busier years, when greater industrial activity prevails. 
 
 CROCKETT LEATHER CLOTH COMPANY, Seventh and Summer Ave- 
 nues. The proprietors of this manufactory doing business under the above 
 style are the successors of the firm of J. R. & C. P. Crockett, who, in 1849, 
 first began the manufacture of enameled oil-cloth, which is extensively used as 
 a sub.stitute for enameled leather in finishing carriages and general upholstery 
 work. Tlie officers of the above named Company are as follows; President, 
 James L. Crockett; Treasurer, John A. Crockett. 
 
 The Messrs. Crockett were the first to introduce the manufacture of 
 enameled clotli in England. The products of their factory as at present con- 
 ducted comprise all descriptions of carriage and upholstery leather cloths; also, 
 table covers, grained and marble goods. The superior qualities of their enameled 
 clotlis are evi:'r3'\vliero acknowledged. As varnish is largely consumed in the 
 manufacture of enameled cloth, its production is carried on in the same factory. 
 The finer qualities of coach and furniture varnishes are made, and extensively 
 sold to consumers of varnish generally. The working force of the factory 
 numbers 50 hands, and the weeklypay roll is $750, the value of annual produc- 
 tion for the present year being $200,000. The enameled cloths are sold in all 
 parts of the United States, and occasionally exported to the "West Indies. 
 
 THE PETERS LIANUFACTURING COMPANY, 579 to 587 Market-street; 
 Warehouse, 124 and 126 Cliurch-strcet, New York. This manufactory Avas 
 established during the early history of oil-cloth manufacture in Newark, and 
 was long known under the style of Peter Nenninger. A few years since the 
 establishment passed under the entire control of the Peters Manuf\icturing 
 Company, and since then this company has greatly improved the methods of 
 manufacture, and as a result the business has largely increased. Mr. William 
 H. llaynes is manager of the oil-cloth factory, and by liis ingenuity and skill 
 he has done much to perfect this branch of industry. This, as well as the 
 hosiery department of tlie Company's business, is under the direction of the 
 Treasurer, Mr. H. N. Peters. The Company has superior facilities for cheapen- 
 ing the manufacture of oil-cloth on account of making the sheeting required in 
 their own factory, of which mention is made elsewhere. The varieties of goods 
 made are known as enameled table and stair oil-cloths. About 3,600 yards of 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 209 
 
 cloth are produced daily. The working force of the factory numbers 125 men, 
 and the wages paid weekly amount to $1,400, the value of annual productions 
 being $400,000. These goods are sold in all parts of the United States both to 
 jobbers and manufacturers, and they are occasionally exported to Cuba and 
 Germany. 
 
 J. H. THOMAS, 64 James-street. This oil-cloth factory has been many 
 years in operation. Mr. J. H. Thomas became proprietor of the establishment 
 during the present year. The products are enameled and table oil-cloths in the 
 various colors and styles. The goods are mainly sold to jobbers in New York 
 City, and from there distributed to all parts of the country. The yearly pro- 
 duction is valued at $75,000. Twenty-five hands are employed, and the weekly 
 pay roll is $500. 
 
 EDMUND F. HEATH. 225 to 239 Warren-street. The proprietor of this 
 manufactory was respectfully asked for statistics relative to the variety and ex- 
 tent of his productions. He uncourteously refused all information. 
 
 GLUE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 JOHN "WILLIAMS & CO., Seventeenth Avenue and Lillie-street ; Salesroom, 
 276 Pearl-street, New York. But very little is known concerning the history 
 of glue making Formerly the artist and the artizan made for themselves what 
 httle glue they required. The semi-ci^dlized peoples made it in a simple way 
 by boiling pieces of skin. Fish sounds, that is, the bladders of the fish, now 
 called isinglass or fish glue, have from time immemorial been known as a sub- 
 stance from which glue could be made. In modern times glue is made from the 
 hides, skins, sinews and tendons of animals. 
 
 The glue factory at the above location was established in Newark about 26 
 years ago. After successive changes, the concern passed under the control of 
 John Williams & Co. in 1866. The products of the factory comprise glue, neat's 
 foot oil and sizing, the principal production being the first named article. The 
 markets for these goods extend over the United States. The working force of 
 the factory numbers 25 hands, and the weekly wages amount to $300. The 
 value of the annual products is $60,000. 
 
 27 
 
210 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 BRITANNIA WARE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 MARTIN DOLL, 115 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This manufactory was estab- 
 lished in 1865, and its producMons are various articles made from britannia con- 
 sisting mainly of glass trimmings, bottle tops, &c. These goods are sold in 
 nearly all parts of the country to glass, hardware and drug stores ; also, ink 
 and inucilage manufacturers. Sixteen hands are employed in the factory, and 
 the weekly wages are $120. The value of annual productions is $15,000. 
 
 FREDE-RICK FINTBR, 83 Hamilton-street. The products of this factory 
 comprise a line of britannia ware, mostly used for glass trimmings. The goods 
 are sold in all parts of the country. The factory gives employment to live 
 haads, and the weekly pay roll is $60. The yearly product is valued at $7,000. 
 
 PAPER BOX MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 E. B. HOTCHKISS, 878 and 880 Broad-street. The great development in 
 the production of small articles has led to the manufacture of paper boxes on so 
 extensive a scale, as to form of itself an important national industry. Few 
 cities in the Union consume a greater amount of paper boxes than Newark. 
 Happily for the prosperity of the city, the paper boxes required in Newark are 
 wholly the product of home industry. 
 
 The largest paper box manufactory in Newark, or New Jersey, is the one 
 conducted at the above location by Mr. Hotchkiss. Having previously had 
 valuable experience in the business, he began the manufacture of paper boxes 
 in Newark during 1871. His first efforts were quite modest. The working 
 force consisted of three girls, and the goods were delivered in a bas- 
 ket. These facts are stated to show the very rapid growth of the business to 
 its present wide proportions. Largely through the efforts of Mr. Hotchkiss this 
 branch of industry m Newark has so increased that, as mentioned above, the 
 Newark demand for these goods is fairly supplied with the products of home 
 industry. 
 
 His factory is in a large and commodious building on Broad-street, built ex- 
 pressly for this purpose, and it is one of the best appointed factories of its kind 
 
OF NEWARK, Kf. S. 211 
 
 to be found, the necessary steam power being furnished by a Baxter engine 
 located on the premises. The productions comprise paper boxes of all descrip- 
 tions, though the fine qualities are adhered to, as only glue work is made. The 
 factory is provided with the best manufacturing facilities, consisting of im- 
 proved machinery and various conveniences, which do much toward cheapening 
 production. 
 
 New styles of goods are constantly being made, and Mr. Hotchkiss is pre- 
 pared to make all varieties of fine boxes to order. "While his trade is at present 
 mainly onfined to the home market, it will doubtless soon extend to other cities 
 in New Jersey and elsewhere. No reason exists why Newark should not do a 
 large outside business in paper box manufacturing. The working force of this 
 factory numbers 175 hands. The weekly pay roll amounts to $600, and the 
 vaiae of annual production is $75,000. 
 
 B. OSBORN, 320 and 322 Market-street. The products of this manufactory 
 are Osborn's Patent Paper Boxes, which are manufactured solely by the 
 patentee, Mr. Bennett Osborn. These boxes, now so well and favorably known 
 to the trade throughout the United States, are usually made of flexible manilla 
 paper, and from one piece. They are largely used by confectioners and those 
 engaged in kindred lines of trade. By a later invention Mr. Osborn is enabled 
 to make these boxes so that they will pack perfectly flat, thus avoiding bulky 
 freight and expensive transportation. The manufacture of these improved 
 boxes was begun by Mr. Osborn about 1868, and his trade has since grown to 
 wide proportions, as the boxes are used in all parts of the country. He is 
 constantly perfecting improved machinery, thereby cheapening the cost of pro- 
 duction. Thirty hands are employed in the factory, the weekly pay roll being 
 $300, and the value of annual production $50,000. 
 
 HENRY N. DOOLITTLB, 117 and 119 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This box 
 manufactory was established in 1870. Mr. Doolittle makes all varieties of 
 plain and fancy paper boxes, including hat and millinery boxes ; also, wood hat 
 eases. Mr. Doolittle's success well illustrates the recent rapid growth of paper 
 box manufacturing as a distinct branch of Newark's industries. His trade is 
 mainly in the home market, though some sales are made in neighboring cities 
 and States. Twenty-five hands are employed in the factory, and the weekly 
 wages amount to $200. The value of yearly productions is $50,000. 
 
 CHARLES MERZ & SON, 48 Mechanic-street. The box factory known as 
 above was established in 1865. The products are paper boxes of all kinds, and 
 they are mainly sold in Newark. Four hands are required in the factory, and 
 the weekly wages are $20, the value of annual product being $4,000. 
 
212 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 CHEMICAL WORKS. 
 
 LISTER BROTHERS (Passaic Carbon and Agricultural Chemical Works), 
 foot of River-street ; Branch Office, 159 Front-street, New York. Man's first 
 possessions were the direct products of the soil, and the wondrous benefits 
 of modern civilization are more fully realized, when it is considered that the 
 complex results accruing through successive ages of progress, and which, in 
 all their varied forms, minister to the welfare of mankind, have all sprung, 
 however indirectly, from the same original source. Everything which in the 
 least contributes to the support and enjoyment of humanity could be traced, 
 through successive changes, were man's intellect equal to the task, back to 
 the same bounteous giver — mother earth. These premises granted, it is readily 
 seen that agriculture is the basis of national wealth and prosperity. 
 
 It is not strange that in the early stages of the world's history, the stores 
 of wealth contained in the soil should have been considered practically inex- 
 haustible. Population was scattered, and thorough and long continued cultiva- 
 tion, resulting in repeated croppings of the soil, was then unnecessary. In 
 modern times, with dense population, came increased wants, and the result has 
 been that the soil, which was before considered an unfailing source of wealth, 
 has in recent times, by continuous cultivation, been so depleted of the chemical 
 agencies which sustain vegetable life, as in many localities to leave behind only 
 sterility and barrenness. "With this discovery it was realized that all vege- 
 table growth withdraws from the soil certain chemical properties which are 
 indispensable to its complete integrity. Every bushel of wheat or product of 
 any kind, whether vegetable or animal, which is grown, takes from the soil 
 some portion of its vital principle, and by continuing the process it becomes 
 deteriorated, and in the end destroyed, so far as its productive qualities are 
 concerned. Happily for advancing civilization these discoveries came with the 
 development of chemistry, when it was in the power of science to analyze 
 matter and accurately determine the various essential elements of a prolific 
 soil. These learned, it became necessary to devise artificial means for returning 
 to the earth its richness and fertility, and the efforts in this direction resulted 
 in the growth of agricultural chemistry. 
 
 Being the oldest in civilization, the first attempts at scientific and systematic 
 fertilization were made in Europe, and they occurred there about the beginning of 
 the present century. Owing to the great extent of territory, and the tendency 
 of farmers to emigrate in search of more fertile districts, the ill effect of con- 
 stant cropping was not observed in the United States until about 1840. The 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 213 
 
 census of that year clearly showed that in many of the older States the pro- 
 ductiveness of the soil was decreasing, and unless this tendency could be 
 neutralized by artificial methods it was seen that the ultimate results would 
 be disastrous. At that time the philosophy of the whole subject began to 
 be widely considered, and since then improved modes of agriculture have 
 been adopted, and systematic fertilization has become more general. It would 
 seem, that man could not be so ungrateful as to withdraw from the soil its 
 richness and fertility to gratify his desires, without earnest efforts to return 
 to the earth by means of proper fertilizing material, the chemical equivalents 
 of the wealth thus received, if not for himself, at least for those who are to 
 come after. It is true, however, that the diffusion of intelligence is not yet 
 sufficient to fully secure these results. 
 
 Various agencies have been employed to replenish the soil which has lost 
 its productiveness. Barn yard manure, the waste of cities and guano have 
 been factors of no small importance. The last named however, is lacking in 
 various essential properties, and the supply, too, is becoming exhausted. Marl 
 and gypsum are abundant and cheap, but are also deficient in certain chemical 
 ingredients. 
 
 The fact is now fully established that the basis and chief ingredient of 
 soil fertility is phosphate of lime ; that this substance enters largely into all 
 vegetable and animal growth. How to replenish exhausted soils with phos- 
 phate of lime became a problem, whose practical solution would preserve in- 
 tact their fertility, and even transform land, long barren through natural 
 causes, into a soil prolific as a Western prairie. It was soon found, by scien- 
 tific men interested in the welfare of humanity, that the most concentrated 
 form in which phosphate of lime occurs is in the bones of animals. The 
 problem was solved, and it was only necessary to provide means for turning 
 to account the vast quantities of those bones which had previously been lost 
 through ignorance of their value. 
 
 The first successful efforts in this country to utilize the bones of cattle for 
 the manufacture of fertilizing material on an extensive scale, were made by 
 Mr. Joseph Lister, who emigrated from England in 1842. He brought with 
 him the first machine employed for grinding bones, and it is still in use. He 
 was succeeded in the business by his two sons, Alfred and Edwin Lister, under 
 the style of Lister Brothers, who, during 1850, laid the foundation in Newark for 
 the establishment now known as the Passaic Carbon and Agricultural Chemi- 
 cal Works. The business has met with a continuous growth, and probably at 
 the present time, the works referred to are the largest of the kind in the world. 
 These results have been reached only through unremitting efibrts and years of 
 patient toil. In the early history of the enterprise great difficulties were en- 
 countered in overcoming the prejudice against the use of bone fertilizers. 
 While the scientific few foresaw the great benefits which would ultimately 
 
214 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 result from the use of bone phosphates in renewing the productiveness of 
 worn-out lands, the masses of the people, who are the real consumers, have 
 been slow to appreciate its importance. Now, however, its use is becoming 
 general, and the farmers of the United States are more fully realizing what 
 almost seems a beautiful law of nature, that the wealth of the soil is stored 
 up in its most concentrated form, in the bones of animals, that it may be 
 returned to the earth for man's benefit. 
 
 In successfully developing this branch of American industry, which lies at 
 the very foundation of National wealth, the Messrs. Listers have performed a 
 work which is no less important because its results are silent-working and de- 
 void of all splendor and magnificence. For, grand as are the mighty work- 
 shops of the nation, the stupendous steam engine manufactories, the palatial 
 cloth factories, and the immense machine works, the vast warehouses teeming 
 with the triumphs of mechanical skill, and the great railways with their burdens 
 of freight ; grand as all these are, they are practically of trivial importance com- 
 pared with the great life of a nation, which lies in the warming bosom of 
 its soil, out of which the means of its existence must come ; if this be barren 
 the nation must crumble to decay, its workshops tumble to the ground, and the 
 very railways and highways grow up with weeds. 
 
 Lister Brothers' Chemical Works are situated on the Passaic River, thus 
 affording ample shipping facilities for receiving stock and the transportation of 
 manufactured products. To facilitate their business the firm owns the hand- 
 some iron freight propeller Alfred and Edwin, and the propeller tug Sarah, 
 both of which make daily trips between the works in Newark and the branch 
 office in New York. The raw material used in the works is made up of cattle 
 bones, gathered first, by the aid of teams, in New York and neighboring cities. 
 Vast accumulations of bones are next brought from all parts of the country, 
 consisting largely of buffalo bones from the far Western prairies. Messrs. 
 Lister Brothers were the first to begin the collection of bones from remote 
 parts of the country. By this method two results are reached : decaying bones 
 are offensive matter, and their collection is important from a sanitary point of 
 view, while their value as fertilizing material has already been recorded. Car- 
 goes of cattle bones are also received from South America. Their 
 Works are supplied with the most improved machinery, and the manufac- 
 turing processes in use are mainly the result of the firm's own investigations 
 and discoveries, constituting important triumphs in agricultural chemistry. 
 
 The allotted space does not permit of a detailed description of these methods. 
 It is only possible to briefly mention the several productions derived from the 
 raw material, already referred to. The most important, regarded specially in 
 the light of the ultimate benefits to be derived from their more general use, 
 are the several fertilizing materials, consisting of bone phosphates, ground 
 bone, bone meal and bone flour, and known as Listers' Standard Fertilizers. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 215 
 
 The bone phosphates constitute the most powerful fertUizing material known, 
 being absolutely unequaled for the purpose named. Listers' Superphospate of 
 Lime is pronounced by the leading chemists as the purest article of its kind. 
 Inferior articles made from cheaper materials have been sold to consumers in 
 lieu of the genuine article. The only sure reliance in such cases is the integ- 
 rity and reputation of the manufacturers, and in this regard Messrs. Lister 
 Brothers have established a just claim to preeminence. 
 
 The other brands of fertilizers mentioned differ from each other only in the 
 degree of fineness to which they are ground. Opinions from consumers in 
 all parts of the country testify to the great value of these fertilizers. They 
 have thus far been mainly used in the Middle States, and Westchester county 
 in New York State alone consumes each year over 1,000 tons of these invalu- 
 able articles. Their use is rapidly becoming greater in all parts of the 
 country. As a means of recuperating the wasted energies of the Southern 
 States their value is incalculable, and the now prolific "Western prairies should 
 be preserved in their original strength and fertility by a timely application of 
 such powerful fertilizers as are made at these works. Mainly owing to supe- 
 rior methods of production and the comparative cheapness of material 
 Lister Brothers are sellmg immense quantities of their products in the 
 European markets. It is thus seen that the importance of this industry is 
 constantly increasing, and that the Newark Carbon Works will play a still 
 greater part in promoting the industry of the country and increasing the 
 Nation's wealth. 
 
 In addition to the fertilizers, the cattle bones used at these works yield 
 various other articles of great utility. As a result of the first process a supe- 
 rior quality of refined tallow is made, which is mainly used in the manufacture 
 of fine toilet and other soaps. The other products are bone charcoal, used for 
 clarifymg sugar ; also, glue and various chemical preparations, such as sulphate 
 of ammonia, sulphurous acid, bi-sulphite of lime, carbolate of lime, etc. 
 
 The hands employed in the works number 300, and the summary of weekly 
 wages is $3,500. The value ofannual production reaches $1,000, 000, and the firm's 
 trade connections extend throughout the United States, to South America and 
 many parts of Europe. It is a matter of just pride to the people of Newark 
 that these stupendous results, contributing to the welfare of millions of people, 
 have been attained within their city, and on the banks of their own beautiful 
 Passaic. 
 
 CHARLES COOPER & CO., CKfiford-street ; Salesroom, 150 Chatham-street, 
 New York. The above firm was established in Newark during 1858, and are 
 manufacturing chemists, their productions mainly consisting of photographers' 
 and glass makers' materials. The members of the firm are Messrs. Charles 
 Cooper and Jacob Kleinhaus. The products comprise 87 different chemicals 
 from oxide of manganese to nitrate of silver. The hands employed in the lab- 
 
216 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 oratory number 20, and the weekly wages are $250. The vakie of annual pro- 
 duction is $50,000. 
 
 D. B. COLES & SON, (Newark Chemical Works,) 51 to 55 Johnson-street. 
 The manufactory known under the above style has been established since 1852. 
 It was the first factory in Newark of its kind, and there are now but very 
 few houses in the country engaged in the same line of production. Messrs. 
 Coles & Son manufacture prussiate of potash, prussian blue, and cyanide of 
 potassium. Their productions are sold to print works and woolen mills gener- 
 ally, to be used by them as coloring material. Fifteen hands are employed and 
 the weekly wages amount to $200, the value of yearly product being $50,000. 
 
 COWEN & LEVISON, (Essex Chemical Manufg. Co.,) 112 to 122 Chestnut- 
 street ; Branch office, 207 Canal-street, New York. This manufactory has re 
 cently been established. The productions comprise cream of tartar, tartaric 
 acid, and Rochelle salts. The enterprise bids fair to become a prominent part 
 of Newark's industries. The capacity of these works is sufficient for an annual 
 production of 1,000,000 pounds of chemicals, with an estimated value of from 
 $400,000 to $500,000. At present 25 hands are employed, and the weekly pay 
 roll is $300. 
 
 J. F. DODD, 181 to 185 Chestnut-street. The products of this manufactory 
 consist exclusively of prussiate of potash. Thirteen hands are employed, and 
 the weekly wages amount to $1*75. The annual production of the article named 
 amounts to 225,000 pounds, and it is valued at $65,000. The goods are sold in 
 aU parts of the United States. 
 
 J. Gr. HILL (New Jersey Lamp-Black Works), First-street; Office, 481 Broad- 
 street. The extensive use of lamp black as a raw material in many of Newark's 
 industries has been an important element in the growth of its manufacture in 
 this city. Mainly to supply this demand the lamp-black works named above 
 were established in 1856. Through the efforts of the present proprietor, Mr. J. 
 G. Hill, the manufacture of this article has been so perfected that the fineness 
 and high quality of Newark Lamp-black is unexcelled in the market. Although 
 the main part of Mr. Hill's productions is sold in Newark, his refined lamp- 
 black is favorably known in an extended market. It is largely used in Newark 
 for the manufacture of rubber goods, enameled oil cloths, patent leather, etc. 
 Six hands are employed in the factory, and the weekly pay roll is $15, the 
 ■value of annual production being $30,000. 
 
 PASSAIC CHEMICAL WORKS, Foot of River-street; Agents, Joseph S. Lev- 
 erett & Co., 85 John-street, New York. This manufactory was originally estab- 
 hshed in 1835, by Mr. W. T. Clough. The present Company was organized in 1872, 
 and is incorporated under the general laws of New York State. The offi- 
 cers are as follows : President Burr Wakeman ; Secretary, Charles A. Edwards ; 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 217 
 
 Treasurer and Superintendent, Dr. F. Alexander. The products of the works 
 consist of sulphuric acid and refined sulphur. These goods are sold in all 
 parts of the United States and Canada, to oil refiners, chemical works, match 
 factories, &c. The hands employed in the works number 50, and the weekly 
 pay roll amounts to $550. The annual product of acid is 6,000,000 pounds, 
 and of sulpliur 2,400,000 pounds, the total valuation being $234,000. This is 
 one of tlie largest concerns of the kind in the United States, there being only 
 two others in the country producing the articles named. 
 
 WATER MOTOR MANUFACTORY. 
 
 BACKUS BROTHERS & CO., Wright-street and Avenue A. As an agent 
 in propelling heavy machinery both water and steam have long been success- 
 fully applied, and in the direction named little more could be desired. Until 
 very recently, however, no successful method had been devised for creating 
 light power, which is at once thoroughly practical, economical, and of universal 
 application. Happily for industrial advancement this defect is now entirely 
 overcome by means of the Backus "Water Motor, a mechanical device which 
 is the more ingenious on account of its simplicity. This machine, illustrated 
 on the next page, is the invention of Mr. Oscar J. Backus, a resident of 
 Newark, and it may be described in general terms as a method of utilizing, for 
 operating light machinery, the power contained in the pressure of the water 
 in th^ supply pipes from the aqueducts or waterworks of towns and cities.. 
 The pressure of water flowing, through natural causes, from high elevations, 
 as in mountain rills or springs, may also be used for operating the Backus 
 motor. 
 
 This device consists sunply of a light but firmly constructed galvanized iron 
 wheel, provided on its outer rim with buckets at frequent intervals, and the 
 whole enclosed in a water-tight iron casing. Through the casing an ordinary 
 water pipe is so inserted that a stream of water from the pipe flowing down- 
 ward, strikes Jhe buckets at a right angle with the radius of the wheel. The 
 aperture at the end of the pipe is comparatively small, and on this account the 
 water is forced through and against the buckets with a percussion-like effect, 
 thus imparting a rapid and steady motion to the wheel, and the water having 
 produced the desired effect, passes downward into a waste pipe provided 
 for its escape. Thus is secured a light power, which is available in every town 
 and city having a water supply with a pressure of ten pounds to a square inch 
 of surface, and also under favorable conditions otherwise provided, 
 
 28 » 
 
THE BACKUS WATER MOTOR FOR LIGHT POWER, TO RUN BY 
 HYDRANT PRESSURE. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 219 
 
 The great practical benefits of the Backus motor are realized when it is 
 known that it may be used for working nearly all machines which hereto- 
 fore have required the application of hand or foot power ; also, in general, as a 
 more convenient and economical method for propelling light machinery. 
 
 As a power for driving sewing machines its great practical value can scarcely 
 be overrated. It is a notorious fact that the continuous operation of a sewing 
 machine with a treadle is very injurious to the health. As a means of obviat- 
 ing this difiSculty the Backus motor is one of the first inventions of the age 
 and a great blessing to all womankind. It can be applied to the single sewing 
 machine for domestic use without the slightest diflBculty. Thus used it requires 
 no more room than the ordinary drive wheel, and the extra water pipe for sup- 
 plying the power is of trifling moment. The speed is adjustable and is regu- 
 lated by means of a valve in the pipe, which is opened or closed with a contri- 
 vance not unlike the common pedal. The resulting speed varies in the sewing 
 machine from sixty stitches a minute to the highest number attained by steam 
 power. It is also available in factories using great numbers of sewing machines, 
 and the largest sized motor will operate twenty machines. 
 
 The practical apphcations of the Backus motor are almost numberless, a few 
 of the principal uses aside from th.e one already mentioned are for running 
 ordinary printing presses, turning lathes, and such machinery as , used by 
 jewelers, and those in kindred pursuits ; also, for operating dental engines ; as 
 a power for running elevators in dwelling houses, coffee and drug mills, church 
 organs, ice cream freezers, and everything requiring similar power. Where the 
 power is available it will doubtless prove of great utility in the operation of 
 dairies. 
 
 The general points of excellence of the Backus Water Motor may be briefly 
 summarized as follows : First, its nominal cost, convenience and great dura- 
 bility ; second, its noiseless running qualities ; third, its availability, when shut 
 ofl" there is no waste, as occurs in ordinary steam boilers ; fourth, its absolute 
 safety and freedom from mechanical derangement. 
 
 Although recently perfected, the last patent having been granted in January 
 of the present year, the Backus motor is already coming into extensive use. 
 Its great merits have only to be seen to be appreciated. At the Cincinnati Ex- 
 position of the present autumn it received a bronze medal on account of its 
 great practical value in the useful arts. Its popularity will no doubt continue 
 until it is universally regarded as an indispensable article of domestic utility. 
 The machine has been patented in England, and it will doubtless soon be intro- 
 duced to the homes and workshops of Europe. 
 
 Their manufacture is carried on in Newark by the firm of Backus Bros. & Co., 
 of which Mr. Oscar J. Backus, the inventor, is the senior partner. The busi- 
 ness has been so recently established that the statistics could not be ascertained. 
 
220 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 The demand, however, for these wonder working machines is constantly in- 
 creasing. This invention deserves to be classed among the many valuable con- 
 tributions which JSTewark has made to the industrial progress of America, and 
 in bringing it to perfection Mr. Oscar J. Backus has proved himself a public 
 benefactor. 
 
 ORNAMENTAL AND BENT GLASS WORKS. 
 
 The manufacture of glass is said to have been discovered by the Phoenicians. 
 Pliny describes the circumstance as follows : " A company of Phoenician mer- 
 chants having landed on the coast of Palestine, near the mouth of the river 
 Belus, were preparing for their repast, and not finding any stones on which to 
 place their pots, took some cakes of nitre from their merchandise for that pur- 
 pose. The nitre being thus submitted to the action of the fire, with the sand 
 on the shore, they together produced transparent streams of an unknown fiuid, 
 and such was the origin of glass." 
 
 In addition to the ordinary forms of glass and the common uses to which it 
 is applied, it is curious what wonderful transformations take place in the origi- 
 nal elements from which glass is made, when submitted, in a heated state, to 
 the mysteries of the blow-pipe. By expert manipulation, and one or two simple 
 tools, glass is manufactured into every conceivable shape and form. Animals, 
 birds, ships, vases, boquets, elaborate toys and gorgeous flowers are among the 
 wonders emanating from the workshops of the skillful artisrs in this material- 
 Many curious styles in this manufacture are worthy of attention. Of these, 
 the most important are various delicate scientific implements, glass globes, glass 
 eyes, plate glass, etc. The most expert workers in glass are the Bohemians and 
 Venetians, who manufacture fanciful work of the most exquisite forms. For 
 graceful outline and ornamentation, these people surpass all other nations in this 
 special department. The colored Bohemian glass has a richness and beauty of 
 finish that is not diminished by constant use or lapse of time. 
 
 J. R. DENMAN, 71 to 15 Barbara-street; Office, 142 Mulberry-street. 
 Quite a prominent part of Newark's industries is the manufacture of ornamental 
 cut glass for windows, together with bent glass for carriages and other 
 purposes, etc. The most prominent manufactory of this class is the one 
 known under the above style. Mr. Denman began the manufacture of orna- 
 mental and bent glasis in Newark during 1868. Since then, through energy 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J., 221 
 
 and a thorough knowledge of the business, the enterprise has rapidly grown 
 into prominence, notwithstanding the fact that the business was established so 
 recently. Mr. Denman makes a specialty of bent or curved glass, and in this 
 direction his manufacturing facilities are unsurpassed, glass being bent as large 
 as 120 inches, for offices, banks, show cases, etc. He also makes extensively, 
 ornamental or cut glass for dweUings, churches, &c. These goods are sold in 
 all parts of the United States and are exported to Cuba, Mexico, &c., the trade 
 with these countries being direct from the manufactory. The working force of 
 the factory in Barbara-street numbers 20 hands, and none but the most skillful 
 are employed. The weekly pay roll is $250, and the annual productions are 
 valued at |50,000. 
 
 BATTEN, DOWNING & CO., 580 to 586 Market-street ; Office, 207 Hud- 
 son-street, New York. This house was estabhshed in 1858. Their business 
 comprises the manufacture of engraved, cut, embossed, and bent glass, in all 
 varieties. The productions of no other like firm covers so wide a field. The 
 senior member of the firm. Mr. Charles L. Batten, is an acknowledged expert 
 in this line, having been in the business from boyhood, and he is now 72 years 
 old, although still active. He learned his trade with the well known Enghsh 
 house of Chance Bros., near Birmingham. AU the ornamental work of this 
 firm is from their own designs, and they also manufacture the acid required in em- 
 bossing glass. Their markets extend throughout the United States and Canada. 
 Thirteen workmen are employed in the factory, and the weekly wages amount 
 to $200, the value of annual production being $20,000. 
 
 BELCHER & POVEY, 65 Chambers-street; Salesroom, 13 West Broadway, 
 New York. This well known firm is one of the oldest of its class in the coun- 
 try, and was established in 1845. The products comprise ornamental glass for 
 churches, also white enameled and bent glass. Sales are made in all the prin- 
 cipal cities of the United States, and also to South America and the West Indies. 
 Fifteen hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $300. The value of 
 yearly product is $25,000. 
 
 RULE MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 The use of the rule being necessary in nearly all mechanical operations their 
 consumption is very great and the manufacture one of considerable importance. 
 Rules are generally made of boxwood, and that used grows in Turkey and 
 Southern Russia. The tree producing boxwood is small in size, the average 
 diameter of the logs which reach this country being from six to seven inches, 
 
222 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 and never more than fifteen. The boxwood imported is sold by weight, and the 
 prices vary from $30 to $150 a ton. The value depending upon the texture, 
 color and straightness of the grain. The color being an important considera- 
 tion. The deeper the golden tint of the wood, the more valuable is it for mak- 
 ing rules. 
 
 BELCHER BROTHERS & CO., 109 N. J. Railroad Avenue; salesroom, 94 
 Chambers-street, Ifew York. This manufactory was originally established 50 
 years ago and after various successive changes the present firm succeeded to 
 the business, and the above style was adopted. The productions of the house 
 are well and favorably known to the trade throughout the country, and com- 
 prise gnagers', counting house, desk and lumber rules ; also, yard-sticks and 
 shoemakers' size sticks. 
 
 Messrs. Belcher Brothers & Co., are the largest manufacturers of Rules in 
 New Jersey. The statistics of this manufactory have been included in the 
 the general summary. 
 
 TINGLEY & CO., 7 N. J. Railroad Avenue. The rule manufactory known 
 under the above style was established in 1868. The productions are counting 
 house rules exclusively, and they are largely sold in all the principal cities of 
 the country, and to the United States Government. Goods are sold to the 
 trade only. The statistics of the factory will be found in the general summary. 
 
 BROOM MANUFACTORY. 
 
 The broom is of such universal application as an article of domestic use that 
 little needs to be said of its manufacture. It is interesting to note, however, 
 that the name of this article comes from a shrub, formerly^ used in England for 
 sweeping, and which was called broom. The chief material of which brooms is 
 made is a kind of sorghum called broom corn. It is supposed to be a native of 
 China or India, but is now widely cultivated in Europe and America. It grows 
 from six to twelve feet high, and has a jointed stem like a reed, with a bushy 
 top, of which the brooms are made. Tlie stock is hard and dry without nutri- 
 ment, and is of little value. It is cultivated on a large sca,le and with great 
 care in China, reaching there an astonishing size, the stalks being sufficiently 
 solid and strong for the construction of palings and farm houses. The seeds 
 produced are eaten in China by the poorer classes, and m addition a liquor, 
 containing a large portion of alcohol, is distilled from them. In this couatry broom 
 corn is in great part grown in the Western States, and from there also th-e handles 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 223 
 
 mainlj Jcome. In the manufacture of brooms the machinery used consists 
 simply of a wood roller turned by a crank for the purpose of winding the cord 
 on the handle. One hand holds the broom handle, and while winding on the 
 twme the brush is supplied with the other hand. 
 
 I. D. WEED, 106 Market-street. The business of broom making as carried 
 on at this manufactory was begun by Mr. "Weed in 1851. The productions 
 comprise corn brooms in all varieties, and are well known for the excellence of 
 material used and fidelity in manufacture. Eight hands are employed in the 
 factory, and the weekly pay roll is $90, the annual production being valued at 
 $60,000. The products are mainly sold m the home and near-by markets. 
 
 OIL MANUFACTORY. 
 
 McKIRG-AN & CO. (Passaic Oil Works), foot of Third Avenue. The business 
 of refining crude petroleum is carried on in Newark by the above firm. The works 
 were established in 1864, and the members of the firm are Messrs. Wm. H. and 
 Thomas F. McKirgan. The oil refined by them amounts to 300 barrels per 
 week, the value of annual product being $100,000. Eight hands are employed 
 in the factory, and the weekly pay roll is $150. 
 
 The productions comprise refined kerosene of the highest standard, together 
 with deodorized naphtha, gasoline, etc. 
 
 COTTON THREAD MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 CLARK THREAD COMPANY, Passaic- street ; Salesroom, 337 Canal-street, 
 New York. Probably no other branch of American industry has attained to 
 greater supremacy than the manufacture of spool cotton, Tliread making 
 in the United States dates from the close of the last century, when the 
 first efforts were made in Bridgewater, Mass. The cotton thread manufacturers 
 of this country have reached such a high degree of excellence that the im- 
 ported article is rto longer regarded as having points of superiority. 
 
 The thread works are among the largest manufacturing establishments of the 
 country, and of these doubtless the largest is located in Newark, and known as 
 
224 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 the Clark Thread Company, To be thus distinguished is a great credit to this 
 city. 
 
 While the business conducted under the above style is now entirely an Ameri- 
 can enterprise, its establishment dates from 1812, at Paisley, Scotland. The 
 first efiforts were made by Mr. James Clark at that date, and the business has 
 been continued from that time by different members of the same family. During 
 1864 this house began business in Newark, and at the commencement the pro- 
 cesses of finishing and spooUng only were carried on here, as the thread was 
 brought from Scotland. The style of the firm at that time was Geo. A. Clark 
 & Brothers. In the following year, 1865, the Clark Thread Company was in- 
 corporated under the laws of New Jersey, and the business of manufacturing 
 thread from the raw material was then begun on this side of the Atlantic. 
 From that time few similar enterprises have met with greater success. Clark's 
 thread has rapidly taken precedence over all competition, and the Company's 
 trade mark, "0. N. T.," has become a " household word" in every part of the 
 United States. These results have been mainly due to the great energy and 
 foresight of Mr. Geo. A. Clark, the master spirit of the enterprise. The ability 
 displayed by Mr. Clark in building up in this country so great an industry, 
 during so short a time, has seldom been equaled. After seeing the business, 
 which he had been so instrumental in establishing, attain to the first place 
 in the thread industry of America, Mr. Clark died in February, 1873. The 
 manufactory in this city and the extensive trade connections of the Company 
 are an enduring monument to his great genius and labor. 
 
 The officers of the Clark Thread Company are as follows : President, Lewis 
 Coleman of Boston ; Treasurer, Wm. Clark. In addition to the energy of Mr. 
 Geo. A. Clark, an important element in the growth of this Company's business 
 has been a fidelity in manufacturing processes, and a constant adherence to the 
 finest quality of goods. Clark's " 0. N. T." thread is recommended by the 
 leading sewing machine companies, and is everywhere regarded as the best. 
 To show the great extent and prosperity of this manufactory, it is only necessary 
 to state that at the present time 1,050 operatives are in the employ of the Com- 
 pany, and the weekly summary of wages is $8,500, or $442,000 per year for 
 wages alone. The value of yearly production is over $2,500,000, though it has 
 been placed at that amount in the statistical summary. The manufacturing 
 operations of these immense works are under the direction of the Superintend- 
 ent, Mr. William Clark. 
 
 SINCLAIR & McCLELLAN, (Union Thread Mills,) Nassau and Sheffield 
 streets ; Agents, Arnold & Banning, 56 Lispenard-street, New York. The 
 thread manufactory known under the above style was established in 1868. The 
 products comprise aU varieties of spool cottons. Thirty hands are employed, 
 and the weekly pay roll is $300, the value of annual production being $90,000. 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 225 
 
 LUBRICATOR MANUFACTORY. 
 
 NEWARK LUBRICATING COMPANY, Chestnut and McWhorter streets. 
 This business was established in 1871 and tlie products are Crogan's patent 
 lubricating compound, for railway car journals, together with superior axle 
 grease, etc. The advantages claimed for the compound are perfect lubrication, 
 safet}'-. economy, adaptability and cleanliness. It keeps all grit and dirt from 
 the boxes and bearings, and saves wear of journal brasses. Nearly all the 
 horse railways of the country use it ; also the Alleghany Yalley Railroad. The 
 factory gives employment to three hands, the weekly wages being $30, The 
 compound named is manufactured yearly to the value of $15,000. This, how- 
 ever, does not represent the total business of the Company, as they are general 
 dealers in machinery oil, etc. 
 
 PIANO-FORTE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 HINDS & SONS, 21 and 23 Bank-street. It is said that the idea of the piano 
 forte was first conceived independently at the same time by three persons in differ- 
 ent parts of Europe : a German organist by the name of Schroter, Marius, a 
 French harpsichord maker, and Bartolomea Cristofali, a harpsichord maker of 
 Padua. Priority in point of invention is due to the Italian maker — 1714 
 Schroter's discovery was followed up in Germany by Silberman of Strasburg* 
 Spat of Ratisbon, Stein of Augsberry, and others. The first pianb-forte seen in 
 England was made at Rome by Father Wood, an English monk. 
 
 Although music as an art reaches its highest perfection in Europe, and espec. 
 ially Germany, the superior skill of American artizans has enabled piano-forte 
 manufacturers in this country to greatly excel their European rivals. Through 
 the efforts of the above firm the industries of Newark now include the manu- 
 facture of first-class pianos. 
 
 Messrs. Hinds & Sons began piano making in Newark during 1865. The 
 senior member of the firm, Mr. Silas P. Hinds, having previously had valuable 
 experience in the business, was enabled to introduce improved methods of manu- 
 facture. The other members of the firm are liis two sons, Messrs. Alpheus R* 
 29 
 
 % 
 
226 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS " 
 
 and "William H. Hinds. Their processes of manufacture have been so perfected 
 that the " Hinds & Sons' " pianos are now regarded as unexcelled for quality of 
 tone and durability. Their superiority is generally acknowledged. Testimonials 
 as to their unrivaled qualities are freely given by the leading musicians of 
 Newark and other cities. It is a great credit to the City of Newark that a 
 branch of industry so nearly allied to art as piano making should reach perfec- 
 tion here. The pianos made by Messrs. Hinds & Sons are mainly sold in the 
 home and near-by markets. The factory is in the rear of their warerooms at 
 the location named above. Twenty five hands are employed and the weekly 
 wages amount to $350. The yearly production of pianos is valued at $50,000. 
 
 STATIONERS' SPECIALTIES. 
 
 GORNWBLL MANUFACTURING- COMPANY, N. J. Railroad Avenue 
 and Cottage-street. Next in importance to the industrial developments which 
 are the outgrowth of new discoveries or inventions, should be classed those en- 
 terprises whose purpose is the production of various articles of utility and 
 ornament, which previously had been made in a desultory way, on a more ex- 
 tensive scale, by improved methods and at a less cost of production. An illus- 
 tration of these facts is the manufacture of what is known as Stationery 
 Specialties, such as bill-holders, letter-files, etc. 
 
 That the production of these goods has been reduced to a system is mainly 
 due to the foresight and energy of Mr. G-eorge W. Plummer who saw how im- 
 provements could be made in their manufacture, and that by combining the 
 making of so many useful articles in one factor}'^ the inconvenience and the 
 cost of production would be materially lessened. 
 
 Mr. Plummer began the manufacture of these goods in 1872, and soon after, 
 through his efibrLs, the CornweU Manufacturing Company was organized under 
 the general laws of New York State, with Mr. Plummer as a joint stock- 
 holder and business manager, the President of the Company being Mr. Jame? 
 F. Bull, of New York. 
 
 The wants of the trade and the needs of consumers had been accurately fore- 
 seen, and on this account the business of the Company rapidly increased, new 
 lines of production were entered upon, and ere long greater manufacturing 
 facilities were required. To secure these a new and commodious factory has 
 been built at the above location, on the line of the Pennsylvania Railroad. 
 The factory is a substantial three-story and basement brick structure with special 
 adaptations to the business from Mr. Plummer's own plans and designs. 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 227 
 
 The Company's productions are mainly known as Stationers' Case Goods, com- 
 prising bill-holders, reference and letter-files, mercantile, walnut, paste-board, 
 commercial note, telegraph, nonpareil and insurance clips ; arm rests, desk 
 weights in various styles, etc. The variety of goods named very inadequately 
 represent the Company's business in the line of stationers' supplies, as they are 
 continually entering upon other fields of production, special effort being made 
 to supply any needed demand, and they thus cater to the wants of the trade. 
 
 The manufacture of superior sealing-wax is just now becoming an important 
 part of the business. The various styles of goods named above are noted for 
 convenience and elegant finish, many of them being from original designs, and 
 to some extent covered by patents. New ideas are constantly being reduced 
 to practical form, and articles long in use are improved and perfected by this 
 company, their efforts being constantly in the direction of better grades of 
 goods, and at a less cost of production. A novel and useful article introduced 
 by them is an improved paper file. These bands are made in all conceivable 
 styles. A special variety is made for glove manufacturers, superceding pins 
 and strings, and for binding gloves they surpass anything yet invented. This 
 Company is also manufacturing a variety of desirable goods known as school 
 supplies, such as black-board rubbers, numeral frames, etc., and special hnes 
 of fancy goods are also made. 
 
 The Company sells only to jobbers, and its trade is constantly increasing, 
 this being the only concern in the country manufacturing this class of goods 
 on an extensive scale. The factory is provided with a great amount of labor- 
 saving machinery, and facilities for the employment of 400 hands. The 
 yearly production is rapidly increasing, and already sales are made to whole- 
 sale stationers in nearly all parts of the country. 
 
 WIRE FERRULE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 CHAS. E. GREEN, 78 Chestnut-street. The products of this manufactory 
 are wire ferrules for paint brushes, and the business was established in 1871 
 These ferrules are now regarded as unequalled for the purpose named. The 
 old method of using twine for ferrules is now entirely out of use. Mr. Chas. E. 
 Green was the pioneer in this branch of industry. His ferrules are sold to 
 brush manufacturers in all parts of the country, but principally in Philadelphia, 
 New York and Brooklyn. Four hands are employed in the factory, the weekly 
 pay roll is $30. The daily product is 2,000 ferrules, and the value of yearly 
 production is $10,000. 
 
228 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 RUSSIALINE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 AMERICAN RUSSIALINE COMPANY, 108 to 114 N. J. Railroad Ave- 
 nue. The products of this manufactory are an innovation in the industry of 
 the country. Russiahne closely resembles Russia leather in appearance, and 
 the body of the article is paper, the durability and general merits being the re- 
 sult of patent processes by Mr. M. W. Brown. The business was established 
 during the present year and the Company is^orgauized under the general laws of 
 New York State. Russialine is in general an economical and attractive sub- 
 stitute for leather. It is well adapted for the manufacture of pocket books, 
 and for book-binders and hatters use, and it may also be employed for making 
 trunks and bags. It is mainly produced with machinery. Russialine is sold 
 in all parts of the country, and an exportmg demand for the article has already 
 arisen. Mr. H. N. Brown is Superintendent of the factory, and the hands em- 
 ployed number 18, the weekly pay roll being $234. Russiahne is meeting with 
 such general favor that at the present rate the value of annual production will 
 be $90,000. 
 
 INK, SEALING-WAX AND MUCILAGE 
 MANUFACTORY. 
 
 R. B. DOYELL'S SON, 88 McWhorter-street ; Salesroom, 110 William- 
 street, New York. The manufacture of fine and durable inks is an important 
 branch of industry. Much difficulty has been experienced ever since the 
 article was first made in securing those qualities of ink which impart both 
 brilliancy of color and durability. The manufacturers who have succeeded in 
 producing the desired qualities of ink have been few indeed. Many spurious 
 inks have been thrust upon the market, and on this account it is well to know 
 those manufacturers who have reached the fullest success in the manufacture 
 of fine grades of inks. 
 
 The manufactory in Newark conducted under the above style was originally 
 established 50 years ago in London, England. In 1844 the business was trans- 
 ferred to this country, and since then it has been a prominent branch of American 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 229 
 
 industry. Since the death of the founder, Mr. R. B. Dovell, the son has suc- 
 ceeded to the business, and the above style adopted. 
 
 The productions of the manufactory comprise all varieties of black and 
 colored inks and writing fluids ; also, sealing-wax, mucilage, wafers, etc. 
 Dovell's inks are unexcelled either by American or foreign productions. Through 
 the efforts of the senior Mr. Dovell and his successors Americans are under no 
 necessity of using imported inks. The mucilage and sealing-wax made by 
 this firm are everywhere favorably known both to the trade and consumers. 
 Attorney's seals and other like articles are also made. The goods are sold ex- 
 clusively to the trade, and the markets extend to all parrs of the United States. 
 Fourteen hands are employed, the weekly pay roll being $150, The several 
 productions of this manufactory have a total value of $100,000 annually. 
 
 PAINT MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Paints in general include the coarse and fine paints used in ship and house 
 painting, and for interior decorations ; artists' colors, which are oil colors pre- 
 pared with greater care ; and water colors, which are mixed with gum instead 
 of oil, and dried in cakes, and for using are wet with water and rubbed on por- 
 celain cakes, For artists' colors, the whites, known as flake white, silver white, 
 Venice white, etc., are prepared from ceruse, or carbonate of the oxide of lead, 
 from zinc white, or from ceruse and sulphate of barytes. Oxides of iron and 
 different mineral substances furnish yellows. Reds are supplied from vegetable 
 substances, oxides, and mercury. Oxide of cromium, terre verfe, and different 
 salts of copper give greens. The blacks are from lampblack, which is procured 
 by burning oils and other organic stubstances in close rooms or vessels and 
 collecting the carbonaceous deposit ; from calcined bones, and from the mineral 
 peroxide of manganese. Various shades are produced by skillful mixing, and 
 the principal requisite for perfect paints is thorough grinding. 
 
 ISRAEL BALDWIN, (Newark Paint Works), 362 Plane-street. The manu- 
 facture of paints was begun in Newark by Israel Baldwin, in 1850. Mr Bald- 
 win died during the present year, after seeing the business which he founded 
 grow to its present extended proportions. He did much to advance the growth 
 and prosperity of Newark as an industrial city. Since his death the business 
 has been continued by the estate under the same style. The productions comprise 
 paints, colors and varnishes. The Baldwin brand of " Stag's Head" white lead 
 is unexcelled by any other second quality lead in the market. The produc- 
 
230 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 tions are sold to the trade in all parts of the country. Three hands are em- 
 employed in the factory, the weekly pay roll being $50, and the value of annual 
 products is $75,000. 
 
 TUBRS & COOPER, (Oraton Paint Works), opposite Morris & Essex Rail- 
 road Depot ; Salesroom, 19 Maiden Lane, New York. This manufactory was 
 established in 1863, by the firm of Boylan & Tuers. In 1869 the present firm 
 was organized, and its members are Messrs. Sylvester P. Tuers and Sylvanus 
 Cooper. The products of the factory are white lead, zinc paints, colors, etc. 
 This firm's brands of white lead are well known to the trade as, (1) " Oraton," 
 (2) "Premium Pure," (3) " City Parlor," and (4) " Merchants." These brands 
 are unsurpassed, and in fact are scarcely equaled in the market. Messrs. Tuers 
 & Cooper, by their constant efforts in the direction of improved grades and 
 better qualities, have done much to perfect this branch of industry. Sales are 
 made from the firm's warerooms in New Tork. In the Newark factory eight 
 hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $130, the value of annual pro- 
 duction being $75,000. 
 
 BRUSH MANUFACTORIES.' 
 
 A. F. CONERY, 922 Broad-street. Among the nations of antiquity 
 brushes as now made were unknown. In modern times they are made from a 
 great variety of materials, from the wire brush for cleaning the surface of 
 metals, to the camel's hair brush for artists's use. The bristles used in brush- 
 making are chiefly obtained from hogs in the north of Europe. The largest 
 proportion comes from Russia, which country contributes nearly five- sixths of 
 the entire supply. 
 
 "While the brush industry of Newark is not of so great importance as other 
 interests as regards the gross amount of production, Newark brushes are well 
 known for their superior qualities. 
 
 The brush manufactory known under the above style is the largest of its kind 
 in Newark. The business was established in 1857 by the firm of Dean & 
 Conery, and in 1864 Mr. A. F. Conery became sole proprietor. His productions 
 comprise brushes in all varieties and all of the finest quahties known to the 
 market. The materials used are of the best imported stock, and only the most 
 improved processes of manufacture are employed. Mr. Conery's trade extends 
 both to the jobber and consumer, and special orders from manufacturers or 
 otherwise are promptly executed. Sales extend to all parts of the country from 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 231 
 
 Maine to California. Thirty hands are employed in the factory, and the weekly 
 pay roll is $250. The value of annual production is $50,000. 
 
 B. &. W. DIXON, (Newark Brush Manufactory), 5 Commerce-street. This 
 is one of the oldest brush factories in Newark, and was established in 1854 by 
 Leonard & Dixon. The present firm was organized in 1864. The products com- 
 prise all kinds of brushes for domestic purposes, and the several varieties re- 
 quired for manufacturers' use. The members of the firm are practical brush 
 makers and they personally supervise the operations of their factory. The goods 
 produced are extensively sold to Newark manufacturers and the near-by trade. 
 The working force of the factory numbers 18 hands, and the weekly wages 
 amount to $115. The value of annual production is $25,000. 
 
 H. "WARRICK, 123 Newark-street. The products of this manufactory are 
 leather-back horse brushes exclusively. An extensive trade is carried on in 
 these goods, and they are regarded as a superior article of the kind. Twelve 
 hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $125. The value of yearly pro- 
 duct is $20,000. Fully one-half of the goods are sold to jobbers, and mainly 
 in the "West, Ohio, Illinois, and Wisconsin being the principal markets. 
 
 TELEGRAPH INSTRUMENT MANUFACTORY. 
 
 EDISON & MURRAY, 10 and 12 Ward-street. Within the last few years 
 Newark has been the location of important developments in the science of 
 telegraphy and the manufacture of electrical apparatus This branch of in- 
 dustry was first attempted in Newark during 1869, in a small factory at 15 N. 
 J. Railroad Avenue. Soon after a removal was made to the commodious fac- 
 tory at the location first named above. The present firm is composed of Messrs. 
 Thomas A. Edison and Joseph T. Murray. The senior member, Mr. Edison, is 
 the well known telegraph engineer, and his several inventions form important 
 contributions to the science of telegraphy. 
 
 In 1870 he invented his Gold and Stock reporting telegraph instrument, now 
 used so extensively in Wall-street for telegraphing from the Stock Exchange 
 the sales of gold and stock to some 900 brokers' ofiices, etc., in New York. 
 The peculiarity of this instrument is that the despatches are received and re- 
 corded automatically. It is in use in other large cities of the Union, as well as 
 in the London'and Continental Stock Exchanges. Thirty-six hundred of these 
 machines have been made within the last three years, many of which have been 
 
232 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 exported to Europe, where their use is constantly increasing. Messrs. Edison 
 & Murray are the sole manufacturers of this instrument and to facilitate and 
 cheapen its production they have introduced valuable labor saving machinery 
 and ingeniously devised tools. In this way the parts of the machine are made 
 " interchangeable," as in a Eemington gun. 
 
 The use of the magnetic telegraph, as a means of transmitting intelligence, 
 increased so rapidly during recent years that, in the large cities of this country 
 and also in Europe, great difficult}^ has been experienced in providing sufficient 
 wires and operators for the telegraphic business of metropolitan cities. The 
 cause of this difficulty has been that by the Morse system ihe transmission of 
 a single message emploj^ed a single wire entirely. To remedy these defects and 
 avoid tlie expense of erecting new wires, Mr. Thomas A. Edison has per- 
 fected inventions whose value as a means of facilitating the transmission of 
 intelligence by electricity can scarcely be overestimated, 
 
 The minor invention which Mr. Edison has contributed to the science of 
 telegraphy is known as the Quadruplex Telegraph, now in use by the Western 
 Union Telegraph Company. By this device four messages are sent over one 
 wire in various directions, at the game time, without interference with each 
 other. It is readily seen that by this method the working capacity of every 
 telegraph wire in the country can be instantly quadrupled. 
 
 The most important result, however, of Mr. Edison's genius and inventive 
 skill,is known as the American Automatic Telegraph System. Many electricians 
 have previously attempted to telegraph automatically. It remained for Mr. Edison 
 to perfect a system, and by his method the capacity of a single wire for the 
 transmission of messages may be almost indefinately increased, this showing 
 its great value at a glance, as by its use the great expense for the erection of 
 new wires is entirely obviated, not to speak of numerous other advantages. 
 The salient features of the Automatic System are as follows : Preparatory to 
 transmission, the message is prepared by special machines, with which round 
 holes, representing the telegraphic characters, and hence, the letters and words 
 of a message, are punched in a continuous strip of paper. The strip of paper 
 containing the several groups of holes is then taken to the transmitting machine, 
 which consists of a revolving drum upon which rests a metallic point. This 
 point is connected to the line, while the drum is connected to the battery and 
 thence with the earth 
 
 If the end of the strip of paper be put in the machine it passes through it 
 like a flash. The point referred to rests on the passing slip of paper, and the 
 latter being a non-conductor the circuit is thereby broken ; but, the moment 
 a hole occurs, the point, falling through, comes in contact with the drum, thus 
 forming a connection with the battery, when, the circuit being completed a 
 wave of electricity passes over the wire and records itself at the receiving office 
 as a dot on a continuous strip of paper moistened with a chemical solution, and 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 233 
 
 the effect of the electricity in passing through it is to make or form " ink." As 
 there are large and small holes in the perforated paper, long and short marks 
 are made upon the moistened paper thus forming the dots and dashes of the 
 Morse alphabet. As the speed with which signals can be transmitted is prac- 
 tically unlimited it follows that by employing many perforating operators, 
 20 to 30 times as much mtelligence can be transmitted as on a Morse wire or as 
 much as thirty wires by the Morse system can accomplish. The Automatic 
 telegraph is now successfully working between New York and Washington 
 and other lines are soon to be built in this country, and it is destined to become 
 a powerful competitor against the Western Union Company. Four sets of the 
 Automatic system are in use by the British Post Office between London and 
 Dublin and upon the submarine telegraph from Falmouth, England, to Vigo, 
 Spain. 
 
 The Automatic apparatus is manufactured by Messrs. Edison & Murray. It 
 is highly creditable to the city of Newark that such grand results should be 
 achieved within her limits.. 
 
 Messrs. Edison & Murray also manufacture mirror and marine galvanometers, 
 inductive coils, secondary batteries and similar apparatus. This is the largest 
 manufactory of its kind in the country. The production for 1873 amounted in 
 value to $200,000 with a working force of 70 hands, the weekly pay roll being 
 $750. 
 
 MARBLE AND STONE WORKS. 
 
 J. J. SPURR, 253 and 259 Market-street. The marble and stone works 
 known under the above style was estabhshed in 1861 by the firm of Brown & 
 Company. Mr. J. J. Spurr, who had been associated in the business from its 
 inception, became sole proprietor in 1868. The business as conducted by Mr. 
 Spurr comprises the manufacture of monumental work for cemeteries, &c., 
 marble mantels, and stone cutting for general architectural purposes. The marble 
 work is nowhere excelled. The elements of Mr. Spurr's great success in this 
 direction is his rare artistic skill in originating and executing new designs. His 
 establishment is finely appointed throughout with stone cutting machinery. The 
 trade in marble work extends to neighboring towns of New Jersey. 
 
 An important feature of Mr. Spurr's business is contracting for cut stone to 
 
 be used for buildings, churches, &c. He does a large amount of this work from 
 
 Belleville and Newark brown stone for New York and other neighboring cities. 
 
 He is the principal producer of cut stone in Newark, and also works in granite 
 
 30 
 
234 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 and caen stone. The force employed numbers 50 men, and the weekly wages 
 are $1,000. The yearly production of marble work, etc., is valued at|90,000. 
 
 PASSMOEE & MEEKER, 192 Market-street. Unsuccessful efforts \\ere 
 made to secure the statistics of this firm, the required information being re- 
 fused. 
 
 RUBBER COATED HARNESS TRIMMING 
 MANUFACTORY. 
 
 THE EUBBER COATED HARNESS TRIMMING COMPANY, Prospect 
 and Ferry streets. A later and important result of the application of caout- 
 chouc, or India rubber, in the useful arts is the manufacture of hard-rubber coated 
 harness trimmings. This industry is the result of inventions by Mr. A. 
 Albright, first patented February 12, 1867, though five successive patents were 
 afterwards issued to the inventor. Experiments were made for two years be- 
 fore the process was brought to its present state of perfection. Like many 
 similar attempts with other inventions, the first efforts of the inventor to intro- 
 duce his harness trimmings to public favor were only partially successful. The 
 harness makers at first ridiculed the idea, and only after energy and persever- 
 ance had surmounted these obstacles, were trade prejudices overcome, and a 
 demand for rubber-coated trimmings established. Their merit is now acknowl- 
 edged by the trade. 
 
 The process of manufacture is very simple, the iron castings being enveloped 
 in little strips of soft rubber, cut in particular patterns so as to cover all the 
 corners and angles. Thus prepared the article is baked in an oven heated to 
 about 300 degrees, after which it is placed in a die and subjected to powerful 
 pressure, thus securing the proper shape and curves, and, also, a beautiful imi- 
 tation of stitches as they appear in leather work. 
 
 The first efforts at manufacturing the rubber-coated trimming were made at 
 New Brunswick, N. J., in 1868, and after assurances as to the value of the 
 new industry, the commodious factory at the above location was built in 1870, 
 and it is now the only hard rubber trimming manufactory in the world. Rub- 
 ber coated trimmings are more expensive than the leather covered article, but 
 the greater durability claimed for the former, renders them cheaper in the long 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 235 
 
 run. By coating with rubber the ruinous rotting of stitches is avoided. Assur- 
 ances of the superiority of these goods are received by the Company from vari- 
 ous parts of the country. Their trade extends over a large territory, and this 
 is the more creditable, as scarcely any efforts have been made to advertise the 
 goods, their merits being sufficient to effect sales. 
 
 The main success of the enterprise dates from 1868, when Mr. L. C. Yoor- 
 hees became a prominent member of the Company, and its increasing prosperity 
 has been largely due to his business foresight and careful management. 
 
 They also manufacture rubber coated carriage trimmings and mountings, in- 
 cluding a large variety of coach handles, nuts, pole tips, &c. 
 
 The working force of the factory numbers 80 men, and the weekly pay roll is 
 $1,000. At the present rate of production the yearly manufacture is valued at 
 $150,000. 
 
 RUBBER MANUFACTORY. 
 
 NEWARK INDIA RUBBER MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 98 Warren- 
 street. The products of this factory are men's rubber boots and shoes. The 
 hands employed number 250, but further information was respectfully refused 
 by the gentleman in charge of the establishment. 
 
 L. JOY & COMPANY, 56 to 66 Searing-street. Efforts to secure the sta- 
 tistics of this manufactory were unsuccessful. The senior proprietor in reply 
 to inquiries, said that he considered such a work as this as of no importance. 
 
 C. ROBERTS, New and Colden-streets. The products of this manufactory 
 are stationers' rubber goods and a variety of articles made from vulcanized India 
 rubber. The production of the goods first named constitute an important part 
 of the rubber industry of the country. Mr. Christopher Roberts began the 
 manufacture of goods in Providence, R. I., during 1854, and soon after removed 
 to Newark. An exporting trade in stationers' goods is carried on with Ger- 
 many, and the vulcanized rubber articles made are sold xo druggists throughout 
 the country. Mr. Roberts is one of the largest manufacturers of the country 
 in his special field of production. The statistics of his factory are included in 
 the general summary. 
 
236 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 LIME AND CEMENT MANUFACTORY. 
 
 THE NEWARK LIME AND CEMENT MANUFACTURING COMPANY, 
 Foot of Bridge-street. The business of the above Company in the production 
 of hme and cement forms an important branch of Newark's manufactures. 
 The business was estabhshed in 1840, under the firm name of Tompkins, Hed- 
 den & Co. The present proprietors are an incorporated Company, and the offi- 
 cers are as follows : President, Walter Tompkins ; Secretary, Samuel C. Jones. 
 The productions comprise hydraulic cement, calcined plaster, marble dust, lime 
 ground plaster for farmers' use, etc. A large part of the manufacturing is car- 
 ried on at Rondout, New York. The raw material used by this Company comes 
 from Ulster country, New York, and various parts of this countr}', and also from 
 New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ireland, etc. The reputation of this firm for 
 manufacturing only the standard and uniform qualities of the goods named, is 
 everywhere acknowledged. The usual v/orking force of the Newark fi\ctory 
 numbers 100 hands, and the weekly pay roll is $900. The yearly business of 
 the Company amounts to $350,000. and their sales extend to nearly all parts of 
 the United States. 
 
 ULTRAMARINE BLUE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 HELLER, MERZ & CQ., Hamburg Place; Salesroom, 72 William-street, 
 New York. Among the important branches of Newark industry may be 
 name^! the manufacture of ultramarine blue by the above firm. This establish- 
 ment is the only one of the kind in the United States, and hence its productions 
 are largely sold in all parts of the country. The house of Heller, Merz & Co. was 
 established in 1869, and the firm have rapidly grown into prominence, the value 
 of their annual products having already reached $150,000. Twenty-six hands 
 are employed in the factory, with a weekly pay roll of $350. 
 
 Ultramarine Blue is an invaluable production to many branches of American 
 manufactures. It is principally used in the manufacture of paints, paper hang- 
 ings, and in cotton factories ; it also enters into sugar, starch, soap, candles, 
 etc., and many other are the uses it is put to. An exporting demand has 
 already been established with Cuba and South America. 
 
JVi: 
 
 EDISON'S STOCK AND GOLD REPORTING 
 TELEGRAPH INSTRUMENT. 
 
238 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 BELLEVILLE AND NEWARK STONE QUARRIES. 
 
 The brown sandstones of the Eastern and Middle States have long been ex- 
 tensively used for building purposes. Those famihar with the architectural 
 appearance of New York will readily recall the miles of brown sandstone fronts 
 with which that city abounds. It is attractive as a building material, and when 
 durable nothing could be more appropriate for general architectural purposes 
 than the brown stone referred to. The main supply of this stone has heretofore 
 been taken from the quarries on the Connecticut River, at Portland, Conn. 
 
 The desirable qualities of the brown stone which abounds in the vicinity of 
 Newark have long been acknowledged. Many of the elegant private residences 
 on Broad-street in this city are buUt of this stone. "While the use of this stone 
 has been extensive, its superior qualities only need to become better known to 
 insure a greatly increased consumption. It is interesting in this connection to 
 note an incident in the early history of New York, to show how valuable pos- 
 sessions near at hand are neglected for fancied treasures at more remote points. 
 The Dutch of New York who imported yeUow bricks from Holland, in 1 648, 
 put stone on the free list to encourage its introduction from abroad, when literal 
 " free stone' might have been had for the quarrying close by in New Jersey. 
 
 The quarrying of the brown stone of Newark and at Belleville, a suburb of 
 this city, is an important industry and a means of greatly adding to the wealth 
 of Newark. This stone is largely shipped to other parts of New Jersey, to 
 New York City and State, and elsewhere. The work of dressing sandstone 
 gives employment to large numbers of men, and is a prominent industry of 
 itself. 
 
 The Belleville Quarries are generally ackowledged as producing the finest 
 qualities of this stone. It is especially free from the defects which characterize the 
 Connecticut stone, which latter, in a few years, owing to its stratified character, 
 scales off aud crumbles away. The appearance and durability of the Belleville 
 stone are both superior, and it is unexcelled by any similar stone in the country 
 for general architectural purposes. It is largely used in New York City and 
 State for building and monumental purposes. The Belleville Quarries are now 
 being fully developed by the Belleville Quarry Company, a corporation organized 
 during the present year. Its stockholders are several prominent Newark gen- 
 tlemen, among whom may be mentioned Mr. John McG-regor, President of the 
 Newark Dime Savings Bank. The officers of the Company are as follows .• 
 President, John B. I. Robison ; Secretary, Moses T. Baker. This Company has 
 introduced steam machinery ^and other means for facilitating the quarrying 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 239 
 
 of stone. They have opened new veins, whereby better qualities have been 
 developed, and they are now ready to supply the superior Belleville free-stone 
 to any extent. The supply being practically inexhaustible, the business will 
 doubtless rapidly increase and extend over a larger area of country. The office 
 of the Belleville Quarry Company is at 810 Broad-street. 
 
 The Newark stone proper is quarried near the corner of Bloomfield and Mt. 
 Prospect Avenues. They are known as the Essex and Newark Quarries. Mr. 
 Robert Matches is proprietor of the former, and Mr. Philip Hoehnle of the 
 latter. The stone from the last named quarry is especially adapted for eclesias- 
 tical architecture. As a Newark industry the quarrying of brown sandstone 
 will doubtless greatly increase in coming years. 
 
 CORSET MANUFACTORY. 
 
 JAMES BOWERS & CO., (Newark Corset Company,) 106 and 108 Mulberry- 
 street. Through the efforts of the above firm the manufacture of corsets is now 
 an important branch of Newark's industries. The business was established 
 seven years ago, and the above style was adopted in 1873. The members of 
 the present firm are Messrs. James and John R. Bowers. The productions 
 comprise women's corsets and children's waists ; also, patent corset clasps, in- 
 troduced by the firm and known as the " Champion Clasp." The firm's business 
 extends to all parts of the country, and their goods are everywhere favorably 
 known to the trade. They are now among the largest corset manufacturers in 
 the United States, and their business is constantly increasing ; so much so that 
 an enlargment of manufacturmg facilities is now under way. The working 
 force of the factory proper numbers 150 hands, their weekly wages being 
 $1,000. Outside of the factory, however, additional labor is employed. The 
 value of annual production reaches $150,000. 
 
 HAT MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 While the use of the hat for covering the head was doubtless cotemporary 
 with the dawn of civilization, it came into greater prominence during the Middle 
 Ages, when social distinctions were more sharply drawn and defined. The 
 
240 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 form of the hat indicated the social position of the wearer. In these days of 
 democratic equality emblems of such a character are little needed. The hat, 
 however, is still considered a necessary article of wearing apparel, and so much 
 so that Oliver Wendell Holmes was led to remark : ' 
 
 " Virtue may flourish in an old cravat, 
 But man and nature scorn the shocking hat." 
 
 The manufacture of hats in the United States comm.enced soon after the colo- 
 nial settlement of the country. As early as 1662 the government of Virginia 
 offered a premium of ten pounds of tobacco, the currency of that time, for every 
 good hat of wool or fur made in the Province. 
 
 Valuable improvements in hat manufacturiog machinery have been made in 
 this country, and American hats are nowhere excelled. While importations 
 from Europe of silk hats no doubt occur, the demand is slight and mainly based 
 on erroneous notions or fancied superiority. For hghtness and superior finish 
 the silk hats made in this country are un equaled. 
 
 Newark was one of the first cities in the country to achieve distinction in 
 the production of hats. It is still one of her most prominent industries, and per- 
 haps no other point in the country surpasses this city in the amount of hats 
 manufactured. As regards the high quality of the hats produced, Newark is 
 unequalled. The hats manufactured here comprise all the fine grades of fur 
 hats. It is left to other towns to produce the cheap varieties of these goods. 
 
 In the hat trade, as in some other lines of production, the facts relating to the 
 amount of goods produced, cannot easily be obtained. This difficulty is caused 
 by the custom of manufacturing on commission. A few large houses in the 
 country supply the raw material to several factories, pay a stipulated commis- 
 sion for manufacturing. It is thus seen how the task of collecting statistics of 
 all these minor establishments is beset with unusual difficulties. In the follow- 
 ing pages mention is made of those firms which buy the raw material and sell 
 their own productions. This at first sight may seem unsatisfactory, but to do 
 otherwise and secure accurate results would be impossible. In addition, how- 
 ever, to the results thus reached, the remaining statistics of the hat interest of 
 Newark have been carefully estimated, by the aid of a prominent manufacturer 
 familiar with all the details of ^the industry, and will be found embodied in the 
 general summary. 
 
 0. B. ALSTON & CO., 39 to 43 Liberty-street. This manufactory was es- 
 tablished in 1860, and the members of the present firm are Messrs. Charles B. 
 Allston and Bethuel D. Baldwin. The productions comprise the finest grades 
 of men's fur hats, and the goods are sold to the trade. The statistics relating 
 to this manufactory are placed in the general summary. 
 
241 
 
 GOOD & MERCY, 8 to 14 Bcaver-strcct ; Salesroom, 112 and 114 Woostcr- 
 strcet, New York. This house was established in 1864, and the above slylo 
 adopted in 1873. The members of the present firm are Messrs. James ^Y. 
 Good and Mej-er Mercj. They have at the above location an extensive hat 
 factory conducted under the name of the firm, but the work done here in no 
 sense represents their whole business, for it comprises the productions of sev- 
 eral other Victories in Newark and elsewhere. At Orange, N. J., and Daubury, 
 Conn., factories arc constantly at work for this firm. Their business comprises 
 the manufacture of all grades of fur liats, from the cheaper varieties to the 
 finest goods produced. Sales are made to jobbers throughout the country and 
 the firm exports hats to Cuba. The hands employed in the Newark factory 
 proper number 200, and the weekly wages amount to $2,000. The value of an- 
 nual product is $225,000, exclusive of the firm's productions in other Newark 
 factories conducted under other styles. These would increase the amount 
 named to $350,000, not to speak of their operations at Orange and Danbury. 
 
 TAYLOR & SEELEY, 285 N. J. Railroad Avenue; Salesroom, G6 Green- 
 street. New York. This house handles the productions of several factories, 
 and in addition have in this city a manufactory of their own, where are pro- 
 duced a general variety of fine and medium grade men's fur hats. The hands 
 emplo3'ed number 80, and the weekly pa}^ roll amounts to $1,500. The value of 
 yearly production is $150,000, though this in no adequate sense represents tho 
 firm's business. Mr. E. K. Carley is Superintendent of the Newark factory. 
 
 HAUFLER & HOEPPNER, 25 Exchange Alley. The business of hat 
 manufacturing was established by this firm in 1865. All grades of fur hats arc 
 made, in'-luding military work. The working force of the factory numbers 35 
 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $700. The value of annual produc- 
 tion is $40,000, and the goods are sold to the trade. 
 
 "W. I. MOORE & CO., 72 to 78 River-street. This firm began business in 
 1872, and its members are Messrs. "Wm. I. Moore and John W. Green. Their 
 productions comprise men's stiff and soft fur liats, and all of the finest quality. 
 These goods arc sold to the custom trade onl}"-, and the firm's sales extend 
 tliroughout the country, and they also have a direct exporting trade with Cuba. 
 Tlic working force of the factory numbers 90 hands, and the weekly ]x\y roll 
 is $1,100. Altliough recently started, Messrs. Moore & Co. liavc a prosperous 
 and increasing business. The value of their annual production reaches 
 $150,000. 
 
 CARL F. SEITZ, 15 to 29 Exchange Alley. This factory was established in 
 
 1857, and their products comprise the usual varieties of soft, brush, and ladies' 
 
 fur hats. Forty-five hands are employed, the weekly pay rc-ll being $500. 
 
 Tho value of yearly production is $50,000, and the goods are sold to tho trade. 
 
 31 
 
242 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 SEALY BROTHERS, 121 to 129 N. J. Railroad Avenue. This house waa 
 established about twenty j-ears ago, and was long known under the style of 
 Moore & Scale}'- Brothers. During the present year the first named style 
 was adopted. The productions comprise a fine grade of fur hats for the custom 
 trade. Sales are usually made in the near-by markets. The working force of 
 the factory numbers 40 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $1,000. The 
 value of annual product is $100,000. 
 
 COREY & STEWART, 711 and 713 Broad-street. This firm was estab- 
 lishcd in 1852 by Mr. James W. Corey. The present stylo dates from 1863, 
 when Mr. James H. Stewart became associated in the business The firm's 
 productions comprise fine silk hats, ladies' furs, and a line of straw hats made 
 from the finest braid. Their silk hats are everywhere acknowledged as unsur- 
 passed, and are noted for an improved hat brim, patented by the firm. These 
 goods are sold to fasliionable dealers in Boston, New York, Philadelphia, and 
 other metropolitan cities. The ladies' f-urs made by this firm are of the finest 
 kind, and in this respect Messrs. Corey & Stewart fully equal the leading New 
 York houses. 
 
 The business of this firm is carried on in a magnificent iron front building on 
 Broad-street, the fashionable thoroughfare of Newark. Their salesroom is per- 
 haps the most elegantly appointed retail establishment in Newark, and is hardly 
 excelled in New York or Philadelphia. The firm have made expressly for their 
 trade an extra fine grade of felt hats. In their manufacturing department 25 
 hands are employed, and the weekly wages are $650. The value of yearly pro- 
 duction is $125,000, though this in no adequate sense represents the firm's 
 whole amount of annual sales. They also do an extensive business in ladies 
 millinery, including straw goods, laces, feathers, flowers, etc. 
 
 YATES, WHARTON & CO., 142 to 152 Commerce-street; Salesroom, 42 
 and 44 Green street. New York. This well known house was established in 
 1858, and the members of the present firm are Messrs. Henry J. Yates, John 
 Wharton and William D. Yocom. A general line of fur hats is made, and the 
 firm's sales extend to all parts of the United States. The working force of the 
 factory numbers 200 hands, and the weekly pay roll amounts to $3,000. The 
 firm's business, however, includes the operations of other factories. Their total 
 yearly production is valued at half a million dollars. 
 
 DANIEL SPILLANE, 167 Market-street. The products of this factory are 
 silk hats, and the business has been established five years. Seven hands are 
 usually employed, with a weekly pay roll of $125. The annual product is 
 valued at $12,000. 
 
 JOSEPH MERCY, 6 to 10 Division Place ; Salesroom, 462 Broome-street, New 
 York. This manufactory was established in 1868. The products comprise felt 
 hats of all grades, a specialty being brush hats. In the factory proper 100 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J., . 243 
 
 hands are employed, the weekly pay roll being $1,400. The work of other fac- 
 tories is included in the operations of this house, and the stated annual business 
 amounts to $250,000. These goods are sold to the trade generally throughout 
 the country. 
 
 P. "W. VAIL & CO., Market and Union streets. This house was established 
 thirty years ago at Belleville, N. J., under the style of Vail & Yates. About 
 ten years afterward the factory was removed to Newark. The present firm was 
 organized about fifteen years ago. Their manufactory is one of the largest in 
 the United States, and the products comprise felt hats in^all varieties. The sta" 
 tistics of the factory are mcluded in the general summary. 
 
 LIQUORICE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 NEWARK LIQUORICE WORKS, Bloomfield Avenue and Morris Canal. 
 At this concern is manufactured the solid extract of liquorice from the root, 
 which is brought from the shores of the Mediterrane^^n sea. This factory is 
 the only one of the kind in the United States, and the business is carried on by 
 a firm from London, England. The industry has been possible in this country 
 owing to a recent change in the American tarifi", whereby liquorice root was 
 admitted free. The business as carried on in Newark is very extensive, and the 
 liquorice is sold in bulk, mainly in the Southern and Western States, where it is 
 used in flavoring tobacco. The required statistics were respectfully refused by 
 the gentleman in charge of the works. 
 
 PUMP VALVE, AND KETTLE AND CAN EAR 
 MANUFACTORY. 
 
 JOSEPH EVANS, 64 High-street. The products of this factory are Evans' 
 patent pump valves ; also, pail, kettle and can ears, etc. These articles are 
 sold to jobbers and manufacturers in all parts of the United States. Six hands 
 arc employed in the factory, and the weekly pay roll is $60, the annual produc- 
 tion of these goods being valued at $12,000. 
 
244 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 RUBBER WATCH CASE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 HALSEY'S PATENT BOX AND CASE COMPANY, Nassau Works. At 
 tliis manufaclorj rubber watch cases arc made, and it is the only concern of 
 tlic kind m the world. The rubber cases are made entirely by machinery, and 
 the various processes were invented and patented by Mr. "Williani II. Halscy, 
 who is well known in Newark as a principal stockholder and superintendent 
 of the Celluloid Novelty Company. 
 
 Those cases arc the only watch cases made wholly by machinery. A metallic 
 base, made from a composiiion metal, known as American stcrhng-, is upcd, 
 and on tliis the hard rubber is securely fixed by powerful pressure and otlicr 
 raotliods. The rubber case made by this Company is tlic cheapest article of 
 the kind in the market, and is at the same time not lacking in artistic appear- 
 ance, being also capable of elaborate and beautiful ornamentation. Their 
 cost is 25 per cent less than silver, and 50 per cent cheaper tlian gold. 
 
 This Company was organized by special act of the State Legislature in 18T0, 
 and the officers arc as follows: President, D. N. Ropes; Treasurer, Georgo 
 Goodyear; Superintendent, W. B. Learned. The goods have only been on the 
 market during tlie last six months. They are everywhere received with favor, 
 and tlie productions of the factory are rapid!}'' increasing. Facilities have been 
 provided for a yearly product of 7,500 cases. At present 25 hands arc em- 
 ployed, and the weekly pay roll is $200. , From present indications tlic value 
 of yearly production will be $100,000. Cases are made for both ladies' and 
 gentlemen's watches, and the goods are mainly sold in the AVesteru markets. 
 New and attractive styles are constantly being introduced. 
 
 SEWING SILK MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 Silk, by its characteristic and durable qualities, as well as by the riclmcss 
 and beauty of its appearance is in relation to textile substances what gold is 
 to metals. Silk of all lilamentary substances gives the finest, most durable and 
 clastic threads. During recent years the manufacture of sewing silk and silk 
 twist has so increased in the United States that the importation of these arti- 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 245 
 
 clcs is now inconsiderable. The facilities of mannfacturc have been increased 
 by the introduction of better methods and improved machiner3^ 
 
 NiilWARK CITY SILK MILLS, 236 to 248 Bank-street; Singer Manufacturing 
 Company, proprietors, 34= Union Square, New York. The efioi'ts made to 
 secure the statistics of this manufactory were unsuccessful, owing to the tem- 
 porary absence of the gentleman in charge of the works. Tiiis is to bo 
 regretted, as the establishment referred to forms a prominent part of Newark's 
 industries. 
 
 The efforts of the Singer Sewing Machine Company have resulted instill 
 further perfecting and increasing the manufacture of American sewing silk and 
 machine twist. The demand for a superior article of silk twist has in great 
 part resulted from the extensive sale of the Singer sewing machines. To sup- 
 ply this demand and at the same time secure a superior article, the Singer 
 Company began the manufacture of silk twist in Newark. TJio most improved 
 m.achinery and methods were adopted, and the Singer twist is now regarded as 
 unexcelled. These mills are now among the largest in the country and from 
 careful inquiry the value of annual production cannot be less than half a mil- 
 lion dollars. The principal works of the Singer Manufacturing Company for 
 the manufacture of sewing machines arc at l<]li/.abcthport, New Jcrsej', and 
 contain over eight acres of flooring, with a capacity of turning out over a thou- 
 sand machines a day. 
 
 CHAS. LOYATT, 3G Crawford-street. The raw silk used at this manufac- 
 tory consists entirely of Chinese importation. In fact, Italian silk is scarcely 
 used at ail in this country for the manufacture of sewing silk and silk twist. 
 The silk factory at the above location, of which :Mr. Charles Lovait is now solo 
 proprietor, was established in 1868. The products comprise sewing silks and 
 twists, and sales are mostly made to consumers and jobbers in the Xew York 
 market. Twelve hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $125. The 
 value of yearly product is $20,000. 
 
 SCRIMSHAW PAVEMENT. 
 
 A. P. CORY, Spring-street; Office, 166 Broad-street. A feature of 
 Newark's industries especially worthy of mention, is the manufacture of 
 the Scrimshaw concrete pavement. This article is made from hard flint 
 gravel, sand and coal ashes properly mixed with coal tar and asphalt. As 
 an artificial product for the paving of streets, side and garden walks, 
 
246 THE INDQSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 etc., the Scrimshaw pavement was first laid in various parts of this city 
 during 1869. Enough lime has since elapsed to show the enduring qualities 
 of the article, and its great utility as an artificial product for the purpose named, 
 and also for carriage drives and stable floors. The pavements first laid are 
 still intact and in excellent condition, thus showing its great superiority. 
 
 The first owners of the patent, Messrs. S. B. Brittan & Company, were success- 
 ful in spite of much opposition and prejudice. The present proprietor, Mr. 
 Amos P. Cory, became their foreman in 1871 and has since, including the years 
 of his proprietorship, been actively engaged in personally superintending the 
 various processes of manufacture. The result is that through his efforts the 
 Scrimshaw pavement has been improved and perfected in durability, color 
 and general appearance. He is still trying, and with great success, to still fur- 
 ther improve the article. While some j)avements have been found worth- 
 less it is fully established that the '"Scrimshaw" is unsurpassed and scarcely 
 equaled, as cheap, durable and handsome. Only the best material is used and 
 the most skilful labor is employed by Mr. Cory in preparing and laying the 
 material. "When completed it forms a solid mass, perfectly noiseless, and free 
 from dust. Prominent among the many places in Newark which have been 
 laid with the Scrimshaw pavement is the broad" walk in front of the Exposition 
 buildings. 
 
 During the last two years Mr. Cory has introduced the manufacture of Buell's 
 artificial stone. The supreme merits of this stone for purposes of ornamenta- 
 tion are rapidly becoming better known. Although this branch of industry 
 as carried on by Mr. Cory is quite extensive it is of such a nature that definite 
 statistics could not be ascertained. 
 
 BREWERIES. 
 
 Malt liquors have been in use from the earliest ages. Herodotus, who lived 
 450 years before the Christian era, mentions the fact that the Egyptians used 
 a liquor extracted from barley. Tacitus states that the ancient G-ermans 
 " for their drink drew a liquor from barley or other grain, and fermented it so 
 as to make it resemble wine." Ale was the favorite liquor of the Anglo 
 Saxons. In the early periods of English history ale and bread appear to have 
 been considered equally as victuals or actual necessaries of life. Previous to 
 the year 1700, tea, coffee and chocolate were little known in England, and ale 
 
OF NEWARK, N, J. 247 
 
 and beer were used in tlieir stead. In 1*748 the Pcet Laureate "Warton, in an 
 Ode to Oxford Ale, deprecated the waning popularity of a beverage which had 
 been an important element in the growth of English vigor and endurance. 
 
 It is interesting to learn that soon after the Puritans landed in New England 
 active public measures were taken to promote the manufacture of beer, and in 
 1629 mention is made that a shipment of hops and 45 tuns of beer was received 
 in the Plymouth Colony from the ship Talbot. The first successful brewery 
 in Massachusetts was erected in 163*7. Brewing in the United States is now 
 a great national industry, and the facts show a rapid increase in the production 
 of ale and beer during recent years. 
 
 It seems that the first efforts at brewing in Newark, of any account, were 
 made at the close of the last century. The business has had a constant growth 
 and it is now one of the chief industrial interests in this city. Newark, in 
 addition to the home market, supplies a large area of country with ale and 
 beer. The excellence of Newark ales is everywhere acknowledged. As will 
 be shown farther on this result, is mainly due to the efforts of one house alone. 
 From authentic sources it is learned that the sales of ale in Newark for 
 1873 was 132,381 barrels, and of beer, 288,063 barrels. The total valua- 
 tion was $3,231,171. These results make Newark one of the first cities in 
 the United States in the production of malt liquors. 
 
 P. BALLANTINE & SONS, Front and Fulton streets ; Branch office and 
 salesroom, 134 Washington-street, New York. An institution whose growth 
 has been almost continuous with the development of Newark as an industrial 
 city is the estabhshment known as P. Ballantine & Sons' brewery and malt 
 houses. The business was first established in Albany during 1820 by Mr. 
 Peter Ballantine. At that time the brewing industry of this country was 
 comparatively in its infancy, he was therefore a pioneer in its development. 
 Mr. Ballantine removed to Newark in 1840, and then began those efforts which 
 have since produced such stupendous results. As an inevitable outgrowth of 
 scientific labor and years of patient industry, aided by great business foresight 
 and energy, this firm has now perhaps the largest brewing establishment in 
 the United States Mr. Ballantine began the business in Newark at a time 
 when all previous attempts at brewing ale in this city had been uniformly un- 
 successful. He quickly instilled new life into the business, and in the end was 
 instrumental in teaching others what an English poet ca]led the noble art of 
 brewing. He is now in his eighty-third year, though still hale and hearty. 
 For several years his sons have been associated with him in business, and the 
 members of the present firm are the senior proprietor already mentioned and 
 his three sons, {*eter H., John H. and Robert F. Ballantine. 
 
 The location of the firm's property is admirable for facilitating business, 
 having a fine frontage on the Passaic River, so that grain, coals and other ma- 
 terial can be received or shipped with great convenience. The buildings cover 
 
24S THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 about five acres of gromid, and are provided with the most improved ma- 
 chinery and arrangements. The brewery proper is five stories high and 
 measures 80x150 feet, with an additional wing 65 feet square. The principal 
 malt liouso is eiglit stories in lieight, and measures 15x175 feet. As one ap- 
 pronclies Newark from New York, by rail or river, this establishment is per- 
 haps the most prominent object in view. And, centrally located, on one of 
 the main buildings is a tower of fine proportions, from which a magnificent view 
 of tlie city of Newark and the surrounding country may be obtained. From 
 the eastern windows the spire of Trinity Church in New York may be seen. 
 
 Details as to the extent of this immense establishment are of trifling import- 
 ance, however, compared with the firm's superior methods of manufacture. 
 The most important recent development in brewing is the application of 
 chemistry in verifying methods long in use, and as a means of discovering 
 new and improved processes. In these days of accurate knowledge nearly 
 cvcrytliing is valueless unless capable of standing the tests of science. In this 
 respect Messrs. Ballantnie & Sons are fully in advance of the tmies. Their 
 brewery is not Avithout its laboratory and an experienced chemist is constantly 
 employed in analyzing materials and products. 
 
 Messrs. Baliantino & Sons largely supply the markets of the Eastern, Mid- 
 dle and Southern States with ale and porter. To carry on the extensive opera- 
 tions of the firm, 175 workmen arc required, and the weekly pay roll amounts 
 to $.'i.OOO. The annual production of malt liquors is valued at $700,000. The 
 acknowledged excellence and extended reputation of P. Ballantine & Sons' 
 Newark Ales is a source of genuine pride to the city in which they are pro- 
 duced. 
 
 LYON & SON, 95 to 103 South Canal-street. The Newark ale and porter 
 brewery known under the above style was established in 18G4 by Mr. Daniel 
 M. Lyon. TJic business was thus continued until 1868 Avhen the present firm 
 Avas formed by the admission of his son, Mr. William H, Lyon, as a partner. 
 Althougli started but ten years ago the firm has noAv an extended business, 
 and their sales extend throughout a great part of New Jersey. Their products 
 comprise porter, xx, xxx, and stock ales. Thirty hands are employed in tho 
 brewer}-, and the weekly pay roll is $400. The value of yearly product is 
 $240,000. 
 
 MOllTON & BROTHERS, 235 to 241 High-street. The brewery conducted 
 by the above firm is doubtless the oldest in Newark. It was built some years 
 before the beginning of the present century. Extensive additions have, of 
 course, since been made, but the old walls and timbers which bear the impress 
 of age still remain. The present firm, or then" father, Mr. Thomas Morton, 
 began the business iu 1832, and previously General Alexander Cummings 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 249 
 
 carried on the business. The members of the present firm are Messrs. Thomas, 
 Robert and John Morton. The productions are ale aud porter. Thirty hands 
 are employed in the brewery, and the weekly wages are $680. The value of 
 annual product is $105,000. 
 
 MALT MANUFACTORY. 
 
 F. G. & I. N. VAN YLIET, Commercial-street. The business of malt manii- 
 factory was begun by the above firm during 1873 and the malting processes are 
 carried on in the extensive building formerly used for a flouring mill. Forty 
 hands are employed, and the weekly pay roll is $500. The yearly production 
 of malt amounts in value to $315,000. Sales are mostly made in the Newark 
 and New York markets. 
 
 The manufacture of lager beer is carried on in Newark for an extended 
 market. The collection of facts relating to each brewery has been found to be 
 impracticable. It seems, however, that the pioneers in the manufacture of 
 Newark beer are the present firm of Schalk Brothers and their predecessors. 
 The firm mentioned, together with others, largely supply the New York market 
 with beer. The statistics presented in the summary concerning the production 
 of malt liquors in Newark were obtained through the courtesy of the Collector 
 of Internal Revenue, and may therefore be regarded as accurate. 
 
 CIGAR AND TOBACCO MANUFACTORIES. 
 
 BROADWELL & CYPHERS, 181 Market-street. The products of this 
 manufactory are fine cigars, and the efforts of the firm in perfecting the manu- 
 facture of cigars are worthy of special mention. The firm began business in 
 April of the present year, and its members are Messrs. J. Gr. Broadwell and 
 Henry Cyphers^ The former gentleman has had long and valuable expe- 
 rience in the business, having been familiar with the cigar trade since 1839, 
 The operations of this firm comprise the manufacture of fine cigars to compete 
 32 
 
250 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 with the imported goods from Havana. Testimonials on every hand are abund- 
 ant evidence of their success. The best Havana tobacco is lised, and with the 
 same material, by the aid of experience and artistic skill, the imported article is 
 fully equaled. The efforts of this firm constitute an innovation in American 
 cigar manufacturing. They have succeeded iu producing cigars equally as good 
 as the imported Havanas, and at a less cost. To show the great care exercised, 
 all the tobacco used is of the best selected grades, and before making up, each 
 leaf passes through the hands of Mr. Broadwell, and the same may be said of 
 each cigar manufactured. The copja-ighted brands of the firm are " La Yilla 
 Franca," "La Idol," and "La Henrietta." At the present time their sales are 
 mainly in the home and near-b}^ markets. They are rapidly increasing, how- 
 ever, and will doubtless soon extend over the country. In the Newark Indus- 
 trial Kxposition of the present autumn, Messrs. Broadwell & Cyphers made 
 a specially fine display, which won encomiums from all directions. Having been 
 so recently established the statistics of their manufactory could not be definitely 
 determined. 
 
 W. A. BRINTZmGHOFFER, 883 Broad-street. This manufactory was es- 
 tablished in 183*7 by Mr. W. A. Brintzinghoffer who has since continued as sole 
 proprietor. Tlie operations of the manufactory are confined to the production 
 of cigars of all grades. These goods are mainly sold in the home and near-by 
 markets. The working force of the factory numbers 50 hands, and the weekly 
 pay roll is $600. The yearly product of cigars is valued at $100,000. 
 
 THOMAS KENNY & CO. (Jersey Blue Tobacco Works), 801 Broad-street. 
 This house was estabhshed in 1 850 under the style of T. Kenny & Son. In 
 185V it became T. Kenny, Jr., and was thus continued until this year, when the 
 present firm was formed consisting of Thomas Kenny and Anson Yincent. 
 The productions comprise manufactured tobacco and all grades of cigars. The 
 business, however, is mainly confined to cigar making. The firm's sales are m 
 the New York, New Jersey and Pennsj^lvania markets, extensive sales being 
 made in Newark. Sixty hands are employed, and tlie weekly pay roll is $700. 
 The value of annual production is $120,000. 
 
 DRAIN PIPE MANUFACTORY. 
 
 ISAAC OGDEN, (Chestnut-street Pottery and Drain Pipe Works,) Chestnut 
 and McWhorter streets. The products of this factory are vitrified stone drain 
 pipe, and the business was established in 1854. It is the oldest factory of its 
 kind in Newark, and the only one of three whose statistics were available. 
 Eighteen hands are employed^ the weekly wages being $225, and tlie yearly 
 productions $60,000. Tlie goods are mainly sold in the home market. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURES— SUMMARY. 
 
 Miscellaneous manufactures of every kind 101 
 
 Total number employees 5,280 
 
 " amount of wages paid weekly $55,524 . 00 
 
 " " wages paid per year $2,887,248.00 
 
 *' value of annual productions $14,969,000 . 00 
 
 Comprising :- 
 
 
 
 No. of 
 
 Weekly 
 
 Annual 
 
 
 
 em- 
 ployees 
 
 Wages. 
 
 Production. 
 
 Varnish Manufactories , . . . 
 Clothing " 
 
 14 
 4 
 
 
 
 1,000.000 
 822,000 
 
 
 
 
 Hosiery " 
 
 1 
 
 400 
 
 2,500 
 
 550,000 
 
 * Shirt and Collar " 
 
 5 
 
 405 
 
 3,800 
 
 930,000 
 
 Button " 
 
 7 
 
 348 
 
 2,400 
 
 405,000 
 
 Soap " 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 75 
 
 60,000 
 
 Enameled Oil-Cloth " 
 
 4 
 
 330 
 
 4,050 
 
 1,275,000 
 
 Glue 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 300 
 
 60,000 
 
 Britannia Ware '' . . , , 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 180 
 
 22,000 
 
 Paper Box " 
 
 4 
 
 234 
 
 1,120 
 
 179,000 
 
 Chemical Works . . . . 
 
 7 
 
 429 
 
 5.050 
 
 1,529,000 
 
 Ornamental & Bent G-lass Works .... 
 
 3 
 
 48 
 
 750 
 
 95,000 
 
 Rule Manufactories . . . . 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 200 
 
 33,000 
 
 Broom '' . . . . 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 90 
 
 60,000 
 
 Oil 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 150 
 
 100,000 
 
 Cotton Thread Manufactories . . . . 
 
 2 
 
 1,080 
 
 8,800 
 
 2,590,000 
 
 Lubricator " . . . . . 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 30 
 
 15,000 
 
 Piano Forte " 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 350 
 
 50,000 
 
 Wire Ferrule " 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 30 
 
 10,000 
 
 Russialine " . . . . 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 234 
 
 90,000 
 
 Ink, Sealing Wax & Mucilage Manuf'y 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 150 
 
 100,000 
 
 Telegraph Instrument " 
 
 1 
 
 70 
 
 750 
 
 200,000 
 
 Paint " 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 180 
 
 150,000 
 
 Brush " 
 
 3 
 
 60 
 
 550 
 
 95,000 
 
 Marble and Stone Works .... 
 
 2 
 
 50 
 
 1,000 
 
 90,000 
 
 Rubber Coated Harness Trimming Mfy . . 
 
 1 
 
 80 
 
 1,000 
 
 150,000 
 
 Lime and Cement Manufactory .... 
 
 1 
 
 100 
 
 900 
 
 350,000 
 
 Ultamarine Blue " . . . . 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 350 
 
 150,000 
 
 Corset '• 
 
 1 
 
 150 
 
 1,000 
 
 150,000 
 
 Hat 
 
 11 
 
 862 
 
 12,975 
 
 1,827,000 
 
 Drain Pipe " 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 225 
 
 60,000 
 
 Malt •' 
 
 1 
 
 40 
 
 500 
 
 375,000 
 
 f Cigar and Tobacco " . . . , 
 
 4 
 
 110 
 
 1,300 
 
 220,000 
 
 Ale Breweries " 
 
 3 
 
 235 
 
 4,050 
 
 1,045,000 
 
 II SUk 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 125 
 
 20,000 
 
 Pump Valve, Etc., '' . . . . 
 
 1 
 
 6 
 
 60 
 
 12,000 
 
 Rubber Watch Case " 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 200 
 
 100,000 
 
 * The figures of one manufacturer omitted, see page 201. 
 
 t The statistics of the Newark Silk Mills not included. 
 
 II The firm of Campbell, Lane & Co. has been omitted in this branch of industry, which 
 is a fact to be regretted, they being the oldest and largest in Newark. After repeated 
 application for information no one was found at the factory who could give the required 
 facts. % 
 
252 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 NEWARK INDUSTRIAL INSTITUTE 
 
 From early times fairs and exhibitions have been employed as a successful 
 method of disseminating accurate information concerning the products of a par- 
 ticular country or locality. At first the products exhibited at these fairs were 
 mainly agricultural, and a principal feature of exhibitions in those days was 
 the buying and selling of the various articles shown. B]xhibitions purely 
 industrial have only been possible in more recent times, when the prevailing 
 industrial activity lias resulted in an immense production of manufactured arti- 
 cles. Perhap:^ the tirst successful industrial fair on a large scale was the Lon- 
 don Exhibition of 1851. 
 
 During the last decade several prominent American cities have held industrial 
 exhibitions with varied succes. With one exception, however, the exhibitions 
 referred to have only been possible by admitting the productions of other 
 towns. The exception referred to is the city of Newark, which has held three 
 successive industrial exhibitions, including that of the present autumn, each of 
 which has been made up entirely of home productions. Probably no other city 
 in the world has, within its own limits, an extent and variety of productions 
 sufficient to provide articles for an interesting and successful exhibition. That 
 the industries of Newark are of such a character has been fully established, 
 and the exhibitions already given have been so successful as to attract national 
 attention. 
 
 The first Newark Industrial Exhibition was held in the autumn of 1872 in 
 the building on Washington-street, formerly used for a skating rink, with addi- 
 tional temporary buildings. It was continued about eight weeks with unbound- 
 ed success, and became exceedingly popular with the people of Newark, and by 
 means of it the fame of their city as a great manufacturing centre was 
 extended to neighboring cities and States. Although many at first doubted 
 the value and even result of the enterprise, its signal success was sufficient to 
 remove previous apprehensions as to the feasibility and wisdom of such an un- 
 dertaking. The results were no doubt mainly due to the persevering energy 
 of the men who conceived and carried forward, in spite of all discouragements, 
 30 laudible an undertaking to its final success. 
 
 The Board of Managers were among the most prominent citizens of Newark. 
 The officers were as follows: President, Hon. Marcus L.Ward; Yice-Presi- 
 dent, Thomas B. Peddle and David Campbell ; Secretary, Albert M. Holbrook ; 
 Treasurer, Isaac Gaston. Of the gentlemen connected with the enterprise none 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 253 
 
 were more energetic in directing the preliminary canvass, and assisting to 
 remove the doubts and fears which usually surround new undertakings of this 
 nature, than Mr. A. M. Holbrook. The success of a great industrial exhibi- 
 tion, such as this, greatly depends on a methodical arrangement. This import- 
 ant work, requiring rare executive ability, devolved upon the board of man- 
 agers, who were ably assisted by the Secretary, and the results showed that 
 he was fully equal to the task. 
 
 Prompted by its success, a few weeks before the close of the first exhibition, 
 the Board of Managers resolved to organize a permanent association, and the 
 result was the formation of the Newark Industrial Institute. The capital stock 
 of the new company was placed at $150,000, with power to increase it to 
 $300,000, and the greater part of the first named sum was promptly subscribed 
 by the citizens of Newark. The rink property referred to was purchased and 
 a large and attractive addition built, so that the combined buildings covered 
 nearly two acres of ground. The officers of the old association were continued 
 in the new with the exception of President, Hon. Geo. A Halsey succeeding 
 Governor "Ward, who was compelled to resign on account of urgent public 
 duties. The present Board of Directors is composed of the following leading 
 citizens and manufacturers of Newark, who feel a deep interest in all matters 
 pertaining to the welfare of their city. The ofiScers for 18*74 are as follows}' 
 President, Hon. George A. Halsey ; Vice-Presidents, David M. Meeker and 
 Charles N. Lockwood ; Secretary, Albert M. Holbrook ; Treasurer, Isaac 
 Gaston. 
 
 BOARD OF DIRECTORS. 
 
 George A. Halsey, Joseph J. Meeker, Charles N. Lockwood. 
 
 Marcus L. Ward, John M. Phillips, John D, Harrison, 
 
 Thomas B. Peddie, Walter M. Conger, John T Leverich, 
 
 Edgar Parmer, Phineas Jones, Jambs W. Corey, 
 
 Noah P. Blanohard, David M. Meeker, Stephen B. Sanders, 
 
 James M. Durand, Eli H. Reynolds, James C. Ludlow, 
 
 Martin R. Dennis, Ferdinand B. Kuehnhold, Albert M. Holbrook, 
 
 William Johnson, George Peters, Lorenzo Boyden, 
 
 Nicholas J. Demarest, Henry J. Yates, Charles E. Young, 
 
 The Exhibition for 1873, as in the previous year, was limited to Newark pro- 
 ductions and the result amply justified the wisdom of the policy adopted. It was 
 one of the most remarkable and interesting displays ever given in the United 
 States, and was deemed worthy of a special visit by the President, members of 
 the Cabinet, General W. T. Sherman, members of Congress, and the represen- 
 tatives of the leading trades of the country, all of whom expressed themselves 
 highly gratified with their visit. That a single city could present so great an 
 array of manufactured artices waa a cause of general wonder and astonishment. 
 
254 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 The eflfect was such that many Europeans engaged in studying American insti- 
 tutions made special visits to the Exposition, and thus the fame of Newark's 
 manufactures was carried to European shores. 
 
 The Exhibition for 1814, during the present autumn, has been still more at- 
 tractive, and the Industrial Institute has now grown into an established insti- 
 tution, its future, as a means of still further extending the variety, excellence 
 and extent of the city's productions being full of rich promise for Newark. Mr. 
 A. M. Holbrook, who is' also favorably known in connection with Holbrook's 
 Newark City Directory, a model of its kind, is still the active Secretary of 
 the enterprise. 
 
Of NEWARK, N. J. 
 
 255 
 
 GENERAL SUMMARY. 
 
 Manufactures of every kind 409 
 
 Total number Employees IS.STl 
 
 " amount of wages paid weekly $237,285 00 
 
 " " wages paid per j^ear 12,328,820 00 
 
 " value of annual production 59,242,6'? 1 00 
 
 Comprising :- 
 
 Manuf s in Celluloid 
 
 " Leather 
 
 " Iron 
 
 " Metals other than Iron 
 
 " Iron and Wood. . . 
 
 i' Wood 
 
 " Miscellaneous Branches 
 
 Estimated production of Beer, 
 Hats, Silk, and balance of 
 Jewelry as referred to upon 
 previous pages 
 
 Grand Total 
 
 409 
 
 No. of 
 em- 
 ployees 
 
 105 
 6,415 
 3,159 
 2,685 
 
 620 
 1,107 
 5,280 
 
 19,971 
 
 Weekly 
 
 Wages, 
 
 $1,150 
 73,310 
 45,210 
 38,811 
 7,535 
 15,745 
 55,524 
 
 237,285 
 
 Wages 
 paid per 
 Annum. 
 
 $59,800 
 3,812,120 
 2,350,920 
 2,018,172 
 391,820 
 808,740 
 2,887,248 
 
 12,328,820 
 
 Annual 
 Production. 
 
 $250,000 
 14,977,000 
 
 7,062,000 
 
 14,289,500 
 
 990,000 
 
 2,459,000 
 14,969,000 
 
 4,246,171 
 
 $59,212,671 
 
CONCLUSION 
 
 The present is an age of municipal advancement. A principal result of 
 modern industrial development is the prominence of the City as the dominant 
 element in ihe civilization of to-day. The great cities of the world give shape 
 and direction to the manners, customs and opinions of modern society. Prance 
 without Paris would find its intellectual and industrial development immeasura- 
 bly retarded. England deprived of London would be like Samson shorn of his 
 locks. These results, as indicated, being coeval and mainly the outgrowth 
 of industrial advancement, it follows that the part which a cit}^ plays in the 
 productive industry of the country, is an accurate test of its importance as a 
 means of advancing the National wealth and prosperity. And just here it is 
 well to remark that a city's prominence in this regard is accurately judged, not 
 so much by the gross amount of manufactured products, as by the light of 
 valuable contributions made, during years of progress, to the useful arts, in the 
 shape of new inventions or discoveries, or improved methods and processes of 
 manufacture. 
 
 In the preceding pages an exposition is made of Newark as one of the prin- 
 cipal producing cities in the United States. The results as recorded require few 
 explanations. No attempt has been made to show a great number of manufac- 
 turing estabUshments, as such statistics are, in a measure, delusive as a means 
 of showing the true relation of an industrial city to the National wealth and 
 prosperity. For the purpose of accurately setting forth the importance of 
 Newark in this regard, all those establishments which are properly known as 
 trades, and also those manufactures which are in reality local adjuncts to pro- 
 ducing interests proper, have been omitted in this work. To illustrate the latter 
 statement, reference may be made to the making of hat blocks, an industry 
 which is absorbed by the manufacturers of hats. The industries omitted are of 
 some importance, regarded purely as local enterprises, but they possess 
 little interest to the world at large. The statistics gleaned and presented in 
 this work constitute a truthful and complete summary of Newark's industrial 
 products, so far as concerns her relations to the markets of the world. Thus 
 regarded, the results attamed are a cause of wonder and astonishment, and are 
 unequaled in the history of American manufactures. 
 
 It should be remembered that the statistics given are those of a period of 
 general depression in the industry of the country. It is doubtless true that no 
 other American city has attained to so large an aggregate production of manu- 
 factured goods in the same time. One cause of this is the great number of 
 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 257. 
 
 different industries represented in Newark. The manufactures of no other 
 American city are so diversified as those of Newark. 
 
 It is to be regretted that the published statistics of American manufactures, 
 as contained in the census reports, are not of more vahie as a faithful account of 
 the Nation's industries. The obstacles, however, in the way of so desirable a 
 result as even a fair approximation to accuracy, are almost insuperable, and are 
 well set forth in the prehminary remarks of Hon. Francis A. "Walker, the 
 Census Superintendent for 1870. That a complete exposition of a city's indus- 
 tries can only be secured by means of special and determined efforts is evident. 
 With confidence as to its general completeness and accuracy of details, this 
 volume is offered as a contribution to the industrial literature of the country. 
 
 The Census report for 1810, whatever may be its value, gives the gross 
 amount of production in Essex county, of which Newark is the capital, as 
 $52,108,958. In this was included all factories whose yearly product is valued 
 at $500. The figures of the census report are given, not for the purpose of 
 comment, but rather as an indication of the great statistical result which would 
 be reached, taking as a basis the figures recorded in the preceding pages, should 
 all minor establishments and industries purely local be included, and especially 
 in a year of such general prosperity as was 1870. To accurately estimate the 
 result is impossible. Enough is known, however, to conclusively show that in 
 the value of annual manufactured products Newark is che third, if not the sec- 
 ond, city in the Union. 
 
 A classification, however, of Newark's industries, such as is herewith pre- 
 sented, is necessary to fully show the city's industrial supremacy. Only through 
 diversified industry, which this city has reached, was the Newark Industrial 
 Exposition possible. Little interest would be attached to an exhibition made up 
 almost entirely of locomotives and carpets ; iron and glass ; boots and shoesi 
 or any single fine of production. Etspecially, however, is the City of Newark 
 worthy of honorable distinction when the inventions, discoveries, and better 
 processes which her citizens have contributed to American industry are consid- 
 ered. The facts relating to these developments have already been recorded and 
 need not be repeated here. Were the matter obtainable, a comparison would 
 show that in this respect Newark is preeminent. The leaders in her industries 
 have been pioneers in many of those industrial advancements whose results have 
 been an increase in the comforts and conveniences of society. A recent develop- 
 ment, as carried on in Newark, is the manufacture of American tea trays and 
 stove platforms, from the inventions and efforts of Mr. Walter M. Conger. 
 
 A distinguishing characteristic of Newark's productions is their uniform ex- 
 cellence and high quality. This is true in all the various lines of production. 
 Shoddy goods *are not produced in Newark workshops. No city in the Union 
 better illustrates the value of morals in art. 
 
 In the light of these facts it is not surprismg that Newark should be prom i 
 33 
 
258 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 nent in what are known as ingenious industries, and that no city in the country 
 has a class of mechanics and artizans of greater skill and intelligence. 
 
 A-mong valuable inventions which have had their origin in Newark, may be 
 mentioned the Baxter steam engine, which was invented iu 1868 by Mr. William 
 Baxter, who is now as then, a resident of Newark. This engine, which is 
 now used throughout the country, is an acknowledged improvement of great 
 value over previous methods of utilizing steam power. Its extraordinary 
 merits are now so well known that to mention them here in detail would be 
 superfluous. Experience has shown that it is the simplest, safest, most durable 
 and most economical small power engine ever invented. In his first efforts 
 Mr. Baxter was associated with Mr. Wm. D Russell, another citizen of Newark. 
 Afterwards the Baxter Sieam Engine Company was organized, of which Mr. 
 Russell is now President. The office of the Company is at 18 Park Place, 
 New York. This engine is made by the Colt's Arms Company on the inter- 
 changeable plan. Mr. Russell is also a resident of this city, and the Baxter 
 engine is justly regarded as an outgrowth of the genius, energy and capital of 
 Newark. Since inventing liis engine Mr. WiUiam Baxter has been engaged in 
 perfecting a steam canal boat, and he has recently, in this direction, achieved the 
 fullest success, having been awarded the prize of $100,000 offered by the Legis- 
 lature of New York State for the successful application of steam in propelling 
 canal boats. 
 
 Owing to the close proximity to New York, the commercial metropolis of the 
 country, many of the Newark manufacturers have offices and salesrooms in 
 that cit}^ The tendency during the last few years has been in the opposite 
 direction. By means of the Industrial Institute, and the personal exertions of 
 manufacturers, Newark is becoming known as a principal source of supply for 
 the manufactured products of the country. As a result of this knowledge 
 bu3^ers are finding it to their interest to come direct to Newark and purchase from 
 first hands. The interests of this city are no longer local, but national; and 
 more, the products of Newark workshops are now sold in the markets of the 
 world. The means of rapid communication which Newark has with other parts 
 of this country and the world, are ample. By the great trunk lines, the Penn. 
 Central, N. J. Central, Erie, and Del., Lack, and Western Railroads, the transpor- 
 tation facilities to the West are unsurpassed, and with the prospective improve- 
 ment of the Passaic River direct water communication will doubtless be effected 
 with the South Atlantic States. With the North and East, Newark is in quite 
 as active sympathy, by means of the numerous railroads, as New York itself. 
 That the interests of this city are becoming more centralized seems certain, and 
 this tendency will no doubt continue until the City of Newark is recognized 
 throughout the world as^a great mart for the sale of manufactured products. 
 In securing these desirable results a main element is the dissemination of accu- 
 rate information concerning the nature, variety, and extent of the city's pro- 
 ductions. In the confident and earnest belief that this work is an important 
 contribution to that end, it is respectfully submitted by the Publishers. 
 
INDEX AND DIRECTORY 
 
 OF 
 
 NEWARK MANUFACTURERS 
 
 AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS: Page. 
 
 The New York Plow Company, foot of River-si 1 69 
 
 BRITANNIA WARE : 
 
 Doll, Martin, 115 N. J. R. R. Ave 210 
 
 Pinter, F., 83 Hamilton-st 210 
 
 BROOMS: 
 
 Weed, I. D., 106 Market-st 223 
 
 BRUSHES: 
 
 Conery, A. P., 922 Broad st , 230 
 
 Dixon, E. & W., 5 Commerce st 231 
 
 Warrick, H., 123 Newark st 231 
 
 BUTTONS: 
 
 Davis, Thomas, Sheffield & Nassau sts 202 
 
 Greaves, Wilham, 9 Alling-st 203 
 
 Hoag, P. M., Nassau Works 203 
 
 McGrath, John B., Sheffield & Nassau sts 203 
 
 New Jersey Manufacturmg Company, 266 to 276 N. J. R. R. Ave. 202 
 
 Smith & Woodward, Hedenberg Works 203 
 
 Smith, P. & Co., Hedenberg Works 203 
 
 CORSETS; 
 
 Bowers, James & Co., 106 and 108 Mulberry st 239 
 
 BOOTS & SHOES: 
 
 Banister & Tichenor, 218 & 220 Market-st 45 
 
 Boyden, L. & Co., 206 & 208 Market-st 46 
 
 Canfield, M. B. & I., 301 Market-st 46 
 
 Dudley, *Winiam J., 312 Market-st 46 
 
 Ducker, Charles, 881 Broad-st 47 
 
 Dorsch, Wilham, Court & Charlton sts 47 
 
 % 
 
260 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 G-raf, L. & Brother, 44 to 54 Lincoln-st 47 
 
 Hogan, Patrick, 337 Plane-st 48 
 
 King, Charles W., 316 to 322 Market-st 48 
 
 Lenz, August. 365 Market-st 48 
 
 Miller, McCuUough & Ober, 268 & 270 Market-st 48 
 
 Meyer & Logan, 62 Market-st 49 
 
 Snow, Hopper & Sanderson, 157 Market-st 49 
 
 The Newark Boot & Shoe Manufacturing Co., 200 & 202 Market-st. 49 
 
 BREWERS, (Ale): 
 
 Ballantine, P. & Sons, Front and Fulton sts 247 
 
 Lyon & Son, 95 to 103 South Canal st 248 
 
 Morton & Brothers, 235 to 241 High st 248 
 
 BRASS & COPPER WIRE AND WIRE CLOTH: 
 
 Staniar & Laffey, Passaic Ave 119 
 
 BRASS & METAL SMALL WARES : 
 
 Conlan, B. & Co., 45 Ss 47 Lawrence-st 125 
 
 Gardner, Jos. M. L., 32 & 34 Mulberry-st. . 125 
 
 Newark Gas Burner Manufacturing Company, 42 Mechanic-st. ... 126 
 
 Riley & Lynch, 15 Mulberry-st 127 
 
 Stevens, Roberts & Havell, 284 & 286 Washington-st 123 
 
 The Johnson Manufacturing Company, 32 to 36 Eagles-st 125 
 
 COACH & CARRIAGE HARDWARE : 
 
 Greacen, Orlando & S. B., 74 Lawrence-st 107 
 
 Lockwood, C. N. & Co., 1 8 to 22 Mechanic-st 108 
 
 Otto, G., 44 Mechanic-st 108 
 
 Richardson & Hall, 32 Mechanic-st 108 
 
 Stivers, A., 25 Mechanic-st 109 
 
 CELLULOID : 
 
 Celluloid Manufacturing Company, 45 & 47 Mechanic-st 20 
 
 Celluloid Harness Trimming Company, 47 Mechanic-st 22 
 
 Celluloid Novelty Company, 23 N. J. R. R. Ave 23 
 
 COTTON THREAD: 
 
 Clark Thread Company, Clark & Passaic sts 223 
 
 Sinclair & McClellan, Sheffield & Nassau sts 224 
 
 CHEMICALS: 
 
 Cowen & Levison, 112 to 122 Chestnut-st 216 
 
 Coles, D. B. & Son, 51 to 55 Johnson-st 216 
 
 Cooper, Charles & Co., Chfiford-st 215 
 
 Dodd, J. F., 181 to 185 Chestnut-st 216 
 
 Hill, J. G., First-st.. E. Newark 216 
 
 Lister Brothers, Foot of Rlver-st 212 
 
 /,\ 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 261 
 
 CLOTHING : 
 
 Garthwaite, Lewis & Miller, 199 & 201 Market-st 196 
 
 Garth waite, Darcy & Wheeler 159 & 161 Market-st 196 
 
 Ludlow, J. C, 828 Broad-st 197 
 
 Perry, W. A., 850 & 852 Broad-st 19t 
 
 ENAMELED OIL-CLOTH: 
 
 Atha & Hughes, 19 to 45 Sussex Ave 207 
 
 Crockett Leather Cloth Company, Seventh & Summer Aves 208 
 
 Heath, Edmund F., 225 to 239 Warren-st 209 
 
 The Peters Manufacturing Company, 579 to 587 Market-st 208 
 
 Thomas, J. H., 64 James-st 209 
 
 GLUE: 
 
 Wilhams, John & Co., 17th Ave. & Lilhe-st 209 
 
 HOSIERY: 
 
 The Peters Manufacturing Company, Cherry & Canal sts 198 
 
 CUTLERY ; 
 
 Booth Brothers, Sussex Ave. & First-st 99 
 
 Furness, Bannister & Co., Nassau, Sheffield & Boyden sts 99 
 
 Heinisch's, R. Sons, 205 Bank-st, cor. Silk 101 
 
 Wiisthoff & Co., 10 & 12 Library Court 102 
 
 CARRIAGES: 
 
 Colyer, J. & Co., 229 to 235 Halsey-st 163 
 
 Dobbins & Van Ness, 23 & 25 Pearl-st 164 
 
 Golder & Post, 227 Halsey-st 164 
 
 Green, M. C, 120 to 126 N. J. R. R. Ave 164 
 
 Leverich & Enders, 282 Market-st ] 65 
 
 Marsh, Ezra, 50 & 52 Bruen-st 165 
 
 Quinby, Jas. M. & Co., 836 Broad-st 165 
 
 Sanders, S. B., 246 Market-st 166 
 
 CHILDREN'S CARRIAGES: 
 
 Cole & Ballard, 200 Academy-st 168 
 
 CARRIAGE & HARNESS ORNAMENTS: 
 
 Kass, John B. & Co., 224 Market-st 123 
 
 Robotham & Greacen, 12 Mechanic-st 122 
 
 Robotham, Waldron & Co., 15-^ Mechanic-st 123 
 
 Reynold ^& Zahn, 46 & 48 Mechanic-st 123 
 
 FANCY BOXES: 
 
 Hey, -Jacob, 42 Warren-st 185 
 
 Leibe, T., 7 N. J. R. R. Ave 185 
 
 FILES: 
 
 Heller Brothers, Montclair R. R. & Summer Aves 86 
 
262 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 Johnson, John T., R. R. Place & Commercial-st 81 
 
 Ray, John & Co., 68 R. R. Ave 8T 
 
 Rae & McKechnie, 56 Elm-st 87 
 
 FURNITURE : 
 
 Douglas, Sons & Co., 797 Broad-st 181 
 
 Hemmer, William, Bloomfield Ave. & Morris Canal 183 
 
 Jelliff, John & Co., 794 Broad-st 180 
 
 McDermit & Looker, 843 & 845 Broad-st 183 
 
 Rucklelshaus, John, 845 Broad-st 184 
 
 Smith & Hedges,' Passaic Ave., E. Newark 184 
 
 Turner & Brown, 85 Prederick-st 183 
 
 "Walker, David, 8 Commercial-st 184 
 
 HATS: 
 
 Alston, C. B. & Co., 39 to 43 Liberty st 240 
 
 Corey & Stewart, 711 and 713 Broad st 242 
 
 Good & Mercy, 14 Beaver st 241 
 
 Haufler & Hoeppner, 25 Exchange AUey 241 
 
 Moore, W. I. & Co., 72 to 78 River st 241 
 
 Mercy, Joseph, 6 to 10 Division Place 242 
 
 Seitz, C. P., 15 to 29 Exchange Alley 241 
 
 Sealy Brothers, 121 to 129 N. J. R. R. Ave 242 
 
 Spillane, Daniel, 167 Market st 242 
 
 Taylor & Seely, 285 N. J. R. R. Ave 241 
 
 Vail, P. W. & Co., Market and Union sts 243 
 
 Yates, Wharton & Co., 142 to 1 52 Commerce st 242 
 
 HARDWARE & TOOLS: 
 
 Charlton, John, 20 & 22 Arch-st 109 
 
 De Hart, C. A., 78 Adams-st 109 
 
 Foerster & Kraeuter, Hedenberg Works 112 
 
 Johnson, William, Hedenberg Works 112 
 
 Kupper, Charles, 9 Mulberry-st 113 
 
 Langstroth & Crane, 14 Mechanic-st 115 
 
 Neuman, R. & Co., 13 Mulberry-st 113 
 
 Osborne, C. S. & Co., Jiawrence & Mechanic sts Ill 
 
 Price, M., 334 to 338 Mulberry-st 113 
 
 Provost, M. B., Hedenberg Works 113 
 
 Sauerbier, H. & Sons, 34 to 38 Mechanic-st 113 
 
 Spaeth & Gruelicher, Hedenberg Works 114 
 
 Sommer, Henry, 40 & 42 Warren-st- 115 
 
 Toler, John Sons & Co.. 108 to 114 Adams-st 115 
 
 White, William, R. R. Place & Commercial-st 115 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 263 
 
 
 
 "Wichelhaus & Rothe, Hedenberg Works 115 
 
 Walsh, Cornelius & Son, N. J. R. Ave. & Hamilton-st 116 
 
 HEARSES: 
 
 Turnbull & G-umersell, 17 & 19 Mechanic-st 168 
 
 IRON" & MACHINERY: 
 
 Atlas Manufacturing Company, Passaic-st., near Clark 72 
 
 Barnett Oscar, 34 & 36 McWhorter-st 61 
 
 Bolen, Crane & Co., 23 to 29 Plane-st 7i 
 
 Barlow, J. H., 28 Orange-st 68 
 
 Blum, William, 24 Mechanic-st 63 
 
 Chapman, H. W., 11 Mechanic-st 63 
 
 Currier, Cyrus, 21 R. R. Place 64 
 
 Chase, W. L. & Co., 7 Alling-st 72 
 
 Coventry, Wm. & Co., 101 N. J. R. R. Ave 66 
 
 Crane, W. T. & Co., 142 Mulberry-st 73 
 
 Dickinson & Rowden, 63 Hamilton-st 62 
 
 Donaldson, James, Hedenberg Works 66 
 
 Davis, A. J. & Co., 93 N. J R. R. Ave 67 
 
 Drake & Tobin, 15 Alling-st 75 
 
 GTrant & Co., Hedenberg Works QQ 
 
 Gould, Ezra, 97 to 113 N. J. R. R. Ave 73 
 
 Hewes & Phillips, Orange & Ogden-sts 61 
 
 Hayden & Osborn, 28 Orange-st 63 
 
 Hay, A. & E. C, 9 to 13 Alling-st 65 
 
 Hyatt, J. W., 45 Mechanic-st 68 
 
 Hawkins & Dodge, 52 to 56 M. & E. R. R. Ave 73 
 
 Hall's, Samuel Son & Co., 277 Passaic-st 74 
 
 Hart, George E., 318 Market-st 77 
 
 Lowerre & Tucker, 23 R. R, Place 64 
 
 Meeker, D. M. & Son, 87 to 95 Clay-st 71 
 
 Morrison, Sinclair & Co., 10 to 23 Jaraes-st 63 
 
 Mundy, J. S., 7 R. R. Ave 64 
 
 McEarland & Mcllravy, 9 & 11 R. R. Ave 66 
 
 Ofeldt, P. W. & Co., 146 Market-st 77 
 
 Pool, A. Alex. & Co , 55 & 57 R. R. Ave 77 
 
 Passaic Machine Works, Passaic & Ogden sts 67 
 
 Skinner, Leary & Lindsley, 23 to 27 Lawrence-st. 66 
 
 Se} mour & Whitlock, 43 Lawrence-st 65 
 
 Surerus & Co., Hedenberg Works 66 
 
 Smith & Sayre Manufacturing Company, 46 Bridge-st 75 
 
 Searfoss, Amos H., 362 Bank-st- 75 
 
264 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 The Cottrell Stone Machinery Company, 15 Bank-st 78 
 
 Wrigley, Edward, 19 & 21 R. R. Ave 63 
 
 Ward, T. M. & Co., 456 to 466 Market'-st 65 
 
 "Wright & Smith, 9 to 13 Alling-st 65 
 
 IRON SAFES: 
 
 Horschel, John A,, 13 Hedenberg Works 88 
 
 IRON RAILING: 
 
 Burns, Thomas, 201 & 203 Commerce-st 88 
 
 Ely, John, 117 & 119 Mulberry-st 88 
 
 Edwards & Smith, 53 to 57 R. R. Ave 88 
 
 INK, SEALING-WAX & MUCILAGE: 
 
 Dovell's, R. B. Son, 88 McWhorter St 228 
 
 JEWELRY : 
 
 Adams, Thomas W. & Co., 83 Union-st 149 
 
 Ailing, Brothers & Co., 12 Orchard-st 149 
 
 Ailing, J. C. 85 Cobambia-st 149 
 
 Bentley, John H., 359 Mulberry-st 149 
 
 Barnet, Brothers & Powell, 74 Lawrence-st 149 
 
 Baker, Daniel W., 65 Hamilton-st i 150 
 
 Burch, DeMott & Coughlin, 359 Mulberry-st 150 
 
 Brown. Thomas G., Marshall & Halsey sts 150 
 
 Bioren, J. C. & Co., 19 Green-st 150 
 
 Ball & Barnard, 1 Franklin Court 150 
 
 Coe, Adams & Stevens, 97 Garden-st 150 
 
 Carter, Howkms & Dodd, Mulberry & Park sts 150 
 
 Coeyman & Morgan, 61 & 63 Hamilton-st 151 
 
 Colton & Co., 50 Walnut-st 152 
 
 Durand & Co., 49 and 51 Franklin-st 152 
 
 Dodd & Hedges, 90 Mechanic-st 158 
 
 Elcox, H. & Co., 23 Marshall-st 154 
 
 English, Theo. J. & Co., 113 R. R. Ave 153 
 
 Fairchild, Lyon & Co., 355 Mulberry-st 153 
 
 Field & Co., 338 Mulberry-st 153 
 
 Genung & Co., 1 Commercial-st 153 
 
 Greasen, Holmes & Co., 335 Mulberry-st 153 
 
 Hall, Maxwell & Co., 359 Mulberry-st 154 
 
 Hartman, Schuetz & Co., 158 Ohver-st 154 
 
 Hayes, J. W. & Co., 922 Broad-st 154 
 
 Herpers, F. J., 18 Crawford-st 154 
 
 Hopper, H., 8 Maple Place 154 
 
 Joralemon, A. & Co., 355 and 357 Mulberry-st 154 
 
 ELrementz & Co., 14 Oliver-st 154 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 265 
 
 Kyle, John J., Marshall & Halsey sts 1 54 
 
 Krauss, Charles 477 Washington-st 155 
 
 Kent, Holden & Co., 42 Court-st 155 
 
 Mclntire, Champenois & Bedell, Marshall and Halsey sts 155 
 
 Mayhew, Leonard & Carrington, 19 G-reen-st 155 
 
 Manchester, Brown & Hobby, 46 Green-st 155 
 
 Mockridge, S. P., 63 Hamilton-st 156 
 
 Miller Brothers, 49 & 51 Franklin-st 156 
 
 Nesler & Co., 8 Maple Place 156 
 
 Obrig, Day & Co., Marshall and Halsey sts 156 
 
 Riker, William, 42 Court-st 156 
 
 Rothschild Brothers, 74 Lawrence-st 157 
 
 Richardson, Enos & Co., 52 Columbia-st 157 
 
 Shafer & Douglas, 61 and 63 Hamilton-st 157 
 
 Smillie, Dorrance & Edge, Maple Place 157 
 
 Shoemaker & Dougherty, 51 Green-st 157 
 
 Swinnerton Brothers & Co., 65 Hamilton-st 157 
 
 Tingley, Sinnock & Shirril, 23 Lawrencc-st 157 
 
 Van Houten, Sayre & Co., 45 Franklin-st 158 
 
 Wheeler, Parsons & Hayes, 922 Broad-st 158 
 
 LEATHER: 
 
 Allan, George, 91 and 93 Colden-st 26 
 
 Blanchard Brother & Lane, 20 to 38 Bruen-st 33 
 
 Cogan & Reilly, Avenue C and Murray-sts 26 
 
 Coburn, J. F., Magazine and Frankfort sts 26 
 
 Dawson, J. H. & T. W. & Co., Ferry and Madison sts 26 
 
 Dunn, William, 256 Passaic-st 27 
 
 Dwyer, John, 76 Market-st 27 
 
 Francis, Bbenezer & Co., Oliver-st 27 
 
 Halsey, S. & Son, Shipman and Market sts 34 
 
 Howell, T. P. & Co., New, Wilsey and Nutman sts 27 
 
 Harrison, C. H. & J. D., N. Y. Ave., near R. R. Ave 28 
 
 Hesselbarth, J. F., 36 Garden-st 28 
 
 Hartel, M., 361 Halsey-st 28 
 
 Halsey, J. H. & Co., 185 Washington-st 28 
 
 Lang, Henry, 195 to 199 Plane-st 28 
 
 Loehnberg & Newmann, 292 Norfolk-st 29 
 
 Mandeville & Prest, 60 Market-st 29 
 
 Meis & Co., 17th Ave. and Lillie-st 29 
 
 M'Clatchey, Reilly & Smith, Sussex Ave., First and Second-st 29 
 
 Palmer & Smith, 67 Hamilton-st 26 
 
 Perry, John H., S. Orange Ave., Richmond and Norfolk sts 30 
 
 34 % 
 
266 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 Reynolds & Wood, 24 to 48 Spring-st 31 
 
 Star Leather Works. 295 Ferry-st 31 
 
 Stengel, George, 325 Academy st 31 
 
 Smyth, Charles, 248 Central Ave 32 
 
 Stanford, James, 361 Mulberry-st . 33 
 
 Straus, M., 39 and 41 Vesey-st 32 
 
 Smith & Carr Brothers, 101 and 103 Barclay-st 32 
 
 Smith, Hugh, Hoyt-st. and Central Ave 32 
 
 Trier, Abraham & Brother, E. Kinney and McWhorter sts 32 
 
 Wilde, H. L., 60 Market-st 33 
 
 LEATHER BELTING: 
 
 Walker, Charles W., 288 Market-st 55 
 
 LOCKS: 
 
 Helmstaedter, M., 83 Hamilton-st 140 
 
 Meyer, P., 41 Mechanic-st 138 
 
 Romer & Co., 141 to 145 R.R. Ave 139 
 
 Ritchie & Son, 1 5 N. J. R. R. Ave 139 
 
 Slaight, Thomas, 111 and 113 N. J. R. R. Ave 138 
 
 LUBRICATORS : 
 
 Newark Lubricating Co., Chestnut and McWhorter sts 225 
 
 LIME & CEMENT: 
 
 The Newark Lime & Cement Manufg Co., Foot of Bridge-st 236 
 
 LIQUORICE : 
 
 Newark Liquorice Works, Bloomfield Ave. and Morris Canal 243 
 
 MARBLE & STONE: 
 
 Passmore & Meeker, 192 Market st 234 
 
 Spurr, J. J., 253 to 259 Market st 233 
 
 MOROCCO: 
 
 Barclay, James S., 215 Plane-st 36 
 
 Dougherty, George, 265 Washington-st 36 
 
 Gorman, Forrest & Co., 424 Market-st 36 
 
 Kelley & Hughes, 72 Market-st 36 
 
 Nugent, C. & Co., 195 and 197 Halsey-st 36 
 
 Young, John & Son, 66 Market-st 37 
 
 OIL: 
 
 McKirgan & Co., Foot of Third Ave 223 
 
 ORNAMENTAL AND BENT GLASS: 
 
 Belcher & Povey, 65 Chambers-st 221 
 
 Batten, Downing & Co., 580 to 586 Market-st 221 
 
 Denman, J. R., 71 to 75 Barbara-st 220 
 
 PACKING BOXES: 
 
 Gauch, Jacob & Brother, E. Mechanic and Bruen sts 186 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J. 267 
 
 Marquet, J. B. & Son, 42 Warren-st 185 
 
 Whittemore & Tolen, 117 and 1 19 R. R. Ave 185 
 
 PAPER BOXES: 
 
 Doolittle, Henry N., 117 and 119 N. J. R. R. Ave 211 
 
 Hotchkiss, E. B., 878 and 880 Broad-st 210 
 
 Merz, Charles & Son, 48 Mechanic-st 211 
 
 Osborn, B., 320 and 322 Market-st 211 
 
 PLUMBERS' BRASS WORK: 
 
 Edwards, William M., 59 N. J. R. R. Ave 121 
 
 Hedges & Brother, 7 N. J. R. R. Ave 121 
 
 Van Arsdale, John T., 271 Market-st 122 
 
 PIANO-FORTES ; 
 
 Hinds & Sons, 21 and 23 Bank-st 225 
 
 PAINTS : 
 
 Baldwin, Israel, 362 Plane-st 229 
 
 Tuers & Cooper, Opposite M. & E. R. R. Depot 230 
 
 PUMP VALYES, ETC.: 
 
 Evans, Joseph, 64 High-st 243 
 
 RULES : 
 
 Belclier, Brothers & Co., 109 N. J. R. R. Ave 222 
 
 Tingley & Co., 7 N. J. R. R. Ave 222 
 
 RUSSIA LEATHER: 
 
 American Russia Leather Manufacturing Co., Hoyt and Bleecker . 34 
 
 RUSSIALINE : 
 
 American Russialine Co., 108 to 114 R. R. Ave 228 
 
 RUBBER COATED HARNESS TRIMMINGS : 
 
 The Rubber Coated Harness Trimming Co., Prospect and Ferry sts. 234 
 
 RUBBER : 
 
 Newark India Rubber Manufacturing Co., 98 Warren-st 235 
 
 Joy, L. & Co., 56 to 66 Searing-st 235 
 
 Roberts, Christopher, New and Colden sts 235 
 
 RUBBER WATCH CASES: 
 
 Halsey's Patent Box & Case Co., Nassau Works 244 
 
 SADDLERY & HARNESS: 
 
 Beck. E. P., 104 N. J. R. R. Ave 38 
 
 Butler & Wards, 44 Mechanie-st 38 
 
 Benedict, T., 869 Broad-st 38 
 
 Condiot, S. A. & Co., 261 and 263 Market-st 38 
 
 Crossman, E. A. & Co., 23 R. R. Place 39 
 
 Clements, J. & Brother, 294 Market-st 39 
 
 Demarest, N. J. & Co., 243 Market-st 39 
 
 Dufford, Theodore, 260 Market-st 40 
 
268 THE INDDSTRIAT, INTERESTS 
 
 Davey, Jas., 256 Market-st 40 
 
 Houck, Jno., 33 Court-st 41 
 
 Harness Makers' Co-operative Union, 211 Halsey-st 42 
 
 Manning & Lyon, 24 and 26 Mechanic-st 41 
 
 Munn, Alfred F., 314 Market-st 41 
 
 Peters & Calhoun Company, 906 and 908 Broad-st 42 
 
 Roubaud, G-eorge, 202 Market-st 42 
 
 Tompkins & Mandeville, 323 Market-st 41 
 
 Winters, Robert C, 20 Lawrence-st 43 
 
 STEEL: 
 
 Atlia, Benjamin & Co., Foot of River-st 60 
 
 STEAM BOILERS: 
 
 Burnet & Leonard, 450 Ogden-st ! 81 
 
 Lyons, L. J. & Co., 191 to 195 Commerce-st 81 
 
 STEAM FIRE ENGINES: 
 
 Dennisson, J. N.,245 N. J. R. R. Ave 84 
 
 Gould, R. J., 91 to 113 N. J. R. R. Ave 83 
 
 SMOOTHING IRONS: 
 
 Bless & Drake, 173 N. J. R. R. Ave 85 
 
 SADDLERY HARDWARE: 
 
 Baldwin, Joseph & Co., 254 Market-st 90 
 
 Buerman, August, 83 and 85 Hamilton-st 90 
 
 Bayley & Co., 82 Mechanic-st 90 
 
 Crane & Co., 72 to 76 Mechanic-st 91 
 
 Grummon, R. M.. 13 Mechanic-st 92 
 
 Kuehnhold & Wright, 303 and 305 N. J. R. R. Ave 92 
 
 Maxwell, H. C. & Co., 28 Mechanic-st 93 
 
 Sargeant Manufacturing Co., 75 to 79 Summit-st 93 
 
 Starr, W, L. & Co., 44 Lawrence-st 94 
 
 Simonson G. & T., 217 Halsey-st 94 
 
 Sturges, S. G. Son & Co., 61 and 63 Mulberry-st 94 
 
 Tompkins, Samuel E. & Co., 50 to 56 Mechanic-st 95 
 
 Teas, A. & Co., 34 Mulberry-st 97 
 
 Theberath, Charles M. & Brother, 40 Mechanic-st 97 
 
 Van Ness, N., 1 5 and 15^ Mechanic-st 98 
 
 Wiener & Co., 87 Mechanic-st 98 
 
 SILVER WARE: 
 
 Mayo, Joseph B., 58 and 60 Mechanic-st 160 
 
 STEP-LADDERS: 
 
 Griffiths, D. G., 84 McWhorter-st 177 
 
 SASH, BLINDS AND DOORS: 
 
 Callaway, F., 6 to 10 Coomes-st 177 
 
OF NEWARK, N. J., 269 
 
 Guerin, S. T., 88 to 92 Hamilton-st ITI 
 
 King, William, M. & E. R. R. Ave. and Plane-st Ill 
 
 Meeker & Hedden, Ogden and Orange sts 178 
 
 Wightman & Brother, 31 to 43 Academy-st 178 
 
 Ward, Huntington & Dunham, Hamilton and McWhorter sts 178 
 
 STATIONERS' SPECIALTIES : 
 
 Cornwell Manufacturing Co., R. R. Ave. and Cottage-st 226 
 
 SEWING SILK & TWIST : 
 
 Lovatt, Charles, 36 Crawford st 245 
 
 Newark City Silk Mills, 236 ro 248 Bank st 245 
 
 SCRIMSHAW PAVEMENT: 
 
 Cory, A. P., 766 Broad st 245 
 
 STONE QUARRIES: 
 
 Belleville Quarry Co., 810 Broad st 238 
 
 Essex Quarry, R. Matches, Prop'r., Bloomlield & Mt. Prospect Avs. 238 
 
 Newark Quarry, P. Hoehnle, Prop'r, Bloomfield & Mt. Prospect Avs, 239 
 
 STAIR RODS: 
 
 Gould's, M. Sons, 65 Hamilton-st 140 
 
 Mersereau, W. T. & J., 27 R. R. Ave 141 
 
 SHIRTS AND COLLARS : 
 
 Johnston & Sutphen, 847 and 849 Broad-st 200 
 
 Kirkpatrick, J. H., 151 Market-st 200 
 
 Marley, Cook & Co., 223 Market-st 200 
 
 Smith, F. H., Jr., 715 to 719 Broad-st 201 
 
 Wheeler & AHing, 209 Market-st 201 
 
 SMELTING AND REFINING: 
 
 Balbach, Ed. & Son, 233 River-st 143 
 
 Dennis, C. S. & Son, 38 and 40 Walnut-st 146 
 
 Lelong, L. & Brother, Halsey and Marshall sts 145 
 
 Margoff & Jones, Maple Place, Green-st 145 
 
 SOAP : 
 
 Ledwith, Michael J., 48 Oliver-st 206 
 
 SAWS: 
 
 Richardson Brothers, R. R. Place and Commercial-st 105 
 
 SCALES : 
 
 Meyer, F., 61 and 63 R. R. Ave 105 
 
 SPRINGS AND AXLES : 
 
 Delaney, D. & G., 83 and 85 Meehanic-st 103 
 
 Reock, John H., 272 to 280 Passaic-st 102 
 
 Tomlinson Spring Company, 233 to 239 R. R. Ave 102 
 
 TEA TRAYS AND STOVE PLATFORMS: 
 
 Newark Tea Tray Company, 395 High-st 129 
 
270 THE INDUSTRIAL INTERESTS 
 
 TRUNKS AND BAGS : 
 
 Farmer, Edgar & Co., 27 and 29 Mulberry-st 50 
 
 Gras, F., 36 Fair-st- 51 
 
 Headley, William 0. & Son, Centre-st. Depot 51 
 
 Lagowitz, J. & Co., First and Essex sts. and R. R. Ave., E. Newark 51 
 
 Peddle, T. B. & Co., 132 Market-st 52 
 
 Poinier, H, W., 12 and 14 Beaver-st 53 
 
 Roemer, "William, Mulberry and Canal sts 54 
 
 Simon, Ed. & Brothers, Main and St. Francis sts 54 
 
 TIN AND PLANISHED WARE: 
 
 James, Aikman & Co., 96 to 102 R. R. Ave 134 
 
 Pimley, J. B., 72 Chestnut-st 136 
 
 Turner, A. & Co., 24 to 32 Essex-st 136 
 
 TELEGRAPH INSTRUMENTS : 
 
 Edison & Murray, 10 and 12 Ward st 231 
 
 ULTRAMARINE BLUE : 
 
 Heller, Merz & Co., Hamburg Place 236 
 
 VARNISH : 
 
 Bigelow, Moses & Co., 356 and 358 Mulberry-st 190 
 
 Fitz-Gerald & Co.. 365 and 367 Mulberry-st 190 
 
 Hewsou, Bros. & Co., N. T. Ave. and McWhorter-st 191 
 
 Hoppock, A. E. & Co., 369 to 375 Mulberry-st 191 
 
 Hill, Andrew & Co., 20 and 22 Vesey-st 192 
 
 Hedden & Wheeler, 317 and 319 N. J. R. R. Ave 192 
 
 Murphy & Co., 238 McWhorter-st 192 
 
 Osborne, Lewis & Co., Chestnut and McWhorter sts 193 
 
 Price, Bond & Co., 255 and 257'N. J. R. R. R. Ave 193 
 
 Reid, John J., 354 Mulberry-st 1 93 
 
 Robertson, E. C, 124 to 128 Chestnut-st 194 
 
 Shipman, Charles H. & Brother, 352 Mulberry-st 194 
 
 Steflfens, J., 84 to 90 Yesey-st 194 
 
 The London Manufacturing Company. 113 Chestnut-st 192 
 
 WIRE FERRULES: 
 
 Green, Charles E., 78 Chestnut st 227 
 
 WHEELS AND CARRIAGE WOODWORK. 
 
 Crane, S. 0., 256 Market-st 174 
 
 Egbert. W. H., 226 Halsey-st 174 
 
 Hedenberg, R. S., 83 Mechanic-st 175 
 
 Jones, Phineas & Co., 301 to 307 Market-st 172 
 
 James, William & Co., 142 Summit-st 174 
 
 Kilburn, Isaac B., 88 Mechauic-st 175 
 
 Stevely, William & Co., 158 Summit-st 174 
 
OP NEWARK, N, J. 271 
 
 Vroom, P. H,, 46 and 48 Lawrence-st 1'75 
 
 WOOD FAUCETS; 
 
 Sommer, John, 8 to 12 Pearl-st 1'75 
 
 WOOD HAMES: 
 
 Heydecke, William, 83 Mechanic-st 184 
 
 Jacobus, C. H., 22 Lawrence-st : 184 
 
 WAGONS : 
 
 Brandenbiirgh & Novelle, 9 to 13 Crawford-st 169 
 
 WATER MOTOR: 
 
 Backus, Brothers <fc Co., Ave. A. and Wright-st 217 
 
 ZINC: 
 
 ew Jersey Zinc Company, Foot of River-st ... 142 
 
^^ 
 
 I 
 
It 
 
 I' 
 
 T 
 1 
 
 <H^ 
 
If 
 
 \.. 
 
 I> 
 
 X 
 
 1' 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 
4^ 
 
 THE 
 
 Industrial 
 i nterests 
 
 Ob^ 
 
 NEWARK, N. J 
 
 r 
 
A 
 
 BB 
 
 6.a 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 0^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ - # - ^^ "^ ^^ 
 
 » «- ^ '" C^ Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
 
 ,0^ ^ ft^ '^ , '^ Vr Neutralizing Agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 <^. <», -,i\ .• . . Treatment Date: 
 
 -■" MAY 1998 
 
.V 
 
 
 'c- 
 
 
 
 ..^,- ,^\ 
 
 * » 1 ^ " 
 
 . •'bo'* 
 
 
 
 ■f ■>' 
 
 ■Co *^ ^ 
 
 ^°°- -; 
 
 ^<> -^^^ 
 
 % s' 
 
 
 ^^. 
 
 "t." 
 
 
 -^- . 
 
 
 
 '^oo^ 
 
 ^ '^^ V^^ 
 
 sOo^ 
 
 ^o 
 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 ■>%. ,.\ 
 
 
 ^ .f 
 
 \>^' 
 
 X^^^ 
 
 
 ^^ -^c^.. 
 
 
 fflfe- 
 
 .„■--. ,.'^x 
 
 ."^^ 
 
 .^^ 
 
 
 %/ 
 
 
 
 
 
 '^ 'f^^ -^ 
 . <',. 
 
 
 4 -r 
 
 
 'x^ . 
 
 '<v 
 
 ■^v. .^x 
 
 
 /O ^^.^^ . 
 
 
 -^^ 
 
 v^^ -^^^ 
 
 DOBBS BROS. 
 
 BRARY BINDING 
 
 IP 69 
 
 AUGUSTINE 
 T^ FLA. 
 
 
 
 aV 
 
 
 32084 
 
 -- -^^i. <V